commit 5c339ed66c0b4b9341fb5c27c3103760381fd7a6480b6932358c5d2ed4ef73b7 Author: Adrian Schröter Date: Fri May 3 21:21:08 2024 +0200 Sync from SUSE:SLFO:Main python-kiwi revision 98f77598922816fabd274901328554be diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9b03811 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +## Default LFS +*.7z filter=lfs diff=lfs merge=lfs -text +*.bsp filter=lfs diff=lfs merge=lfs -text +*.bz2 filter=lfs diff=lfs merge=lfs -text +*.gem filter=lfs diff=lfs merge=lfs -text +*.gz filter=lfs diff=lfs merge=lfs -text +*.jar filter=lfs diff=lfs merge=lfs -text +*.lz filter=lfs diff=lfs merge=lfs -text +*.lzma filter=lfs diff=lfs merge=lfs -text +*.obscpio filter=lfs diff=lfs merge=lfs -text +*.oxt filter=lfs diff=lfs merge=lfs -text +*.pdf filter=lfs diff=lfs merge=lfs -text +*.png filter=lfs diff=lfs merge=lfs -text +*.rpm filter=lfs diff=lfs merge=lfs -text +*.tbz filter=lfs diff=lfs merge=lfs -text +*.tbz2 filter=lfs diff=lfs merge=lfs -text +*.tgz filter=lfs diff=lfs merge=lfs -text +*.ttf filter=lfs diff=lfs merge=lfs -text +*.txz filter=lfs diff=lfs merge=lfs -text +*.whl filter=lfs diff=lfs merge=lfs -text +*.xz filter=lfs diff=lfs merge=lfs -text +*.zip filter=lfs diff=lfs merge=lfs -text +*.zst filter=lfs diff=lfs merge=lfs -text diff --git a/PKGBUILD b/PKGBUILD new file mode 100644 index 0000000..69f2b13 --- /dev/null +++ b/PKGBUILD @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +# Maintainer: Marcus Schaefer +# Maintainer: David Cassany + +pkgname=('python-kiwi' 'kiwi-man-pages' 'dracut-kiwi-lib' 'dracut-kiwi-oem-repart' 'dracut-kiwi-oem-dump' 'dracut-kiwi-live' 'dracut-kiwi-overlay') +arch=(x86_64) +pkgver=9.25.22 +pkgrel=0 +pkgdesc="KIWI - Appliance Builder Next Generation" +url="https://github.com/SUSE/kiwi/tarball/master" +license=('GPL3') +makedepends=(python-setuptools gcc shadow grep) +provides=(kiwi-ng kiwi) +source=("${pkgname}.tar.gz") +changelog="${pkgname}.changes" +md5sums=('2e88d62046b49112f55ca259b41ebece') + + +build() { + cd kiwi-${pkgver} + python setup.py build +} + +package_python-kiwi(){ + depends=(python-docopt python-simplejson python-lxml python-requests python-setuptools python-yaml grub qemu squashfs-tools gptfdisk pacman e2fsprogs xfsprogs btrfs-progs libisoburn lvm2 mtools parted multipath-tools rsync tar shadow screen kiwi-man-pages) + optdepends=('gnupg: keyring creation for APT package manager') + cd kiwi-${pkgver} + python setup.py install --root="${pkgdir}/" --optimize=1 --skip-build + ln -sr "${pkgdir}/usr/bin/kiwi-ng" "${pkgdir}/usr/bin/kiwi" + install -Dm644 LICENSE "$pkgdir/usr/share/licenses/$pkgname/LICENSE" +} + +package_kiwi-man-pages(){ + cd kiwi-${pkgver} + make buildroot="${pkgdir}/" docdir="/usr/share/doc/${pkgname}" install_package_docs +} + +package_dracut-kiwi-lib(){ + depends=(cryptsetup btrfs-progs gptfdisk coreutils e2fsprogs grep lvm2 mdadm parted util-linux xfsprogs dialog curl xz device-mapper dracut pv bc) + cd kiwi-${pkgver} + install -d -m 755 ${pkgdir}/usr/lib/dracut/modules.d/99kiwi-lib + cp -a dracut/modules.d/99kiwi-lib ${pkgdir}/usr/lib/dracut/modules.d/ +} + +package_dracut-kiwi-oem-repart(){ + depends=(dracut-kiwi-lib=${pkgver}) + cd kiwi-${pkgver} + install -d -m 755 ${pkgdir}/usr/lib/dracut/modules.d/90kiwi-repart + cp -a dracut/modules.d/90kiwi-repart ${pkgdir}/usr/lib/dracut/modules.d/ +} + +package_dracut-kiwi-oem-dump(){ + depends=(dracut-kiwi-lib=${pkgver} multipath-tools kexec-tools) + cd kiwi-${pkgver} + install -d -m 755 ${pkgdir}/usr/lib/dracut/modules.d/90kiwi-dump + cp -a dracut/modules.d/90kiwi-dump ${pkgdir}/usr/lib/dracut/modules.d/ + cp -a dracut/modules.d/99kiwi-dump-reboot ${pkgdir}/usr/lib/dracut/modules.d/ +} + +package_dracut-kiwi-live(){ + depends=(dracut dialog xfsprogs e2fsprogs util-linux device-mapper libisoburn parted) + cd kiwi-${pkgver} + install -d -m 755 ${pkgdir}/usr/lib/dracut/modules.d/90kiwi-live + cp -a dracut/modules.d/90kiwi-live ${pkgdir}/usr/lib/dracut/modules.d/ +} + +package_dracut-kiwi-overlay(){ + depends=(dracut util-linux) + cd kiwi-${pkgver} + install -d -m 755 ${pkgdir}/usr/lib/dracut/modules.d/90kiwi-overlay + cp -a dracut/modules.d/90kiwi-overlay ${pkgdir}/usr/lib/dracut/modules.d/ +} diff --git a/python-kiwi-rpmlintrc b/python-kiwi-rpmlintrc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..29a73a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/python-kiwi-rpmlintrc @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +# There is a kiwi manual page, kiwi-ng exists for the alternative system +addFilter("no-manual-page-for-binary kiwi-ng") + +# don't blame on empty package, kiwi-boot-requires for obs +# integration is used to provide a requires list but the package +# itself comes with no content which is intentional. In addition +# don't blame on lib dependency which are also an expected result +# for this buildservice internal package +addFilter("suse-filelist-empty .*") +addFilter("explicit-lib-dependency .*") + +# don't check uid for tftpboot +addFilter("non-standard-uid .*") + +# don't check for buildroot usage, kiwi's Makefile uses the same var name +addFilter("rpm-buildroot-usage .*") + +# don't check position-independent-executable +addFilter("position-independent-executable-suggested .*") + +# don't check for file duplicates +addFilter("files-duplicate .*") +addFilter("cross-directory-hard-link .*") + +# don't check for locale locations, they are used in the initrd only +addFilter("file-not-in-%lang .*") + +# don't check for manual page of binaries used in initrd only +addFilter("W: no-manual-page-for-binary dcounter"); +addFilter("W: no-manual-page-for-binary startshell"); +addFilter("W: no-manual-page-for-binary utimer"); +addFilter("W: no-manual-page-for-binary driveready"); +addFilter("W: no-manual-page-for-binary setctsid"); +addFilter("W: no-manual-page-for-binary isconsole"); +addFilter("W: no-manual-page-for-binary kiwicompat"); + +# kiwi master package can't be noarch if sub packages are arch specific +addFilter("W: no-binary"); + +# if we add a provides to the obsoleted another warning that the +# same package is provided and obsoleted appears. This warning is +# pointless or doesn't explain what it really wants +addFilter("W: obsolete-not-provided"); + +# providing deb packages from this spec requires the tag to be hard coded +addFilter("W: hardcoded-packager-tag"); diff --git a/python-kiwi.changes b/python-kiwi.changes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6086c1e --- /dev/null +++ b/python-kiwi.changes @@ -0,0 +1,32213 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 22 10:49:09 CEST 2024 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add missing tool requires + + Latest changes on the bundler used sed and file + which were not required by the spec. This is + related to bsc#1221790 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 22 10:47:40 CEST 2024 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix file references in kiwi bundler result files + + When using a custom bundle_format the kiwi result bundler renames + the output files to match the bundle_format. However, if there are + output files that references other output files, for example the + vmware binary (.vmdk) in the guest config file (.vmx) then this + renaming breaks those result files. This patch adds a reference + file check for all non binary output files if they contain a + reference to another output file and updates the data accordingly. + This Fixes bsc#1221790 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 19 15:38:02 CEST 2024 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't compress vmdk images + + Like with qcow2 it's not expected that the format type gets + compressed in the bundle + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 25 12:26:24 CET 2024 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Live ISO Wait for udev events after repart + + Make sure to wait for the event queue to become empty after + the creation of the write partition. When kiwi calls the + code to create the write partition this emits new udev events. + It's important to wait for the event queue to become empty + to avoid a potential regression on the use of the device nodes. + In the processing of the events it can happen that a device + gets removed and re-added. If we don't want for udev + to process the entire queue it can happen that the + wrong block device is used. This wrong selection is only + possible because the way how hybrid ISOs are designed exposes + both, the disk and the partition for the root device with + the same label. This Fixes bsc#1213595 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 19 09:33:17 CET 2024 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup unit test for clone_device + + Missing setup_method causes the test to fail with + newer versions of pytest + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 19 09:14:31 CET 2024 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup cleanup of zipl templates + + Make sure temporary modifications to the zipl template + and config file are not effective in the later system. + This Fixes bsc#1221469 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 29 15:36:41 CET 2024 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix activation of luks pool in the initrd + + kiwi called systemd-cryptsetup directly which does not take + the settings available in /etc/crypttab into account. This + commit changes the activation procedure in a way that the + generator created unit file systemd-cryptsetup@... is used + This Fixes bsc#1219009 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 29 09:49:39 CET 2024 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add changelog fix file for commit 31deb0 + + The commit used a wrong e-mail address which should not + land in the created changes file for the packaging + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 29 09:39:06 CET 2024 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Apply changelog fixes by glob + + Does not require Makefile changes when maintaining branches + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 28 17:12:33 CET 2024 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add changelog fix file for commit deb6ca + + The commit used a wrong e-mail address which should not + land in the created changes file for the packaging + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 28 10:42:17 CET 2024 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Set default output console to gfxterm for grub + + If no console setting is done in the image description for grub + the default output console is set to: gfxterm and the default + input console is set to: console. This Fixes bsc#1219074 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 21 10:21:48 CET 2024 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow terminal emulation setup from the cmdline + + Using rd.kiwi.term will export the TERM variable into the initrd + environment. In case the default value for the terminal emulation + is not appropriate rd.kiwi.term can be used to overwrite the default. + The environment is also passed to the systemd unit which calls + dialog based programs in kiwi dracut code, such that the TERM + setting will be effective there too. For example: + + rd.kiwi.term=vt100 + + This is related to bsc#1218095 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 19 12:05:45 CET 2024 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Followup fix for .profile.extra + + Allow to source .profile.extra such that it is possible to + read and act on e.g cmdline parameters. This is related to + bsc#1218095 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 16 15:08:49 CET 2024 - David Cassany + +- Include partprobe in initrd for s390 + + This commit includes partprobe, in addition to parted, on + s390 based systems. Otherwise partx is used and apparently + it does not properly support s390. + + Fixes bsc#1219798 + + Signed-off-by: David Cassany + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 14 12:43:54 CET 2024 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add support for reading .profile.extra in initrd + + If there is the file /.profile.extra available in the + initrd, kiwi will import this additional environment file + after the import of the standard /.profile file. + This is related to bsc#1218095 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 16 15:50:45 CET 2024 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Follow up fix for drop of hybrid boot snippets + + The following is left over code from the drop of the hybrid + boot templates. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 16 10:37:16 CET 2024 - Neal Gompa + +- Drop hybrid boot snippets from the GRUB 2 configuration template + + Sometime between GRUB 2.04 and GRUB 2.06, it became no longer + necessary to use "linuxefi"+"initrdefi" for UEFI boot. The + standard "linux"+"initrd" stanzas work for both legacy BIOS boot + and modern UEFI boot. + + Some distributions no longer support "linuxefi"+"initrdefi" at all + anymore, so let's just use "linux"+"initrd" for everything now. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 09 15:31:06 CET 2024 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Disable workflow runs from master + + The following github actions will be disabled from master + because they are expected to run from main: + + - ci-publish-pages.yml + - ci-publish-to-pypi.yml + - ci-update-build-tests.yml + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 09 15:19:30 CET 2024 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.25.21 → 9.25.22 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 09 11:18:30 CET 2024 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed regression in GRUB_SERIAL_COMMAND setup + + The condition to write the serial line setup was broken. + This commit fixes it. Related to Issue #2419 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 08 17:26:00 CET 2024 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed grub terminal setup + + The grub terminal setup is divided into the setting for the output + and the input console. For both settings different parameters exists. + So far kiwi did not differentiate between the two parts of the + console setup and that could lead to a wrong setting if only one + value is provided in kiwi's console= attribute which lead to the + grub setting, GRUB_TERMINAL=value. If value is set to e.g gfxterm + grub takes this for both input and output and it's obviously + wrong for the input. To make this less error prune the kiwi code + changes with this commit to set GRUB_TERMINAL_INPUT and + GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT rather than GRUB_TERMINAL and also runs sanity + checks on the provided values if they are applicable. The information + for setting up the console in the schema stays untouched though. + That's because it's used for all bootloaders and also because grub + supports multiple values for the console in/out setting in one + GRUB_TERMINAL variable even though kiwi does no longer use it. + To make this clear for the users also the documentation for the + console attribute setup has been updated. If we want to wish two + distinct attributes for input and output console settings a schema + change and also differentiation between bootloaders is needed and + that I only see for the kiwi-10 branch if at all. This Fixes #2419 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 04 13:16:26 CET 2024 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix tox.ini + + python 3.12 unit target did not specify a 3.12 interpreter + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 04 13:05:39 CET 2024 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix overwrite of kiwi_oemunattended + + In case rd.kiwi.oem.installdevice is set, there is an overwrite + of the kiwi_oemunattended setting. However the variable was set + in local scope of a function and therefore the change was not + effective in other methods which also evaluates this variable. + This commit fixes it such that the overwrite happens in the early + initialize method which provides the environment for all code + running in the dracut module. This is related to jira#PED-7180 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 29 20:23:17 CET 2023 - Neal Gompa + +- Ensure setfiles is detected inside the image-root + + We do not actually use setfiles from the host, we use it from the + image root we create for the image build. Thus, we should look in + the image root instead of on the host system. + + This prevents us from incorrectly detecting that setfiles is not + available for setting SELinux contexts. + + Fixes: https://github.com/OSInside/kiwi/issues/2414 + Fixes: 2a22901ddd11ae23b6724b5e1aaa4261f219ccb6 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 28 13:52:32 CET 2023 - Dan Čermák + +- Use xdist on the CI to speed up the test runs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 28 13:51:52 CET 2023 - Dan Čermák + +- Add unit test job using python 3.12 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 28 13:51:19 CET 2023 - Dan Čermák + +- Only run the job for this python environment + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 28 13:49:31 CET 2023 - Dan Čermák + +- [ci] Switch runner to ubuntu-latest + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 28 13:40:34 CET 2023 - Dan Čermák + +- Add missing raw string identifier infront of regexes + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 26 12:31:11 CET 2023 - Jianhua Lu + +- Allow target_blocksize to be available for kis image + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Dec 17 20:35:36 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.25.20 → 9.25.21 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Dec 17 20:33:43 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup tox targets + + Align tox targets with github workflows and fix targets + not associated with a specific python version to use + the python3 version installed on the host + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Dec 17 19:59:46 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.25.19 → 9.25.20 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Dec 17 16:12:42 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed unit tests for parallel invokation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 15 10:43:17 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure selinux policy is effectively applied + + setup_selinux_file_contexts is now called after the config.sh + script. This makes sure that eventual policy related changes + done in the optional config.sh are covered by a late setfiles + call. In addition setup_selinux_file_contexts is called again + at the end of any chroot based script hook. So we assume that + any optional script target can change the system in a way that + a new setfiles call might be required. It can happen that + setfiles is called more often than required but as we cannot + know what custom scripts does, it's better to call it more + often compared to not often enough. This Fixes bsc#1210604 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 14 16:57:45 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Decrease image size for encrypted integration test + + Encrypted images do not compress well, therefore the size + should be smaller such that we don't produce monsters + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 14 15:51:23 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use ext4 for rawhide integration test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 14 10:59:22 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed typo in error message + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 13 21:31:56 CET 2023 - Neal Gompa + +- package: Drop unused xorriso dep on dracut-kiwi-live subpackage + + We do not actually use xorriso anywhere inside of the dracut module, + nor do we pull in any utilities from the xorriso package into the + generated initramfs anyway. + + Fixes: https://github.com/OSInside/kiwi/issues/2404 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 11 09:43:50 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Set kpartx as default mapper tool for s390 + + Some time ago we moved the default partition mapper from + kpartx to partx to reduce a package dependencies. + However, on the s390 architecture partx does not work + proplerly on e.g DASD devices. Thus the default mapper + tool for this architecture will change to kpartx + with this PR + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 08 09:25:22 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update test-image-MicroOS + + Incorporate latest changes from upstream MicroOS and + also add an encrypted profile build for testing + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 06 22:10:45 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Include either partx or partprobe to dracut + + The code in the 99kiwi-lib dracut module can either use + partprobe or partx to do the job. We prefer partx over + partprobe and error out if none of them could be found + This Fixes #2400 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 28 08:54:36 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.25.18 → 9.25.19 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 23 18:43:49 CET 2023 - Alexandre Esse + +- Fix typo in workflow overview doc section + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 22 15:54:19 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add missing documentation for oem-unattended-id + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 22 15:38:13 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow install disk overwrite from cmdline + + Add rd.kiwi.oem.installdevice=DEVICE. Configures the disk device + that should be used in an OEM installation. This overwrites any + other oem device setting, e.g device filter or maxdisk and just + continues the installation on the given device. However, the + device must exist and must be a block special. + This Fixes jira#PED-7180 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 21 20:46:03 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update mailmap + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 10 13:08:26 CET 2023 - Kali + +- Replace the regex-based loader entry fix with string parsing (#2388) + + A user building RHEL images ran into issues with the initrd. + It turns out that RHEL uses some patches that mean the + initrd/linux files in RHEL are not installed to /boot, which trips + up the original regex. The new fix doesn't rely on matching the + path in boot, instead just finding the initrd/linux files and rewriting + them in place. + + This change also adds the pre-and-post fix loader entries to the debug logs. + + Reference: https://bugzilla.suse.com/1208701 + + Fixes suse bsc#1208701 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 10 13:05:48 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix mbrid setup for read-only systems + + On filesystems without a UUID (e.g squashfs) the fallback boot id + setup should apply if neither UUID nor MBR ID is present. This + is a followup fix for Issue #2391 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 09 09:18:12 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed test-image-disk-legacy test description + + The configured embedded ESP image size is too big, max 30MB + are possible as El Torito boot load size + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 09 09:04:44 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't make toml a requirement + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 08 15:25:29 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed grub mbrid file search + + To identify the root device for ISO images (live and install media) + that boots via grub2, kiwi uses a grub2 --file search. The searched + file was named /boot/mbrid, however this is not a unique name and + could be found on other devices of the system as well. To connect + the search to the correct media this commit changes the search to + an ID based method which is unique to the image build process. + This Fixes #2389 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 08 12:47:32 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't use kernel-install + + kernel-install does a lot more then making the kernel available + to the ESP. It calls dracut, it creates loader entries and all + that is unexpected and also breaks the boot because the way + dracut is called in the image build case where host != target + leads to broken results. This commit refactors the systemd-boot + support in kiwi to prevent the use of kernel-install + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 08 09:22:16 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add check_efi_fat_image_has_correct_size + + Add runtime check for to check that the efifatimagesize + does not exceed the max El Torito load size + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 07 08:55:57 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add support for ISO boot via systemd-boot + + Create proper EFI FAT image via bootctl to be used as + alt loader in xorriso. This allows to boot the ISO + via EFI e.g kvm -bios /usr/share/qemu/ovmf-x86_64.bin -cdrom file.iso + Please note, hybrid boot is done via grub's hybrid MBR and + as systemd-boot does not provide one, hybrid boot is out + of scope yet. This Fixes #2281 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Nov 05 10:04:33 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.25.17 → 9.25.18 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 01 18:09:13 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add partx to module-setup of kiwi-lib too + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 27 09:21:59 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Change partprobe fallback to partx + + Informing the kernel about a new partition geometry can be done in a + busy state and is also effective for new devices and new mounts based + on the new geometry. busy state mounts of course will not see it until + swap of the busy state but a complete refuse of operation like it + happens with blockdev is imho not required. Just as partprobe, partx + is less restrictive on the busy state. That's why this commit changes + the partprobe fallback to use partx instead of blockdev + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 26 12:51:32 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Create live persistent storage without busy state + + With the former logic the live ISO was already mounted when an + eventual persistent storage partition was created. This leads + to an issue on re-reading the partition table, not for all but + several tools. This commit changes the order of tasks such that + the setup of the persistent write storage is performed prior + mounting the live ISO. In addition to this change an alternative + method using blockdev to re-read the partition was added in case + partprobe is not present. This also allows to get rid of the + parted dependency which provides partprobe + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 17 09:30:49 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.25.16 → 9.25.17 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 16 20:55:59 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed argument processing of config.bootoptions + + Instead of adding an extra space to make the subsequent reading + to work, use an awk script that does it without nasty workarounds + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 16 20:55:31 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow test-image-disk-ramdisk to be build locally + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 16 15:27:24 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.25.15 → 9.25.16 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 16 15:26:25 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed doc search field + + The search in the documentation is broken with the rtd + schema and latest sphinx. Stick with sphinx 5.0.0 for the + moment which fixes the issue + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 16 14:16:45 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.25.14 → 9.25.15 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 16 10:44:05 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make codacy happy + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 16 09:23:42 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support release version in signkey URLs + + Using one of the $releasever/${releasever} variable placeholders + in an URL as part of a element did not replace + the placeholder with the value of the element. + This commit fixes this and also makes sure that the result list + for downloading signing keys is unique. This Fixes #2381 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Oct 08 18:20:13 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.25.13 → 9.25.14 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Oct 08 18:19:47 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update pypi release to trusted workflow + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 22 10:39:44 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added unit test for testing grub prefix + + Cover the condition if an extra boot partition is used + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 13 11:57:42 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support TOML markup + + Allow to use TOML markup for the kiwi image description + This Fixes #2372 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 13 09:52:04 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix documentation for btrfs_set_default_volume + + The behavior documentation regarding the fstab entry when + using the btrfs_set_default_volume attribute was wrong. + This commit fixes the docs to match the code. Related + to Issue #2366 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 13 08:30:06 CEST 2023 - Radoslav Kolev + +- Fix typo in 'image results' doc section + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 13 02:03:30 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed root entry in fstab for btrfs layout + + A root (/) entry in fstab for btrfs is only required if no + default volume is configured. This commit adapts the code + path which adds an fstab entry for (/) to be effective only + if btrfs_set_default_volume is set to false. + + Additionally, the documentation around btrfs_set_default_volume + was clarified to describe the behavior the switch triggers. + + This Fixes #2366 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 13 02:01:04 CEST 2023 - David Cassany Viladomat + +- Remove community repository from Arch images + + Community repository is no longer needed for the test image. OBS does + not pull any package from this repository and in Arch linux there is not + the concept of empty repositories, so the build fails in an OBS context + if this repository is included within the build stack. + + Signed-off-by: David Cassany + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 07 15:39:24 CEST 2023 - Leif Liddy + +- use / prefix when boot partition is used + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 01 03:17:08 CEST 2023 - Leif Liddy + +- use os.path.join to create path + + os.path.join to create the path for the early_boot.write functions + this will prevent paths from containing double slashes // + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 31 16:11:23 CEST 2023 - Neal Gompa + +- PKGBUILD: Drop unused Python dependencies + + We haven't used some of these dependencies in years... + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Aug 26 16:59:34 CEST 2023 - Leif Liddy + +- add info on none console type + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 25 09:14:20 CEST 2023 - Leif Liddy + +- allow value of GRUB_TERMINAL to be empty + + allow value of GRUB_TERMINAL to be empty. When setting grub_console="none" + this now leads to an empty setting of GRUB_TERMINAL in the /etc/default/grub + system configuration file. This Fixes #2261 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 24 09:33:45 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.25.12 → 9.25.13 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 22 18:08:47 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed mounting of subvolumes for data sync + + The subvolumes must be mounted below the root of the + filesystem tree such that the sync mechanism correctly + shuffles the data to the correct volumes. + This Fixes #2356 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 22 09:41:58 CEST 2023 - Joerg Vehlow + +- Make verity metadata always readonly + + If a partition is verity protected, it can never be writable, + since verity is by-definition read-only. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 16 00:06:13 CEST 2023 - Evan Goode + +- Require DNF 5 in Fedora >= 41, not Fedora > 38 + + The switch to DNF 5 has been postponed to (likely) Fedora 41. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 15 22:23:49 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add kiwi_live_volid variable to profile + + As part of the profile environment only the kiwi_install_volid + variable existed with the default value 'INSTALL'. This information + is correct when building an oem image with installiso set to + true. The resulting .install.iso image has the configured volid + or the mentioned default 'INSTALL'. However, when building a live + ISO image the default volid value is set to 'CDROM' but the profile + environment contains kiwi_install_volid which is misleading and + in case no volid is provided in the configuration file, the + default value would also be a wrong information. This commit cleans + up the mess and provides kiwi_install_volid for install ISO media + and kiwi_live_volid for Live ISO media with their respective + default values + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 15 12:33:19 CEST 2023 - Tom Schraitle + +- Add some hints about KIWI extensions and dependencies for SLE (#2348) + + SUSE Linux Enterprise Server (SLES) has KIWI as a package. + However, some KIWI plugins and their dependencies can + be unavailable. + + This commit introduces a new section which deals with this + aspect. + + Fixes bsc#1209302 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 11 15:04:56 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Package lockdev no longer exists on TW + + Update TW based integration tests and delete the install + of the lockdev package + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 10 14:34:16 CEST 2023 - Tom Schraitle + +- Update GitHub Actions "actions/*" part + + Update to the latest versions: + + * actions/checkout@v3 + * action/setup-python@v4 + * action/cache@v3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 09 22:39:20 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.25.11 → 9.25.12 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 09 16:07:34 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix double grub entries in hybrid ISO images + + As consequence of using the "source" grub command instead + of the "configfile" command to load the grub config we now + see double loading of the same file on ISO media. The reason + here is that kiwi ISO media is always hybrid which means it + embeds an MBR into the ISO for which the "source" command now + can read the same file through two different device paths. + This does not happen with the "configfile" grub command. + Thus this patch uses "configfile" if we produce an ISO image + and "source" for all other image types. The commit also fixes + the custom grub template used for ISO images in a way that + we only set the "serial" command if there is a serial + configuration provided along with the image description. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 03 16:29:46 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update x86/tumbleweed/test-image-systemd-boot + + systemd package has been splitted and provides + systemd-boot in an extra package now + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 03 11:31:04 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Limit scope of grub _fix method + + Only apply _fix_grub_to_support_dynamic_efi_and_bios_boot for + the x86_64 or ix86 architectures. This Fixes #2343 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 01 14:30:07 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.25.10 → 9.25.11 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 01 13:53:01 CEST 2023 - Leif Liddy + +- remove trailing whitespace + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 01 09:58:44 CEST 2023 - Dan Čermák + +- rpm spec: add missing requires of typing_extensions for python < 3.8 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 01 09:58:26 CEST 2023 - Dan Čermák + +- rpm spec: bump copyright year + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 01 09:25:59 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed linter errors + + Latest changes regarding type hints introduced linter errors. + Also adapt the workflow run which is expected to detect them + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 01 04:30:23 CEST 2023 - Leif Liddy + +- add GRUB_TIMEOUT_STYLE menu option + + revert trailing space removal + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 31 21:30:10 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.25.9 → 9.25.10 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 31 21:29:42 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed python interpreter for Release target + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 31 21:22:58 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.25.8 → 9.25.9 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 31 21:21:48 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed workflow interpreter name + + Specifying py 3.10 has to be quoted + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 31 21:18:03 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.25.7 → 9.25.8 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 31 21:16:41 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed doc publishing + + The github action to do this was still based on py3.6 + but the latest changes on tox.ini requires a newer version + of tox which doesn't exist for py3.6. Thus run the workflow + on a newer python version + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 31 17:44:06 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.25.6 → 9.25.7 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 31 17:39:04 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix linter check, whitespace after : + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 31 17:32:50 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.25.5 → 9.25.6 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 31 12:53:33 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Pass rootflags if no default volume is set + + In case of btrfs and if btrfs_set_default_volume is explicitly + switched off, we create the correct rootflags= kernel cmdline + entry to tell the system about the root volume for booting + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 27 17:09:36 CEST 2023 - slowpeek + +- Use 'source' instead of 'configfile' in generated grub.cfg + + Details are outlined in issue #2320 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 27 12:08:35 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure btrfs root volume is used when needed + + With the possibility to switch off setting the default volume + an issue at other parts in the kiwi code which mounted the + btrfs based system were uncovered. Without any default volume + set it's required to transport the root volume if different + from / and pass the respective subvol= option to the mount. + This commit fixes it at the places where kiwi trusted btrfs + to have a correct default volume set + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 27 09:18:54 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- update Fedora integration test + + The setting of a default volume is unwanted here + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 27 09:18:33 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- add btrfs_set_default_volume attribute + + By default kiwi runs btrfs set-default on the volume that is + considered the default volume according to the btrfs settings + and defaults. btrfs_set_default_volume="false" allows + to deactivate this action. Along with the change also the + misleading name of the btrfs_create_toplevel_subvolume has + been changed to root_is_subvolume + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 25 17:24:36 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed check for extended attributes + + Only if libc reports errno 95 Operation not supported the method + should return that extended attributes are not supported. Also + add a debug information about the result of the call to get further + information in the log file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 25 13:38:50 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed call of tox for xdist + + Passing arguments to modules called by tox has changed + its syntax + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 25 13:05:35 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Take subvol mount option for root into account + + If the rootfs is btrfs based make sure the fstab entry for + it takes the name of the root subvolume into account + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 25 12:43:31 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix fallback secure boot setup + + Don't copy the same file. This case happens when rebuilding + an image using --allow-existing-root when the fallback setup + has done its job already in the first run + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 24 21:02:48 CEST 2023 - Dan Čermák + +- Fix type hints of IsoToolXorrIso.init_iso_creation_parameters + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 24 21:02:28 CEST 2023 - Dan Čermák + +- xorriso: handle case when isohdpfx.bin not found + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 24 20:30:49 CEST 2023 - Dan Čermák + +- Fix type hints for the Pacman package manager + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 24 20:30:38 CEST 2023 - Dan Čermák + +- Type hint the Path module + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 24 20:06:03 CEST 2023 - Dan Čermák + +- Add better type hints to ContainerImageOCI and ContainerImageAppx + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 24 20:02:32 CEST 2023 - Dan Čermák + +- Add ContainerImageBase abstract base class for OCI & Appx + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 24 18:35:56 CEST 2023 - Dan Čermák + +- Add type hints to the Compress module + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 24 18:02:47 CEST 2023 - Dan Čermák + +- Import modules in OCI.new() explicitly + + Also, add a type hint to the return type of OCI.new() so that this can now be + verified with mypy + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 24 17:56:09 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update contributing chapter + + Fix and update the information how to contribute. Due to + the latest changes in tox.ini some requirements regarding + the tox and python versions came up. This commit updates + the docs in this regard + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 24 17:32:04 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added py3.11 tox target + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 24 17:28:28 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed writing correct keyfile path to etc/crypttab + + The keyfile path was not correctly set in etc/crypttab which + caused systemd not being able to read the keyfile, consequently + asking for a passphrase. This commit fixes the writing of the + crypttab and also fixes a python name clash with the "os" + namespace. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 24 16:02:23 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup condition for SECURE_BOOT=yes|no + + The statement serves the purpose for an if/else construction + to become a better read. In addition delete the probably + left-over print statement from the test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 24 14:54:50 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete pyxattr from setup.py + + Followup on Issue #2330. Forgot to delete pyxattr requirement + from setup.py + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 24 14:45:01 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add volid to profile for all ISO based image types + + Add provided volume id (or the default value) to the profile + environment file for all ISO based image types. So far this + was only done for installation ISO media but not for simple + live ISO images. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 24 09:09:51 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed mail address in spec file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 20 16:41:29 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete (py)xattr module requirement + + The required functionality is provided by the core os library + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 20 15:02:09 CEST 2023 - Paul Gardiner + +- Fix failure when booting KIS via NBD + + In the NBD booting case, the function initGlobalDevices in + kiwi-overlay-root.sh runs the command ndb-client to connect the remote NBD + share to the device /dev/nbd0. The script parse-kiwi-overlay.sh, on the + other hand, incorrectly parses overlay:nbd=ip:export to /dev/ip/export, + leading to the system waiting for /dev/ip/export to appear. This commit + corrects the problem. + + With this change NDB booting of KIS images now succeeds, although only if + the ndb package is added to the appliance description. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 19 16:06:09 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use bootpartition for Fedora integration test + + When using btrfs with the proposed layout for testing the + delivered grub bios module for the Fedora system used to build + the integration test (FC37) is not capable to find the grub + config file. A manual call for configfile in the grub shell + fixes this with the existing kiwi created grub early-boot + script. However, it is expected that the delivered grub image + works and kiwi only creates its own one if no distro delivered + grub image was found. To make the integration test functional + for both BIOS and EFI the simple solution is to use an extra + not btrfs based boot partition. This still allows to test + the desired btrfs layout in terms of volumes and sub-volumes + and does not break on any of the boot methods. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 19 15:24:04 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed apply_attributes_on_volume + + Make the function call more robust in terms of path separation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 19 11:49:31 CEST 2023 - Dan Čermák + +- Use tox isolated_build instead of hardcoding the envdir + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 18 16:59:36 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add parent attribute to volume setup + + For the btrfs volume management, allow to put a volume into a specific + parent volume. If not specified the volume is below the default volume + This Fixes #2316 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 18 15:45:23 CEST 2023 - Jesus Bermudez Velazquez + +- Add SECURE_BOOT no when the firmware is efi + + This Fixes bsc#1211102 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Jul 16 21:24:30 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use btrfs for fedora/test-image-live-disk test + + Change the Virtual profile to build a btrfs based image + for testing respective btrfs layouts + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Jul 16 20:32:12 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add btrfs_create_toplevel_subvolume attribute + + Allow to explicitly select if a toplevel subvolume should + be created or not. To avoid a behavior change, kiwi will + create a toplevel based btrfs structure if this attribute + is not specified. However, a deprecation message to inform + about future behavior change will be printed. This is + related to Issue #2316 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 12 17:58:41 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Evaluate the @root volume name also for btrfs + + In a volume setup the special volume declaration + was only evaluated for the + LVM volume manager. In case of btrfs a hardcoded root volume + name '@' was used. This commit allows to specify a custom + name for the root volume for btrfs as well and also allows + to specify that there should be no such root volume. + Example: + + + + Name the root volume '@'. If not specified this stays as + the default to stay compatible + + + + Indicate no root volume is wanted. All subvolumes resides + below root (/) + + + + Name the root volume 'foo' + + This is related to Issue #2316 and a first patch to + address the requested changes + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 10 16:56:35 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.25.4 → 9.25.5 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 10 16:37:21 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed regression in bootloader config attr access + + use_disk_password is not an attribute that exists in all + BootLoaderConfig instances. Thus it's a mistake to access + the attribute in the disk builder + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 10 15:41:35 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.25.3 → 9.25.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 10 11:22:09 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Load isoschematron module on demand + + Due to a license issue the isoschematron code might not be + available in the lxml package from the distributor. This commit + uses isoschematron on demand. If present on the system it gets + loaded and used, if not a warning that the schematron validation + will be skipped is provided. This Fixes #2314 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jul 08 14:14:49 CEST 2023 - slowpeek + +- Improve loopback.cfg example + + submenu+source should be preferred over menuentry+configfile: + + - submenu creates a new context, menuentry does not. As a result, changes made + to vars inside menuentry's braces pollute the current scope. In this particular + case what is notably wrong is root=loop happens in the current scope. If we + activate the "Boot from openSUSE ISO" menu entry and then press Esc to return + back to explore other menu entries, $root would still be set to 'loop'. Instead + of manually saving and restoring $root value it is better to wrap the whole + thing in a new context with submenu + + - configfile is not just 'source in a new context', it has as least one side + effect. For details look for grub_err_printed_errors usage in [1] and [2] in + grub sources + + [1] grub-core/normal/menu.c + [2] grub-core/normal/menu_entry.c + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 07 08:49:47 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.25.2 → 9.25.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 05 12:29:51 CEST 2023 - Olaf Kirch + +- Add improvements for fully encrypted disk images + + This commit adds more flexibility when using LUKS + encrypted images. In addition support for key derivation + on user provided passwords has been added. The following + new attributes were added to the schema: + + type.luks_randomize + allow to enable/disable the data randomizing if luks + encryption is used + + type.luks_pbkdf + When LUKS unlocks a key slot using a user provided + password, it uses a so-called key derivation function + to derive a symmetric encryption key from the password. + Not all boot loaders support all KDF algorithms, hence + this attribute can be used to select a specific algorithm + + bootloader.use_disk_password + When /boot is encrypted, make the boot loader store the + password in its configuration file (in cleartext). This + is useful for full disk encryption images + + Signed-off-by: Olaf Kirch + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 05 12:19:45 CEST 2023 - Olaf Kirch + +- Change location of LUKS keyfile to /root/.root.keyfile + + In some configuration (eg on a transactional system), the root + file system is read-only, which means we will not be able to remove + the stale .root.keyfile after firstboot. + + This patch changes the location of the keyfile and places it in + /root/.root.keyfile instead, because root's home directory is much + more likely to be read/write. + + Also fixed the associated unit test (thanks to schaefi). + + Signed-off-by: Olaf Kirch + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 04 13:00:02 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add alternative re-reading of the partition table + + To inform the kernel about disk geometry changes, kiwi uses + partprobe as a primary tool. However it is provided by parted + and not necessarily available due to the package requirements + on the dracut module. A second attempt via blockdev which + is expected to exist is therefore made by this commit + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 04 01:04:19 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor the luks_device class data transport + + Also add missing unit tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 03 23:05:34 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- test_get_build_type_bootloader_use_disk_password + + Add missing unit test for use_disk_password attribute + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 16 18:31:03 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.25.1 → 9.25.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 16 18:27:07 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix repository setup for microdnf + + An instance of the Repository class for microdnf has + to use RepositoryDnf4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 16 08:48:14 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.25.0 → 9.25.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 14 19:34:29 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed image install of dnf package manager + + If the package manager is set to 'dnf4', this name is + taken also as package name to install this package manager + into the image. Problem is 'dnf4' is not a valid package + name. The correct name for 'dnf4' is 'dnf'. This commit + fixes the name bug introduced with the changes for + Issue #2262 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 14 19:00:47 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.61 → 9.25.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 14 09:55:29 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add more details about used grub image(s) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jun 10 16:22:47 CEST 2023 - glaubway + +- make alias unique in any cases + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 01 17:00:47 CEST 2023 - Steffen Winterfeldt + +- The actual padding is 0. And switch to sha256. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 29 10:17:08 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Change package manager dnf to dnf4 + + With dnf5 there is a successor for dnf but there will also + be a transition period where there will be both, the former + dnf and the new dnf5 available. For a clear distinction + between the two we got the recommendation from the RedHat + team to support both in different namespaces. This commit + now implements a backward compatible change for kiwi which + includes the following modifications: + + * XSL stylesheet for automatic schema transformation from + + dnf to + dnf4 + + * Code copy of dnf API interface from + + PackageManagerDnf -> PackageManagerDnf4 + RepositoryDnf -> RepositoryDnf4 + + * Deprecation of former Dnf API interface + + The code change here will force developers to adapt + their code if they used RepositoryDnf / PackageManagerDnf + classes in their python code. After this change developers + will be dropped into a raise condition which exits kiwi + at the time of the call. Related to Issue #2300 + and Issue #2262 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 25 16:42:38 CEST 2023 - Hans-Peter Jansen + +- Documentation: clearify dnf based collection selectors + + With 89b5a6f5269, the selection of collections was changed to allow + group IDs only for dnf based package installers. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 25 11:10:40 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update rawhide integration tests + + Use dnf5 for rawhide. It's hard to differentiate between old and + new dnf version on Fedora Rawhide. Thus let's make the move to + dnf5. Since microdnf is also wrapped into dnf5 the integration + test for microdnf got renamed to dnf5 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 24 16:00:11 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add support for dnf5 package manager + + dnf5 is the next generation of the dnf package manager. + dnf5 is not a drop in replacement to dnf which is the reason + why this commit adds a new interface class for package and + repository management under a new name: dnf5. Beginning with + Fedora >= 39 dnf5 will be the standard. Thus the requirements + on the packaging level were adapted too. + This Fixes #2300 + This Fixes #2262 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 24 10:20:40 CEST 2023 - Isaac True + +- dracut: modules.d: 90kiwi-overlay: add support for device mapper targets + + Allow specifying a device mapper target for the root of the overlayfs. + This adds support for features like adding a dm-verity or dm-crypt + backend to the overlayfs. + + A device mapper target can be specified using the following syntax on + the kernel command line: + + root=overlay:MAPPER=verityRoot + + This translates to using the path `/dev/mapper/verityRoot` as the base + of the overlayfs. + + Signed-off-by: Isaac True + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 24 09:38:40 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.60 → 9.24.61 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 23 18:32:58 CEST 2023 - Isaac True + +- dracut: modules.d: 99kiwi-lib: add bash shebangs and dependency + + The scripts in the kiwi-lib module use bash-specific syntax like + `function`, which causes the script to fail if another shell (like dash + or busybox) is used to interpret the scripts. Specifically set the shebang + to use bash as the shell interpreter and add bash as a dependency to the + dracut module to fix this. + + This resolves the following errors which are printed at boot when + busybox tries to interpret the scripts: + + /bin/dracut-pre-mount: 3: /lib/kiwi-filesystem-lib.sh: function: not found + /bin/dracut-pre-mount: 15: /lib/kiwi-filesystem-lib.sh: Syntax error: "}" unexpected + + Signed-off-by: Isaac True + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 22 15:13:26 CEST 2023 - Jiri Srain + +- Do not depend on dnf for SUSE ALP + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 16 10:04:13 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added appx-util as WSL requires for Fedora/RHEL + + Make sure the kiwi-systemdeps-containers-wsl meta package + pulls in the required tools for Fedora/RHEL when building + WSL containers. This is a followup to #2286 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 16 10:00:11 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add cpio to core systemdeps requires list + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 11 10:08:18 CEST 2023 - Jan Löser + +- Find correct `shimx64.efi` binary for EL derivatives + + Sort globbing result by length and look for `shim[a-z]*.efi` pattern + first before falling back to `shim.efi`. This allows us to match + correct shim binary for SecureBoot enabled systems. + + The following example shows the content of recent shim package from + AlmaLinux 9: + + $ ls -1 ~/Downloads/shim-almalinux-x64/boot/efi/EFI/almalinux + BOOTX64.CSV + mmx64.efi + shim.efi + shimx64-almalinux.efi + shimx64.efi + + Sorted globbing result is: + + shimx64.efi + shimx64-almalinux.efi + + First match wins (here `shimx64.efi`) which is the correct binary to be + used as it is signed by M$. + + Was tested with shim packages for CentOS (x64, ia32, aarch64), Fedora 36 + (x64), AlmaLinux 9 (x64, aarch64). + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat May 06 20:40:11 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.59 → 9.24.60 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 04 12:32:27 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow to create plain cpio archives + + Allow to create plain cpio archives to serve the idea + of the mkosi initrd concept + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 28 11:25:45 CEST 2023 - Fabian Vogt + +- Fix restoration of grub2-install (bsc#1210948) + + It checked for grub2-install.orig in the host, not the buildroot. This + meant that it left /usr/sbin/grub2-install as a noop. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 28 09:44:59 CEST 2023 - David Cassany + +- Use cross arch macros to interpret uint64_t + + This commit adds inttypes.h to make use of PRIu64 style + macros in order to properly translate uint64_t across + different architectures. More specific this allows the + code to compile for ix86. + + Signed-off-by: David Cassany + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 25 07:57:42 CEST 2023 - Jan Löser + +- Look for specific `shimx64.efi` binary first + + In CentOS, `/boot/efi/EFI/*/shim*.efi` extends to + `/boot/efi/EFI/centos/shimx64-centos.efi` which is not signed by M$ but + CentOS itself. This in turn does not boot on SecureBoot enabled systems. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 24 23:48:34 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete score card + + Too flaky, broken most of the time and I'm not sure + how much value it adds to the project overall + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 24 23:46:43 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix score card action + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 24 23:28:44 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update TW build tests + + plymouth-plugin-script must be explicitly added now + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 24 23:17:48 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Revert "Add zstd and xzio to grub image" + + This reverts commit af8c702db0a60ed4abeba8686d4e8475c410c58d. + The grub modules does not exist in all grub installations. + A different implementation is required + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 24 22:59:24 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update TW integration tests + + change theme from bgrt to breeze. TW has deleted bgrt + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 24 22:43:18 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed writing URIs including ASCII encoding + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 21 21:32:21 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Split container systemdeps in OCI and WSL + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 20 14:46:59 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update kiwi-systemdeps-containers requires list + + Do not strictly require fb-util-for-appx. In order to create + WSL containers fb-util-for-appx is a requirement but usually + users create OCI containers and WSL containers are still a + niche case. Thus it's ok to reduce the requirement into a + recommends. This Fixes #2284 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 20 10:28:09 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Encode remote URLs + + Special characters in a URL e.g the @ sign needs to be encoded + as part of a remote URL. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 18 20:30:43 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix workflow run + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 18 19:48:01 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed Fedora prebuild EFI binary lookup + + When creating CentOS/Fedora live media, kiwi does not install the + right signed grub2 EFI binary. This was caused by kiwi not being + aware of the gcdx64.efi(x86_64), gcdaa64.efi(aarch64) binaries + for CD/ISO boot. This Fixes #2270 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 13 18:33:10 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.58 → 9.24.59 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 13 18:12:16 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add zstd and xzio to grub image + + If kiwi builds its own grub image, make sure the compression + algorithms zstd and xz are supported + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 12 16:37:48 CEST 2023 - David Cassany + +- Adding a comment to explain the s390 specific path + + Signed-off-by: David Cassany + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 12 11:06:57 CEST 2023 - David Cassany + +- Use parted only in s390 arch + + This commit ensures parted is only called in dracut-kiwi-lib for s390 + arch. It also fixes the spec to only require parted for + s390 builds. + + In addition parted requirement has been removed from dracut-kiwi-live + package since parted is not used in any other dracut module beyond + kiwi-lib. + + Signed-off-by: David Cassany + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 04 19:53:19 CEST 2023 - Jan Löser + +- Add potential shim binary for Ubuntu + + Looks like `shim*.efi` is gone in latest `shim-signed` package. The + package now contains `shimx64.efi.signed.latest` and + `shimx64.efi.signed.previous` binaries, let's take latest. + + shim-signed_1.40.9+15.7-0ubuntu1_amd64/usr/lib/shim/: + total 4688 + drwxr-xr-x. 3 root root 209 Jan 31 12:57 . + drwxr-xr-x. 3 root root 18 Jan 31 12:57 .. + -rw-r--r--. 1 root root 108 Jan 31 12:57 BOOTX64.CSV + -rwxr-xr-x. 1 root root 1622 Jan 31 12:57 is-not-revoked + drwxr-xr-x. 2 root root 25 Jan 31 12:57 mok + -rw-r--r--. 1 root root 950891 Jan 31 12:57 shimx64.efi + -rw-r--r--. 1 root root 962400 Jan 31 12:57 shimx64.efi.dualsigned + -rw-r--r--. 1 root root 960472 Jan 31 12:57 shimx64.efi.signed.latest + -rw-r--r--. 1 root root 955656 Jan 31 12:57 shimx64.efi.signed.previous + -rw-r--r--. 1 root root 88296 Jan 27 20:09 fbx64.efi + -rw-r--r--. 1 root root 860824 Jan 27 20:09 mmx64.efi + + shim-signed_1.40.7+15.4-0ubuntu9_amd64/usr/lib/shim/: + total 3728 + drwxr-xr-x. 3 root root 145 Aug 13 2021 . + drwxr-xr-x. 3 root root 18 Aug 13 2021 .. + -rw-r--r--. 1 root root 108 Aug 13 2021 BOOTX64.CSV + -rw-r--r--. 1 root root 85672 Aug 13 2021 fbx64.efi + -rw-r--r--. 1 root root 856232 Aug 13 2021 mmx64.efi + drwxr-xr-x. 2 root root 25 Aug 13 2021 mok + -rw-r--r--. 1 root root 947143 Aug 13 2021 shimx64.efi + -rw-r--r--. 1 root root 957576 Aug 13 2021 shimx64.efi.dualsigned + -rw-r--r--. 1 root root 955656 Aug 13 2021 shimx64.efi.signed + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 03 13:24:36 CEST 2023 - David Cassany + +- Expand DASD partition table with parted + + Signed-off-by: David Cassany + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 30 16:57:27 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed evaluation of custom start sector + + In case an alternative partition table start sector is + configured, the check to effectively apply it should be + based on the partition table type not on the firmware + name + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 30 14:52:23 CEST 2023 - David Cassany + +- Add parted dependency for s390 + + Signed-off-by: David Cassany + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 28 10:04:32 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.57 → 9.24.58 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 27 22:50:38 CEST 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Build leap btrfs test without root as snapshot + + So far no btrfs integration test without root as snapshot existed + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Mar 25 00:44:50 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support EFI boot from squashfs + + grub supports reading from squashfs. If no extra bootloader + installation is required this allows to boot from a squashfs + rootfs without extra boot partition. The prebuilt grub images + usually does not contain the squash4 module which is the + reason why kiwi creates the EFI module itself if the system + is fully immutable. Please note; the grub configuration + must be provided manually as part of the image description + in this case because grub-mkconfig at the time it has to be + called has no write permissions anymore. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 24 15:05:52 CET 2023 - Fabian Vogt + +- Fix /.snapshots mounting in the btrfs volume manager + + The /@/.snapshots subvolume was not mounted as /.snapshots in the root + filesystem snapshot. This is now necessary for snapper to work. + + While at it, create 1/snapshot as plain subvolume, it does not make sense + to snapshot @ itself. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 16 17:02:56 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add support for config-host-overlay.sh script + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 16 15:55:56 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed build of dracut-kiwi-verity + + The spec file was missing the package definition to actually + create the dracut-kiwi-verity package. In addition the fixed + setting to the C standard 17 caused build errors for me on + distributions that uses C standard 11/12. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 15 09:31:01 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add selinux integration test for Leap + + SUSE systems supports both, apparmor and selinux, whereas + apparmor is the default. As selinux requires to create security + labels during build time of an image, this integration test + checks if the labeling works for SUSE based OS'es. + This Fixes #2244 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 14 16:26:06 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow custom template evaluation for install ISO + + So far only Live ISO images allowed for custom template usage + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 14 16:01:57 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix Arch Linux Live ISO integration test + + Switch to grub for booting the ISO, for some reason isolinux + refused to work and there is no priority to dig into the issue. + This Fixes #2233 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 14 15:46:25 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix Arch Linux EFI install ISO integration test + + kiwi has code in bootloader/template/grub2.py which uses + linuxefi/initrdefi commands according to the configured + grub_platform. These commands does not exist on Arch and + therefore the integration test provides its own ISO + template. This Fixes #2232 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 14 10:18:53 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add dracut-kiwi-verity dracut module package + + When building an image with an embedded verity hash via the + embed_verity_metadata="true" type attribute it is required + to setup the device map at boot time accordingly. The dracut + module in this commit provides the needed tooling as a + POSIX C implementation which is able to read the kiwi embedded + verityhash from the offset of the partition. Kudos goes to + Isaac True + + Co-authored-by: Isaac True + Signed-off-by: Isaac True + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 13 19:35:39 CET 2023 - Joachim Gleissner + +- (Re-)add support for 'anymarkup' < 0.5.0 + + Fall back to module 'anymarkup' if 'anymarkup_core' is not available. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Mar 11 18:01:53 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support UNIXNODE device names for overlayroot + + When no other persistent naming schema can be used to + identify the device there should be the option to + specify the kernel unix device node name + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 10 14:00:14 CET 2023 - Joachim Gleissner + +- Use module anymarkup-core instead of anymarkup + + Use 'anymarkup-core' directly instead of wrapper 'anymarkup'. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 09 09:03:34 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix permissions of live ISO system files + + Make sure initrd and squashfs.img takes permissions o644 + This Fixes #2246 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 08 10:14:20 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update TW test-image-rpi-overlay build test + + It used rd.root.overlay.readonly but it meant rd.root.overlay.temporary + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 08 09:48:44 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed rd.root.overlay.readonly handling + + Fix the option implementation to actually do what it is supposed + to do, boot the system in fll read-only mode. In addition a new + parameter named rd.root.overlay.temporary has been introduced + which allows to boot up in read-write mode but the write area + is a tmpfs. Thus persistency only during runtime. Updated the + documentation accordingly + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 07 22:10:55 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed tumbleweed build tests + + opie no longer in TW + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 07 22:08:47 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed tumbleweed/test-image-azure + + opie no longer in TW + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 07 18:54:52 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support PARTLABEL device names for overlayroot + + When using GPT a partlabel exists that can also be used as a + device reference + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 07 18:38:56 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed kernel parameters for overlayroot setup + + The device selection for the read-only and read-write devices + in an overlayroot setup was implicitly done in the kiwi-overlay + dracut module by reading the root= information. This is a + concept which barely works and should be refactored in a way + that the root= information always points to the root device + and that an eventually existing write location is explicitly + provided via the existing rd.root.overlay.write parameter + which is allowed to be overwritten for providing an alternative + write location. Making this information consistent and explicit + on the kernel commandline simplifies the dracut code to + consume this information correctly. This Fixes #2251 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Mar 05 11:19:09 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed conditional options evaluation + + The former condition caused the end result list to be empty + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Feb 11 19:25:17 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add support for creating delta containers + + Add new attribute delta_root="true|false" which in combination with + derived_from="OCI-base-image" allows to create a delta root tree + only containing the differences between the OCI-base-image and the + actions taken by the kiwi prepare step. Based on the delta root tree + the subsequent image creation process starts. Such an incomplete + root tree is only useful under certain circumstances which is also + the reason why the feature is only available to the oci and docker + image types. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 10 08:43:21 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.56 → 9.24.57 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jan 28 22:33:06 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow squashfscompression for plain squashfs + + The schematron rule to limit the squashfscompression attribute + to certain image types did not allow it for a plain squashfs + filesystem build. This commit fixes that limitation. + This Fixes #2241 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 18 07:09:05 CET 2023 - David Cassany + +- Use rsync defaults to sync the initrd root-tree + + This commits makes use of rsync default options to sync + the root-tree of the boot image for custom initrds. + + Fixes bsc#1207128 where it was noted hardlinks + were not preserved inside the initrd. + + Signed-off-by: David Cassany + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 17 16:23:37 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed wrong test assertions + + Former versions of pytest did ignore invalid assertions. + Now they are reported as an error and show the mistakes + of the past + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 17 15:25:38 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added 90-brd.conf for test-image-disk-ramdisk + + By default the brd ramdisk module is no longer added to the + initrd. For ramdisk deployments this is required though. + This Fixes #2230 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Jan 15 19:21:22 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete CentOS v7 build tests + + CentOS v7 is EOL for kiwi image build tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 05 12:56:38 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow to specify fixed size for the root partition + + So far the last partition (typically root) in the partition table + takes all the rest space of the partition table in the image file. + At deployment/boot time users had several options to let that + partition grow to a custom size. However, during build time of the + image it was not possible to specify a specific fixed size for the + root partition as we don't wanted to produce gaps of unpartitioned + space in the image file. It has turned out that there is hardware + available which requires a partition to be an exact multiple of + some blocksize. As kiwi supports size constraints for all other + partitions but not for root this commit now allows for it. The + oem-systemsize element is now also taken into account at build + time of the image if the oem-resize which would do that at + deployment/boot time is switched off like the following example + shows: + + ```xml + + + 2048 + false + + ``` + + This Fixes #2203 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 04 20:56:25 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete ppc:fedora from testing report + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 04 12:47:40 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Remove Fedora PPC build test from index + + The integration test unfortunately never got tested anywhere + is outdated and I have no PPC hardware here to run any tests. + Let's add a real test if there is demand for it + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 04 12:29:46 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added kiwi-settings for Fedora arm build tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 02 12:30:04 CET 2023 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Pass along tmpdir to skopeo + + When using the --temp-dir parameter, it was not passed to the + skopeo calls when building a container image with kiwi. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 22 16:14:09 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow fat16/fat32 as filesystem in partitions + + The partitions element allows to specify the filesystem for + the individual partition. In the schema fat16 and fat32 were + missing + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 22 11:13:06 CET 2022 - Robert Schweikert + +- Support new bootloadersettings section + + Allow to specify an optional element + inside of the section. The information is used to + specify custom arguments for the tools called in a bootloader + setup procedure, e.g shim-install, grub-install or grub-mkconfig. + kiwi does not judge on the given parameters and if the provided + data is effectively used depends on the individual bootloader + implementation. In this commit the data will be effectively + handled if bootloader="grub2" is configured. More precisely + the custom additions to support SUSE's TPM model with grub2 + can be configured as follows: + + + + + + + + This Fixes #2224 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 20 18:58:10 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Stick with tox v3.28.0 for unit testing + + tox >= 3.0.15 together with virtualenv >= 20.17.1 raises + strange incompatibilities and prevents the unit test run + because tox calls virtualenv in a wrong way leading to + strange error messages like: + --- + usage: virtualenv ... + virtualenv: error: argument dest: destination '{check,devel,packagedoc,doc,doc_gh_pages,doc_suse,doc_man,scripts,}: /home/runner/work/kiwi/kiwi/.tox/3\n/home/runner/work/kiwi/kiwi/.tox/3.8' must not contain the path separator (:) as this would break the activation scripts + --- + All this doesn't make sense to me at all and worked + without any issues before. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 20 18:29:33 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.55 → 9.24.56 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 20 18:28:51 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix gh-pages publish + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Dec 18 21:51:09 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed systemd boot integration test for rawhide + + systemd-boot was splitted in preparation for secure + boot. The unsigned version of the EFI binary is used + in the test so far + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Dec 18 21:05:59 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added device mapper setting for s390 on TW + + Use kpartx as partx fails + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Dec 18 21:04:18 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added device mapper setting for s390 + + Use kpartx as partx fails + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Dec 18 20:33:54 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.54 → 9.24.55 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 14 16:26:27 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow to pass credentials as file reference + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 13 15:20:41 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed handling of container archive compression + + In kiwi we support handling of the container archive compression + via a runtime configuration setting of the following form, eg + in /etc/kiwi.yml + + ```yaml + container: + # Specify compression for container images + # Possible values are true, false, xz or none. + - compress: true + ``` + + However, this setting was only taken into account in the kiwi + bundler. Meaning if the user calls 'kiwi result bundle ...' + after the container image has been created the result bundler + will take the compression setting into account. From my perspective + this behavior is misleading and also prevents users from + creating compressed container archives without a subsequent + result bundler call. Therefore this commit moves the place to + handle the compression setting into the container classes. + The bundler code for containers will no longer operate on it + and just takes what it gets, which can be either compressed + or not. The default setting was "No compression" and this + was not changed. This Fixes #2217 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 13 14:32:43 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add type hints for OCI and APPX classes + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Dec 11 20:17:23 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.53 → 9.24.54 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Dec 11 20:15:24 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix publish to pypi + + bind gh-action module to v1 release + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Dec 11 19:59:49 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.52 → 9.24.53 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Dec 10 21:35:19 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use ubuntu-20.04 as github hosted runner + + It seems on ubuntu-latest no python 3.6 is available anymore + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Dec 10 20:13:15 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow external commands in tox targets + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 09 21:30:03 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix unit test run for BLS spec base class + + Do not really call blkid as used in get_boot_cmdline + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 09 15:33:51 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed typo in documentation + + Capitalize at the start of a sentence. + This Fixes #2216 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 02 11:12:30 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix unit tests to run in parallel + + Setting sys.argv and global variables impacts tests such that + they cannot run in parallel. The little footprint of excluding + the --config global args test from the coverage is beneficial + to allow parallel test runs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 02 10:01:52 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't show secret parts of an URI + + Using URIs of the form uri://user:pass@location should not be + logged or printed including its credential data + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 02 09:33:11 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't use split on potential None value + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 01 12:06:58 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow to select partition mapper tool + + The recent change from kpartx to partx caused some appliance + builds to break depending on their configuration. I spotted + issues when building disks with veritysetup or integritysetup + root devices. There are also issues with grub-install on other + architectures e.g s390. It seems partx cannot be used as a drop + in replacement and so I suggest to make this a runtime + configuration option with partx as the new default but also + allow for the old method + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 01 09:49:49 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.51 → 9.24.52 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 30 22:19:08 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix status indicator in helper/build_status.sh + + colored output only worked for toplevel results + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 30 15:53:29 CET 2022 - Neal Gompa + +- Eliminate redundant partx calls for cleaning up loop devices + + partx can clean up all partition loops associated with a loop device + when deleting the main loop device. Apparently, sometimes it goes and + does this even when only deleting the partition loop, so to avoid + this problem, we will just eliminate the redundant call. + + Fixes: 8f2b8fda82a37d7a7ebbf8a6557870cc63b0ae91 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 30 15:18:12 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support repo URI's with credentials on cmdline + + Specifying a repository as part of the image description + allows for credentials via the username and password attributes. + Howver, repositories can also be specified on the commandline + via the --set-repo / --add-repo options. The options on the + commandline did not allow to specify credentials so far. + This commit adds the commandline options --set-repo-credentials + and --add-repo-credentials to support them + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 30 11:29:14 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update test-image-vagrant + + virtualbox-guest-x11 seems to be deleted from TW + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 30 11:12:26 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed test-image-custom-partitions + + The test was done prior kiwi added the partitions element and + demonstrates how to influence the partition table via scripts. + These scripts uses kpartx and the device mapper. Due to the + recent change from kpartx to partx the scripts must be + adapted + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 29 17:12:59 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.50 → 9.24.51 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 29 17:10:37 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added code style batch to landing page + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 29 17:05:17 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete obsolete gitlab pipeline status flag + + Delete obsolete gitlab pipeline status from the project + landing page. We do no longer use gitlab since they added + that quota thing for their CI system + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 29 16:51:11 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.49 → 9.24.50 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 29 16:30:01 CET 2022 - Neal Gompa + +- Swap from DM kpartx to util-linux partx for creating loop devices + + The device-mapper (DM) based loop devices that kiwi has historically + generated creates issues when trying to run kiwi in confined build + environments. The DM tools prefer to have a tighter coupling between + userspace and kernel interfaces, and we cannot necessarily guarantee + that in the variety of build environments that kiwi can be run in. + In particular, Koji uses either nspawn containers or chroots through + Mock to run kiwi and that is where this fails. + + However, we do not need to use DM for this purpose when util-linux + provides a perfectly serviceable alternative. This commit changes + kiwi's loop device setup to use partx(8) from util-linux instead. + + As long as the appliance image being created doesn't use a disk + scheme that requires DM, it becomes entirely possible to produce + an image without needing DM at runtime at all. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 29 13:52:13 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added systemd_boot integration test for Rawhide + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 21 10:39:59 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Increase btrfs size of orthos integration test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 14 16:36:31 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Increase scope of kernel lookup + + So far kiwi was looking up kernels only on /boot. Including + other bootloaders it's no longer required that the kernel + packages of the distributions provides the kernel in /boot + Thus kiwi's lookup needs to be extended to other places + which is done by this commit. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Nov 12 21:45:31 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add GRUB_DEFAULT=saved if not set + + If there is no GRUB_DEFAULT setting in etc/default/grub + we add GRUB_DEFAULT=saved as the default setting. + This Fixes #2198 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Nov 12 17:20:27 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Disable gitlab CI pipeline + + Unfortunately gitlab decided to allow only eligible + projects to use their CI pipeline. Being a member for + years seems not to count in this change process. + Therefore this commit disables the tests we run on + gitlab and I will come up with a simple github action + for the parts that we don't want to loose. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 11 09:56:50 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added integration test for systemd_boot + + The test build is based on the Tumbleweed distribution + and provides a simple non-secure-boot systemd-boot + virtual disk image + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 08 15:27:10 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- no_implicit_optional = False + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 03 17:05:22 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added --loglevel option + + specify logging level as number. Details about the + available log levels can be found at: + https://docs.python.org/3/library/logging.html#logging-levels + Setting a log level causes all message >= level to be + displayed. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 02 22:25:32 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Consolidate and cleanup logging + + Make sure all loggers; stream handlers, file and socket + handler uses the same logging format. Also make sure that + there is only one place for setLogLevel when kiwi is + used as application + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Oct 29 20:36:08 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added support for --logsocket + + Like with --logfile this commit adds support for using + an existing Unix Domain Socket for logging. It's required + that there is a listener on the given socket otherwise + kiwi exits with an appropriate error message from the + socket layer. A simple listener could look like the + following: + + ```python + sock_file = '/tmp/log_socket' + buffer = 1024 + if os.path.exists(sock_file): + os.unlink(sock_file) + sock = socket.socket(socket.AF_UNIX, socket.SOCK_STREAM) + sock.bind(sock_file) + sock.listen(1) + while True: + connection, client_address = sock.accept() + try: + while True: + data = connection.recv(buffer) + if not data: + break + print(data.decode()) + finally: + connection.close() + ``` + + With the listener in place kiwi can be called as follows: + + kiwi-ng --logsocket /tmp/log_socket ... + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Oct 22 22:27:41 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.48 → 9.24.49 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Oct 22 22:18:38 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed test-image-vagrant + + virtualbox-guest-tools obsoletes virtualbox-guest-x11 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 21 11:30:48 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- ignore the type check on the Result class + + With an update of mypy the bound TypeVar is no longer allowed. + In newer versions of python we could use the "Self" type or + import annotations from the future module. Unfortunately in + older python versions which we still support (3.6) there is + no non intrusive change which allows us to handle that type + annotation. Thus this commit ignores the return type spec + for Result.load() for the moment. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 12 20:31:54 CEST 2022 - Igor Raits + +- Stop copying /dev files statically into the OCI container + + In containers (nspawn) where part of the /dev filesystem is bind-mounted + from outside system, kiwi fails to do the rsync (in creation of the + nodes). + + There is no reason to actually copy whole tree inside so let's just + not do it (as it does not seem to be needed at all). + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 11 22:55:31 CEST 2022 - Dirk Müller + +- List riscv64 as a valid architecture in the schemas + + This is needed so that architecture filters on riscv64 specifics can + be defined. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 14 15:59:26 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support DM integrity legacy options + + Add a new attribute integrity_legacy_hmac="true|false" which + allows to use old flawed HMAC calculation (does not protect superblock). + Add a new attribute integrity_legacy_padding="true|false" which + allows to use inefficient legacy padding. Do not use these attributes + until compatibility with a specific old kernel is required! + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 31 13:00:30 CEST 2022 - Jan Macku + +- ci(lint): Add Shell linter - Differential Shellcheck + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 31 12:11:21 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Limit repo alias names to be a safe POSIX name + + Characters like spaces or other symbols used in repo alias names + can cause the package manager to fail setting up the repo. Thus + this patch changes the schema to only allow for safe POSIX names + matching: {pattern = "[a-zA-Z0-9_\-\.]+"}. This Fixes #2170 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 25 17:09:11 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Increase space for test-image-embedded test + + Add more space to test profile: SystemFeatures + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 25 17:05:00 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Increase efifatimage size for legacy build test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 23 11:48:16 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.47 → 9.24.48 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Aug 21 17:01:55 CEST 2022 - Laszlo Gombos + +- Return failure if overlay is not supported + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 10 20:40:42 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.46 → 9.24.47 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 10 20:39:17 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Revert "EFI Filesystem must be Fat32 formatted" + + Using fat32 causes failed boots on e.g AWS EC2 arm. + This must be solved differently with an attribute + to configure it. + + This reverts commit b8641bdc6825423f8c65b55c8d0870b38874a566. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 09 18:24:11 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.45 → 9.24.46 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 09 15:43:44 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support URIs with credentials in solver plugin + + check if the URI string contains credentials and + extract/trim them from the uri object. The urlparse + class does not recognize this information as a valid + URI and throws an exception + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 09 15:17:55 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed kexec options setup in kiwi-dump-reboot + + The dracut module 99kiwi-dump-reboot creates an options + list for kexec. Under certain conditions the options + list can contain multiple spaces which leads to an error + when calling kexec. This commit makes sure to trim + white spaces. This Fixes #2178 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Aug 07 19:14:01 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed test-image-disk-legacy + + Increase size of embedded EFI fat image needed for EFI + bootable install ISO. Due to the increased size of the + custom kiwi initrd the default size for the FAT image + is too small + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Aug 06 20:28:30 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support custom size for embedded EFI FAT image + + For ISO images (live and install) the EFI boot requires an embedded + FAT image. As of now a fixed size of 20M was used which leads to a + problem if the EFI image or the initrd or the kernel is bigger than + 20M. With the new attribute: + + efifatimagesize="nonNegativeInteger" + + we can now set a different value for the FAT image. Please note the + value must be aligned to the also customizable efipartsize value + which allows to configure the size of the EFI partition + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 05 11:28:54 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed linter complaints after flake update + + flake now complains about E275 missing whitespace + after keyword for the way 'del' is used. This commit + fixes it + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 04 01:27:07 CEST 2022 - J Mixer + +- Added a NOTE: section to explain the finer points of adding tools to a + dracut hook. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jul 30 17:54:20 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup btrfs based legacy kiwi initrd test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 21 13:59:25 CEST 2022 - gmoro + +- Fix mocking of grub2-install (fix #2124) + + /bin/true was being used from the host machine instead of + the chroot + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 21 13:46:52 CEST 2022 - David Cassany + +- Fix race condition in runtime_config_test + + This commit instead of setting the global variable of the runtime config + file patches it. This is relevant if running unit tests in parallel, + where global variables are shared if not patched. + + Signed-off-by: David Cassany + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 12 16:39:08 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- EFI Filesystem must be Fat32 formatted + + Given the documentation from Microsoft the EFI partition + must be a fat32 format. fat16 is still supported but + unexpected. This Fixes #2141 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 12 15:51:55 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed typo in overview page + + prevent word duplication. This Fixes #2016 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 12 09:46:16 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.44 → 9.24.45 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 07 18:35:19 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Umount device before cloning + + In case a clone should be created from a partition we need + to make sure to umount the device after sync and prior cloning. + Otherwise the clone operation is not safe because the rsynced + data might still be in memory and not synced out to the block + device. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 06 15:52:07 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed custom disk start sector setup + + The attribute disk_start_sector allows to specify a custom + start sector for the first partition of the disk. On GPT + tables everything works nicely, on DOS tables the used tools + fdisk/sfdisk are not able to manage the start/end values of + subsequent partitions if the first partition doesn't start + with the tooling default. This patch allows to set the + start sector after the partition table has been created + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jul 02 10:23:28 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed CentOS-8 repo setup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 24 12:40:31 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.43 → 9.24.44 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 23 16:29:07 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure to rebuild rpm database + + For rpm based distributions make sure to call + rpm --rebuilddb unconditionally prior using rpm + with the chroot. This Fixes #2165 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 22 23:38:20 CEST 2022 - Neal Gompa + +- github: Refresh issue template to cover more operating scenarios + + KIWI is often used for cross-distribution image builds, so we + should ask for that information when appropriate. + + Additionally, clarify "OBS" as "Open Build Service" to disambiguate. + + Finally, add a line about Koji since Koji can run kiwi to build + images now. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 22 16:04:06 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed unit tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 21 09:54:50 CEST 2022 - Igor Raits + +- Forcefully disable versionlock plugin in DNF + + [ INFO ]: 09:39:08 | Uninstalling system packages (chroot) + [ INFO ]: 09:39:08 | Using package manager backend: dnf + [ INFO ]: 09:39:08 | --> package: linux-firmware + [ INFO ]: 09:39:08 | Uninstall system packages (chroot) + [ DEBUG ]: 09:39:08 | EXEC: [chroot /tmp/myimage8/build/image-root dnf --config /kiwi_v708wllp -y --releasever=8 autoremove linux-firmware] + [ INFO ]: Processing: [########################################] 100% + [ ERROR ]: 09:39:08 | KiwiPackagesDeletePhaseFailed: System package deletion failed: Package deletion failed: Error: Locklist not set + + The versionlock plugin does not bring any benefit anyways as we + completely override plugin configs. + + Also refactor configparser related stuff a bit. + + Signed-off-by: Igor Raits + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 20 18:20:31 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support squashfs in custom partitions + + When using squashfs in a custom partitions setup like the following: + + + + + + The build fails because the filesystem needs to be created + using the create_on_file() API and not the create_on_device() + API. In addition the size estimation is bogus when using + squashfs and cannot be pre-calculated because we only know + how much space the filesystem really needs after mksquashfs + as worked on the data and the compression. Thus this commit + also relaxes the required size check in case of squashfs. + Last but not least a squashfs filesystem does not provide + label or UUID and can only be referenced by the PARTUUID + it gets dumped on or by the native unix device node. As + the unix node is a loop during build time of the image and + meaningless this commit also forces by-partuuid mapping in + fstab when mounting the squashfs based device. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 16 10:23:57 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed use of CommandCapabilities + + The class allows to check for data produced on stdout + and stderr. However, programs reporting data on stderr + usually fails with an exit code != 0. If the command + is not called with raise_on_error=False it will never + be possible to catch information from stderr. As we + don't know if programs returns a failed exit code + even on their e.g --usage message we should always + pass the no raise option to make this more useful + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 15 15:37:53 CEST 2022 - David Cassany + +- Fix volume mount path and adapt unit tests + + Signed-off-by: David Cassany + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 14 23:10:09 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Handle older versions of setfiles correctly + + In older versions of setfiles we need a two pass setup + First set the policy, second apply the security context. + This commit checks in the usage message of setfiles which + invocation syntax is required + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 14 20:38:39 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.42 → 9.24.43 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 14 18:17:00 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed error handling for setfiles policy lookup + + Errors from os.scandir were not catched. In addition the path + to run scandir was not properly created + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 14 10:43:47 CEST 2022 - Ludwig Nussel + +- Mount /sys also for disks.sh + + /sys is needed to be able to run dracut in disks.sh + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 13 16:32:50 CEST 2022 - Ludwig Nussel + +- Fix btrfs volume mounting + + If the second argument of os.path.join is an absolute directory, the + result would be that directory. The intention is to produce a + subdirectory of the mountpoint though. So pass a relative path. + + Without the fix, kiwi would try to e.g mount the /var subvolume of + the image over the /var of the host, screwing everthing up of course + :-) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 13 15:26:04 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Prefer file based syscall in kexec when possible + + Use file based syscall in kexec if available. This is needed to + support boot on an secure boot enabled system and is in general + more reliable to boot into the system on real hardware platforms + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 13 14:56:55 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.41 → 9.24.42 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 09 10:29:53 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.40 → 9.24.41 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 08 23:06:16 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix helper method to detect dracut outfile format + + The method _get_boot_image_output_file_format_from_dracut_code + is used in kiwi to match parts of the dracut code for the used + output file format. Beginning with dracut-056 the code part + checked has changed syntactically such that the match did + no longer work. This commit increases the scope of the match + and replace pattern and Fixes #2149 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 08 18:29:42 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed handling of signing_keys in cmdline options + + When passing signing_keys with the --add-repo|--set-repo + commandline options the delimiter to separate the single + key information is a colon(:). However, this is stupid when + kiwi expects the signing key to be references as an URI + format like file://... Therefore this patch changes the + delimiter from colon(:) to semicolon(;) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 08 12:15:24 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Correct setfiles relabeling + + This change was inspired by a change done on Fedora's livecd-tools + from here: livecd-tools/livecd-tools#236. The patch corrects issues + with the setfiles SELinux relabel command. The issues become apparent + when the host and guest policies differ. Thus it becomes required + to explicitly set the policy to decouple from eventual unwanted + host settings. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 01 11:31:29 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.39 → 9.24.40 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 01 11:31:00 CEST 2022 - Carlos Bederián + +- Setup SELinux on every system prepare / build (#2148) + + Setup SELinux on every system prepare / build such that all image types benefit from it not only the disk (oem) type + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun May 29 21:26:15 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Install all of QEMU to Ubuntu arm integration test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun May 29 20:51:24 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- rename user to ubuntu for Ubuntu integration test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun May 29 20:33:16 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.38 → 9.24.39 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun May 29 20:31:42 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move to sphinx>=5.0.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun May 29 20:17:55 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.37 → 9.24.38 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun May 29 20:16:20 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed sphinx extlinks rendering + + In Sphinx v5 warning will be treated as errors. This results in the following + warning to be an error: extlinks: Sphinx-6.0 will require a caption string to + contain exactly one '%s' and all other '%' need to be escaped as '%%'. + This commit applies the required quoting + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun May 29 20:06:52 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.36 → 9.24.37 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat May 28 16:47:35 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added example aarch64 integration test for Ubuntu + + Created a RaspberryPI image description for Ubuntu(jammy) + as integration test for building aarch64 images and added + it to the integration test matrix + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 23 16:53:04 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added --target-arch for image info + + Allow cross arch dependency solving + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 20 22:09:33 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- update docs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 20 19:23:22 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add support for group id in users setting + + Allow to specify the group id in the groups list a user + should belong to. The group id can be placed as part of + the group name separated by a colon like in the following + example: + + + + + + Please note kiwi checks if the provided group already + exists and only creates a group if it is not already present in + the system. As default groups are usually provided by the OS + itself including its preferred group id, you will intentionally + not be able to overwrite group id for existing groups. + This Fixes #2064 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 19 15:21:54 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.35 → 9.24.36 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 17 08:54:46 CEST 2022 - Robert Schweikert + +- Subformats should also not be compressed when encryption is enabled (#2138) + + Subformats should also not be compressed when encryption is enabled + This is a follow on change to bdba953. When the filesystem is encrypted the + resulting image should not be compressed. Also explain why we ignore the + compression seeting in the user configuration for encrypted images. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 16 10:09:01 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add support for prebuilt bootstrap package for apt + + When using the apt packagemanager kiwi required the use of + debootstrap to create the initial rootfs. This works as long + as there is always a main distribution repository available + which follows the structure of the official debian mirrors. + However if such a main distribution is not present or an + alternative layout like e.g OBS repos is used, debootstrap + will refuse to work. To allow for an alternative and without + the dependency to debootstrap kiwi supports using a prebuilt + bootstrap package providing the mini rootfs to serve as + the bootstrap result. As all other package managers properly + supports installation into an empty new root, this feature + was only added when using the apt packagemanager + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun May 08 20:51:36 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.34 → 9.24.35 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat May 07 15:34:59 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow more repo params to be set on the cmdline + + The repository parameters for signing keys, the component + list the main distribution name for debian repositories and + also the repository_gpgcheck could not be set via the + commandline options --add-repo and/or --set-repo. This + commit adds support for them and also updates the manual + page accordingly + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat May 07 09:13:52 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update ubuntu integration tests + + Build them against latest release (jammy). + This Fixes #2128 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat May 07 08:58:42 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.33 → 9.24.34 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 05 17:40:00 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Follow up fix for isolinux-config + + isolinux-config is called to update the search path inside + of the isolinux binary. isolinux/syslinux is exclusive to + the ix86 architecture and to BIOS firmware. Therefore the + condition to actually call it should reflect this. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 05 17:05:56 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.32 → 9.24.33 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 05 09:37:08 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed runtime check + + Fixed check_dracut_module_for_disk_overlay_in_package_list. The + check complains if the dracut-kiwi-overlay module is not installed + but overlay support was requested. This is correct but should only + be done if the selected initrd system is dracut. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 04 15:28:57 CEST 2022 - ozboss <32305849+ozboss@users.noreply.github.com> + +- Add option to set LUKS type to luks1 (#2126) + + Add option to set LUKS type to luks1 + + So far the LUKS type could be set to luks and luks2. However, what luks + version the value 'luks' evaluates to depends on how the distributor has + packaged luks. Thus it's possible that 'luks' is either luks1 or luks2. To + also have the opportunity to explicitly specify luks1 this commit adds + the opportunity in the schema. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 04 09:29:00 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update devel packages helper + + Added trang as needed when working on the schema + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 29 14:38:13 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add support for dm integrity with secret key + + Allow to protect the opening of the integrity data map and + journal through a keyfile. For setting the key file two new + optional type attributes were added: + + * integrity_keyfile + * integrity_metadata_key_description + + The key file format must be correct according to the selected + integrity algorithm. As of now the kiwi default hmac-sha256 + algorithm is used with the selected keyfile + + The optional integrity_metadata_key_description attribute + allows to specify a custom description of an integrity key + as it is expected to be present in the kernel keyring. The + information is placed in the integrity metadata block. If + not specified kiwi creates a key argument string instead + which is based on the given integrity_keyfile filename. + The format of this key argument is: + + :BASENAME_OF_integrity_keyfile_WITHOUT_FILE_EXTENSION + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 28 15:40:31 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update get_disksize_mbytes to support clones + + When using partition clones the pre-calculation of the + disk size needs to take this into account. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 27 22:22:17 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed UUID setup for XFS + + Make sure the log got replayed prior generating a new UUID + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 26 21:04:39 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed scope of setup_isolinux_boot_path + + There is a method called setup_isolinux_boot_path which is + encoded in the Iso class. The method allows to change the + boot path in the isolinux binary and makes sense when the + bootloader is selected to be isolinux. However, the method + was called in the scope of the FileSystemIsoFs class which + responsibility is to create an ISO filesystem. The creation + of an ISO filesystem has no direct connection to a bootloader. + Thus calling this method in the scope of the FileSystemIsoFs + implementation is wrong and can lead to unexpected side + effects. This commit moves the call of the method to the + places where isolinux as a bootloader can still be used. + This Fixes #2117 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 26 09:32:43 CEST 2022 - Dan Čermák + +- Correct the URL to the dracut home page + + This fixes https://github.com/OSInside/kiwi/issues/2097 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 26 09:18:30 CEST 2022 - Dan Čermák + +- Change the custom vagrant config file to 00-vagrant.conf + + If it is called 99-vagrant.conf, then anything "before" that, like + 50-redhat.conf takes precedence and overrides our custom settings. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 26 09:18:09 CEST 2022 - Dan Čermák + +- Add Leap 15.4, SLE 15 SP4 & CentOS Stream 9 to the scripts tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 25 17:15:06 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.31 → 9.24.32 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 11 21:40:59 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add support for standalone dm integrity + + There is support in kiwi to use dm_integrity in combination + with the LUKS header and dm_crypt. However there is also the + use case to setup dm_integrity in standalone mode. This commit + allows to create the dm_integrity layer outside of LUKS using + /etc/integritytab to activate the map through a systemd + generator if systemd is used. + + Regarding systemd it's required to use a version of system which + provides: system-generators/systemd-integritysetup-generator. + If this generator does not exist in the distribution it will + also be missing in the dracut generated initrd and the boot + will not be able to succeed. It's mentioned here because even + newer distributions might be missing the generator + + Along with the implementation there are two new optional + attributes in the section: + + standalone_integrity="true|false" + embed_integrity_metadata="true|false" + + standalone_integrity activates/deactivates the dm_integrity map + on top of the root filesystem. Similar to the veritysetup support + there is the opportunity to create an embedded magic metadata + block at the end of the device containing the root + filesystem via embed_integrity_metadata + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Apr 10 19:33:35 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update per codacy smell + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Apr 10 16:52:05 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add support for part clones to the Disk interface + + The Disk class provides methods to create partition(s) + and map names according to its scope and independent of + the actual partition tools. For example: create_root_partition(). + This commit adds an additional optional clone parameter to + all methods for which we want to allow partition clones + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Apr 10 15:25:37 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Be less strict in boot link to itself + + As part of the grub setup a link named 'boot' inside of + /boot is created pointing to itself 'boot -> .'. The reason + is to allow the bootloader config to find its files referenced as + /boot/something independently if /boot is placed into an extra + partition. However if an extra boot partition is used and a + filesystem which does not support symlinks, e.g fat, that + symlink creation should not lead to an error in the image build + process as it is considered an optional safe link and not a + mandatory pre-requisite + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 07 09:39:54 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed TW arm rpi integration test + + Explicitly add ruby to the package list + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 06 16:39:44 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.30 → 9.24.31 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 06 08:30:38 CEST 2022 - Robert Schweikert + +- Fix LABEL detection (#2112) + + When only "root=" is specified on the kernel command line the match is + located in the first group. Loop through the groups upon mtach to find + what we are looking for. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 05 17:22:31 CEST 2022 - Robert Schweikert + +- Preserve LABEL setting (#2108) + + Preserve the LABEL= setting when the grub config file is re-generated. + the GRUB_ENABLE_LINUX_LABEL setting does not exists upstream and + not in any SUSE distribution. Set the grub setting such that LABEL + is preserved on SUSE distros. (bsc#1197616) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 05 15:57:23 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix test_setup_default_grub_empty_kernelcmdline + + The unit test exists to check that GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT + is not set depending on the provided cmdline. The test exists + for reasons explained in Issue #1650 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 01 12:30:17 CEST 2022 - Fabian Vogt + +- Don't compress .appx containers (#2106) + + The container is actually inside and already compressed. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 01 12:19:16 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added new CloneDevice class + + Added CloneDevice class to the storage interface. + The class allows to create clone(s) from a given source + block device into a list of target block devices. + The target block devices are clones of the source but + prevents device naming conflicts for unique identifiers + like the UUID. This is requires to still allow to boot + from images containing device clones and needs to be + handled by tools that might work on top of the cloned + devices. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 31 22:04:52 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Improve readability of shell commands + + The way the lsblk pipeline is constructed is improved + to become easier to read by this commit + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 31 17:05:59 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added set_uuid() method to FileSystem API + + Allow to set a custom UUID not only at creation time of + a filesystem but also at a later point in time in an + already existing filesystem + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 29 19:19:56 CEST 2022 - David Cassany + +- Ensure BootloaderConfig resources are cleaned first + + This commit wraps the manual BootloaderConfig instance cleanup in + disk builder into a try/finally scope. This way if KIWI is aborted + or fails within this scope the BootloaderConfig is cleaned up first. + + Signed-off-by: David Cassany + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 29 16:37:13 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed overlay root dracut module + + make sure there is always only one selection for the + readonly root partition + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 29 14:39:53 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update LUKS integration test for TW + + Use cipher options to make cryptomount work again + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 29 10:30:24 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Set LUKS(v1) for TW encryption integration test + + In Tumbleweed LUKS2 became the default but the grub cryptomount + tool is not able to work with the v2 LUKS header. Thus the test + explicitly builds against the former luks version for now + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 29 10:05:19 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Set LUKS2 for TW luks encryption integration test + + In Tumbleweed LUKS2 became the default also for grub + and cryptomount, which requires to create a LUKS2 header + in the dm_crypt layer + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 29 09:40:19 CEST 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.29 → 9.24.30 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 28 10:18:27 CEST 2022 - Tim Serong + +- Add ensure_empty_tmpdirs option for OCI containers (bsc#1197783) + + Since #1759 was merged, the contents of /run/ and /tmp/ are excluded from + built images. This causes problems for some containers, notably Ceph when + deployed in a Rook/k8s environment, which needs to have certain directories + present inside /run/. This commit adds the ability to return to the previous + behaviour and *not* empty those temporary directories, if you specify + . + + Fixes: https://github.com/OSInside/kiwi/issues/2093 + Signed-off-by: Tim Serong + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 25 08:55:26 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed parsing of veritysetup output + + veritysetup uses tabs to align values. The way kiwi parsed + the values did not strip out the tabs and later on keeps + them in the verification metadata block. The unit test + did not catch this because the mock output used for + veritysetup did not contain tabs. This commit fixes the + test to catch this condition and also fixes the code to + handle all space characters (tabs, space, newlines) in + a safe way + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 24 16:28:11 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update contents of store_credentials result file + + The method added information about the PARTUUID as useful + information. However, PARTUUID's are not supported by all + partition tables. The Linux generated artificial values + from the disk identifier are not wanted in this scope. + As the information is not mandatory it's better to not + provide it at all and avoid confusion to users. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 24 16:26:18 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make blkid call more robust + + Do not raise of blkid is not able to read the requested ID. + It is expected that the methods of the BlockID class either + returns a value or none but do not raise and cause the + complete process to terminate + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 24 15:57:19 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added embed_verity_metadata attribute + + Specifies to write a binary block at the end of the + partition serving the root filesystem, containing information + for dm_verity verification and to construct the device map + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 24 14:38:15 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added create_verification_metadata method + + Along with creating a filesystem including device mapper features + like dm_verity (see verity_blocks) or dm_crypt/dm_integrity (see luks) + there is always the question where to store the metadata information + required to setup the device map. This can include information about + blocksizes, offset addresses and more. The create_verification_metadata() + method allows to write a signed custom data block of a documented + format at the end of the given block special which stores this type + of information such that tools at boot time gets the opportunity to + read this information. In this commit only information connected + to the dm_verity feature activated via the verity_blocks attribute + will be part of the verification block. With future changes other + data might be added + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 23 16:38:20 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added runtime check for by-partuuid use + + Added check_partuuid_persistency_type_used_with_mbr(). Not + every partition table type supports UUIDs. We don't want to + make use of the artifical values created by Linux if the + partition table doesn't support it natively + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 23 11:21:59 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support partuuid and label mounts in dracut module + + The 90kiwi-overlay dracut module was not able to parse the + device link if done with PARTUUID or LABEL + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 23 09:46:05 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added integration test for by-partuuid + + The test hooks into the existing test-image-embedded integration + test for leap. As I plan to extend the tests specific to features + actually only useful for special embedded images, I thought this + would be the right place to start + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 21 10:19:04 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- validate luksformat options + + validate options against the cryptsetup help info + in a runtime check + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 21 09:45:55 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Handle LUKS type in its own attribute + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Mar 20 16:21:48 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed attribute description + + The overlayroot_verity_blocks attribute description + contained outdated information + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Mar 19 22:54:02 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add support for verity setup on standard rootfs + + So far the verity support was only available with the + overlayroot layout and the read-only squashfs root. This + commit adds a new attribute: verity_blocks="number|all" + which allows to create the verity setup also on the + standard root partition + + In addition to the change it was needed to extend the + Filesystem API with an additional optional paramter to + allow setup of the filesystem UUID. Having the opportunity + to set the UUID at filesystem creation is generally useful + and with regards to this particular change it became also + required + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 18 12:10:39 CET 2022 - Neal Gompa + +- Allow Btrfs and XFS as options for the boot partition filesystem + + We already do this implicitly when we do not define this attribute + and request a boot partition, so let us explicitly offer these as + options too. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 18 11:39:33 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix grub defaults for PARTUUID use + + Make sure to set GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_PARTUUID to false + when using by-partuuid + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 17 21:36:40 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow luks format options + + Added new luksformat element which allows to pass + along options to the luksFormat call. This allows users to + switch between LUKS and LUKS2 via e.g + + + + + It also allows to pass along a set of options only available + to LUKS2, e.g + + + + + In addition to the new attribute the existing luks attribute + can also be specified to read credentials from a keyfile by + using the file:// source locator, e.g + + + + This Fixes #1898 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Mar 12 18:11:01 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed funny build_status.sh bug + + If the name of the repository starts with an 'F' like + in Fedora, the 'F' is turned into a red escape sequence + because it is assumed to be a failed status indicator :) + The path here is probably also dumb as it just assumes + there is a space after the status indicator. Well the + complete script is not really a good one, but still + helpful + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Mar 12 17:59:03 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update Fedora arm integration test + + Move test to Fedora 34 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Mar 12 17:12:12 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added container build test for Fedora + + Fedora systems uses buildah to create containers. There is + no integration test for kiwi which tests building containers + with buildah. This commit adds a build test to cover this + path. Related to Issue #2020 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 11 11:16:38 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed test-image-docker-derived for leap + + The test still used the additionaltags attribute with the + latest schema (v7.5) which fails to validate because the + attribute was moved to additionalnames + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 10 23:19:33 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.28 → 9.24.29 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 10 21:37:00 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't bind mount /run during build time + + In commit #9512318 a new bind mount of /run into the root tree + during build time was introduced. The bind mount was done because + in my tests running podman from config.sh it did not work without + /run bind mounted. However, it turned out that I was wrong because + along with the provided methods to prepare cgroups and a custom + runtime configuration method; setupContainerRuntime() it is not + needed to have /run bind mounted. Thus this commit deletes the + bind mount of /run and therefore Fixes #2067 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 10 08:49:11 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix github action running obs service refresh + + The curl command to send the POST request for running the + obs remote service uses the --fail-with-body option. + Unfortunately the ubuntu-latest container used to run the + action comes with a curl version that does not support the + option. Thus this commit removes the use of the option + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 09 21:54:05 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move scope of veritysetup + + veritysetup was called as part of the disk builder. However, + the veritysetup should be a responsibility of the classes which + implements the sync_data method. This allows to use the creation + of a verity hash format right after sync as a feature to these + classes and in a broader scope. In addition to that change the + VeritySetup::format method now returns the metadata from the + format call and stores it as debug information to the log file. + A concept to persistently store the verification metadata as part + of the partition(s) will be a next step. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 09 18:14:29 CET 2022 - Dan Čermák <45594031+dcermak@users.noreply.github.com> + +- Style changes in container docs + + Reformulate the container building guide a bit + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 09 18:07:24 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add support for custom size in filesystem classes + + Allow to create filesystems with an optional size parameter. + If no size is provided the filesystem gets as big as the device + which is the default and unchanged behavior. In addition a + size counting from the beginning (>0) as well as a size + counting from the end (<=0) can be provided. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 09 09:17:14 CET 2022 - David Cassany + +- Update schema docs + + Signed-off-by: David Cassany + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 08 20:10:52 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Provide schema version v7.5 in spec + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 08 20:10:22 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update descriptions to schema v7.5 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Mar 06 18:22:10 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support mount by PARTUUID + + In addition to by-label and by-uuid also support mounting + by PARTUUID. Please note kiwi also makes sure that the grub + generated config file uses the root=PARTUUID= notation and it's + not clear if grub-mkconfig will persist making use of it. + Nevertheless there are also systems which uses different + methods to boot and it makes sense to support partuuid + mappings as well + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Mar 06 18:03:51 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add support for partition cloning + + Support creating block level clones of certain partitions + used in the image. Clones can be created from the root, boot + and any partition listed in the element. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Mar 06 16:03:13 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update cron for security scorecard + + Run weekly on Saturdays + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 04 18:12:22 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add support for extended layout to msdos table + + This commit adds the following new type attribute + + + + If set it specifies to make use of logical partitions inside + of an extended one. Effective only on type configurations which + uses the msdos table type, it will cause the fourth partition + to be an extended partition and all following partitions will be + placed as logical partitions inside of that extended partition. + This setting is useful if more than 4 partitions needs to be + created in an msdos table. + + In addition to the support for extended/logical partitions the + the attributes 'mountpoint' and 'filesystem' in the + section becomes optional. This also allows to place partitions + as placeholders not mounted into the system + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 04 17:51:45 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added type hints for partitioner interface + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 04 14:28:49 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.27 → 9.24.28 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 03 10:18:33 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed unconditional grub2 package requirement + + The grub2 package does not exist on all distributions + as a name provider independent of the architecture. + On for example Debian and Ubuntu the packages are + handled differently and grub2 is only provided on + supported architectures. Thus the spec file should + set the grub2 requirement only if the distribution + provides it in any case + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 02 16:41:11 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.26 → 9.24.27 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 01 12:32:37 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added overlayroot_verity_blocks attribute + + Setting this attribute to a number or 'all' in an overlayroot + configuration will create a dm verity hash from the number of + given blocks (or all) placed at the end of the squashfs compressed + read-only root filesystem. For later verification of the device, + and without further image description settings, the credentials + information produced by veritysetup from the cryptsetup tools, is + created as a file in /boot/overlayroot.verity and is stored as + such into the image by default. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 01 10:00:48 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed disk.sh caller environment + + The documentation explains the disk.sh script to be called + from inside of the image root as it exists on the block layer. + The disk.sh script is therefore also called after the sync + of the unpacked image root tree to the block layer. The + implementation however, was only partially calling disk.sh + from such an environment. In fact the environment was only + the mountpoint of the root partition but this is not the + complete system regarding layouts that uses extra partitions + and/or volumes. This commit introduces the use of the new + class ImageSystem and calls disk.sh in the way it was + designed and documented. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 01 09:02:48 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added ImageSystem class + + The class responsibility is to provide access to the + image root system from the block layer of the image + scope + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 01 08:57:05 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Prevent superfluous filesystem creation + + In case of an overlayroot setup and the request for + no extra write partition, it is not needed to create + a filesystem for the write space which never gets + synced to the image + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Feb 26 21:24:12 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.25 → 9.24.26 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Feb 26 21:22:55 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed destructor test on oci_tools/buildah_test.py + + Calling del() from teardown breaks when the method is + called through teardown_method + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Feb 26 20:46:36 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.24 → 9.24.25 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Feb 26 19:00:03 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support nose and xunit style tests + + The modifications in this commit allows the unit tests + to run on both, pytest 6.x (nose test layout) and the new + pytest 7.x (xunit test layout). This Fixes #2072 in a + much nicer way. Thanks much to @smarlowucf + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 25 13:23:38 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update unit test to work in obs + + Some unit tests fails if they run in an obs environment. + This is because the implementation checks the runtime + envoironment and behaves differently if the system is + an obs worker. The unit tests has to explicitly set this + condition right for the test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 25 10:58:17 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Revert "Unit test adaptions to pytest v7" + + This reverts commit 0dc2e803e0e8059c54a0ea23960245286675c86c. + The pytest interface from version v6 to v7 has received + changes which requires the tests to be adapted to work for + either the old or the new interface. As there are still many + distributions which uses v6 as the standard we decided to + revert back the adaptions done to support v7 and create + a version requirement to v6 in .virtualenv.dev-requirements.txt + This Fixes #2072 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 23 15:28:12 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added overlayroot_readonly_partsize attribute + + Specifies the size in MB of the partition which stores the + squashfs compressed read-only root filesystem in an + overlayroot setup. This Fixes #2068 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 23 09:27:11 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update to scorecard CI 1.0.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 22 12:06:59 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added debootstrap log info to exception message + + In case debootstrap fails there is more detailed information + in a logfile written by debootstrap itself. This commit changes + the exception information to contain this log information if + present. Related to Issue #1800 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Feb 20 14:45:48 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.23 → 9.24.24 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Feb 20 14:42:30 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added overlayroot_write_partition attribute + + For the oem type only, allows to specify if the extra read-write + partition in an overlayroot setup should be created or not. + By default the partition is created and the kiwi-overlay dracut + module also expect it to be present. However, the overlayroot + feature can also be used without an initrd and under certain + circumstances it is handy to configure if the partition table + should contain the read-write partition or not. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Feb 19 00:34:06 CET 2022 - Matt Coleman + +- Use DEB822-formatted .sources files instead .list files for APT + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 15 21:36:00 CET 2022 - David Cassany + +- Support additional names for docker containers + + Docker containers used to support the attribute `additionaltags` which + was used to provide multiple tags for the same image. Since only tags + were supported this commit renames the attribute to `additionalnames` + and now supports tags and names witht he following syntax: + + * ':' -> adds a full docker image reference including name + and tag + * ':' -> adds an additional tag while reusing the former name + * '' -> adds an additional name while reusing the former tag + + Fixes #2045 + + Signed-off-by: David Cassany + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 14 10:46:19 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Follow up fix on force deleting debs + + Also remove eventual post scripting prior force removal + of deb packages. Similar inconsistencies as with the pre + scripts can occur on force removal. We want the operation + to be successful in force mode even if that means to + leave a dirty state. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Feb 12 20:04:40 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add support for pre_disk_sync.sh script + + The optional pre_disk_sync.sh script is executed for the + disk image type oem only and runs right before the synchronisation + of the root tree into the disk image loop file. The script hook + can be used to change content of the root tree as a last action + before the sync to the disk image is performed. This is useful + for example to delete components from the system which were + needed before or cannot be modified afterwards when syncing + into a read-only filesystem. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 10 14:17:29 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Create ci-scorecards-analysis.yml + + Create security health metrics score card + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 08 20:04:39 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup inplace podman storage and container conf + + Newer versions of podman requires runroot and graphroot + to be explicitly set in storage.conf. + + Newer versions of podman no longer reads the engine.cgroups + setting on containers.conf and prints a 'Failed to decode the + keys [\"engine.cgroups\"]' warning message + + This commit fixes storage.conf and containers.conf written + by kiwi if the setupContainerRuntime method is used in + scripts. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 08 10:41:47 CET 2022 - David Cassany + +- Make use of container name in OCI images + + Fixes #2050 + + Signed-off-by: David Cassany + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 07 22:16:48 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.22 → 9.24.23 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 07 22:15:25 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed name of secret variable + + The ci-update-build-tests action used a wrong variable + name which does not exist in the github secrets. This + commit fixes it and uses the correct variable name + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 07 22:08:48 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.21 → 9.24.22 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 07 22:06:36 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Revert "Revert "Fixed MicroOS build test"" + + This reverts commit 8c4464b8ff2af2642439ce92e1e2be497f2b0f4d. + snapper default config has moved from /etc to /usr/share + now hopefully for the last time + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 07 17:25:33 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed unit tests + + The pytest interface setup() method call has changed + in a way that an additional parameter is passed to + the method which leads to a python error at invocation + time if the setup method does not define it. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 07 15:40:02 CET 2022 - Neal Gompa + +- build-tests: Update CentOS 8 test appliance to CentOS Stream 8 + + CentOS Linux 8 is now EOL, so switch over to CentOS Stream 8. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Feb 05 21:43:34 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added API for BLS and systemd-boot support + + Bootloaders implementing the Boot Loader Spec (BLS) are not + directly compatible with the original Bootloader Class design + in kiwi. Because of that an interface class which translates + the original API into calls following BLS was added. This allows + us to keep the implementations in the Builder classes and the + public BootLoader interface untouched. In addition to the BLS + API an implementation to support the systemd-boot loader is + part of this commit too. + + An example type definition to use systemd-boot with an EFI + disk image type looks like the following: + + + + The implementation uses bootctl and kernel-install tools + provided from systemd and expects a proper integration + of systemd-boot by the distribution maintainers + + This Fixes #1935 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 04 09:50:54 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed handling of oem reboot settings + + There are oem settings called oem-reboot, oem-reboot-interactive + as well as oem-shutdown and oem-shutdown-interactive. When used + the information is passed along to the profile but not evaluated + by any initrd code. I don't know where on the way we lost the + code that actually works with these settings but this commit + makes them effective. This Fixes #2056 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 03 17:40:07 CET 2022 - Dirk Müller + +- treat armv8l as armv7hl + + openSUSE switched from armv7hl buildworkers to aarch64 in 32bit mode + which identifies itself as "armv8l" in uname -m. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 01 10:15:00 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.20 → 9.24.21 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 31 16:17:26 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed UUID used in grub early boot script + + In case the system is luks encrypted the UUID of the root + partition was used in the grub early boot script. However, + this condition is only correct if in addition to the luks + encryption the boot area is on crypto too. If boot is not + on crypto the UUID must be the boot partition and not root. + Only if root AND boot is on crypto the kiwi created early + boot script includes the grub cryptomount calls. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jan 29 21:34:52 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.19 → 9.24.20 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jan 29 10:42:49 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Followup fix for force deleting debian packages + + The force uninstall deletes pre scripts prior removal + because if they fail the package will not be removed. + For a force uninstall we consider this ok. However, + the deletion of the scripts did not happen in the + image root. This patch fixes it + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 26 08:27:29 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Followup fix for force deleting debian packages + + Pass --force-depends to allow uninstall even if the + dependency checker complains + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 25 21:53:36 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix use of xattrs for container sync + + when syncing data for containers only a subset of xattr + attributes can be applied. This Fixes #2009 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 25 21:19:35 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.18 → 9.24.19 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 25 19:07:58 CET 2022 - Neal Gompa + +- Ensure SELinux labels are set based on the policy + + When running kiwi from a filesystem tree that has custom labels applied + (such as when using kiwi from within a container on an SELinux-enabled + host), the filesystem labeling doesn't correctly apply on some files + and folders with a warning about the location being customized by + the administrator. This causes all kinds of strange results with + the built images and makes them unbootable. + + To resolve this, tell setfiles to forcibly set files and folders + with the default context from the installed policy. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 25 14:37:52 CET 2022 - Fabian Vogt + +- Extend and update documentation about /etc/machine-id setup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 25 11:12:54 CET 2022 - Fabian Vogt + +- Fix ordered list in shell_scripts.rst + + Ordered lists must be indented by three spaces, otherwise the numbering breaks. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 24 15:44:52 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.17 → 9.24.18 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 24 13:39:07 CET 2022 - David Cassany + +- Fix ramdisk deployments from PXE + + This commit fixes PXE deployments on ramdisk. In such cases the + former fix from df4e62a4 is not sufficient as there is no `root=` + parameter within the kernel cmd line and hence this logic is never + executed. + + Signed-off-by: David Cassany + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 21 17:49:26 CET 2022 - David Cassany + +- Update outdated PKGBUILD for Arch Linux + + Signed-off-by: David Cassany + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 21 17:06:17 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed unit test race condition + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 21 15:39:36 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed grub loader/entries setup + + If called in non standard environments like an OBS worker + the grub tooling does not work correctly and produces invalid + results. For these cases kiwi provides a collection of fix_ + methods to change the produced results. This commit covers + the invalid path in loader/entries/*.conf files pointing to + the kernel and the initrd as they exist in the image-root + directory. This results for example in settings like: + + linux /usr/src/packages/KIWI-oem/build/image-root/boot/vmlinuz-5.14.0-43.el9.x86_64 + + when it should be: + + linux /boot/vmlinuz-5.14.0-43.el9.x86_64 + + This Fixes #2038 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 21 13:06:01 CET 2022 - Fabian Vogt + +- Set /.snapshots subvolume to mode 0700 (bsc#1194992) + + Avoid that users other than root can enter or even change the content. + This is what snapper does as well. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 21 12:53:47 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed build_status helper output issue + + Starting with CentOS stream 9 integration tests a new + layer in the project that builds it was added. This changed + the osc results output and messed up the build_status + helper output a bit. This commit fixes it + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 20 16:19:07 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix the uninstall(force) on Debian based dists + + Packages marked for uninstall via + failed to become removed for several reasons. The way this was done + in kiwi did not work because dpkg needs to be called differently + and with some nasty pre-processing in order to allow for force + deletion. In force mode we also allow to remove packages marked as + essential. In gracefull uninstall mode this commit makes sure the + environment is prepared and does not fail for false-positive + reasons. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 19 16:19:57 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added mail map + + Added information about my private e-mail being the + successor for the work done when I was an employee + of SUSE + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 18 22:42:47 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow calling podman within chroot + + Added helper functions and env preparation code + to allow calling podman from within a chroot. This + allows to run podman from e.g config.sh and also + inside of OBS workers + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 18 12:37:58 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix requirements for kiwi-systemdeps-filesystems + + Extend btrfs condition applying for EL8 to apply for EL9 too + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 14 22:37:49 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.16 → 9.24.17 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 14 20:08:17 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed image builds without kernel + + If an image is build without a kernel kiwi fails due to + some code paths expecting the presence of kernel modules + and or kernel binaries. This commit fixes this and allows + creating an image without installing a kernel. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 14 14:10:11 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added CentOS Stream 9 integration tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 13 14:34:22 CET 2022 - Fabian Vogt + +- Allow "uninitialized" as content of /etc/machine-id + + According to machine-id(5), an empty file does not signal that this is the + first boot of the system. Instead, the file needs to be missing or contain + the string "uninitialized". A missing file does not work if the filesystem + is initially mounted read-only, so allow "uninitialized" as well, instead + of truncating it. + + Improve the documentation of the method, e.g. dracut is not involved. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 13 14:15:57 CET 2022 - Fabian Vogt + +- Fix booting GRUB submenu entries with hybrid images (linux/linuxefi) + + Variables assigned with "set" are not visible in submenus for some reason. + Export $linux and $initrd, so that they also work in submenu entries. + + Fixes bsc#1192523 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 13 14:12:46 CET 2022 - Fabian Vogt + +- Don't copy GRUB modules for EFI with secure boot enabled + + When booting grub.efi with secure boot enabled, modules can't be loaded + and thus the grub.efi image needs to be complete. Save some space in live + images by not copying them into the ISO filesystem. + + Fixes part of #1750 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 13 14:05:18 CET 2022 - Fabian Vogt + +- Don't include the ESP in the ISO9660 partition as well (#1750) + + Previously the image for the ESP was created inside the source directory + for the ISO9660 filesystem, so it ended up there as well as a separate + partition. Fix that by creating it as a temporary file instead. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 13 09:56:52 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Automate build-tests OBS service refresh + + This commit provides a new github action which sends + API requests to the OBS api to refresh the source + services for the integration tests on the OBS server + side. This Fixes #1980 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 12 17:30:32 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added docker integration test for Ubuntu + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 12 17:28:46 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update ubuntu integration test to Hirsute(21.04) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 11 09:55:51 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.15 → 9.24.16 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Jan 09 21:19:49 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed regression in compression detection + + The change from 282529de8f612dee32d54ee868c2365dcd829220 + Introduced a bad regression. The assumption was made that the + xz tool could be used to detect if a file is compressed or not. + However, this requires the file to be locally present. In the + scope of the method call is_compressed() and within a remote + deployment e.g PXE this is not the case. Therefore the former + way to "detect" the compression according to the .xz postfix + of the source filename was restored. In addition the function + name was changed to is_xz_compressed() because that's what the + method can do and not more. This Fixes #2015 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 07 17:36:26 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added debug option --debug-run-scripts-in-screen + + Instead of running scripts in screen if the --debug switch is + set, we allow to explicitly switch on this behavior via + a new option. This Fixes #2010 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 07 16:11:44 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Change packages target for bootincludes + + Packages marked with bootinclude="true" will be added to the + referenced kiwi boot image description if the initrd_system + is set to "kiwi" instead of "dracut". The package marked was + primarily added to the type="image" section and got only + added to the type="bootstrap" section if no image type section + existed. However, it has turned out that this approach has + the disadvantage that packages which must be installed as + part of the bootstraping (e.g certificates) cannot be handled. + This commit changes the behavior of the bootinclude to include + the package always to the type="bootstrap" section. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 07 13:49:12 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add GitHub workflow badges + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 07 13:38:04 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed Codacy Badge + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Jan 02 20:00:00 CET 2022 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow firmware="custom" setting + + The firmware attribute in kiwi is used to indicate for + which boot firmware the image should be build. Specifying + the target firmware is helpful to create for example the + correct disk layout. If no firmware is specified KIWI + decides for a default according to the image architecture. + This selection is not 100% accurate and as we don't know + the later target system. Especially for embedded devices + the correct disk layout and other settings can be + board specific and KIWI's default settings regarding the + firmware could be invalid. For compatibility reasons we + cannot switch off the default selection case and therefore + a new attribute value "custom" is introduced with this + commit. If set KIWI does not select any firmware and + consequently all settings caused by a firmware setup will + be skipped. On the other hand this means all needed + settings for the target to boot and not done by KIWI + needs to be specified explicitly and as needed. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Jan 02 15:19:42 CET 2022 - Neal Gompa + +- Add util-linux dep for -systemdeps-disk-images subpackage + + Without this dependency, kiwi fails to work properly in minimal image + build environments, like in a mock chroot where util-linux is not installed. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 17 18:04:19 CET 2021 - Tanja Roth + +- index.rst: fix headline + + * third try: apply diff by schaefi + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 17 13:43:22 CET 2021 - Tanja Roth + +- index.rst: fix headline + + * removed lonely bracket + * added more lines to fix syntax + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 16 16:41:57 CET 2021 - Tanja Roth + +- index.rst: Change title (bsc#1189294#c2) + + * 'KIWI NG 9: KIWI NG Documentation' -> 'Building Linux System Appliances with KIWI Next Generation (KIWI NG ) + * suggested in bsc#1189294#c2 for more clarity + * change has been discussed with and approved by main author (Marcus S.) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 16 16:33:47 CET 2021 - Rüdiger Oertel + +- support compressed modules in other formats + + when cleaning up the firmware directory for unused files + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 16 10:48:49 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.14 → 9.24.15 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 15 22:17:11 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update documentation + + Rework troubleshooting chapter and add an article + about app security subsystems like selinux and their + potential influence on building images. Also update + the quickstart with a reference to the troublshooting + chapter. This Fixes #1891 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 08 17:08:48 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added support for collection modules + + In CentOS Stream 8 and Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8, there are + Application Streams that are offered in the form of modules + (using Fedora Modularity technology). To build images that use + this content KIWI needs to support to enable/disable various + modules. This commit allows to configure collection modules + in a new element as shown below + + + + + + This Fixes Issue #1999 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 06 09:59:28 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.13 → 9.24.14 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Dec 05 13:59:17 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Disable intersphinx + + intersphinx is a doc extension which links to the documentation of + objects in other projects whenever Sphinx encounters a cross-reference + that has no matching target in the current documentation set, it + looks for targets in the documentation sets configured in the + intersphinx_mapping. However, the kiwi docs do not use this feature + thus it can be disabled. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 30 18:11:55 CET 2021 - David Cassany + +- Compress container images in builder class + + This commit changes the stage at which container images are compressed + to match the criteria applied to other image types. Instead of + compressing the image in OCI devoted classes now it is happening + in builder class by setting Result instance properties. + + Fixes #1996 + + Signed-off-by: David Cassany + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 29 16:29:29 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Revert "Fixed MicroOS build test" + + This reverts commit 52c38f9ec22aef484efaf0a570dc78eea529deec. + The TW people moved to an older version of libsnapper, no + idea what these guys are doing + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 29 16:13:41 CET 2021 - John Paul Adrian Glaubitz + +- kiwi-repart: Fix spelling error in source code comment + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 29 16:11:39 CET 2021 - John Paul Adrian Glaubitz + +- Fix multiple minor spelling errors in documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 29 15:34:46 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added support for setting up release version + + Currently the release version is not set or set to '0' + for package managers which requires a value to operate. + However, in order to support leveraging the same description + across different releases it is important to have the + opportunity to specify a setting for the release version. + This commit adds a new optional attribute to the preferences + section which allows to specify a custom value which + serves as the release version: + + + TEXT + + + If not specified the default setting as before applies. + Please note the release version information is currently + used in dnf and microdnf package managers only. It might + happen that it gets applied to the other package manager + backends as well. This will happen on demand though. + Related to Issue #1918. This Fixes #1927 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 29 14:55:35 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.12 → 9.24.13 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 29 11:47:25 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add global --kiwi-file option + + When building with kiwi a search on the kiwi main config + file is made inside of the given --description directory. + The search looks up for the file config.xml or *.kiwi. + So far there was no opportunity to specify another name. + This commit adds an option in the global area named: + + --kiwi-file name + + which will make kiwi to lookup this file inside of the + given --description directory and fail if it does not + exist. This Fixes #1973 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 29 11:37:49 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added type hints for CliTask class + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 26 09:58:32 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.11 → 9.24.12 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 25 16:43:21 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use realpath to resolve this:// location + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 25 15:58:55 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support this:// resource locator for includes + + Allow include references like the following example: + + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 25 13:13:52 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow repo path relative to the image description + + This commit adds a new URI type called this://... The + this:// part will be resolved into the absolute path to + the image description. A source path like the following: + + + + is resolved to + + + + This change provides the requested opportunity to reference + repos provided as part of the image description and + Fixes #1964 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 25 11:28:33 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Care for different snapper template locations + + snapper recently changed their config template location + from etc/ to usr/. This commit handles the two locations + and Fixes bsc#1192940 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 25 10:55:19 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Prevent warning message on resize exception + + On systems which are configured to run the oem resize at + every boot (default case) kiwi checks how much space is free + and if that fits the constraints configured as part of the + image description. If the constraints are not met a warning + message is displayed and the boot continuous without any + resize action happening. + + This warning message however, always appears after the first + boot when the resize had happened and no rest space on disk + is present unless the disk geometry would have changed. + The situation of the reboot of the system without any disk + geometry change is the standard case and happens way more + often than the reboot with a disk geometry change. + + Therefore the warning message displayed is not actually + a real warning and most often considered as an issue + when there is none. To relax this situation, this commit + only shows the warning message if the detected free space + on disk is greater than 2M, which is the condition under + which we assume an intentional (user made) disk geometry + change. + + This Fixes #1958 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 24 12:19:10 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.10 → 9.24.11 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 24 12:13:34 CET 2021 - Justin <47017732+TheMisanthropicHumanist@users.noreply.github.com> + +- Fix Source Install Disk Detection in get_disk_list (#1982) + + Fix Source Install Disk Detection in get_disk_list + + The original check doesn't always work because PARTITIONS get labels, NOT disks. If you install with + a Flash Drive and deploy to a machine with an NVMe drive, the Flash Drive is listed first because SCSIs + are shown first by lsblk (At least they were in our scenario). When we run + + blkid "[Install Flash Drive Disk]" -s LABEL -o value + + in this scenario, we get nothing returned so this conditional evaluates incorrectly. We should get the + ${kiwi_install_volid} Partition Block Name, and search for whether ${disk_device} is contained within it as + the Disk Device that corresponds to the Install Partition. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 23 16:11:43 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Do not force dracut into a compression setting + + So far we called dracut with --xz which forces the initrd + to be xz compressed. There are other compression formats + used by the distributions and they might differe from xz. + The selection for a compression tool is done by a dist + configuration in dracut.conf.d which is provided by the + distributions as they see fit. For us this means not + forcing dracut into a specific compression setting allows + to make use of the distro provided setting and also + allows to change/override this setting by an overlay + file. This Fixes bsc#1192975 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 23 15:10:26 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.9 → 9.24.10 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 23 10:43:10 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added documentation about sharing backends + + The kiwi boxbuild plugin supports several sharing + backends. Details about them and eventual pre-setup + steps prior use are mentioned in this document + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 23 10:11:07 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed MicroOS build test + + snapper default config has moved from /etc to /usr/share + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 22 22:27:44 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.8 → 9.24.9 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 22 17:18:07 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.7 → 9.24.8 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 22 17:15:47 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added support for reading metalink in info module + + For resolver operations through libsolv the 'kiwi image info' + module exists. So far it could not read the repos from + metalink repo definitions. This Fixes #1890 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 19 13:29:52 CET 2021 - David Cassany + +- Force key attribute from signing element to be treated as a URI + + Signed-off-by: David Cassany + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 18 16:52:52 CET 2021 - David Cassany + +- Pass signing keys from the XML to the repositories + + This commits makes sure signing keys are passed to + repositories setup in build task. + + Signed-off-by: David Cassany + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 18 09:23:46 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move static sle15 integration test to git + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 16 16:29:49 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.6 → 9.24.7 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 15 16:40:37 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed raid integration test using extra boot part + + Due to changes in the distribution the tests needs some + adaptions. The kernel as provided now by TW uses symlinks + from boot to /usr/lib/modules/... to point to the kernel + binary. Of course this breaks for any system that uses + /boot on another partition. Those image tests which were + testing this aspect needs fixing. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 15 14:25:23 CET 2021 - Dan Čermák + +- Make sure fedora-release is installed on Rawhide + + Follow up to #1957 and #1962: + The Fedora build tests were using the generic release package and not + fedora-release. This issue has been partially fixed in #1962, but we forgot to + port the fix to the rawhide images as well. This commit adds the missing package + to the Rawhide images as well. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 12 23:11:19 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.5 → 9.24.6 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 12 22:53:02 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Followup fix for debootstrap called only once + + A recent change skipped calling debootstrap if the allow-existing-root + flag was passed in combination with apt as the package manager. + However this is not enough. If you say allow-existing-root but + the existing root is empty or not valid to continue with chroot + and apt the debootstrap phase should not be skipped. This commit + checks if apt works in the chroot such that we can assume + debootstrap has done its job and can be skipped + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 12 16:57:17 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow to set sign keyfile in repository elements + + This commit adds a new and optional child element + to the repository/source element as shown in the following + example: + + + + + + + + The collection of all keyfiles from all repositories will be + added to the keyring as used by the selected package manager. + Signing keys specified on the commandline and signing keys + specified in the image description will be combined. + This Fixes #1883 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 12 14:45:03 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.4 → 9.24.5 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 12 12:07:40 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed include processing + + This commit fixes several issue connected with the use of + the directive: + + First and foremost the XSLT chain was broken in a way that + the include XSLT in combination with the PrettyPrinter XSLT + were called not in the chain of stylesheets but together. + This results in XML descriptions which duplicated the content + and went invalid + + Another change is, when the include XSLT is called in the chain. + This commit moves it to become the very first processing + instruction such that the included data is part of all subsequent + XSLT stylesheets. This also allows to use older schema versions + in included XML data and they get automatically converted through + the chain of XSLT stylesheets. + + Last change is the evaluation of the from= attribute value. This + value is now interpreted as an URI. Currently only local URIs are + supported. The reason to do this is because XSLT when processing + a document resolves relative paths according to the file path + of the master document. As kiwi does not change the original + content that path with will be a /var/tmp location if one of + the XSLT stylesheets were used. The documentation for this change + was updated as well + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 11 15:11:20 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.3 → 9.24.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 11 10:35:23 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added type hints and annotations for iso_tools + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 11 10:18:59 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Drop support for cdrtools + + Tools like mkisofs, genisoimage and friends are all unmaintained + and have found their substitute in xorriso for quite some time. + This commit deletes the code from kiwi which supported creation + of ISO images using the obsolete cdrtools collection. In addition + all hack code associated with these tools like mbr insertion via + isohybrid and things like that got dropped as well. + This Fixes #1908 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 11 09:23:46 CET 2021 - kyr + +- Drop usage of `factor` from coreutils + + utils/checksum: drop factor calls + + For portability we don't need to call linux coreutils' factor, + instead we use pure python prime number generation implementation. + + Signed-off-by: Kyr Shatskyy + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 11 08:57:44 CET 2021 - Matt Coleman + +- Add support for custom GRUB templates + + This allows the user to specify a template file to customize + the bootloader menu. This only applies to oem and iso image + types: other image types use the grub mkconfig toolchain. + + This resolves Issue #1970 + + Co-authored-by: Marcus Schäfer + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 09 14:35:59 CET 2021 - Dan Čermák + +- Only trigger functions workflow on certain paths + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 09 14:35:43 CET 2021 - Dan Čermák + +- Re-enable functions integration tests once again + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 09 13:20:17 CET 2021 - Kyr Shatskyy + +- config/functions: make baseQuoteFile use extended regex + + It is more universal to use extended regex, because they can + be used on wider range of platforms, for example, same + regex works equally on bsd sed and linux distributions. + + Signed-off-by: Kyr Shatskyy + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 08 14:53:15 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added python 3.9, 3.10 to test workflow + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 08 14:28:23 CET 2021 - Kyr Shatskyy + +- utils/temporary: rename dir parameter to path + + To avoid conflicts with python standard `dir` function + and for better matching purpose, the Temporary class + constructor parameter it is the best to rename from dir + to path. + + Signed-off-by: Kyr Shatskyy + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Nov 07 23:41:39 CET 2021 - Kyr Shatskyy + +- utils/temporary: the --temp-dir does not work + + Using of --temp-dir argument does not make an effect, + because optional 'dir' parameter defaults to the + global TEMP_DIR value before it's changed. + + This patch address this issue. + + Signed-off-by: Kyr Shatskyy + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 03 17:40:51 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.2 → 9.24.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 03 17:37:35 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed s390 SLE15 integration test + + added blog package to solve packages added by + file provides which are not resolved by obs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 03 16:22:06 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed s390 integration test using extra boot part + + Due to changes in the distribution the tests needs some + adaptions. The kernel as provided now by TW uses symlinks + from boot to /usr/lib/modules/... to point to the kernel + binary. Of course this breaks for any system that uses + /boot on another partition. Those image tests which were + testing this aspect needs fixing. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 03 13:28:52 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added partition sizes to disk size math + + Make sure partition sizes are used for the calculation + of the entire disk size to fit the size constraints of + the image disk + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 02 12:22:42 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Revert "Cleanup xattr requirement" + + This reverts commit 6754b3f9e270a6cb710355605c46b0bade4de29c. + It has turned out that SLE15 still uses the other xattr + module :/ + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 02 11:12:04 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added integration test + + Test the combination of custom partitions and volumes + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 29 10:45:15 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure fedora-release is installed + + Fedora based integration tests should install the fedora-release + package. If no release package is specified the generic-release + package is choosen which is unexpected. This Fixes #1957 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 27 15:57:39 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure debootstrap is called only once + + When building debian based images the bootstrap phase + is done by calling debootstrap. If kiwi is called on + an already existing root tree via --allow-existing-root + this will make debootstrap to fail in any case. This + is because for debootstrap it's an error condition if + there is already data in the root. However, for kiwi + and the explicitly requested re-use of the root tree + this is not an error. Thus this commit skips the + bootstrap by debootstrap and directly continues with + the image phase. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 27 15:30:13 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup xattr requirement + + There is no version of suse we support that provides + the old xattr module. Thus the requirement can be set + in a clean way to pyxattr and the setup.py trickery + can be deleted + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 25 14:29:42 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Disable config functions testing + + It happens too often that the failure on running the + container causes failed results which are not actually + failures. I have hope that #1944 stabilize this + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 22 17:41:18 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.1 → 9.24.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 22 17:38:27 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed nasty bug in ramdisk generator + + The ramdisk unit generator reads the config.bootoptions + file and extracts the root_uuid from it. This is done + with a very simple shell read using a space as separator. + However the last element is never read by that code. + As long as there was yet another kernel cmdline option + after the root= option this bug was not an issue. But + as soon as the root= option is last in the list it will + not be read and the generator exits prior creating the + sysroot.mount target. This commit fixes it in a way + that it makes sure there is always a space at the end + of the config.bootoptions file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 21 23:33:09 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support custom partitions + + In addition to the volume volume management settings also + allow to setup low level table entries like in the following + example: + + + + + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 21 08:45:34 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added integration build test for bundle_format + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 20 22:53:36 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added lsof to kiwi-systemdeps-core + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 19 17:42:19 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add support for custom result bundle naming + + Allow to specify a bundle_format per which is used + at the time of the result bundle creation to create image + output names matching the provided pattern. + This Fixes #1943 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 19 15:24:44 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added missing python-simplejson to pkgbuild + + Added missing python-simplejson requirement to the + archlinux pkgbuild package template + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 19 13:08:18 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Raise exception on umount issue + + Up to now kiwi tried to umount a resource it has mounted for some + time and if it was not possible due to a busy state the process + continued. In any of these situations it was not possible to free + up the nested resources and it could also happen that the image + build result got corrupted because there is still data that can + be consumed but shouldn't be there anymore. The change here makes + kiwi to stop the process and raise with an error also including + the information that there are now resources still active but + busy on the host and a manual cleanup is unfortunately needed. + This Fixes #1914 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 18 11:29:39 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added SystemOverlayRoot profile + + Test kiwi's overlayroot mode without initrd + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 18 09:39:14 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update test for image without initrd and loader + + The systemd-remount-fs.service expects devices to be present + in their UUID representation. When booting without an initrd + there is no udev and the root= device must be provided with + the kernel exposed unix device name. In addition there is no + UUID device representation for virtio devices which are used + together with the small kvmsmall kernel of this example. + Since booting of this appliance is done via: + + $ kvm --kernel (kernel-kvmsmall) \ + -drive file=kiwi-test-image-embedded.raw,if=virtio \ + -append "root=/dev/vda1 console=ttyS0 rw" + + The kernel rootfs is mounted in rw mode anyway. Thus the systemd + remount service is not useful in this case and switched off + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 15 10:02:06 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.24.0 → 9.24.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 14 16:00:27 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure embedded test exposes the kernel + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 14 11:27:16 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed use of LUKS encrypted images with empty pass + + For initial provisioning of LUKS encrypted disk images an + empty passphrase key is handy to avoid interaction in the + deployment process. However, the dracut kiwi modules were + lacking the information that the luks keyfile could be an + empty passphrase key which must not be opened with the + potential risk to get prompted for input. This commit + introduces a new profile environment variable evaluated + by the dracut kiwi lib code to open the LUKS pool and + allows to distinguish the situation on key files with + or without a passphrase + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 14 10:11:01 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed type annotations for LuksDevice class + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 13 17:10:30 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed repo setup for test-image-embedded + + Use obsrepositories + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 13 17:03:48 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added a build test for no-initrd / no-bootloader + + It's allowed to configure an image building without an + initrd and/or bootloader setup. These are settings mostly + used in the embedded world and this build test makes sure + images of that kind can be build + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 13 00:31:49 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add support for portable result data (#1949) + + In addition to the serialized Result instance kiwi.result + file this commit also creates a portable version of this + information in kiwi.result.json. Only the information that + can be expressed as json document is part of the portable + version. This is related to Issue #1918 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 07 16:12:47 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added documentation for kiwi stackbuild plugin + + Restructure the documentation to put all plugin documentation + under its own category. Add a chapter about the stackbuild + plugin, it's concepts and use cases. This Fixes #1907 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 07 09:54:22 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.63 → 9.24.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 07 09:50:38 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add support for toplevel include directive(s) + + On the toplevel of an image description you can now + specify include directive(s) like in the following + example + + + ... + + ... + + + + At the place of their occurrence the include statement + will be replaced with the contents of the given filename. + The implementation is based on a XSLT stylesheet and + applies very early in the process. The stylesheet reads + the contents of the given file as XML document(). + Thus only valid XML documents gets accepted by this + include concept. This Fixes #1929 and is related to + Issue #1918 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 06 16:32:45 CEST 2021 - Dan Čermák + +- Switch to pytest_container instead of custom conftest + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 06 16:06:55 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.62 → 9.23.63 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 06 14:39:26 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed error reporting for stateful description + + Errors due to missing or no type definitions were reported + provding the internal object reference of the XML parse + result. This is useless information for users and needs + to be done better. This commit fixes the error message to + avoid showing object references and includes information + about the applied profiles used for this XML state. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 06 14:38:25 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed legacy PXE documentation + + The documentation for building a legacy pxe image was not + using the profiles (Flat or Compressed) as the actual image + description for this example requires it. This Fixes #1923 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 06 14:11:09 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added mdadm to requires for systemdeps + + When building raid based images the buildhost needs mdadm. + In addition rework the place to require disk based tools. + Most of them were added to the filesystem systemdeps but + belong to the disk systemdeps + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 06 12:44:10 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed creation of loopback config + + If an extra boot partition is in use the creation of the config + file for the loopback boot feature was using the wrong path. + This commit fixes it and also introduces integration checks + which builds in this condition + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 05 19:38:53 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT setup regression + + The value for GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT should only be + changed if custom kernelcmdline values are provided. In + case there are none kiwi should not change this value. + The test to check for this condition is based on the + result cmdline reduced by the root setting. However the + default cmdline setting in kiwi appends 'rw' in addition + to the root device information. This means the default + kernelcmdline is never empty and therefore the grub + setting GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT="rw" is always set. + This commit fixes the conditional change by making sure + the default cmdline only consists out of the root + device information. This Fixes #1650 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 05 17:25:25 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow logfile option to log on stdout + + The option setting '--logfile stdout' is now a special form + and logs the messages usually written to a file to stdout + instead. This is handy if all messages of the build are + requested but the --debug switch is not because it does more + than that, e.g calling scripts through debug'able screen + sessions + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 05 10:52:20 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow test-image-luks to be build locally too + + In suse there are many programs replaced by the busybox + alternative and also preferred by the package manager. + However there are also packages like the kernel in suse + which wants gawk and not busybox-gawk. In kiwi to build + images there are two installation phases, the bootstrap + phase which installs mandatory packages to allow chroot + operations and the image phase which installs the rest + of the requested packages as chroot operation. In this + two pass step the package manager is called twice to + resolve dependencies and that causes the issue with the + preferred busybox packages which gets pulled in in the + first phase. To prevent this there are only two options: + + 1. Explicitly list the non busybox packages in the + bootstrap phase + + 2. Prevent the image phase and put all packages to + the bootstrap phase such there is only one package + manager call for dependency resolution + + This commit implementes option 1. because having all + packages in the bootstrap phase means that the host + packagemanager resolves and if the host packagemanager + is somehow not compatible with the image target this + leads to other weird issues which are not obvious and + hard to debug. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 23 16:56:32 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.61 → 9.23.62 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 23 16:54:31 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed script calls when running in obs + + kiwi is called with --debug in obs which triggers the scripts + to be called through screen. However the obs caller is not + associated with a terminal thus it fails. This commit creates + an exception for debug mode when running in obs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 23 15:35:35 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.60 → 9.23.61 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 23 15:34:08 CEST 2021 - Luis González Fernández + +- Fix secure boot for ubuntu based images + + This patch fixes #1911 and makes secure boot images to work again in Ubuntu 20.04 + + Co-authored-by: Luis Ladislao Gonzalez Fernandez + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 22 11:48:47 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Run scripts via a screen session in debug mode + + When creating a custom script it usually takes some iterations of + try and testing until a final stable state is reached. To support + developers with this task kiwi calls scripts associated with a + screen session. The connection to screen is only done if kiwi + is called with the --debug option. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 21 18:49:53 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete obsolete release stage from gitlab + + Now done as github action + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 21 18:47:59 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.59 → 9.23.60 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 21 18:46:58 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed pypi tox release target + + Only needs the creation of the sdist tarball + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 21 18:43:46 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.58 → 9.23.59 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 21 18:42:18 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Moved pages and pypi publish to github actions + + Moved gh-pages doc update and pypi upload from gitlab + to github actions + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 21 13:09:40 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed RNC schema definition + + From the compact form of the schema the RNG schema + is created. The latest changes to support the target_dir + attribute in the section were added wrong + to the compact form of the schema + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 17 11:58:21 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed Tumbleweed integration tests + + Due to changes in the distribution the tests needs some + adaptions. The kernel as provided now by TW uses symlinks + from boot to /usr/lib/modules/... to point to the kernel + binary. Of course this breaks for any system that uses + /boot on another partition. Those image tests which were + testing this aspect needs fixing. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 15 12:06:28 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.57 → 9.23.58 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 15 12:04:43 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed MANIFEST + + Make sure all test data is included into the source tarball not only + a recursive inclusion of a portion of it. This is needed to run + tests at build time from the pypi provided source tarball + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 15 09:50:12 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.56 → 9.23.57 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 14 11:57:52 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed python manifest + + Deleted no longer existing doc source from manifest and + add the full set of documentation sources + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 10 23:52:50 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.55 → 9.23.56 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 10 22:42:23 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Only wipe bundle dir when required + + The given result bundle dir must only be wiped if the + request to turn the result files into an rpm was given. + Only in this case the given bundle dir must start empty + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 10 22:30:55 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed uninstall handling via dnf, microdnf, zypper + + The above package managers supports uninstall instructions + like 'iwl*'. In kiwi there was code checking via rpm if + the packages given to uninstall actually exists. That code + does not work if the given package to uninstall is an + instruction that matches a pattern. Therefore if we use + the uninstall section in the kiwi image description, just + pass the provided information to the package manager and + don't try to be clever in kiwi itself. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 09 13:17:47 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow to set --logfile for result namespace + + Setting a logfile for e.g 'kiwi-ng result bundle ...' + is useful and should be possible + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 09 10:00:04 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.54 → 9.23.55 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 08 13:07:47 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added support for building rpm package from bundle + + With the new option --package-as-rpm it is possible to + call the kiwi result bundler such that the image build + results gets packaged into an rpm. I think this is a + handy feature to transport image builds via repositories + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 08 10:11:23 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed MicroOS integration test + + With ignition/combustion in place it's not allowed + to use tmp as a subvolume + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 07 18:02:22 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.53 → 9.23.54 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 06 11:35:52 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed condition for GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_UUID="true" + + The grub config parameter GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_UUID must only + be set if the device persistence setting is not UUID. However, + in kiwi UUID device names are the default and doesn't have to + be expressed explicitly. Therefore the condition to check + for different than 'by-uuid' is wrong for the default case were + no device persistence setting exists. This results in a wrong + grub option to be set. This commit fixes it in a way to disable + UUID device names in grub if the only other device persistency + setting in kiwi named: 'by-label' is explicitly configured. + This Fixes #1842 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 06 10:41:16 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added force_trailing_slash argument to sync_data + + A speciality of the rsync tool is that it behaves differently + if the given source_dir ends with a '/' or not. If it ends + with a slash the data structure below will be synced to the + target_dir. If it does not end with a slash the source_dir + and its contents are synced to the target_dir. For example: + + source + └── some_data + + 1. $ rsync -a source target + + target + └── source + └── some_data + + 2. $ rsync -a source/ target + + target + └── some_data + + The parameter force_trailing_slash in the DataSync::sync_data + method can be used to make sure rsync behaves like shown in + the second case. This Fixes #1786 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 06 10:24:41 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added type hints for DataSync class + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 03 08:48:20 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.52 → 9.23.53 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 02 13:00:51 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add missing bootloader tests + + Merging #1850 exposed the missing bootloader tests. + This reminds me to move the gitlab driven unit tests + to github actions because for forked repos the gitlab + tests does not run but github actions tests would run + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 31 20:22:52 CEST 2021 - Robert Schneider <48757730+data-intelligence-robot@users.noreply.github.com> + +- Fix logging of ISO publisher + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 31 01:29:40 CEST 2021 - Mexit + +- Improving text formatting + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 31 00:21:45 CEST 2021 - Mexit + +- Added documentation for grub2 loopback ISO images + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 27 15:33:57 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.51 → 9.23.52 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 27 15:33:19 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed pep E711 code smell + + comparison to None should be 'if cond is not None:' + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 27 15:29:13 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.50 → 9.23.51 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 27 13:47:05 CEST 2021 - Robert Schweikert + +- No compression with encryption + + When an image is setup to use encryption the resulting image appears + as a random stream of bytes and cannot be compressed. Simply skip + the compression in this case. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 26 12:52:18 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix typo in schema documentation + + ciper -> cipher. Fix originally done by Robert Schweikert + and moved to the right place, see Issue #1906 for details + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 12 17:34:44 CEST 2021 - Jesus Bermudez Velazquez + +- Allow target dir for archive + + - Add the option to specify a target directory + to unpack the archive + - Update doc for target dir attribute + + This Fixes #1794 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 10 18:12:25 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Log deprecation errors to stderr + + Make sure information about deprecated shell methods + logs their information to stderr. This will cause the + error message to be exposed to the user and not only + in the log file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 10 16:11:38 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed TW build test + + Explicitly added packages that causes conflicts due + to the busybox alternatives + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 10 15:13:50 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.49 → 9.23.50 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 05 16:34:10 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added support for repo customization script + + repo files allows for several customization options + which could not be set by kiwi through the current + repository schema. As the options used do not follow + any standard and are not compatible between package + managers and distributions the only generic way to + handle this is through a script which is invoked + with the repo file as parameter for each file created + to describe a repo for the selected package manager. + This allows users to update/change the repo file content + on their individual needs. In the kiwi description the + path to the custom script can be specified as follows + + + + + + This Fixes #1896 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 30 11:01:09 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.48 → 9.23.49 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 29 17:23:57 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed fstab entry for swap on LVM + + If an LVM setup is used together with a swapspace the + swap is created as a volume in the volume group. The + required fstab entry to activate swap was not using + the LVM exposed device but the UUID of the low level + block layer. This low level device is not created + by udev because LVM takes over precedence in this + case. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jul 24 17:34:29 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.47 → 9.23.48 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jul 24 16:40:30 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed LVM get_volumes + + Due to the change on the temporary directory yet another + error in the volume manager classes for LVM got exposed. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jul 24 11:08:41 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.46 → 9.23.47 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jul 24 11:04:45 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed LVM/btrfs volume based image builds + + Due to the change on the temporary directory an error + in the volume manager classes for LVM and btrfs was + exposed. There was code which uses a sub-part of the + volume mount point directory which is a tempdir based + directory name. The sub-part was choosen by an index + based path split which worked for /tmp but no longer for + /var/tmp. With tempdir now being also a commandline + option this code has to become more robust. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 23 18:01:46 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.45 → 9.23.46 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 22 15:49:55 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Do not expose the delete feature in Temporary + + We do not want to expose the ability to create temporary + data that doesn't get auto deleted at the end of its + scope + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 22 15:47:49 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor recovery archive creation + + The creation of the recovery archive was based on a tempfile + which then gets moved to the final target file. This is bad + because if causes the tempfile cleanup to raise an exception + unless you specify delete=False. Creating a tempfile with + delete=False however, negates the reason for creating self + managed temporary data. Thus this code was refactored to + create the recovery archive file at its final destination + from the beginning on + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 21 12:41:12 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Moving temp data handling to its own namespace + + Moving use of mkdtemp, NamedTemporaryFile and TemporaryDirectory + into its own class called Temporary: By default all temporary + data is created below /var/tmp but can be changed via the + global commandline option --temp-dir. This Fixes #1870 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 21 10:12:49 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.44 → 9.23.45 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 20 15:27:55 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Handle UnicodeDecode errors more gracefully + + If the Codec.decode() method cannot encode the given data to utf-8 + an Encoding exception is raised which causes kiwi to raise a + KiwiDecodingError. That way to handle the error causes an image + build to fail. However, this sort of error for example happens if + the .changes file of a package contains invalid characters. From + a user perspective this cannot be fixed and you cannot build the + image because of a stupid character error in a .changes file + outside your control. Because of this reason this commit handles + the decode error case differently and applies the 'replace' + strategy on error. The characters in questions gets replaced and + the rest of the data which can be decoded is returned. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 19 11:49:39 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Install mypy library stubs for mock + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 14 18:17:06 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added documentation for oem-skip-verify element + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 14 12:26:24 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Increase size of efi fat image + + For ISO images an embedded efi fat image is needed to boot. + As consequence of adding the mok manager it can happen that + the size of the efi fat image is too small. With this commit + the size is increased to prevent an out of space issue + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 14 10:42:07 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.43 → 9.23.44 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 07 14:35:20 CEST 2021 - Dan Čermák + +- Add tests for baseVagrantSetup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 07 14:13:36 CEST 2021 - Dan Čermák + +- Set the directory permissions of /home/vagrant/.ssh to 0700 in baseVagrantSetup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 07 14:08:04 CEST 2021 - Dan Čermák + +- Don't modify main sshd_config file via baseVagrantSetup + + In Tumbleweed we switched from shipping sshd's config file in /etc to /usr/etc, + but baseVagrantSetup was not respecting that. + + So instead of modifying the main config file, we instead create a custom file in + /etc/ssh/sshd_config.d/ with our custom setting which is much more robust + accross distributions. However, if /etc/ssh/sshd_config.d/ does not exist, then + we fall back to adding our settings to /etc/ssh/sshd_config. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 06 14:42:19 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed LUKS keyfile permission bits + + LUKS keyfile should use 0600 file permission flags + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 06 12:10:38 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed secure boot fallback setup + + Make sure MokManager gets copied. The name and location of + the mok manager is distribution specific in the same way as + the shim loader. Thus we need to apply a similar concept + for looking it up. This Fixes bsc#1187515 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 06 10:52:21 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Improve live image integration test + + Build one live image for Standard EFI+BIOS boot and + another variant that support SecureBoot+BIOS boot + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 05 16:07:27 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed grub cmdline setup with custom root + + If the kiwi kernelcmdline attribute contains root=... information + it is extracted from being written to GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT. + However, the regexp to extract the root=... information was broken + and deleted more elements of the cmdline information than just + the root device information. This commit fixes the regexp to only + delete the root=... information taking into account that every + kernel parameter is delimited by '\s' + This Fixes #1875 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 05 14:58:02 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.42 → 9.23.43 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 05 08:47:39 CEST 2021 - Dan Čermák + +- Re-add suseImportBuildKey + + suseImportBuildKey is not required during the image build as kiwi imports the + correct keys by itself. However, the created images lack the repository signing + keys and any `zypper` commands will thus fail. + + This fixes https://github.com/OSInside/kiwi/issues/1876 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 02 14:25:15 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.41 → 9.23.42 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 01 11:11:11 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed fedora integration test builds + + Maintain the repos in the obs prj config which prevents + the weird "nothing provides kernel-obs-build" error + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 30 15:15:58 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.40 → 9.23.41 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 30 14:25:29 CEST 2021 - Dan Čermák + +- Remove util-linux-systemd & util-linux Requires from dracut-kiwi-overlay + + These dependencies are pulled in via dracut-kiwi-lib. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 30 14:24:50 CEST 2021 - Dan Čermák + +- Add missing util-linux-systemd Requires to dracut-kiwi-[live,libs] + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 30 13:09:16 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed test-image-orthos integration test + + The test was missing btrfs_root_is_snapshot which is required + when using btrfs on tumbleweed. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 29 18:26:31 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed test-image-disk-legacy integration test + + The test did not set a device filter for ramdisk devices but + activates unattended mode. In this mode the first device in + the list is taken and this is a ramdisk device which is + by default too small to be used for the installation. Thus + the install usually fails. This commit sets the device filter + for ramdisk devices such that only associated disk devices + can be used for the install process, which is the purpose + of this test. This is related to Issue OSInside/kiwi-functional-tests#8 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 29 17:51:37 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.39 → 9.23.40 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 29 12:54:58 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Mount dev and proc filesystems prior dracut + + In newer versions of dracut /dev and /proc must be mounted + for dracut to work correctly. If not present the resulting + initrd is incomplete. This Fixes #1867 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 28 18:06:42 CEST 2021 - Neal Gompa + +- Use namespaced files in /var/tmp for large temporary files + + Previously, kiwi created staging image files as plain temporary files + in /tmp, which causes issues on operating systems where /tmp is tmpfs. + Notably, image builds would fail with "no space left on the device" + because the tmpfs was not big enough for everything to exist there. + + To fix this, we change to use /var/tmp, and additionally add a prefix + for our temporary files so that the user knows which ones kiwi created. + + Fixes: https://github.com/OSInside/kiwi/issues/1866 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 25 15:42:01 CEST 2021 - Tom Schraitle + +- Use latest stylesheet in STYLEROOT + + Use "suse2021-ns" instead of "suse2013-ns" due to new + branding. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 23 14:45:09 CEST 2021 - Dan Čermák + +- Add missing util-linux-systemd dependency to dracut-kiwi-overlay + + The script kiwi-overlay-root.sh requires lsblk which is provided by + util-linux-systemd. If that package is missing in the final image, then booting + an overlayroot image hangs with: + + dracut-pre-mount[480]: //lib/dracut/hooks/pre-mount/30-kiwi-overlay-root.sh: line 46: lsblk: command not found + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 22 11:22:09 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Start moving CI test from gitlab to actions + + Moving the linter and unit tests to github workflows and + out of the gitlab CI system has the advantage that pull + request from forked repos will run the tests. In the long + run I think we should move away completely from gitlab CI + and use github actions as this will reduce the number of + external services used in the kiwi project. This commit + starts with the most simple parts: unit and type tests, + doc rendering and code style + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 21 15:47:31 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure chat link points to Element not Riot + + Riot has changed to Element. The index page on kiwi still + uses the old location. This updates the information how to + use the Matrix channel and the kiwi room name. + This Fixes #1854 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 21 15:16:40 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.38 → 9.23.39 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 21 15:03:13 CEST 2021 - Dan Čermák <45594031+dcermak@users.noreply.github.com> + +- Functions integration tests (#1851) + + Add integration tests for functions.sh + + Implement a container based test system to run shell code for testing. + The concept utilizes pytest-testinfra and runs a container per test. + The nested container in a container feature is supported by the github + actions workflow. Thus the integration of this testing concept runs in + the github actions CI rather than on gitlab + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 21 14:50:59 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't shell out for calling dnf + + refactor the dnf call to install packages and groups in + one call. This allows to prevent calling dnf through a + shell. For installing of a package group the group ID + name is expected. This Fixes #1856 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 21 14:38:05 CEST 2021 - Robert Schweikert + +- - Improve the error message if the config file cannot be parsed. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 21 11:59:04 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Do not shell out for calling microdnf. + + In fact it can be counter productive if the shell + evaluates eventually existing package name/instruction + patterns. This is related to Issue #1856 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 21 11:51:43 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Prevent calling pacman through a shell + + There is no reason to shell out for calling pacman. + In fact it can be counter productive if the shell + evaluates eventually existing package name/instruction + patterns. This is related to Issue #1856 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jun 19 22:01:22 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure mypy stubs will be installed + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 17 22:30:20 CEST 2021 - Mexit + +- Update grub2.py + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 17 18:19:20 CEST 2021 - Mexit + +- Code improvement + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 17 18:17:12 CEST 2021 - Mexit + +- Code improvement + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 16 20:22:22 CEST 2021 - Mexit + +- Allow the ISO to be booted from grub directly + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 16 11:33:24 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow creation of LUKS system with empty key + + To support cloud platforms better we should allow the + creation of an initial(insecure) LUKS encrypted image + with an empty passphrase/keyfile. This Fixes + bsc#1187461 and bsc#1187460 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 11 14:47:11 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.37 → 9.23.38 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 10 11:10:56 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed cleanup of temporary directory + + In the custom kiwi initrd build process a temporary directory + holding a copy of the initrd root tree is created. That data + got never cleaned up. This commit uses a TemporaryDirectory + object from the tempfile module to make sure it gets deleted + once the execution scope is done. This Fixes #1837 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 07 12:23:55 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.36 → 9.23.37 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 07 12:01:14 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete deprecated shell functions from docs + + suseActivateDefaultServices + suseSetupProductInformation + suseImportBuildKey + suseConfig + baseCleanMount + baseSetupUserPermissions + baseGetPackagesForDeletion + baseGetProfilesUsed + baseStripMans + baseStripDocs + baseStripInfos + Rpm + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Jun 06 15:39:11 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed creating grub bios module + + If no prebuilt grub bios module was found, kiwi creates one. + In this case kiwi searches for the grub modules and runs + the grub mkimage tool. The search for the modules for the + bios module used the host system (/) grub and that fails if + the host has packaged grub differently than the image target. + This fix moves the lookup into the image root directory + which is the correct place to lookup the grub data + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jun 05 21:03:41 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.35 → 9.23.36 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jun 05 21:01:21 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed building with custom kiwi initrd setup + + The change from allowing to build with initrd_system="none" + broke the build for initrd_system="kiwi". This commit fixes + the regression + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jun 05 20:06:13 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use zypper --gpg-auto-import-keys option + + When building an image against self managed repos the + auto import of the repo gpg key makes sense to me + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jun 05 19:54:03 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup integration tests from obsolete methods + + Cleanup config.sh scripts calling obsolete helper methods + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jun 05 19:48:41 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup integration tests from obsolete methods + + Cleanup config.sh scripts calling obsolete helper methods + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jun 05 19:13:26 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.34 → 9.23.35 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 04 16:31:38 CEST 2021 - gnuninu + +- Corrected preferences timezone code tag + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 01 11:49:49 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor config functions code + + Reorganize the code into more readable areas like methods + present as helpers, methods for customers, methods which are + distribution specific and also methods that are deprecated + and give a good reason why they are deprecated when they + get called. This is related to Issue #1828 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 01 00:48:39 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Revert "Switch test-image-live-disk to Fedora 33" + + This reverts commit f80549474c4baa120e6e228bacc7b4a075265753. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 01 00:37:18 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Switch test-image-live-disk to Fedora 33 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 28 14:50:29 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed codacy code smells + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 28 14:36:53 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add strong typing for the following API methods + + kiwi/boot/image/base.py + kiwi/boot/image/builtin_kiwi.py + kiwi/boot/image/dracut.py + + This references issue #1644 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 27 16:07:55 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added support for skipping initrd creation + + Embedded systems and other customer use cases sometimes + doesn't require an initrd. So far the initrd creation was + a mandatory step in the process. With this commit it's + possible to configure + and therefore skip the creation and setup of an initrd. + Using this feature comes with a price. Without an initrd + the task of mounting the specified root=DEVICE_SPEC now + becomes a task of the kernel. If the kernel doesn't have + the required filesystem driver compiled in or the mount + process of the device is not just a simple mount + action, the boot of such an appliance will fail + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 27 13:26:38 CEST 2021 - Dan Čermák + +- Remove grep and find from suseSetupProduct + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 27 10:55:06 CEST 2021 - Joachim Gleissner + +- config/functions.sh: Avoid non-zero exit status + + In baseStripDocs and baseStripFirmware avoid non-zero exit status of grep. + This allows the functions to be used in a script that sets the exit-on-error + flag. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 21 17:39:51 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.33 → 9.23.34 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 21 17:37:58 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure we use sphinx >= 4.0.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 21 17:32:23 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Revert "Revert "Fix installation of man pages"" + + This reverts commit db7410f3c5b7b101ec0974cc24de0400c491f065. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 21 17:30:22 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Revert "Make sure man pages are part of the sdist tarball" + + This reverts commit 3bf80506c4bbe381b66febdd38df93e65103ffb6. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 21 17:11:44 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.32 → 9.23.33 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 21 17:02:07 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure man pages are part of the sdist tarball + + Due to the move of man pages in sphinx the MANIFEST.in + has to be updated to provide the man pages in the + sdist tarball + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 21 17:01:26 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Revert "Fix installation of man pages" + + This reverts commit 286b26b5b6598285bf6eb26a1f5c9200c925b529. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 21 16:49:14 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed missing shebang in config.sh + + The ubuntu integration test config.sh script was missing + the shebang to let the script code run through bash + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 21 14:35:42 CEST 2021 - Neal Gompa + +- Fix installation of man pages + + The generated source archive on PyPI has the man page files + in ./doc/build/man instead of ./doc/build/man/8. + + Adjust the Makefile to use the correct path to install the + man pages. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 21 11:53:35 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.31 → 9.23.32 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 20 15:45:16 CEST 2021 - David Cassany + +- Do not return default stdout if it is no raising on failure + + This commit prevents the use of a default stdout and stderr in case + return code reports errors and it is not raising an exception. + + If we are not raising an exception there is no specific need to + artificially append some stdout and stderr default message, we just + behave as if there was no error. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 20 13:05:24 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update Ubuntu integration test for system settings + + In Debian based distributions the kiwi built in way + to setup locale, keyboard and timezone via systemd tools + does not work because not(yet) provided by the distribution. + This commit adds a reference implementation in the Ubuntu + integration test to demonstrate how the settings given in + the kiwi image description needs to be handled to make + them effective in the later image. This Fixes #1787 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 20 12:47:46 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add log information on grub search + + There is a method in kiwi which searches for grub files. + As grub is packaged differently within the distributions + a dynamic lookup is needed. However, the result and where + kiwi looked it up was not part of the log file. In terms + of issues like the one from Issue #1754 it would be very + handy to know about this information. Thus this commit + adds debug information to the log file regarding what + grub files are searched and where and if found + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 20 12:07:32 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed coday complains + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 20 11:49:29 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make dracut version check more robust + + The check_dracut_module_versions_compatible_to_kiwi() runtime + check calls the package manager from the host and reads the + package database from the image root. Doing this requires + the package database in the image to be compatible with the + package manager on the host. However this cannot be guarenteed + and it is more robust to chroot into the image root and call + the package manager from there. However, this change also comes + with the cost that it's required to have a package manager + available in the image root tree. Therefore along with the + chroot based call, eventual exceptions from the call are now + catched and leads to a debug message in the log file but will + not lead the runtime check to fail. I consider the cases + without a package database inside of the image to be less + critical than the incompatibility issue between the host + tooling and the package database in the image. + This Fixes bsc#1185937 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 18 18:13:48 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.30 → 9.23.31 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 18 13:10:11 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Stop plymouth also for progress dialogs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 17 14:39:29 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Prevent explicit man page compression + + The manual pages are compressed by the packager tooling. + There is no need to do this ourselves + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 17 14:27:50 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.29 → 9.23.30 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 17 13:02:02 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Increase integration tests boot timeout + + Increase integration tests timeout from 2sec to 10sec + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 17 10:44:49 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update integration tests to be non interactive + + Some integration tests allows for interactive dialogs on the + bootloader menu or in the installation process. As we plan to + use these tests for automated functional testing there should + be no interaction whenever possible. This Fixes #1811 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 17 09:39:53 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update kiwi installation documentation + + The installation chapter contained information about the manual + install of package keys. That information is suspect to be always + outdated because these keys changes. Instead of describing the + manual install of the package key the docs moved to use the + auto-import feature of the package manager. As the instructions + were also rpm specific but we also support install via other + package mangers the complete chapter was a bit reworked and + should be more straight forward now. This Fixes #1799 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 17 08:53:26 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update documentation qemu calls + + We use the kiwi integration tests as base for the documentation + example images now. The integration tests are all configured + to set the console to serial. Thus the docs should explain + the qemu call for test runs using the -serial stdio option + to make sure the console information is displayed to the + user + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun May 16 17:43:50 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update and fix documentation + + The documentation had a broken link to the buildservice + tests for suse. Since we changed this into leap and tumbleweed + the subproject link to :suse became invalid. In addition to + the fix the macro setup and build instructions were moved + to use the kiwi integration tests as example appliance + descriptions. The user experience in building the integration + test images should be better because we only release kiwi + if those appliances build successfully. This Fixes #1812 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun May 16 16:10:18 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed package build + + The new version of sphinx puts manual pages into doc/build/man/8 + when it was doc/build/man before. This breaks the Makefile target + to install the documentation. This commit updates the Makefile + to follow the change. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 12 15:47:28 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix dnf arch setting + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 12 14:35:39 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update shim path lookup + + Distributions like Fedora has changed the EFI binaries location + to be shim.efi in /boot/efi/EFI/ in order to + support multiarch setup for UEFI. This change requires the + lookup in KIWI to be more global matching. This Fixes #1806 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 12 11:42:15 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move integration test for Fedora to v34 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 12 11:32:17 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed live network setup to be generic + + In dracut the network setup comes with different models + providing a different set of functions. The ifup method as + used in the live iso dracut module is only available with the + network-legacy mode and fails with network-wicked. This commit + uses a dracut conf file in /etc/cmdline.d which uses the dracut + network interface parameters instead of calling module specific + methods. This Fixes #1802 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 12 09:45:54 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed setup of repository architecture + + Unfortunately the architecture reported by uname is not + necessarily the same name as used in the repository metadata. + Therefore it was not a good idea to set the architecture + and manage the name via a mapping table. It also has turned + out that repo arch names are distro specific which causes + more complexity on an eventual mapping table. In the end + this commit changes the way how the repository architecture + is setup in a way that we only set the architecture if + a name was explicitly specified such that the user keeps + full control over it without any mapping magic included + This Fixes bsc#1185287 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 07 15:09:49 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.28 → 9.23.29 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 03 12:40:09 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.27 → 9.23.28 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 30 14:39:10 CEST 2021 - David Cassany + +- Upgrade tests accoring to #1805 + + This commit is a follow up of #1805 which missed to update the related + unit test. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 30 09:40:05 CEST 2021 - David Cassany + +- Make installation media unattended + + This commit configures install media of several tests to run unattended + installation. This is done to facilitate the logic of functional tests. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 28 15:14:27 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed unit tests for parallel invocation + + With the change to allow the platform architecture to be + set application global, the unit tests might fail if tests + run in parallel and using different mock architectures + for the test. Thus test that runs depending on a platform + name needs to set the name in the test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 28 14:41:48 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update Debian integration test for UEFI testing + + Updated the Virtual disk profile to make use of the EFI + secure boot feature. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 27 20:23:08 CEST 2021 - Jeff Kowalczyk + +- Fix WSL appx filemap relative paths not preserved + + During WSL appx image type creation step the file hierarchy under metadata_path + is written to a temporary file for eventual use as argument to utility appx. + The file hierarchy information is dropped resulting in all filemap entries + appearing to be at the metadata_path root. The resulting image will side load + and run but without icon and other resources. Stricter checks at Windows Store + submission will fail due to mismatch between image manifest and contents. + + Fix by preserving relative path of filemap entries relative to metadata_path. + Add log output showing both input absolute path and output relative path. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 27 16:07:02 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update Ubuntu integration test for UEFI testing + + Updated the Virtual disk profile to make use of the EFI + secure boot feature. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 27 16:01:35 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added support for UEFI on Debian based distros + + The Debian/Ubuntu folks have a different system to support + EFI secure boot. In order to make use of it kiwi needs some + adaptions done in this pull request. This Fixes #1743 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 20 10:53:42 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.26 → 9.23.27 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 19 10:15:21 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed spec file on Debian tool settings + + debootstrap should always come with dpkg because we don't + want to handle the architecture names used on Debian when + dpkg knows them better than we do. since debootstrap itself + considers the possibility of being called without dpkg on + the system we generate the dependency by a spec change + here. This Fixes #1778 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 19 09:40:34 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Change zypper download mode to in-advance + + In relation to upcoming zypper changes e.g to make use of librpm on + single transaction operations there is the possibility that file + triggers start being used. To ensure zypper behaves consistently + DownloadInAdvance mode should be used, this way the transaction + happens as a whole and with the upcoming zypper changes zypper + will still be capable to handle the file triggers. + This Fixes #1789 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Apr 18 17:49:05 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added shadow package to pxe integration test + + Tools like usermod were moved from coreutils to shadow + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Apr 18 17:33:11 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added shadow package to integration test + + Tools like usermod were moved from coreutils to shadow + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 16 15:50:09 CEST 2021 - David Cassany + +- Fix appx manifest for WSL containers + + This commit prevents KIWI from setting Identity Name attribute and + DisplayName and PublisherDisplayName elements. + + Fixes #1780 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 16 15:03:46 CEST 2021 - David Cassany + +- Do not apply default subcommand for derivate containers + + This commit does not apply the default subcommand for derivate + containers. + + Fixes bsc#1184823 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 16 10:30:19 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed integration tests requesting grub + + For some reason two integration tests requests the "grub" and + the "grub2" package. On TW there is now no longer a provider of + grub and thus the image build became unresolvable. There is + only grub2 for quite some time, so I deleted this package + setting from the tests in question + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 16 10:24:14 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.25 → 9.23.26 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 15 11:05:24 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed platform setup for vagrant unit tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 15 10:53:34 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add support for a custom exclude file + + The new optional metadata file image/exclude_files.yaml can + be placed inside of the local image root tree. At creation time of + the image binary the file contents are used to extend the default + exclude list with additional information. The structure of the + file must be as follows: + + ```yaml + exclude: + - exclude-name-used-in-rsync + ``` + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 14 20:52:04 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.24 → 9.23.25 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 14 14:35:37 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update zypp.conf architecture setting + + Make sure the architecture is set as parameter in the + zypp.conf file used for building the image. This is needed + to allow differentiation between host arch and image arch + for cross image build environments + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 14 12:53:28 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added option to set the image target architecture + + The option --target-arch allows to set the architecture + used to build the image. By default this is the host + architecture. Please note, if the specified architecture + name does not match the host architecture and is therefore + requesting a cross architecture image build, it's important + to understand that for this process to work a preparatory + step to support the image architecture and binary format + on the building host is required and is not considered a + responsibility of kiwi. There will be a followup effort + on providing a plugin for kiwi which should be used to + manage the needed binfmt settings for cross arch image + builds + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 13 12:58:22 CEST 2021 - David Cassany + +- Refactor disk and install builders and dracut boot image + + This commit mainly refactors the DiskBuilder class. Then install builder + and dracut boot image refactors are mostly to drop no longer needed + code. The refactors tries to make the build simpler and easier to read and + also prevent the reuse of the BootImage instance used for the main image + when creating the installation media (this aplies only for + dracut based images). + + Fixes #873 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 13 12:41:08 CEST 2021 - David Cassany + +- Refactor create_disk method + + This commit refactor create_disk method and related utility methods + to ensure runtime objects are not stored as attributes of the object. + + This is done to ensure proper clearing and destruction of those objects + once create_disk method is done. + + Related to #873 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 12 10:43:33 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added openssl to the core requires + + openssl is used in kiwi to construct a password hash + if the plaintext password feature for user settings + is used. This Fixes bsc#1184128 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Apr 11 20:38:27 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.23 → 9.23.24 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 09 12:56:33 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Decommission obsolete code reaching EOL + + Use the @decommissioned decorator to raise for API methods + that a over the obsoletion period + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 09 10:55:49 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added mypy call to tox target + + For the tox unit_pyX targets, mypy static type checking + is now called prior tests. This references Issue 1644 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 06 20:36:57 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Complete strong typing for API methods + + Added required code changes to let mypy pass when running + from the toplevel kiwi namespace. This now finally + Fixes #1644 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 05 13:22:24 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.22 → 9.23.23 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 31 12:51:51 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added optional post_bootstrap.sh script hook + + After the bootstrap phase a script post_bootstrap.sh is executed + in a chroot process which allows to add/modify system settings + prior the completion of the system installation. This helps + users for example with custom package manager settings and + Fixes #1763 as well as Fixes #1782 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 30 15:17:47 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update documentation + + Add information about new volume filesystem_check attribute + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 30 11:29:56 CEST 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow to enable volumes for filesystem check + + The new attribute + allows to change the default value for the fs_passno field in + the generated fstab file. By default kiwi sets "0" in this + field and leaves it up to the user to customize this as + appropriate via script code. Coding changes to the fstab file + via scripts are not very user friendly and with respect that + systemd takes over control and generates checkers depending on + the value of fs_passno it would be good if there is a way to + explicitly specify if checks to the filesystem are wanted or + not. Therefore the new attribute now exists. If set to: true + this results in a value of "2" for the fs_passno field. Please + note the root/boot and efi entries are excluded from this + setup. This Fixes #1728 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 22 14:19:29 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.21 → 9.23.22 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 22 11:06:49 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor building of root cmdline setting + + Creating the root= cmdline parameter was based on methods + that deals with the uuid. However, it's also possible to + use a label information for the root= cmdline. To support + this kiwi issued a 'blkid --uuid' command but that requires + udev device names to be present on the host. The open + buildservice workers do not run udev and fails apart the + standard. This commit refactors the root cmdline setup + to work with the device node as it exists during build + time such that the blkid call runs against that device + node. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 22 09:19:11 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.20 → 9.23.21 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 19 15:45:11 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete yum from packagemanager in schema + + Auto convert yum to dnf if set as packagemanager. This allows + to delete the yum handling from code parts in kiwi where this + was still present. In addition this fixes the inclusion of yum + into the packagelist. This Fixes #1768 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 16 19:48:37 CET 2021 - KeithMnemonic + +- Add Strong Typing to builder APIs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 16 15:09:34 CET 2021 - KeithMnemonic + +- This PR add APIs Strong Typing to the repository APIs + + Strong Typing has been added to the following files: + + repository/base.py + repository/pacman.py + repository/apt.py + repository/dnf.py + repository/template/apt.py + repository/zypper.py + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 16 14:23:30 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Drop by-path devicepersistency setting + + The dev/disk/by-path device representation is a host specific + PCI location. For image building which happens disconnected from + the later target device this setting is useless. + This Fixes #1747 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 16 14:15:51 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed LVM root volume inclusion in fstab + + The root(/) volume in a LVM setup was included as UUID device + path. This is inconsistent compared to the non root volumes + which are included by their LVM representation: + + /dev/VGROUP_NAME/VOLUME_NAME + + This commit makes sure the root volume is included by its + persistent LVM device representation too. This is related + to Issue #1747 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 15 16:00:56 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update unit- integration tests to schema v74 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 15 15:47:04 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added XSLT transformation schema v73 -> v74 + + Update schema version and change to package manager 'apt' + if 'apt-get' was set + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 15 15:02:25 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Change packagemanager setting from apt-get to apt + + In kiwi we use the name of the section as package name to install this + package manager capability. However on Debian based distros there is + no package named apt-get. There is only a package named apt which + provides a tool named apt-get. To avoid inconsistencies like we had it + in Issue #1735 and to bring this setting in line with all other + packagemanager settings the setting was moved to just apt. + This Fixes #1738 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 11 19:11:39 CET 2021 - KeithMnemonic + +- Public API Strong Typing for kiwi package_manager + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 11 14:42:30 CET 2021 - David Cassany + +- Require qemu-img in any filesystem based image + + This commit moves the qemu-img requirement into the + `kiwi-systemdeps-filesystems` to ensure ISO, OEM and PXE images include + it in the build service. Also this is required for images that are + simple root-trees in a filesystem (image=ext4). + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 11 14:25:55 CET 2021 - David Cassany + +- Add a requirement for kiwi-systemdeps-iso-media on disk images + + This commit adds a requirement for `kiwi-systemdeps-iso-media` in + `kiwi-systemdeps-disk-images`. This is to ensure that installing + `kiwi-systemdeps-disk-images` is enough to build OEM images including + install media. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 09 18:08:16 CET 2021 - David Cassany + +- Exclude /run and /tmp to be synched into the image + + This commit makes sure the contents of /run and /tmp are ignored when + synchronizing the generated root tree into the image. + + Fixes #1744 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 09 12:14:41 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix use of by-label device persistency in grub + + If devicepersistency="by-label" is set in the KIWI description + it will correctly operate on the fstab values but still uses + the UUID based setting for root= in the grub config. This commit + allows to set root=LABEL=... in the grub config in case the + devicepersistency requested it. In order for this to work this + commit also had to increase the scope of the grub helper + method _fix_grub_root_device_reference which is now called in + any case. This Fixes #1757 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 08 12:58:27 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.19 → 9.23.20 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Mar 06 17:47:06 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed API vs. CLI inconsistency + + when using kiwi as API the program fails with a usage message + from the Cli class. The kiwi.cli module should not be imported + except for kiwi comandline tasks. It has turned out that the + RuntimeConfig class which is used in several places in different + API classes imports Cli and creates an instance of it to check + for a global option. This causes major issues for all programs + which uses the kiwi API but not the command line interface because + the docopt call in Cli() expects a valid docstring which only + exists in kiwi's cli.py. This commit fixes the inconsistency + and allows people to use the kiwi API independent of any + command line interface. Fixes #1755 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 05 15:43:26 CET 2021 - David Cassany + +- Add Rawhide and Tumbleweed tests for secure boot on aarch64 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 05 11:47:12 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure man pages are part of sdist tarball + + The current tarball when uploaded to pypi via gitlab does + not contain the manual pages because the doc target to build + them is not called. This commit adds a doc_man tox target + which is called prior pypi release. This Fixes #1746 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 03 13:17:09 CET 2021 - David Cassany + +- Refactor grub2 installation + + This commit refactors grub2 installation method to split it in two + parts. Former grub2.install method was meant to run the grub2-install + tool, however, in addition it was also running the secure boot + installation shim-install. The install method in KIWI is skipped for + those architectures and firmware combinations for which bios support + doesn't exist. This was leading to skip the secure boot installation. + + The current approach strips the secure boot installation logic from the + grub2.install method, so skipping the install method does not + automatically result in skipping the secure boot installation. + + Fixes bsc#1182211 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 01 17:35:35 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.18 → 9.23.19 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 01 17:34:35 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed admin path for dpkg-query + + Fixed admin path in check_dracut_module_versions_compatible_to_kiwi + runtime check. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 01 15:09:53 CET 2021 - Fergal Mc Carthy + +- Fail non-XML descriptions if anymarkup not available (#1742) + + Co-authored-by: Fergal Mc Carthy + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 01 11:34:52 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.17 → 9.23.18 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 01 11:33:43 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make runtime check more robust + + Fixed check_dracut_module_versions_compatible_to_kiwi to work + with systems that have no dracut installed. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 01 11:25:23 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed call time runtime check in build command + + The check_dracut_module_versions_compatible_to_kiwi runtime + check was called too early in the build process. It has to + be called at the end of the prepare stage when the image + root tree has been created + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 01 11:24:44 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added missing runtime check to default config file + + Added check_dracut_module_versions_compatible_to_kiwi as + comment block to the default config file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 01 10:55:31 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.16 → 9.23.17 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Feb 28 18:46:15 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed docstring for SolverRepositoryDeb class + + The doc string incorrectly pointed to the rpm-md repo type + when it should be apt-deb + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 25 09:31:17 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed code smells reported from codacy + + In addition cleanup unused instance variable self.custom_args + from DiskFormatBase class + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 23 16:47:29 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add kiwi dracut mod vs. kiwi compatibility check + + Add a runtime check to be called in the create stage + which reads the version(s) of the installed kiwi dracut + modules from the package database and compare them with + a min_version setting maintained in the KIWI builder + code. If the installed dracut module is not compatible + with the used kiwi builder version the build stops + at this point with a descriptive error message + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 23 13:09:59 CET 2021 - Jesus Bermudez Velazquez + +- Add strong typing for the following API methods + + kiwi/storage/raid_device + kiwi/storage/setup + kiwi/storage/subformat/base + kiwi/storage/subformat/gce + kiwi/storage/subformat/ova + kiwi/storage/subformat/qcow2 + + This references issue #1644 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 23 11:29:12 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added strong typing for the following API methods + + * storage/subformat/vagrant_base.py + * storage/subformat/vagrant_libvirt.py + * storage/subformat/vagrant_virtualbox.py + * storage/subformat/vdi.py + * storage/subformat/vhd.py + * storage/subformat/vhdfixed.py + * storage/subformat/vhdx.py + * storage/subformat/vmdk.py + + This references Issue #1644 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 22 11:50:26 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Deleted legacy kiwi chapter from the docs + + The information there is almost obsolete since kiwi(perl) + does no longer exist in any modern distribution. It's + only maintained on SLE12 which itself is EOL and the kiwi + there has its own documentation which we don't need to + reference anymore in the upstream project + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 22 11:47:07 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added new Troubleshooting chapter to the docs + + Added a new chapter to handle issues which depends on several + environment conditions and for which not only one possible + solution exists. This Fixes #1691 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 19 12:21:03 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Document use of SUSE media + + Add chapter to describe how to use the SUSE product media + in a kiwi build process. This Fixes #1678 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 19 11:37:47 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete support for generic iso:// source type + + The generic iso:// media type mounts the given iso file and expect + its root to provide a repository that can be used 1:1 with a package + manager. This concept is broken since some time and it can't be fixed + in a generic way. All distribution media comes with a certain layout + and basically needs extra handling to become fully usable as + repository. The current implementation of the iso type which simply + mounts the iso and expects its root to be a known repo is not useful. + Therefore the support for it will be decommissioned. Instead we + will provide a documentation chapter that documents how to incorporate + distro ISO media for building images. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 18 16:48:59 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added deb support to sat solver module + + Add support to create SAT solvables from Debian repos via + deb2solv tool from libsolv. This allows image info --resolve-package-list + to work with Debian/Ubuntu image descriptions. Please note + by default libsolv is not compiled with support for Debian. + Therefore the following compile flags must be set on libsolv + + * -DENABLE_DEBIAN=1 + * -DMULTI_SEMANTICS=1 + + If libsolv does not provide the needed capabilities kiwi will + fail on either the repository solvable creation due to missing + deb2solv or on call of setdisttype() due to missing MULTI_SEMANTICS + feature in libsolv + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 18 09:36:31 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update contributing chapter + + Add an example to show that using the kiwi description + format is an option when using kiwi as an API in other + python programs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 16 17:24:06 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Change donation message + + There are more people working on kiwi and the message is + from times with only me as contributor. It would be unfair + to keep the current message and I will share any donation + with the team. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 16 15:34:09 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.15 → 9.23.16 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 15 17:59:51 CET 2021 - David Cassany + +- Fix lsblk flags to get sorted output + + This commit modifies the lsblk command flags to get a sorted output + according to the disk layout. + + This is related to 176c7eab commita and it fixes bsc#1182264 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 15 16:44:47 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed kiwi-systemdeps-filesystems requires + + The filesystems requires list also contains low level + tools to manage partitions, loops and subsystems. The tools + to manage LUKS(cryptsetup) are missing and imho belongs there + along with the LVM tools which are listed + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 15 16:41:44 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added documentation for kiwi-systemdeps concept + + Added information about the kiwi-systemdeps sub packages + and its purpose. This Fixes #1686 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 15 15:55:49 CET 2021 - David Cassany + +- Add strong typing for filesystem classes + + This commit strong typing for FileSystem* classes. + + Part of #1644 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 15 15:29:49 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update documentation + + The runtime config file can also be specified on the + commandline + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 15 13:36:17 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added ca-certificates-mozilla to build tests + + ca-certificates-mozilla provides the issuer CERT to allow + for https repo connections. The standard ca-certificates is + not enough on suse/leap/sles based integration tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Feb 13 22:33:36 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed packaging metadata for pypi + + Include the README as long description in the metadata + for pypi. The change causes the description on pypi.org + to show the ReST rendered README instead of a message + that the author of the module hasn't provided a description + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Feb 13 17:56:55 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete legacy oem build test from leap + + The legacy custom kiwi boot test will only continue + to exist on tumbleweed without any warranty + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 12 15:19:22 CET 2021 - David Cassany + +- Include a note about rpm's curl requirement to import remote keys + + This commits add a note in the KIWI installation page to warn users rpm + requires curl utility in order to import remote keys from a URI. + + Fixes #1680 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 12 15:19:21 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.14 → 9.23.15 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 12 15:17:52 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update documentation + + Mention the cross arch build capability of the boxbuild + command. Also update the example box used in the self + container build chapter + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 12 11:21:03 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow to specify OBS credentials in runtime config + + In preparation to the new obs kiwi plugin this commit adds + an opportunity to store obs credentials such that the plugin + could also be used in a non-interactive way + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 12 11:06:35 CET 2021 - Jesus Bermudez Velazquez + +- Add strong typing for the following API methods + + kiwi/storage/device_provider + kiwi/storage/disk + kiwi/storage/loop_device + kiwi/storage/luks_device + kiwi/storage/mapped_device + + This references issue #1644 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 12 10:41:56 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update build_status helper for box plugin + + The suse box has been renamed to tumbleweed + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 12 10:19:53 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update documentation + + Fixed link list to integration tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 12 10:16:50 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added rawhide test status to build_status helper + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 12 10:15:50 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added Fedora Rawhide integration tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 22:20:25 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Followup fix for RuntimeConfig refactor + + The refactor of the RuntimeConfig made sure the runtime config + file is read in only once. But if the file exists and is empty + after yaml.safe_load like in the kiwi package provided + /etc/kiwi.yml which contains all config options as comments, + the code still reads in the file with every new instance of + RuntimeConfig. This commit fixes this condition + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 17:35:44 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed test-image-vagrant for Leap + + Use the correct release package + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 17:35:20 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed test-image-docker-derived for Leap + + Use the right derived from location + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 17:21:47 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed test-image-docker for Leap + + Nothing provides grub + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 17:16:52 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete test-image-pxe from leap tests + + We don't continue development of netboot code. Thus there is + only one test for the old netboot system on TW. People are + advised to move to oem remote deployment or the kis type + using custom(non kiwi) dracut extensions + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 17:04:47 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- test-image-MicroOS does not build for leap + + Looks like this concept is not available on Leap + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 16:59:49 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added integration tests for Leap + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 15:54:02 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update documentation + + Location for integration tests has changed + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 15:49:39 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Deleted x86/suse integration tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 15:30:51 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Moving x86/suse -> x86/tumbleweed + + This is in fact a copy of the build-tests for x86/suse + to x86/tumbleweed. Once the tests in OBS are building + x86/suse and the respective project will be deleted + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 15:23:18 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Deleted s390/suse integration tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 15:20:22 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Moving s390/suse -> s390/tumbleweed + + This is in fact a copy of the build-tests for s390/suse + to s390/tumbleweed. Once the tests in OBS are building + s390/suse and the respective project will be deleted + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 15:16:34 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete ppc/suse from build_status helper + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 15:14:09 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Deleted ppc/suse integration tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 15:11:21 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Moving ppc/suse -> ppc/tumbleweed + + This is in fact a copy of the build-tests for ppc/suse + to ppc/tumbleweed. Once the tests in OBS are building + ppc/suse and the respective project will be deleted + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 13:35:46 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed Debian integration test + + The test was not using the Staging kiwi to build + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 13:08:20 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Deleted arm/suse integration tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 13:01:48 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Moving arm/suse -> arm/tumbleweed + + This is in fact a copy of the build-tests for arm/suse + to arm/tumbleweed. Once the tests in OBS are building + arm/suse and the respective project will be deleted + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 12:51:59 CET 2021 - Jesus Bermudez Velazquez + +- Update tuples to enforce type hints + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 11:46:20 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed use of BIOS grub image on ISO media + + Not all systems (e.g Debian) creates the boot/grub|grub2 directory. + In kiwi when we need to create a custom grub image because we did + not find the distro provided one, an earlyboot.cfg file is created + and embedded into the grub image. The locaton to store that file + is below boot/grub|grub2. However if the directory does not exist + the build will fail as with the current Debian Live integration + test. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 11:29:13 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added debian integration tests to build_status + + The debian build tests were not taken into account by + the build_status helper + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 11:23:31 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Moved ARM fedora integration test to latest stable + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 10:28:28 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update suse build tests + + Deleted old and obsolete configuration setup. Use generic + description information as much as possible + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 10:12:24 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move fedora integration tests to stable release + + Instead of building against the rolling release (rawhide) + we build the integration tests for non suse tests against + the stable release of distributions. The reason is except + for suse we don't have influence and resources on the + distribution development and sometimes facing the problem + that we can only sit and pray for a self healing of the + rolling distro releases. From a kiwi release perspective + this blocks us too often + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 09:20:08 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed tbz integration test + + It seems /bin/sh has been moved into a file provides that + cannot be solved by the obs solver. Therefore a package + providing it needs to be added explicitly. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 09:13:28 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.13 → 9.23.14 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 10 22:27:50 CET 2021 - David Cassany + +- Remove files or folders that conflict with debootstrap + + This commit makes use of Path.wipe method instead of os.unlink. This way + we are certain the path is removed regardless being a directory or a + file. + + fixes #1718 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 10 15:59:19 CET 2021 - David Cassany + +- Clean some copy and paste leftover from doc strings + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 09 18:47:37 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed ramdisk deployment from install ISO + + The dracut mount hook is only called if NO root= information + is provided from the cmdline. In a PXE deployment this is the + case but in an install ISO deployment not. This commit re-adds + the sysroot mount generator approach but only applies on the + condition rd.kiwi.ramdisk is set and root= is specified. Only + in this case we know config.bootoptions is present in the + initrd and will not be provided from an outside service + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 09 15:35:33 CET 2021 - Christian Goll + +- Added dolly support + + Allow dolly as alternative download protocol + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 09 13:08:40 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.12 → 9.23.13 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Feb 07 19:50:03 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor RuntimeConfig class + + The former implementation read the runtime config file every + time a new RuntimeConfig instance was created. The runtime + config is however static during the runtime of an image build + process and not supposed to change. Therefore the file should + be read in once and any new instance of RuntimConfig should + just use what has been read in at the first invocation. This + commit refactors the RuntimeConfig class to hold an application + global RUNTIME_CONFIG variable and allows to reread the + config on explicit request. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Feb 06 17:14:42 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added option to setup OBS API server in config + + Allow to specify the open build service API server + in the kiwi runtime configuration file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Feb 06 16:56:26 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow to specify config file on the command line + + The optional kiwi runtime config file (kiwi.yml) could + only be read from ~/.config/kiwi/config.yml or /etc/kiwi.yml + This commits adds the global option --config which allows + to specify a custom runtime configuration as well. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 05 16:51:13 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed detection for pacman repo type + + grep the directory listing for a .db.sig metadata file + to identify a pacman repo + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 05 12:02:45 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup CliTask doc strings and code duplication + + Introduce a tuple method to handle arguments with [n] + comma separated elements. Also fix method docstrings + with wrong type information. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 05 11:58:43 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed typing for add_repository in XMLState class + + mypy reported further issues on XMLState class which + are fixed by this commit + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 05 11:55:11 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed type annotations and docs for Uri class + + The constructor used a wrong type for the repo_type variable + and the doc string for the class was invalid + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 05 11:36:48 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added get_repo_type method to SolverRepository + + In preparation of a plugin to handle external service + repositories a method to check for the repository type + was added. The detection is based on a search for a + specific metadata file which is an indicator for the + type of a repository. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 05 11:29:38 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update manual pages + + The system build and prepare commands have received options + which were not mentioned in the manual pages. This commit + updates the pages to be in line with the code + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 01 16:16:22 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.11 → 9.23.12 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 01 09:29:16 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed debootstrap device node conflict + + debootstrap creates its own device node tree and fails + if a node it creates itself already exists. This commit + introduces a list of conflicting device nodes and deletes + them prior kiwi calling debootstrap. This Fixes #1675 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Jan 31 16:01:42 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added aaa_base to s390 TW build tests + + On s390 TW aaa_base is not pulled in by a dependency in obs. + It looks like the package is pulled in by a file provides which + is not resolved by obs. Thus the package needs to be added + explicitly + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 29 15:25:30 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.10 → 9.23.11 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 29 15:24:21 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Follow up fix, creating custom grub EFI images + + Make sure custom EFI grub image is copied to the media + directory if this is different from the root directory + e.g on creation of live images + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 28 19:06:11 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.9 → 9.23.10 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 28 19:02:24 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Follow up fix, creating custom grub images + + Moving the grub mkimage call as chroot operation also broke + the creation of image builds that uses the legacy custom kiwi + boot image feature instead of dracut. This commit fixes it + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 28 09:10:06 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added leap box to be shown by build_status helper + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 27 22:21:44 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added decorators to help with API management + + The lifetime of API methods could be limited due to + the development of kiwi. To allow for a deprecation + process the following helper methods has been added + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 27 14:40:12 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.8 → 9.23.9 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 27 13:40:20 CET 2021 - David Cassany + +- Update MicroOS build test + + This commit alignes the MicroOS tests with the MicroOS images build + for kvm and xen. In addition it adds the installation media request and + custom initrd modules configuration for the installation media. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 27 11:45:54 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed creation of custom bios grub image + + The last commit moved the grub mkimage call into the chroot. + As a side effect and when creating install media the earlyboot + script could no longer be found. This commit fixes it + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 27 10:06:39 CET 2021 - David Cassany + +- Include installmedia documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 26 15:47:45 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.7 → 9.23.8 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 25 15:50:41 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed creation of custom grub image + + If kiwi can't find the distribution provided grub image(s) it + creates them using the respective grub[X]-mkimage tool. However + the tool was called on the build host which could cause an + inconsistency on the used module path. Grub is not packaged + consistently across the distributions and also the provided + modules comes in different versions and patch sets. Therefore + it's required that kiwi calls the grub mkimage tool as chrooted + operation inside of the tree that provides the target image. + As consequence of the change it's required that the image root + tree provides the grub mkimage tool. In addition to the change + we now also log the output from the grub mkimage call in the + kiwi build logfile. This Fixes #1254 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 21 20:48:26 CET 2021 - Jesus Bermudez Velazquez + +- Add strong typing for the following API methods + + * kiwi/system/kernel.py + * kiwi/system/result.py + * kiwi/system/shell.py + + This references issue #1644 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 21 17:06:50 CET 2021 - David Cassany + +- Add the schematron rules for installinitrd + + This commit adds an schematron rule to limit the presence of + installinitrd element to disk builds including installation media. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 21 15:47:38 CET 2021 - David Cassany + +- Add the installinitrd element + + This commit adds the `` element in kiwi schema to + facilitate the dracut modules configuration for the installation initrds + on OEM images. Within installinitrd element is possible list the dracut + modules to append, to omit or to just set an static list of dracut + modules to include. + + Fixes #1676 + Fixes #1683 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 21 12:07:05 CET 2021 - Jesus Bermudez Velazquez + +- Add strong typing for the following API methods + + * system/root_bind.py + * system/root_init.py + * system/identifier.py + + This references issue #1644 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 21 09:12:31 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.6 → 9.23.7 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 20 16:15:32 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't call super() from logging.Formatter + + It's not needed to run the base class constructor. + The interface for the logging facility is also different + between python 3.6 and python 3.8 such that calling + the base constructor would be bad idea anyway. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 20 14:35:58 CET 2021 - Jesus Bermudez Velazquez + +- Add strong typing for the following API methods + + * kiwi/system/size.py + * kiwi/system/uri.py + * kiwi/system/users.py + + Update the test path for users_test.py + + This references #1644 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 20 13:02:33 CET 2021 - David Cassany + +- Include missing qemu-tools dependency for iso images + + This commit includes a missing qemu-tools dependency for iso + image type. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 20 12:43:48 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added strong typing for the following API methods + + * kiwi/system/prepare.py + * kiwi/system/profile.py + * kiwi/system/setup.py + + The changes here also lead to a small refactoring for the handling + of the package manager. In my opinion it doesn't make sense to allow + a None type package manager from the stateful XML instance. As without + any package manager nothing can be done. As it also turns into an + issue for the PackageManager API which does not allow for an empty + value here I thought it's better to come up with a default package + manager (set to dnf) if no one is explicitly specified + + This references Issue #1644 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 20 08:38:46 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Explicitly set lvm device source + + Set external_device_info_source=none for lvm calls. + This is related to Issue #1665 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 19 14:51:19 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed use of encoding in open calls + + The use of encodings.ascii in open calls was wrong. Open expects + an encoding string but encodings.ascii returns a module reference + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 19 14:11:11 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.5 → 9.23.6 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 19 09:16:25 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Handle checksum files in ascii encoding + + Follow up fix for #1673. Handle reading/writing of all + supported checksum variants in ascii encoding + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 18 17:56:55 CET 2021 - Neal Gompa + +- Mark Micro DNF as a RPM based package manager + + Without doing this, KIWI won't generate the correct output files + for verification of image content. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 18 13:02:22 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Only write GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT with content + + Only write GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT in the grub defaults + file if there are custom options set via the kernelcmdline + attribute. This Fixes #1650 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jan 16 15:23:47 CET 2021 - Petr Pavlu + +- Move logic to sync system data into a separate method + + Reduce cyclomatic complexity of DiskBuilder.create_disk() by moving the + logic to sync system data into a separate method. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 15 15:02:21 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed missing systemdisk provides + + kiwi-systemdeps-filesystems did not provide kiwi-filesystem:ext2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 15 09:26:09 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.4 → 9.23.5 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 13 12:32:17 CET 2021 - Jesus Bermudez Velazquez + +- Refactor default shared cache location + + Defaults shared cache location does not depend on CLI parameters + Add set method for custom cache location in Defaults + CLI default value for shared cache dir depends on Defaults if not set + Update default if CLI shared cache dir set + + Fixes #1671 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 12 17:31:13 CET 2021 - Jesus Bermudez Velazquez + +- Update contributing link in README + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 11 15:02:52 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete obsolete ddb.adapterType patching + + When building a vmdk image with pvscsi as adapter type, kiwi + implicitly changed the adapter_type from pvscsi to lsilogic + because qemu only knows lsilogic. At the end kiwi patched + the adapter type in the descriptor of the vmdk header back + to pvscsi. That patching seems to be wrong according to + information from users and VMware support. This commit + deletes the descriptor patching and only leaves the pvscsi + setting in the guest configuration(vmx). + This Fixes bsc#1180539 and Fixes #1847 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 11 09:48:00 CET 2021 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.3 → 9.23.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Dec 27 19:03:49 CET 2020 - Josua Mayer + +- force ascii encoding on checksum files + + Python open function can fail when a file is not found encoded in + utf-8, depending on the execution environment. In particular on + Debian 10 an error message regarding utf8 was encountered. + + Since checksum files always use only ascii characters, force it. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 23 16:59:52 CET 2020 - David Cassany + +- Fixes the rpmdb bootstrap management for DNF on SUSE + + This commit makes sure that the compatibility symlink for + /var/lib/rpm is created when the host rpmdb path is set to something + different. This fixes a mismatch on bootstrapping SUSE using DNF. + + Fixes #1669 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 22 11:26:18 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.2 → 9.23.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 21 15:17:30 CET 2020 - David Cassany + +- Modify lsblk flags for a consistent output across distros + + This commit modifies the lsblk flags to make use of the list format + instead of raw output. `--list` flag seams to keep the geometry order + and produces a consistent output in several distros. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 18 15:10:19 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.1 → 9.23.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 18 13:00:07 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update kiwi-systemdeps-image-validation + + Make python anymarkup to be only recommended. The package + does not exist on all distributions, e.g suse does not + provide it and for kiwi it's an optional plugin + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 18 12:56:16 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed missing provides tag + + When building WSL images the image type is set to appx. + Therefore obs is looking for what provides kiwi-image:appx + This provides tag was missing + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 18 12:47:35 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't install obsolete requires packages + + The derived docker build test installs obsolete kiwi requires + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 17 21:51:17 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.23.0 → 9.23.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 17 18:09:11 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update spec file + + Complete and cleanup spec for drop in replacement of new + systemdeps sub-packages + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 17 17:28:49 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.22.4 → 9.23.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 17 16:49:09 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Set min version python requirement + + The use of new features like type hinting and annotations + requires a python version >= 3.6 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 17 12:29:50 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.22.3 → 9.22.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 17 11:30:49 CET 2020 - David Cassany + +- Use the generic Dict type + + This commit makes use of the Dict type in the container factory classes + so these type hints aligned with the other dict related type hints in + KIWI code. This commit improves the refactor done in 99be52ba. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 17 10:44:24 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update preferences documentation + + The last commit added the optional arch attribute to the + preferences section but the documentation did not expose + this information. This is related to Issue #1640 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 16 17:57:52 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed no-self-use issue from codacy report + + The Logger.progress method is actually a static method + and should be used as such + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 16 17:42:33 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added strong typing for the following API methods + + * logger + * logger_color_formatter + * logger_filter + * xml_description + * xml_state + * markup/any + * markup/base + * markup/xml + + This references Issue #1644 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 16 14:00:24 CET 2020 - David Cassany + +- Add 'arch' attribute to preferences + + This commits adds the attribute 'arch' to preferences. It works + as any other 'arch' attribute within the schema. Preferences defined + with architectures that do not match the host are ignored. If no 'arch' + is provided it matches all any host architecture. + + Fixes #1640 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 16 12:14:20 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed color json output + + kiwi supports output of yaml/json markup in color mode using + pjson. The writing of this data required to be encoded prior + output. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 15 15:54:17 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix vagrant documentation + + The previous pull request adding a baseVagrantSetup method + and documentation broke the build of the docs due to invalid + indentation. The test pipeline has failed but the PR was + merged so this followup commit is needed to fix the docs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 15 15:37:54 CET 2020 - David Cassany + +- Refactor iso_tools factory class + + This commit refactors the IsoTools class and turns it into a + proper factory class and also includes type hints to facilitate + it's use from an API POV. Related to #1498 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 15 12:38:33 CET 2020 - David Cassany + +- Refactor container factory classes + + This commit refactors the container related classes to turn them into + proper factory classes and also includes type hints to facilitate + it's use from an API POV. Related to #1498 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 15 11:31:45 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete traces of travis integration + + Rename and clarify code that was still using the name travis. + Delete all references to the travis CI system from kiwi + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 15 10:27:25 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.22.2 → 9.22.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 15 10:25:35 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed SUSE doc update in gitlab pipeline + + There is a dependency set to build_suse_doc in the push_suse_doc + target. But the build_suse_doc target has set except "master" + when the push_suse_doc has set only "master". Obviously this + doesn't fit together + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 15 10:11:52 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.22.1 → 9.22.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 14 18:51:30 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed source rpm check in gitlab + + Fedora30 is EOL, thus there is no provider for + mock/fedora-30-x86_64.cfg anymore + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 14 18:45:15 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete travis setup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 14 18:44:13 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added gitlab pipeline to deploy kiwi documentation + + Use a github token and a bit of script code to deploy + the kiwi online documentation to the gh-pages branch + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 14 16:52:43 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move CI system to gitlab + + Travis made questionable changes to their open statement + and I'm not following this anymore. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 11 15:26:38 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added check_swap_name_used_with_lvm runtime check + + The optional oem-swapname is only effective if used together + with the LVM volume manager. A name for the swap space can + only be set if it is created as a LVM volume. In any other + case the name does not apply to the system. This condition + should be checked to avoid useless settings in the image + description. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 11 13:13:03 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow to customize swap volume name + + Added a new element below the + section which allows to specify a name for the swap volume + in case the LVM volume manager is used. The default if + not specified continuous to stay at: LVSwap. This + Fixes #1638 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 11 10:49:03 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed base setup links + + Do not create a link /var/run pointing to /run. This is unexpected + and looks like a left over from kiwi legacy which supported older + distributions who might have needed this. This Fixes #1643 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 09 13:45:22 CET 2020 - Dan Čermák + +- [doc] Clarify that suse* functions are also for openSUSE + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 09 12:44:29 CET 2020 - Dan Čermák + +- Add baseVagrantSetup helper function + + This function is used to setup a vagrant box, so that each vagrant box creator + needn't implement it themselves. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 09 12:41:15 CET 2020 - Dan Čermák + +- Use DEBUG=0 by default in function Debug + + This avoids script failures when invoked with `set -u`. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 09 09:28:50 CET 2020 - David Cassany + +- Make debootstrap repository explicit + + This commit introduces the use_for_debootstrap attribute for + repositories of type apt-deb. This is a boolean attribute to specify + the repository that will be used for bootstrapping in apt-deb based + images. Only one can be selected and if none is specified KIWI just + makes use of the last one in the list. + + Fixes #1593 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 08 15:24:18 CET 2020 - Neal Gompa + +- Refactor packaging to split out system dependencies into subpackages + + The eventual goal is to eliminate the requirement to use magic in + build systems (e.g, OBS) to compose the necessary dependencies for + image builds, while making it easier for local users to discover + what they need to build appliances. + + Fixes #1503 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 08 14:34:45 CET 2020 - Neal Gompa + +- Drop useless chkconfig dependency + + We originally had chkconfig as a dependency because alternatives(8) + is part of chkconfig in RH/Fedora systems. Since we don't use that + anymore, we don't need this dependency. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 08 14:31:18 CET 2020 - Neal Gompa + +- Require gnupg on Debian/Ubuntu + + Without this, it's not possible to do GPG verification of Debian/Ubuntu + repositories. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 08 12:41:31 CET 2020 - Petr Pavlu + +- Fix disk build with + + * Fix DiskBuilder.create_disk() to not call the BootLoaderConfig + factory when bootloader=custom. The factory does not recognize the + "custom" bootloader name and raises the following exception: + KiwiBootLoaderConfigSetupError: Support for custom bootloader config not implemented + * Update DiskBuilder._install_bootloader() to not invoke any + bootloader_config methods when bootloader=custom since no config + instance is created in such a case. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 08 12:37:47 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.22.0 → 9.22.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 08 12:21:11 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed validation of bool value in dracut module + + The oem-multipath-scan setup results in a bool variable inside + of the initrd code. The variable kiwi_oemmultipath_scan is + therefore either set to "true" or "false". A check in code + of the form [ -n ... ] is stupid since the variable always + contains text. This commit fixes the validation to make use + of the bool() method provided for these type of variables + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 04 12:58:06 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added SLE15 s390 FBA integration test + + Build image for FBA disk + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 03 15:37:30 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.21.26 → 9.22.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 03 10:35:34 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Omit multipath module by default + + The plain installation of the multipath toolkit activates the + dracut multipath code. The setup if the target image runs in a + multipath environment or not should however be decided explicitly + in the image description via and not + implicitly by the presence of tools + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 02 16:15:00 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed multipath disk device assignment in kiwi lib + + The former lookup of the multipath mapped disk device contained + a race condition. If the lookup of the device mapper files happened + before multipathd has finished the initialization, kiwi continues + with the unix node name and fails when the device mapper keeps + a busy state on it. This commit changes the code such that in case + of an explicit request to use multipath the lookup of the mapped + device becomes a mandatory process that runs until the + DEVICE_TIMEOUT is reached. Default timeout is set to 60 sec. + This references Issue SUSE-Enceladus/azure-li-services#255 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 25 17:09:10 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed PackageManager decorator in unit test + + Implement patch decorators for factories consistently + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 25 13:11:31 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor Repository + + This commit refactors the Repository class and turns it into a + proper factory class and also includes type hints to facilitate + it's use from an API POV. Related to #1498 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 24 18:09:41 CET 2020 - Neal Gompa + +- Add DNF as a proper dependency for openSUSE + + This is required so that OBS can build openSUSE containers and appliances + using DNF as the package manager. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 24 18:05:29 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed spec file microdnf requirement + + SUSE/SLES doesn't provide microdnf within the official channels yet + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 24 12:59:53 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor Partitioner + + This commit refactors the Partitioner class and turns it into a + proper factory class and also includes type hints to facilitate + it's use from an API POV. Related to #1498 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 24 12:58:20 CET 2020 - David Cassany + +- Avoid using generators in pre-mount hooks + + This commit deletes the generator that was creating the sysroot.mount + unit for ramdisk deployments. Generators, specially the sysroot.mount is + expected to be created on very early stages of the boot procedure as + this has impact on relevant targets such as initrd-root-fs.target, which + does not depend on sysroot.mount if the unit is not there. + + In ramdisk deployments some data is known on pre-mount stage as + as it is downloaded from the PXE server. At this stage it is not safe to + generate a sysroot.mount unit that depends on initrd-root-fs.target as + the target is close to finalize or even finalized already and could + potentially skip sysroot.mount exection. + + Instead we include a mount hook which is only executed on ramdisk + deployments that simply runs the mount command to mount /sysroot. + + This fixes bsc#1178670 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 23 15:35:03 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor PackageManager + + This commit refactors the PackageManager class and turns it into + a proper factory class which also include type hints to facilitate + it's use from an API POV. Related to #1498 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 23 13:02:44 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor Markup + + This commit refactors the Markup class and turns it into a proper + factory class which also include type hints to facilitate it's + use from an API POV. Related to #1498 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 20 10:37:31 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.21.25 → 9.21.26 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 19 17:34:56 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed dnf plugin config setup + + Only create a dnf plugin config if the plugin config directory + to store that file exists in the system + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 19 14:18:30 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Set --releasever=0 for microdnf + + To allow microdnf to work from an empty root directory + we need to set the release version to zero + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 18 15:14:31 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use custom varsdir for dnf builds + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 18 13:33:09 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Partially revert dcounter.c flaw report + + I could not find a problem with this read call + it does check on the buffer boundaries and it + only writes the bytes that read returns until + read returns <= 0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 18 13:19:31 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed dcounter.c flaw report + + Check buffer boundaries if used in a loop + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 18 13:06:35 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed dcounter.c flaw report + + Variable scope can be reduced and useless value assignment. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 18 12:24:28 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed microdnf support + + The installroot argument must be used together with --config + and additionally with --noplugins, as well as --setopt for + cachedir, reposdir and varsdir. Related to #1625 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 17 17:13:47 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move tools README to ReST + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 17 17:11:14 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed Incorrect list-item indent + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 17 16:22:59 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed Incorrect list-item indent + + Use two spaces between bullet and content + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 17 15:55:53 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update codacy configuration file + + Exclude .github helper scripts from the analysis + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 17 15:51:19 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update codacy configuration file + + Exclude doc sources and helper scripts from the analysis + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 16 17:59:06 CET 2020 - Neal Gompa + +- Fix setopt argument for install_weak_deps for microdnf + + Micro DNF does not support "True"/"False", only "1"/"0"... + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 16 17:32:35 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Better error reporting if jing is missing + + On validation error we use jing to report detailed error + messages. However if jing is not present no validation + errors are displayed. There is a error_log variable as + part of the relaxNG object which holds the library error + log. This information is not as good as the jing report + but better than nothing + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 16 16:37:58 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added microdnf support in XML schema + + The XML schema did not allow to specify microdnf as + supported package manager + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 16 16:26:50 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added microdnf integration test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 16 16:19:15 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.21.24 → 9.21.25 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 13 15:54:41 CET 2020 - Neal Gompa + +- Use --config instead of -c for DNF and Micro DNF + + The -c option is not supported in Micro DNF, but --config is, and + it is supported with DNF as well. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 13 15:49:48 CET 2020 - Neal Gompa + +- Drop 'microdnf makecache' call for microdnf package manager + + This subcommand does not exist and is not needed. Instead, we + need to use '--refresh' where this is needed. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 13 15:28:39 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.21.23 → 9.21.24 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 13 09:55:34 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- No bootpartition for XFS by default + + Selecting the xfs filesystem made kiwi to create an extra + boot partition. This is from times when grub was not able + to read from XFS. As grub doesn't have this limitation since + quite some time the bootpartition default in kiwi for XFS + should be changed. This is realted to #1611 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 12 23:14:03 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Create relative boot link for extra boot partition + + If an extra boot partition is used the grub toolchain + still references files from that partition as /boot/... + which fails because they are now at the toplevel. To + avoid this and keep any /boot/some-file reference still + valid we create a symlink 'boot -> .' This Fixes #1611 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 12 16:19:01 CET 2020 - David Cassany + +- Fix documentation to be consistent with the XML KIWI scheme + + This commit fixes the user section documentation to properly reflect + XML KIWI scheme constraints. 'home' attribute is optional and 'password' + attribute is mandatory. + + Fixes #1599 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 12 16:09:23 CET 2020 - Neal Gompa + +- Add support for the Micro DNF package manager + + Micro DNF is a minimal C implementation of DNF that is usable for + minimal appliances and containers. While it is not at parity with + DNF, it implements enough functionality that it is mostly usable + for building appliance images. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 11 12:36:31 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added remote overlay boot documentation + + Added a new chapter below: working with images, which describes + the options to remote boot via kiwi-overlay from an NBD or AOE + exported root filesystem image. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 11 11:51:35 CET 2020 - Frank Schreiner + +- use BuildRequires for distros which use fdupes + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 10 21:59:57 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added support for nbd and aoe root overlay + + The kiwi-overlay dracut module can also be used as standalone + module that is not connected to a disk image. In this case + it's needed to specify the location for the root filesystem + and optionally the device to write data (default is ram space). + This commit adds the opportunity to specify a nbd/aoe location + for the root filesystem on the kernel cmdline like in the + following examples: + + root=overlay:nbd=nbd0:192.168.100.42:exportname + root=overlay:aoe=e0.1 + + An optional write space, if it should not be ram space, can be + provided through the rd.root.overlay.write option on the kernel + cmdline. This Fixes: OSInside/kiwi-descriptions#78 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 09 12:54:23 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Increase allowed complexity level + + Increase overall allowed flake8 complexity level and delete + the extra exceptions from code as much as possible + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 09 12:23:24 CET 2020 - David Cassany + +- Add editbootinstall script for Arch Linux tests + + This commit adds the editbootinstall script to Arch Linux OEM + integration tests. The provided script removes the use of linuxefi and + initrdefi commands on grub configuration since Arch does not support + linuxefi module. + + Fixes #1559 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 09 11:55:47 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update tox and travis setup for python 3_8 + + Move latest python test target to 3.8 and also change + the deploy travis target to use python 3.8 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 09 09:49:41 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow console login for the integration tests + + The integration tests for the cloud targets had the console + login for root disabled. This is correct if the image would + be really used in the cloud. The integration test however + will be functional tested within openQA and that requires + serial console and root console login to be allowed. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Nov 08 20:43:35 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added universal box to build status helper + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 05 09:27:08 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.21.22 → 9.21.23 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 04 22:23:32 CET 2020 - David Cassany + +- Move usrmerge package out of the bootstrap section + + Currently bootstrap phase on APT package manager makes use of the + debootstrap tool. However debootstrap is limited to execute the + bootstrap using a single repository. This is causes several limitations + in OBS builds, such as the impossibility of using update repositories or + the inclusion of any package that is not part of the standard OBS + repository. + + Usrmerge package is part of the universe repository in OBS which is not + te one used by debootstrap, so it can't be installed on bootstrap phase. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 04 16:39:43 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.21.21 → 9.21.22 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 04 16:38:19 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed package manager api inconsistency + + The method post_process_install_requests_bootstrap in the + zypper package manager was missing an argument + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 04 16:21:25 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.21.20 → 9.21.21 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 04 15:09:43 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed regexp for grub rootdev substitution + + The regular expression to match the grub root device + used a lazy glob match ".*?". This however matches a + too long part depending on the rest of the content. + This commit fixes the expression to be strict on + the allowed characters and makes sure the anchor + characters are not part of the matching character + class. This Fixes #1607 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 04 13:58:32 CET 2020 - Quang Tran + +- Fix quick start guide build command + + The kiwi-descriptions were reorganized in profiles (See OSInside/kiwi-descriptions@788b919ea2500b9d495622c8140e618938634306). + However the build command in the quick start guide was not updated appropriately and therefore the build fails. + + This commit will update the build command. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 03 18:04:22 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed install of bash completion + + The kiwi completion was installed as kiwi-ng.sh below + /usr/share/bash-completion/completions. This is wrong + because the completion does not pick up files with + a suffix like .sh. This commit changes the completion + file to be installed as kiwi-ng without the suffix + and Fixes #1603 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 03 15:48:36 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update integration tests console setup + + Update all integration tests to use a serial tty console setup + and also to use a serial bootloader setup. This Fixes #1518 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 02 18:01:56 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor VolumeManager + + This commit refactors VolumeManager to turn it into a proper + factory class and to also include type hints to facilitate it's + use from an API POV. Related to #1498 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 02 16:57:46 CET 2020 - David Cassany + +- Do not exclude filesystem folders in OCI images + + This commit does not exclude filesystem folders during the rsync call + in OCI images. It has been noted that including an empty /dev folder does + not hurt and it can eventually help to work around some limitations of + container related tools such as buildah. + + Fixes bsc#1176129 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 02 16:43:51 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor RootImport + + This commit refactors RootImport to turn it into a proper + factory class and to also include type hints to facilitate it's + use from an API POV. Related to #1498 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 02 15:44:29 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Set displayname in simple disk test + + Use the simple disk integration test to test the setup + of the displayname attribute. It is expected that this + image has the configured displayname set in the grub + menu. The verification of this setting should be done + in a functional test at openQA which we are currently + working on + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 02 12:24:16 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor DiskFormat + + This commit refactors DiskFormat to turn it into a proper + factory class and to also include type hints to facilitate it's + use from an API POV. Related to #1498 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 02 10:43:26 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor SolverRepository + + This commit refactors SolverRepository to turn it into a proper + factory class and to also include type hints to facilitate it's + use from an API POV. Related to #1498 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 02 10:06:22 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Set GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR if requested via displayname + + If the image description explicitly specifies a displayname + it is expected that the bootloader shows this in the menu. + Therefore in case displayname is set GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR will + be set if grub2 is in use. This partially reverts #1420 + and Fixes #1575 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 28 12:44:11 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.21.19 → 9.21.20 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 22 10:47:25 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Deleted yast from test-image-qcow-openstack + + yast is not part of the testing queue in kiwi integration tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 21 15:06:50 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Obsolete config functions baseMount/baseCleanMount + + The above methods are obsolete since kiwi handles these + mount/umount processes as part of the core builder code. + This Fixes #1536 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 21 14:51:46 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.21.18 → 9.21.19 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 20 20:51:05 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow custom root volume name setup + + In addition to the custom size of the root volume it's now + also possible to setup the name of the root volume as follows: + + + + If no name for the root volume is specified the default + name: LVRoot applies as before. This Fixes #1530 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 20 12:10:15 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Rename image build tests + + To use the image builds in openQA they have to have a unique + name such that it cannot happen that a cached version of an + image in openQA is used. The current names matched openQA + cached images e.g openSUSE-Tumbleweed and in addition different + image build tests used the same name. This commit uses the + name of the image as it is organized in its directory structure + prepending "kiwi-" to be unique in openQA when it fetches + the image. This is realted to Issue #1555 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 19 13:52:41 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Better integrate debootstrap in KIWI process + + This commit integrates debootstrap process in KIWI in a more transparent + way. This refactor makes debootstrap to operate directly over the image + target root tree. This way KIWI can show and parse debootstrap stdout + and also avoids having to copy the created root tree from one temporary + folder to the actual target root tree path. + + Related to #1587 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 19 07:41:01 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Include boostrap packages list into deboostrap call + + This commit includes the packages listed in boostrap section to the + debootstrap call instead chrooting into the new root tree and call + apt. + + Fixes #1587 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 16 15:29:36 CEST 2020 - Quang Tran + +- Update outdated OBS User Guide Links + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 15 09:46:51 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed device_array structure in get_selected_disk + + In reference to Issue #880 a bug was introduced that broke + the contents of the device_array which causes issues on + installations with two or more attached disks. The change + in the mentioned PR reduced the tuple for each disk + from 3 elements to 2 elements. Therefore the loop that + iterates over the disk tuples via modulo 3 was broken. + This commit fixes the modulo operation to correctly + parse the disk_list. Fixes #1588 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 13 16:25:36 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add support for s390 CDL DASD disks + + On s390 and in CDL mode (4k DASD) the call of grub2-install + does not work because grub2-install is not able to identify + a 4k fdasd partitioned loop device as a grub supported device + and fails. As grub2-install is only used to invoke + grub2-zipl-setup and has no other job to do we can + circumvent this problem by directly calling grub2-zipl-setup + instead. Also delete LDL mode support, IBM no longer supports + this + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 13 09:24:07 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed strncopy in dcounter helper + + The max size of the copy operation was always set to zero + because the strlen of an empty buffer is zero. Bad mistake + from my side :( This Fixes #1579 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 12 20:14:34 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.21.17 → 9.21.18 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Oct 11 23:12:41 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Fix profile docs + + This commit fixes the profiles documentation. The example KIWI-NG + command was using wrong flags order. This commit fixes the `--profile` + flag order in documentation. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 08 15:42:58 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Enhance scope of _fix_grub_root_device_reference + + In addition to the wrong root=/dev/mapper/loop... reference + fixing, written by grub2-mkconfig when used in obs there is + also the case that grub2-mkconfig writes root=PARTUUID which + is also unwanted and needs fixing. To solve this properly + and also with respect to more unexpected grub2-mkconfig + data, the code changes to use a regular expression for the + root= replacement. The expression matches all root= cases which + we want to fixup: + + 1. If the local used root device appears in the grub config file. + 2. If a linux by-id setting is used in the grub config file. + + The replacement happens for overlayroot disk images where we + know grub2-mkconfig cannot handle the layout as well as if kiwi + runs in obs where we know grub2-mkconfig fails due to the absence + of udev. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 07 16:44:15 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add support for rd.root.overlay.readonly + + Allow to use an overlayroot system with read-only feature. + If kernelcmdline="rd.root.overlay.readonly" is set in combination + with overlayroot="true" the overlayfs uses a tmpfs to store + new data temporary as long as the system runs. On reboot the + newly written data is lost and the system is back to its + factory state. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 05 15:54:00 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use custom tmpfs for managing overlays + + Provide a method to manage the base mount point for overlay and + iso mount points and set the base directory to it because /run + has a RAM space limitation which is unfortunate to handle live + systems. This Fixes #1558 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 05 15:06:20 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.21.16 → 9.21.17 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 05 14:56:48 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Make dependencies to dracut-kiwi-lib release specific + + This commit adds a dracut-kiwi-lib dependency to dracut-kiwi-oem-dump and + darcut-kiwi-oem-repart to match up to the release level. This way the + dependency ensures the pulled binaries they are all part of the same build. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 05 12:24:29 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.21.15 → 9.21.16 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 05 09:34:59 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete length limitation of image id attribute + + For legacy reasons the attributes was + limited to 10digits. The contents of /etc/ImageID are now + free format and no longer strictly evaluated. Thus the + limitations on the id attribute can be deleted + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 02 14:04:51 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.21.14 → 9.21.15 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 02 11:54:25 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Align dracut-kiwi-lib version with packages requiring it + + This commit enforces dracut-kiwi-oem-repart and + dracut-kiwi-oem-dump to require dracut-kiwi-lib of the same exact + version. This prevents dracut-kiwi-lib and the packages + dependent on it being installed on a image with inconsistent versions. + + Fixes #1529 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 02 11:15:36 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow to configure .changes creation and bundling + + Provide config option has_package_changes in the runtime config + file and set a useful default. For building outside obs the + default for the .changes creation is switched on, for building + in obs it's switched off because obs creates its own info file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 29 13:37:13 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Fix compat link for rpmdb location + + This commit fixes the symlink creation for `/var/lib/rpm`. More specific + for derived container images in which the base root tree already + included the `/var/lib/rpm` the link, the `ln` command was creating a + symlink inside the `/var/lib/rpm` folder givent that it was following + the already existing symlink. Adding the `--no-target-directory` force + `ln` command to treat `/var/lib/rpm` path as the fully qualified symlink name. + + Fixes bsc#1176977 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 29 10:17:55 CEST 2020 - Jim Klimov + +- Report download URL on failed request + + In case a network request to a given URL failed the report message should include the URL + This Fixes #1572 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 29 09:58:22 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use pragma: no cover to skip non reachable code + + Instead of placing the file into .coveragerc use the + no cover pragma to skip code paths that can never be + reached from being counted in the coverage report. + This affects the abstract constructors in the Factory + classes + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 28 09:37:05 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Refactor BootLoaderInstall + + This commit refactors BootLoaderInstall class to make it a proper + factory class. In addition type hints are added for the constructor + method. + + Related to #1498 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 25 17:13:38 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Refactor BootLoaderConfig + + This commit refactors BootLoaderConfig to turn it into a proper factory + class and to also include type hints to facilitate it's use from an API + POV. + + Related to #1498 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 25 10:53:02 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix/Refactor s390 support + + This changes the s390 support on several stages: + + 1) On s390 the boot process is based on zipl which boots into an + initrd from which a userspace grub process is started to support + the grub capabilities. The implementation of this concept is + provided via the grub2-s390x-emu package. Once installed the + setup of the bootloader is done via the grub2-mkconfig and + grub2-install commands and therefore from a caller perspective + the same as with any other grub2 setup process. For kiwi this + means no extra zipl bootloader target code is needed. Therefore + this commit deletes the zipl setup from kiwi and puts on + the standard grub2 process. This Fixes bsc#1170863 + + 2) To support different targettypes the grub2-s390x-emu provided + zipl template must be adapted. Parts of the former zipl bootloader + setup therefore now applies to an update of the zipl2grub + template file + + 3) Support for CDL/LDL DASD targets has been disabled in the schema + When testing 4k devices and a respective zipl2grub template + setup for CDL/LDL targettype it has turned out that grub2-install + is not able to run on such a device. My assumption is that + the device code in grub2-install does not work for 4k devices + with an fdasd created partition table. As this needs further + investigations and most probably adaptions on the grub toolchain + for s390, we disabled the setup of these modes for now. + emulated DASD (FBA) and SCSI targets stays supported. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 23 17:49:14 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add support for package changelog info + + In addition to the .packages file which shows details about + the installed packages in terms of version, license, etc... + we now also create a .changes file which contains the changelog + information of the installed packages. The file can be used + to compare the package changelogs between image builds. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 23 15:45:17 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor BootImage Factory + + This commit refactors the BootImage factory to be a real + factory and to add type hints such that its use from an api + perspective is clear and enforced. Related to Issue #1498 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 23 13:06:47 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.21.13 → 9.21.14 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 23 10:49:20 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed s390/sle15 Virtual disk integration test + + The integration test used FBA mode as target. As the target + is expected to be KVM this is the wrong setting. SCSI should + be used instead. This Fixes bsc#1170863 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 23 10:21:40 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Followup fix to handle one disk type better + + The vmx type is auto converted into an oem type with rootfs + resize disabled such that all disk images can be handled + under one disk type. However people who run kiwi on the + commandline and have selected --type vmx before now end + with an error message saying that there is no vmx type + because it was converted into an oem type. To handle this + more gracefully this commit changes the commandline + option --type vmx into --type oem if provided and prints + a warning message. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 22 16:28:17 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor ImageBuilder Factory + + This commit refactors the ImageBuilder factory to be a real + factory and to add type hints such that its use from an api + perspective is clear and enforced. Related to Issue #1498 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 22 12:19:15 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.21.12 → 9.21.13 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 22 11:36:52 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup grub adaptions code + + The grub setup code has some after grub-mkconfig code that + fixes the written grub.cfg file on certain conditions. For + a better understanding and readability those conditions + and reasons are now put into private _fix* methods that + explains why we need to patch the written grub config file. + We all hope that those methods can go away when grub gets + fixed properly. This Fixes #1527 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 21 17:04:08 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cosmetic update for build status helper + + Show disabled integration test builds with a clear indicator + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 21 15:54:33 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.21.11 → 9.21.12 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 21 15:21:21 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added consistency runtime check for the type setup + + multiple type sections within one preferences section is allowed + in a kiwi image description. However, if multiple type sections + for the same image attribute are configured only the last type + configuration will be ever reachable. The proposed runtime check + in this commit detects this situation and raises an exception + showing the conflicting types including a solution suggestion + which needs to be based on profiles to distinguish between + types of the same image type name. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 21 09:09:29 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Get default maintainer and author from image description + + This commit sets the maintainer and author metadata from the description + section of the image in they are not explicitly specified in + container-config section. + + In addition it sets the default container name to `system-container` + instead of `systemContainer` as uppercase letters are not valid for + docker container references. + + Fixes #1419 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 18 16:06:02 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.21.10 → 9.21.11 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 18 15:13:08 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update build test directory names + + Name the build test directory to follow the changes done + in Issue #1425. There is only one disk image type now, thus + the tests for testing disk images should indicate that + better. Also the tests that build live iso images should + indicate a live iso not only an iso as it could be mixed + up with an install iso + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 17 16:40:19 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Consolidate build test names and description + + Update build test image names to be more generic and not + bound to a specific version of a distribution. As the tests + are usually based on rolling releases of distros the name + of the test image should be generic. Also adapted the + specification of the test images to describe the focus + of the test if not generic. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 16 15:03:39 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.21.9 → 9.21.10 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 16 11:35:00 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Fix the early boot grub.cfg file + + This commit makes sure that the early boot configuration files + for grub make use of the proper boot path and omiting the `/boot` + prefix if there is a dedicated boot partition. + + Fixes #1553 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 15 11:54:24 CEST 2020 - Vincent Moutoussamy <3873925+vmoutoussamy@users.noreply.github.com> + +- Change Appliance names to drop the name LimeJeOS + + The name LimeJeOS was an invention of the SUSE Studio project. + Since the project does no longer exist, users have no idea + what the name means. Therefore the integration tests as well + as the documentation now changes the image names to provide + more clarity. This Fixes #1544 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 14 22:04:30 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Include loadenv as a default module for grub images + + This commit includes the 'loadenv' module to the list of basic grub + modules. This makes sure the module is included in any grub-mkimage + that KIWI does. + + Fixes #1547 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Sep 13 20:36:02 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make oem be a superset of vmx + + A vmx image is the same disk as an oem just without the dracut + repart/resize feature. This difference is better handled with + an oemconfig parameter which allows to switch resize + on or off. The extra image type vmx will be dropped and an XSLT + stylesheet automatically transforms a vmx description to be a + oem image with the resize feature switched off. + This Fixes #1425 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 11 09:25:50 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make oem image use dracut by default + + Before this commit an oem image still had the kiwi initrd_system + set as default. As we are decommission the custom kiwi initrd + concept the default should be changed. It is still possible to + use a custom kiwi initrd but it needs to be explicitly requested + via the initrd_system="kiwi" attribute. In addition to the + changed default a runtime check was introduced that checks + the presence of the boot= attribute which only makes sense + in combination with the kiwi initrd_system. If boot= is + set but initrd_system="kiwi" is not, a message is raised that + explains the situation and either requests setting initrd_system + properly or deleting the boot attribute. The change only + affects people who still use oem with a boot="oemboot/..." + setting and no explicit selection of kiwi as the initrd_system. + As these image type configurations should not be in use anyway + because this is all legacy and announced to go away, we + need to make the next step and enforce a new default in + code. This is related to Issue #1299 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 09 12:23:12 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.21.8 → 9.21.9 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 08 18:14:15 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support dynamic linux/linuxefi in any case + + Instead of restricting the dynamic linux vs. linuxefi setup + to a specific grub version, support this setup for any version + of grub. This Fixes bsc#1175729 and bsc#1176134 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 08 10:25:45 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Explicitly set start sector for msdos repartition + + When using the sfdisk(>=2.26) tool the start and end of partitions + aligns to block-device I/O limits. This means it's hardware specific + what values sfdisk picks. In a repart operation this is however + dangerous for the start sector which must be the same to prevent + corruption of the data in the partition when kiwi resizes it. + Therefore this commit uses the sfdisk dump command to read the + start sector for deleted partitions and uses that start sector + if the same partition gets recreated such that only the end of + the partition changes and gets aligned properly. + This Fixes #1543 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 07 16:50:26 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Complete documentation of type attributes + + Some type attributes e.g efipartsize and others were not + documented properly. This Fixes #1532 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 07 15:49:44 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Strip package and archive names + + This commit strips the package and archive names string to trim any + trailing or heading space included into the XML. + + Fixes #1494 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Sep 06 09:31:36 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.21.7 → 9.21.8 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 27 17:50:18 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Make use of POSIX locale in Arch Linux integration tests + + Current Arch Linux (August 2020) has no other locale than POSIX or + C enabled on the system by default. In fact, to enable further locales + in Arch it is required to uncomment the desired ones in `/etc/locale.gen` + and then execute the tool `locale-gen`, after that the selected locales + are eligible for the common system adminstration tools such as + `localectl`. + + In KIWI the locale setting happens before running `config.sh` so there + aren't changes to generate any custom locale before applying the value + configured in the description XML file. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 27 14:45:00 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed legacy custom kiwi initrd based image builds + + This patch is two fold: + + * Image builds that uses the kiwi initrd system did not apply + the grub config file fixes because the root= parameter is + an optional information when using a kiwi initrd. However + this information is required to apply the grub config file + fixes. Therefore this patch simplifies the kernel commandline + processing such that it is the same for dracut and custom + kiwi initrd based systems. This means root= is passed in + any case. + + * The other part of the patch disables the method that strips + unused libraries from the custom kiwi initrd. It has turned + out that is safes us almost nothing but could causes corrupted + initrds missing important libraries e.g libpam which is linked + against udev and other tools. Therefore libpam is also added + to the protected strip list + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 27 14:43:46 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed legacy oem test build + + install gawk package in bootstrap to avoid conflict in + tumbleweed between gawk and busybox-gawk + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 19 09:25:13 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added s390 SLE15 integration tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 18 17:57:59 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added suse integration test built with dnf + + Use dnf to build a suse image + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 13 11:17:33 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Include box plugin images to build_status + + Also show some colors for failed and unresolvable builds + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 11 12:33:45 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.21.6 → 9.21.7 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 11 12:21:08 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed archlinux integration test build + + The setup of the locale via systemd-firstboot --locale=en_US.UTF-8 + failed on archlinux with the error message Locale en_US.UTF-8 is not + installed. This commit sets the locale explicitly + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 11 12:11:57 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed GCE integration test build + + nothing provides google-compute-engine-init + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 11 11:56:00 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed bootloader grub copy SameFileError exception + + Only copy the file if the given source and destination are + not the same file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 11 11:54:50 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Simplify build_status helper + + Instead of a static list with all integration test build names + only maintain a list of integration test build project names + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 11 11:08:56 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.21.5 → 9.21.6 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 10 16:26:43 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed doc structure for image types + + The documentation did not differentiate correctly between + the explanation of the image types, their results and the + build host constraints compared to the documentation that + actually describes how to build an image for those types. + This Fixes #1520 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 24 17:49:47 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Skip filesystem check for XFS prior xfs_grow + + running xfs_repair check isn't strictly necessary before resizing, + and in some cases it may even prevent resizing by giving an error + that would be cleared through mounting the fs (e.g. when the fs + wasn't cleanly umounted, and thus letting xfs recover and replay + its journal). Given that xfs can only grow online (while being mounted), + this is sufficient to ensure that the fs is in a state where it + can be resized. This is related to bsc#1174009 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 24 16:25:43 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Remove tuned daemon from CentOS integration test + + tuned daemon causes issues at install time with grub configuration. + The build host configuration affects BLS entries generation if tuned + deamon is around. This is likely to cause issues in general and it + actually cause issues in OBS builds (because of a non standard highly + customized build environment). + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 24 13:40:52 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Add Fedora RawHide test + + This commit upgrades the Fedora 30 test to a Fedora RawHide integration + test in OBS. Note that an archive needs to be added at bootstrap phase + to include `/etc/kernek/cmdline` configuration file to ensure the BLS + entries are properly generated under OBS worker hosts. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 24 13:17:53 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed code logic in resize_filesystem method + + resize_filesystem runs fs-check on the filesytem prior to + resize. This check however should not be done if the filesystem + got deployed on a ramdisk. For that purpose the _is_ramdisk_device + method exists. The logic in the method as well as the call + were wrong. This in the end lead to a correct logic but is + completely confusing. This commit fixes and simplifies the + _is_ramdisk_device method and corrects the caller logic + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 22 22:33:15 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure kernel options are respected by grub + + Set options variable in grub loader/entries to match the + kiwi image description setup. This adaption currently + happens only when building in OBS because in this env + the options setup done by grub is a complete mess. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 22 20:04:04 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed root replace for grub menu entries + + The root device spec in the grub boot/loader/entries/*.conf + files when building in OBS is not matching the loop mapped + image root device but matches the root device of the OBS worker. + Very strange behavior and of course wrong. Because of that + the expression to replace the wrong device with the correct + one must be a regular expression and cannot be based on the + loop mapped image root device. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 22 15:50:33 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed path to search for grub menu entries + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 22 11:32:28 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed scope of remove_hierarchy + + The remove_hierarchy method walked through the entire path + it was given. That included the root path which is beyond + its scope. This Fixes #1515 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 22 10:36:24 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed corrections in BootLoaderSpec grub config + + Distributions like Fedora RawHide or CentOS8 applies to the + grub BootLoaderSpec as described here: + + https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec + + Part of the spec is that menu entries are handled in extra files + below /boot/loader/entries. Unfortunately the grub2-mkconfig code + has still no clue how to find the correct root device in special + environments like obs workers or in overlay systems. To fixup the + result of grub2-mkconfig there is code in kiwi which needs to be + adapted because the file that contains the wrong information is + now no longer grub.cfg but some /boot/loader/entries/*.conf file. + This commit solves the issue. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 16 11:27:34 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed grub setup in EFI/BOOT directory + + kiwi copied the same grub.cfg file as it exists in boot/grub2 + to the efi path. This is wrong as the setup in the efi boot + directory is used to enable normal grub loading and not providing + the user grub configuration. In addition the changes here makes + sure that the early grub boot code is placed into the system + in any EFI case except for secure boot when shim-install is + present. If shim-install is present it also creates the early + grub boot setup such that kiwi doesn't have to do it. + This Fixes #1491 and Fixes bsc#1172908 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 15 16:56:28 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use rsync in inplace transfer mode + + Using the --inplace option in rsync helps to save space on + syncing the rootfs data and prevents e.g OBS workers from + running out of VM space when transfering root filesystem + data. Also using --inplace allows to keep hardlinks intact. + This is related to bsc#1096738 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 15 14:38:47 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't keep copy of grub2-install in the system + + To prevent shim-install from calling grub2-install in uefi mode + kiwi temporary replaces the tool by a noop. This acts as a + workaround for an issue in shim-install. However the workaround + left a file copy of grub2-install in the system which should + not happen. This commit Fixes bsc#1173226 and Fixes #1490 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 14 17:23:28 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Rename CentOS 7 test and add CentOS 8 test + + This commit renames the CentOS 7 test and adds a new CentOS 8 test + + Related to #1468 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 14 12:30:56 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Update Ubuntu and Debian image tests + + This commit updates Ubuntu test to Focal distribution and adds an + additional Debian Buster image test. + + Related to #1468 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 13 10:21:49 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Include CentOS vendor in grub2 configuration + + This commit ensures the vendor files for grubenv consider CentOS + vendoring. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 08 10:18:15 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed documentation for OEM swap partition + + A swap partition in an OEM deployment is only created if + that is explicitly requested via the oem-swap element + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 08 10:03:39 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.21.4 → 9.21.5 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 08 06:53:11 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Do not create a md5 checksum output file for archive images + + This commit removes the creation of the md5 file that includes a + checksum of the image binary for the `tbz` image type. Removing it + as this is the only image type that includes it as part of the result + and because the bundle procedure already creates a sha256 file out of + the results, so there is still the chance to produce validation + checksums. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 03 20:23:47 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Document output files KIWI produces + + This commits adds a chapter to describe the ouput files that are part + of any image build. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 03 10:33:05 CEST 2020 - Christian Schneemann + +- Fixed oem recovery tar parameter order + + Reorder tar parameters + + When building an oem-image with oem-recovery set to true a tar error appears saying: + "The following options were used after any non-optional arguments in archive create or + update mode". This commit fixes the order of arguments to tar to avoid the error condition. + Fixes #1501 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 02 16:11:24 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed tox min version + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 02 15:49:23 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup setup.py + + The way kiwi uses setup.py assumes that pip runs this script + like a spec file in rpm is processed. However this is not the + case given that pip implicitly creates a static zip file called + wheel which looses all the code logic done in setup.py. Therefore + setup.py should not contain code that needs to run at install + time. Of course this change comes with an effect which is that + the following files will not be available when installing kiwi + from pip: + + * man pages: /usr/share/man/man8/... + * command completion: /etc/bash_completion.d/kiwi-ng.sh + * kiwi default config file: /etc/kiwi.yml + * package docs: /usr/share/doc/packages/kiwi-ng/... + (kiwi.pdf, LICENSE, README) + + kiwi stays fully functional without this information. It is + expected that the installation of kiwi as a service will + be done by a package and its package manager. When using kiwi + from pip it is designed to provide a python module but not + a complete user application. The way pip and wheels interact + with each other seems to demonstrate that pip is not a + package manager but more a python module manager. + + This Fixes #1415 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 02 09:13:04 CEST 2020 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Describe targets in tox.ini + + * Make use of description to show them with "tox -av" + * Use comments as "description" lines + * Define minimal tox version (3.5.0) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 01 22:08:12 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.21.3 → 9.21.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 26 18:59:13 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor FileSystem Factory + + With regards to Issue #1486 a discussion came up that the + way factories are implemented are questionable when thinking + about strong typing for the public kiwi interface. This + commit refactors the FileSystem factory to be a real factory + and to add type hints such that its use from an api perspective + is clear and enforced. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 25 16:42:49 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.21.2 → 9.21.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 25 14:03:53 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Fixes live ISOs + + This commit fixes iso images. Due to a change introduced in c7ed1cf + live ISOs were no longer booting as the rootfs.img filesystem was + copied to the squashfs container while being still mounted. Because of + that, at boot time, it refused to mount. + + This commit adds umount method for the filesystem base class, so it + can be umounted before deleting the instance. + + Fixes #1489 and bsc#1173356 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 19 15:46:29 CEST 2020 - Bo Maryniuk + +- Global variables (#1485) + + * Fix according to PEP8 + + * Refactor global variables pythonic way + + * Remove unused import + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 18 12:27:04 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Add locale configuration hints in docs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 17 17:22:09 CEST 2020 - Bo Maryniuk + +- Add missing decorator for static methods + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 16 14:15:56 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update documentation in content and structure + + This commit adds a documentation for the KIWI XML description. + In contrast to the former auto generated code from the XML + schema this document can now finally be used as a reference. + Along with that new chapter all auto generated and static + html content as been deleted. Also all helper scripts around + the proprietary oxygen tool and our schema doc generator + has been deleted. Auto generating this information does not + lead to a reference guide people can really work with. + As a consequence to these changes this commit also includes + some changes of the structure such that no information written + by other people in the past gets lost. This Fixes #1421 + and Fixes #1474 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 15 15:18:28 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.21.1 → 9.21.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 12 18:39:11 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed check for root device in grub config + + There is a code path that fixes the grub2-mkconfig used root device + when building in an environment that does not allow to resolve the + by-X path names, e.g an obs build worker without udev. For images + that explicitly defines a root=... value in the kernelcmdline + attribute the root device check was not called because the + _get_root_cmdline_parameter method returns None. This commit fixes + the method to return the expected root device in any case such that + the grub2-mkconfig root device check has a chance to fix what + grub2-mkconfig has created. This fixes bsc#1172928 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 12 15:43:37 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Remove /etc/sysconfig/language support + + As of SLE15 and onwards /etc/sysconfig/language is considered to be + obsolete and just kept for compatibility purposes. Thus there is no + need to manage the file anymore. + + Fixes #1471 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 12 14:23:20 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.21.0 → 9.21.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 12 14:10:48 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed test-image-qcow-openstack + + Nothing provides libyui-ncurses-pkg11, yast2-trans-en_US in + TW anymore + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 12 13:57:48 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Moved sle12 ppc integration test to internal bs + + In agreement with IBM the sle12 integration test has been moved + into the internal buildservice. The reason for this change is + a python 3.4 compatibility problem. This version of python is + used in sle12 but would require patching of upstream kiwi in + terms of type hints and annotations to continue to work. + We don't want to cary this patch upstream but in the sle12_kiwi + repository which contains the kiwi used in sle12. Therefore + also the integration test needs to move into the internal + sle12 space. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 11 12:58:21 CEST 2020 - Bo Maryniuk + +- Ignore MyPy cache + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 11 12:58:13 CEST 2020 - Bo Maryniuk + +- Ignore VSCode cache + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 10 12:03:43 CEST 2020 - Dan Čermák + +- Remove sed calls to fix /etc/vimrc + + An update of vim in Tumbleweed will move /etc/vimrc to /usr/share/vim as part of + the /usr - /etc split. This makes the sed call fail because /etc/vimrc no longer + exists. + However, the fix is not required anymore then, as the vim package dropped the + "syntax on" line from the default vimrc. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 09 13:55:44 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed permissions of custom boot image root dir + + When building a custom kiwi initrd the root directory + has the permissions of the mkdtemp created directory + but should have the permissions of a linux root dir + which is 0755. This Fixes #1394 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jun 06 16:39:50 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.20.19 → 9.21.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 04 14:05:36 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed size of msgbox dialog + + The width of the dialog was set to a small value which + causes the message to be choped. I found this when testing + pxe deployments. The error messages on "Failed to fetch..." + were missing the interesting part + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 03 17:19:10 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update orthos test image + + Simplify image for use in a pxe test deployment + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 03 11:43:32 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added new post disk sync script hook + + Allow to put a disk.sh script as part of the image description + which is called for the disk image types `vmx` and `oem` + only and runs after the synchronisation of the root tree into the + disk image loop file. At call time of the script the device name + of the currently mapped root device is passed as a parameter. + The chroot environment for the call is the mounted disk itself + which makes this different from the config.sh/images.sh caller + environment. This Fixes #1464 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 03 10:56:42 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update user defined scripts documentation + + Added information about new disk.sh script and reworked + the entire chapter + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 02 13:05:30 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed VolumeManager cleanup + + instances of VolumeManager creates temporary directories but + only stores the latest one. The cleanup leaves former directories + behind which is fixed by this commit + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 29 17:41:15 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow to access disk root after sync_data + + In preparation to allow a chroot operation into the loop + mounted disk this commit refactors the process when filesystems + gets umounted and also fixes the canonical order for calling + the destructors. Related to Issue #1464 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 27 11:55:21 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Add EFI firmware on OEM and ISO ubuntu tests + + This commits adds efi firmware for Ubuntu integration tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 27 11:30:37 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.20.18 → 9.20.19 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 27 11:30:23 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added test-image-custom-partitions to build_status + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 26 16:36:00 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Fix the boot path for initrd detection + + This commit fixes the path to check the initrd naming convetion from an + already existing initrd file in /boot + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 26 15:15:42 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.20.17 → 9.20.18 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 26 12:43:12 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added custom partition image integration test + + There are still people who like many extra static inflexible + entries in a partition table instead of using LVM or filesystem + volume capabilities for sometimes good but often questionable + reasons. In kiwi we intentionally support partition table + entries on a restricted basis but that does not mean you can't + create an image with a highly customized partition table. + However it includes some bits of custom code as part of the + image description and that's what this reference implementation + of an image with custom partitions demonstrates. The image + described here adds three extra partitions, var, var/log and + var/audit. The concept to create custom partitions is based on + specifying a spare partition which is by default created before + the root partition. The spare space can now be sliced into as + many partitions as needed and that needs to be implemented by + the author of the image description. Of course the partition + table itself comes with limitations which has to be respected + depending on the partition table type. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 26 11:36:02 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Fix the patch applied on grub.cfg + + This commit fixes the patch applied on grub.cfg when EFI mode is + selected and grub < 2.04. There are some distros that make use of the + `linux16` command instead of `linux` in grub configuration, this commit + extends the regex to also consider `linux16` command. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 26 11:31:34 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed apt and pacman repository unit tests + + The way the post_init method was used to test custom arguments + leads to a broken I/O wrapper. As consequence the test failed + when called with "pytest -s" and also leaves files around from + other test I/O redirections. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 26 10:30:44 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed spec file on bare word comparison + + on e.g Fedora Rawhide rpm complains about bare word comparison + error: bare words are no longer supported, please use "..." + This patch fixes the spec template to respect this + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 25 16:22:44 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.20.16 → 9.20.17 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 25 14:31:49 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed dracut output file format detection + + The current way to detect the dracut output file format was + based on a lookup of the format used in the dracut tool itself. + However there are distributions like Ubuntu which calls dracut + and passes the name of the initrd file as options to the call. + This invalidates the checking done by kiwi. The only chance + for kiwi to do the same than the distributions does is by + looking for an initrd file pre-created by the package + installations and use the same format. Only if no such initrd + file exists the former format detection code applies. The + additional code expects any initrd file to match the glob + pattern 'init*'. This Fixes #1450 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 25 12:44:19 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed line ending of sha256 bundler file + + The .sha256 file does not end with a newline. This Fixes #1449 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 25 12:33:19 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix scope for linuxefi grub config adaption + + In kiwi we support a one time patch for the grub config file + that changes the static use of linuxefi to be dynamic. In + grub2 >= 2.04 all this has already been fixed but for grub2 + version older than this version we applied the patch. The + patch however was only applied based on the presence of a + grub setting named GRUB_USE_LINUXEFI. It has turned out that + this variable is a custom extension not part of grub upstream + which makes the test functional only on distributions that + supports this setting. The use of linuxefi however is code + that belongs to grub upstream. Therefore this patch changes + the scope of the one time patch to be only based on the + version of grub no matter if GRUB_USE_LINUXEFI is supported + by the distro or not. This Fixes #1453 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 22 18:14:20 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed root device setup in vendor grubenv + + In addition to the root device setup in grub.cfg we also + need to patch the vendor grubenv file which contains an + invalid kernelopts value written by grub2-mkconfig under + the conditions explained in Issue #1287. This Fixes + Issue #1454 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 22 15:00:19 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.20.15 → 9.20.16 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 22 14:57:29 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed schematron rule for bootloader targettype + + The targettype attribute must be allowed for the grub2_s390x_emu + bootloader name + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 22 14:35:46 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.20.14 → 9.20.15 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 22 14:31:43 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed parse result description reference + + The object that holds the parse result also contains an + information about description_dir and derived_description_dir. + The change on the markup processing impacted the value for + description_dir to be no longer the origin (user provided) + directory. That broke any reference of files that belongs + to the description directory like custom scripts config.sh, + images.sh and so on. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 22 13:28:04 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed sdist MANIFEST + + kiwi.markup was not part of the source tarball + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 22 13:21:22 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.20.13 → 9.20.14 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 22 11:08:46 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Remmove any Recommends for CentOS7 + + This commit fixes the package spec for CentOS 7. In CentOS 7 there is no + support for weak dependencies. In 9792cea1 a recommended dependency on + gpg tools was included for all builds and this caused a failure for + CentOS 7. With this commit, the recommended dependency, is omitted for + any pre CentOS 8 distro. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 22 10:10:08 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.20.12 → 9.20.13 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 20 15:19:53 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor dracut disk re-partition library + + The kiwi repartition code for msdos and gpt tables was based + on the parted tool. However parted requires to give start and + end addresses to describe a space in the partition table. The + numbers were calculated in kiwi based on cylinders. The mapping + into cylinders is a virtual number that plays no role under + Linux and vanished completely with newer storage technologies. + Tools like sgdisk and sfdisk are better prepared to handle + disk partitioning and also makes this a more straight forward + code in kiwi. Thus this commit refactors the re-partition code + to drop parted and use a dedicated tool depending on the + partition table type. This Fixes #1406 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 20 12:47:47 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Fix default repositories for APT + + This commit fixes the default repositories configuration for APT. + + Fixes #1439 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 18 12:01:50 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Include recommend for gpg tool + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 15 11:40:59 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Fix signing keys management for APT + + This commit fixes the management of the trusted keyring for apt + repositories. It creates a `trusted.gpg` keyring with the provided + signing keys so APT can check against that the configured repositories. + + Fixes #1440 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 14 13:30:57 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed spec file + + This patch is two fold. First the py2 version of kiwi was + dropped since py2 is EOL. To indicate that correctly on the + package level python3-kiwi has to obsolete python2-kiwi. + The other part of the change is a file conflict of the + files: + + etc/bash_completion.d/kiwi-ng.sh + /usr/share/doc/packages/python-kiwi/README + + which were provided by the kiwi-man-pages sub-package but + were moved to be provided by the main python3-kiwi package + now. On update of the package with an older version of + kiwi that maintains this files to belong to kiwi-man-pages + a file conflict at install time appears. To solve this + python3-kiwi now conflicts with kiwi-man-pages < %{version} + This Fixes #1413 and Fixes bsc#1168973 and bsc#1156677 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 13 12:45:30 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup use of machine platform name + + in kiwi we handle 32bit x86 architecture names as ix86. This is + done by checking i586 and i686 32bit arch names. However those + checks are spread over the entire kiwi code base and should be + consolidated into one method. The cleanup of those arch name + usage fixes an inconsistency between the arch name used in the + disk builder and the arch name used in the subformat image + formats. This Fixes #1438 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 13 12:21:45 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed zypper error code validation + + The error code 127 - command not found, was not treated as + an error. This commit adds 127 to be an error condition + along with the other 1xx error codes from zypper that are + handled as errors. This Fixes #1430 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 13 11:34:29 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added archlinux to build_status helper + + Show the archlinux build results in the build_status + helper script + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 13 11:30:59 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added sidebar link to ArchLinux build tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 12 14:51:36 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Fix string formatting + + After a flake8 upgrade to v3.8.0 these changes were required to pass + the `tox -e check` validation. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 12 13:02:16 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Add Arch Linux integration tests for x86_64 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 11 18:19:25 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support multiple markup formats + + Allow to read multiple markup formats. Supported are XML + and YAML. The parsing and transformation is based on the + anymarkup module. The use of anymarkup is optional and + implemented as an on demand loading module. If a user + uses a yaml config file or a request to convert into + yaml is made without an installed anymarkup module an + exception is thrown + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 11 16:15:16 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed boxbuild documentation + + The command doesn't have to be called as root. Therefore + the example should not be used with sudo prefix + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 11 15:39:18 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow setup of serial line in bootloader + + So far kiwi used a static serial line setup of the console + type was configured to use a serial console. However if + different parameters are needed there was no way to change + the static setup. This commit adds a new bootloader attribute + called serial_line which allows to specify the serial line + parameters for the grub bootloader e.g + + serial_line="serial --speed=9600 --unit=0 --word=8 --parity=no --stop=1" + + Please note serial_line takes the value as it is given and + adds this as a line to the grub configuration or as content + to the variable GRUB_SERIAL_COMMAND. No further validation + of the information takes place by kiwi. This Fixes #1401 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 11 12:32:36 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support grub timeout_style parameter + + Grub supports a style setting that influences the display of + the menu depending on the configured timeout value. With this + patch kiwi allows to specify the style via a new bootloader + parameter named timeout_style="hidden|countdown". If not set + the grub default applies which shows the menu in any case. + This Fixes bsc#1165730 and Fixes #1404 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 08 16:47:03 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.20.11 → 9.20.12 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 08 13:41:38 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update build tests to match new schema v7.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 07 12:17:10 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor setup of bootloader parameters + + The bootloader settings are handled through attributes in the + type element. Over the years some attributes were added and + there are requests for more settings. Therefore the bootloader + setup deservers its own section. With this commit the schema + changes from v7.1 to v7.2 and moves bootloader, bootloader_console + boottimeout and zipl_targettype into a new bootloader subsection + below type. The commit also adds an auto transformation template + such that customers don't have to change their image descriptions. + This is related to Issue #1401 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 05 10:43:52 CEST 2020 - Patrik Jakobsson + +- Fix support for multiple dracut modules + + Passing the dmsquash flag adds dmsquash-live and livenet modules to + dracut. This broke when adding a check to only add modules that dracut + reports as available. Use a list instead of a string to represent the + modules to add. + + Fixes: 07ea23a4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 04 16:30:03 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Rewrite chapter about self-contained builds + + Document the new boxed build plugin. The former solution + with dice will be deprecated in favor of the kiwi plugin. + This is related to Issue #1409 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 04 09:29:36 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Clean AnonymousUniqueId + + This is a follow up commit for 469f71144. There is not need to remove + the `/var/lib/zypp/AnonymousUniqueId` file from the clean up method + since this has been already integrated inside the python code base + and this is not needed anymore as a helper function. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 01 17:40:12 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.20.10 → 9.20.11 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 01 17:39:33 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update Oxygen schema documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 01 17:38:09 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed headline for schema docs chapter + + Use the same headline for the schema chapter in the + schema_docs generator as in the default source file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 01 17:12:35 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.20.9 → 9.20.10 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 30 15:05:14 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Clean AnonymousUniqueId from the image + + This commit is two fold. + + For one side does a small refactor to move the deletion of custom RPM + macros to package manager level inside a cleaning method. This way only + RPM based package managers run RPM specific code and each package manager + can apply its own specific logic. + + On the other hand for the zypper package manager the deletion of + /var/lib/zypp/AnonymousUniqueId file has been added as part of the + new cleaning method. + + Fixes #1396 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 30 13:55:20 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added kis type to image attribute + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 29 11:14:53 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use auto video mode as default for grub + + An explicit video mode 800x600 was used for grub if no + video mode setup exists in the XML description. For grub + this should better result in the auto mode. Related to + bsc#1165730 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 28 17:49:20 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Do not set GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR + + grub mkconfig creates a proper string based on /etc/os-release + if GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR is not set. We assume this to be true + for all distributions. This Fixes #1416 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 28 13:10:19 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed spec file header information + + Fixed copyright date/company and url path to project + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 28 12:11:31 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed ovf Machine section setup for virtualbox + + Required attributes/sections name, ostype, uuid and StorageControllers + were missing according to IVirtualBox::createMachine documentation + from here: + + https://www.virtualbox.org/sdkref/interface_i_virtual_box.html + + This Fixes #1322 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 27 14:44:38 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added new build type kis + + KIS is an abbreviation for Kernel, Initrd, System and defines a + highly customizable image consisting out of these components. + This commit performs the changes documented in #1414 and + introduces the new kis type. From an image build perspective + kis is currently the same as pxe with restrictions for kis + on the schema level. A kis build uses dracut and does not allow + to use the legacy netboot initrd. The pxe type will therefore be + exclusively used to built for the legacy netboot infrastructure + and is on its way to deprecation in the future. + This Fixes #1262 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 23 22:41:35 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added KIS chapter + + A new chapter to document KIS images. KIS is an abbreviation + for Kernel, Initrd, System and defines a highly customizable + image consisting out of these components. This Fixes #1346 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 23 22:29:35 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move the self-contained chapter to the toplevel + + This chapter will be rewritten when the new kiwi box + plugin is available and deserves a space on the toplevel + page + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 23 22:22:27 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Moved chapters from building to working + + Chapters build_in_buildservice and build_with_profiles + belongs more to working with images + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 23 22:15:32 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor netboot chapters + + All information about network boot that references the legacy + netboot code has been moved into one chapter at working_with_images + named legacy_netboot_root_filesystem.rst + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 23 21:57:56 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update article about network live boot + + Added a note about the configured PXE loader + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 23 21:42:30 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update boot server setup chapter + + Describe the general setup procedure to setup DHCP and TFTP + services using dnsmasq for clients to boot with either + pxelinux or grub loaders + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 23 17:20:49 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Add flags and argument separator for zypper + + This commits adds a `--` argument in zypper install calls right after + the flags and before the arguments (in this case packages) list. + + Fixes #1407 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 22 12:05:31 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Disable AudioAdapter for vagrant + + The kiwi template for vagrant images assumes the box files to + be used in non graphics mode and for the purpose of automation + or server deployment. Thus by default we disable Audio. + For details see the API reference: + + https://www.virtualbox.org/sdkref/interface_i_audio_adapter.html + + This Fixes #1322 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 22 11:42:59 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added check_syslinux_installed_if_isolinux_is_used + + ISO images that are configured to use isolinux requires the host + to provide a set of syslinux binaries. The runtime check makes + sure to check for this condition early including a proper message. + This Fixes #1376 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 17 11:06:19 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.20.8 → 9.20.9 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 17 10:21:57 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed _get_grub2_mkconfig_tool + + Last patch on this method breaks the search for alternative + mkconfig names. It returns always on the first lookup which + could be none. This breaks on systems that uses a different + name than grub2-mkconfig, like on Ubuntu. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 16 12:13:39 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.20.7 → 9.20.8 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 16 11:52:26 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Increase spare space on disk repart + + The sizing of the virtual cylinders in parted seems to be unfavorable, + as with some disks and SD cards here the device size is not a multiple + of the cylinder size, so the last incomplete cylinder is wasted. + If this wasted space is more than 5MiB, kiwi tries to resize indefinitely. + Therefore min_additional_mbytes gets increased to prevent running + into this situation. This Fixes bsc#1165823 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 16 11:24:28 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed return value from _get_grub2_mkconfig_tool + + The method returned the basename of the tool if it could + be found by Path.which(). But the method's scope has been + changed in a way that the return value of the method must + be the result from Path.which() to allow working on the + full path name. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 16 10:26:29 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.20.6 → 9.20.7 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 15 15:53:48 CEST 2020 - David Cassany + +- Make CommandCapabilities.check_version take the longest match + + This commit ensures that when trying to parse the version of a tool + the comparison is done with the longest match for the given regular + expression. This solves cases such in `grub2` where the tool name + already provides some digit that could be seen as a version. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 15 11:20:45 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed check for grub mkconfig capabilities + + The check for the capabilities of the tool were applied to + the tool installed on the host but the later call of the + tool will be done with the tool inside the image root + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 15 10:51:44 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Validate use of GRUB_USE_LINUXEFI + + On systems that uses GRUB_USE_LINUXEFI with grub2 version + less than 2.04 there is no support for dynamic EFI + environment checking. In this condition we extend the grub + setup to add this support. The change kiwi does is as + follows: + + * Apply only on grub < 2.04 + 1. Modify 10_linux to set linux/initrd as variables + 2. Write hybrid setup as 01_efihybrid + + This Fixes bsc#1165960 and bsc#1168480 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 14 16:25:48 CEST 2020 - Jan Löser + +- Fixed typo in docstring + + Istall -> Install + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Apr 11 18:18:02 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Create qcow2 images in two steps + + The creation of the qcow2 format was done in one qemu-img + convert call. That call instructs qemu to compress and + convert in one call. The downside of this approach is that + not all qcow2 options can be used. For example the setup + of: + + + + failed the build with an error message that compression and + preallocation is not possible at the same time. Thus this patch + changes the way the qcow2 image is created to be done in two + steps. The first step converts the format without compression + and therefore allows for any format option to be used. The + second call only applies the compression and leads to the + final result. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 03 16:11:57 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.20.5 → 9.20.6 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 02 17:13:26 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed plugin documentation + + While setting up the kiwi boxed plugin I realized some small + mistakes in the plugin documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 02 12:58:38 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow overlay directories for profiles + + In addition to the existing root/ overlay directory which + applies always there can now also be profile specific overlay + directories. If an overlay directory should be applied for + a specific profile this can now be done by placing this data + in a directory that is named the same as the profile name. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 01 14:31:58 CEST 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make build of filesystem image optional for pxe + + Allow to build a kernel/initrd pair without a root + filesystem image. Related to Issue #1388 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 27 10:41:52 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.20.4 → 9.20.5 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 26 12:23:32 CET 2020 - David Cassany + +- Add SECURE_BOOT parameter for grub2 in efi mode + + This commit adds the SECURE_BOOT parameter on bootloader sysconfig + for grub2. + + Fixes bsc#1167746 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 25 16:52:51 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added new oem-resize-once element + + The new element controls the behavior of the repart/resize code + in the oem-repart dracut module. By default the repart/resize + happens on every reboot and therefore also allows for disk + geometry changes during the livetime of the machine. If the + element is set to false the repart/resize operation happens + only once and then never again. To check for this condition + a new profile environment variable kiwi_rootpartuuid which + holds the PARTUUID of the root partition has been added to + the disk builder. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 24 12:12:35 CET 2020 - David Cassany + +- No default boot partition for btrfs_root_is_snapshot + + This commit ensures no boot partition is used when root is set to be + a btrfs snapshot unless this is explicitly required by the user. + + Fixes #1351 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Mar 22 18:46:31 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make disk allocation check more robust + + The tools used to check the disk allocation condition + are sfdisk and sgdisk. The problem is that at least sfdisk + is different in behavior and functionality compared across + the distributions we support with kiwi. In addition + the verification for the msdos table cannot be used to + distinguish between intentionaly wanted free space on + disk and a disk that has not yet been resized. Thus + this commit changes two parts: + + a) always report unallocated space available for the msdos + table to allow to run kiwi's resize code + + b) make sure the table type is taken into consideration + It's important to run the verification based on the + table type (DOS, GPT) where we know the tools to work. In any + other case we report the disk to have unallocated space + and give the resize code a chance + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Mar 21 13:03:48 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed openstack integration test + + nothing provides python2-oslo and required py2 packages + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 20 16:35:53 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed bootloader install + + Mount EFI partition in any case not only for the shim target + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 19 18:21:41 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed centos integration test + + Currently centos images does not build because of + a broken XML description + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 19 18:08:24 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update centos integration test + + There is no testing of centos disk images that uses the + old msdos partition table. All tests were done with GPT + table layout. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 19 15:56:14 CET 2020 - David Cassany + +- Adding OEM integration tests for Ubuntu + + This commit adds oem image type for Ubuntu integration tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 18 16:01:13 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Complete refactoring of fstab handling + + With the new Fstab class from prior pull request there is an + opportunity to handle all fstab related actions to be done + by that class. This commit extends the Fstab class with an + add_entry method such that we can avoid the extra lists + holding raw fstab lines in e.g the disk builder. In the end + all fstab related data is stored in an instance of the Fstab + class. This also extends the KIWI api by an fstab management + class. Related to #1329 and #1349 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 18 14:12:54 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup fstab handling for containers + + When building container images an extra create_fstab method + exists that created an empty fstab file. The reasons for this + are historical and also related to appx support from obs. + The obs based support for appx containers was based on the + creation of a kiwi docker image that got modified and turned + into an appx container. Now with native appx support by kiwi + this special fstab handling is no longer needed and should + be deleted. This Fixes #1329 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 17 11:18:01 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Validate and order final fstab file + + On write of the final fstab file read, validate and order + the entries. This is related to Issue #1349 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 17 10:27:47 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added Fstab class + + Handling of fstab should be done in its own namespace and class. + The current handling of fstab entries is spread at several places. + There should be only one code that writes the fstab entries and + that code should also care for the correct canonical order of + the mountpoints + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 17 06:58:23 CET 2020 - David Cassany + +- Fix order in fstab + + Any mount point directly under / should be just right after the root + mountpoint and before the custom mountpoints based on user's subvolume + configuration. + + Fixes #1349 and bsc#1164310 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Mar 14 20:45:16 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Skip nodev devices for size calculations + + Added a static list of mountpoints used for devices that + are not associated with a physical device like /proc and + use that information in the exclude list for calculating + the image byte size. This Fixes #1363 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 13 16:26:41 CET 2020 - David Cassany + +- Add kpartx dependency on dracut-kiwi-oem-dump package + + This commit adds a missing dependency on dracut-kiwi-oem-dump + package. In images where The `kpartx` tool is missing the + dracut-kiwi-oem-dump was not applied for the initrd. + + Fixes #1364 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Mar 08 17:29:31 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added new image type: wsl + + Support for building appx container images for + Windows Subsystem Linux (WSL). This Fixes #1235 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 06 15:52:49 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed file name for config.bootoptions file + + The dracut code in 90kiwi-dump/kiwi-dump-image.sh looks for a + file matching ${image_uri}.config.bootoptions but the install + code packs a file named pxeboot.${image_uri}.config.bootoptions + into the tarball. Thus without renaming the file it won't + be found. Also the documentation mentions the file to be + named ${image_uri}.config.bootoptions. This commit fixes the + install code to match the dracut boot code and the documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 04 18:57:21 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed daps image path + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 04 18:28:35 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.20.3 → 9.20.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 04 15:47:41 CET 2020 - David Cassany + +- Fix a regression for container builds in OBS + + This commit fixes a regression introduced in 12d84be2. We need to ensure + that `labels` item exist in oci image configuration dict before updating + it and creating it in case it doesn't exist. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 03 16:38:27 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed suse doc push pipeline + + build and push are not allowed to run in parallel + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 03 15:27:54 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- push suse doc only on merge to master + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 03 08:56:53 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.20.2 → 9.20.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 02 11:22:25 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Build and push SUSE documentation + + On any pull request also build the suse documentation and + push changes to the OSInside/kiwi-suse-doc git repository. + The SUSE documentation team needs a repo with docbook sources + for the publishing procedure. In addition change the gitlab + pipeline to run in three stages: Test, Documentation and + Package. Let the style and unit tests run in parallel and + cleanup the dependency setup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 28 15:34:39 CET 2020 - David Cassany + +- Fix container labels setup in OBS + + This commits fixes the containers label setup in OBS, ensuring that + adding the 'org.openbuildservice.disturl' label does not clear any + other label. + + Fixes #1338 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 28 15:13:44 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.20.1 → 9.20.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 28 09:48:55 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed schema regexp validation + + Regexp patterns used in the schema are translated into python + expressions by generateDS. It's required to use the XSD schema + to run generateDS, xsd however has some restrictions on pattern + use which leads to a warning message for the ones fixed here + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 26 16:38:01 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed completion_generator + + Due to the change of the binary name for consistency in the + docopt docstrings the completion generator failed to produce + correct results. This commit fixes it + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 26 13:05:10 CET 2020 - Neal Gompa + +- Store Mock build logs and built RPMs as short-term artifacts + + This makes it much easier to debug what is happening with mock when + failures occur. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 25 15:17:57 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added sle15 ppc oem integration test + + Related to Issue #1325 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 25 15:12:27 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added task plugin documentation + + Documentation for developers how to write a custom kiwi + task plugin. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 25 10:42:02 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update manual page documentation + + Fixed manual pages to use kiwi-ng as the command name + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 25 10:36:29 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed docopt strings to use correct binary name + + The kiwi binary from the entry_point configuration is + kiwi-ng. The docopt strings should use this name for + consistency. The alternative binary name kiwi is just + a symlink created on the rpm packaging level and is + not guaranteed to exist depending on how kiwi was + installed + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 24 23:16:27 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor plugin architecture + + Set kiwi.tasks to be the plugin entry point and register + existing task plugins in setup.py. Change the code in + cli.py to auto register plugins using the iter_entry_points + method from the pkg_resources class. This allows for easier + writing of external kiwi plugins. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 24 17:42:44 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed handling of fillup templates + + Systems using a template tool to generate config files + might not be effective when they see the intermediate + config files we need from the host to let certain package + managers work correctly. Therefore the cleanup code in + kiwi takes care to restore from an optionally existing + template file if no other custom variant is present. + This Fixes bsc#1163978 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 21 10:20:21 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Enhance OEM ppc integration test for 4k/512b disks + + Add profile section to build one image for storage disks with + 4k physical blocksize and one image for disks using 512byte + blocksize. Related to Issue #1325 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 20 17:02:15 CET 2020 - David Cassany + +- Make squashfs compression configurable + + This commit adds the `squashfscompression` attribute in type element. It + can take `gzip`, `zstd`, `xz`, `lzo`, `lz4` or `none`. The default is `xz`. + + Fixes #1315 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 19 18:01:58 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.20.0 → 9.20.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 19 16:51:56 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added serial console in centos integration test + + For use with Kanku we enable the serial console for the + centos integration test image + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 19 10:37:19 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make PrEP partition known to GPT partitioner + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 19 10:24:41 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use GPT table for Power ofw firmware + + GPT partition table should be preferred for power systems + these days. Related to Issue #1325 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 19 09:40:50 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- target blocksize for IBM Power8 systems is 4k + + Adapt the oem image integration test for bare metal to use + 4k blocksize + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 18 10:38:30 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup documentation for consistency + + There is the legacy kiwi version and there is this kiwi(next generation). + From a documentation perspective there are several inconsistencies that + could confuse users. This commit makes the name for KIWI-NG consistent + across the entire documentation. At places where we point to older + documentation we use the term Legacy KIWI and a link to the documentation + that covers this part. All this is needed in preparation to cleanup the + documentation situation for the SUSE documentation but with respect to + the upstream doc sources, their layout and markup. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 17 16:58:56 CET 2020 - David Cassany + +- Do not create empty macros file + + This commit makes sure to empty RPM macros files are created during + the build. Additionally it also ensures that no needless `rm` and `mkdir` + calls are done. + + Fixes #1316 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 17 16:02:46 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Turn btrfs requirement into a recommend + + Only on suse systems btrfs is eligable to be a required package + because it's the default filesystem of that distribution. In any + other case it should be a recommended package. As a side effect + of this change we will be able to activate the CentOS-8 build + target + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Feb 15 15:46:21 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.19.16 → 9.20.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 13 16:03:42 CET 2020 - David Cassany + +- Fix append file for PXE + + This commit fixes a regression introduced in 141f384e. With this commit + the append file is only added to the PXE tarball only when it is + created. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 11 19:04:19 CET 2020 - Al + +- Split kiwi-dump into 2 modules to allow inserting a module after the image dump and before system reboot + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 11 13:14:34 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Addded doc_suse tox target to build docbook target + + SUSE documentation is based on docbook or asciidoc. The kiwi + documentation is maintained along with the code and uses the + sphinx system and therefore ReST as markup language. We would + like to keep one source and don't want to move to another markup + language. Thus the sources needs to be structured in a way that + allows translation into sphinx supported targets as well as + into SUSE docbook style. This commit changes the documentation + structure in a way that both is possible. With the use of Sphinx + XML and rstxml2docbook the ReST docs are converted into docbook. + From there the SUSE daps tool can create SUSE documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 10 09:34:07 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move gitlab stages to use gitlab registry + + The kiwi-ci-containers project on gitlab now builds all + containers that are needed to run all type of tests we + have in the gitlab pipeline for kiwi. This commit moves + the tests to fetch the containers from the gitlab + registry and avoids any requirement to install packages + prior to running the tests. This will speedup the + overall test time and makes the system also more robust + in case the repo servers hosting the packages can't + be accessed for some reason + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Feb 09 19:21:14 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed ISO creation on ppc + + On the ppc architecture the isolinux path was chosen which + is wrong. This patch fixes the ISO creation to use the grub + path + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Feb 09 17:42:28 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added suse OEM ppc integration test + + Added obs integration test for building a simple disk image + to be started in a VM on power. Related to Issue #1325 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 07 14:46:36 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move gitlab build_doc target to gitlab registry + + Use the container from the kiwi-ci-containers project to + run the build_doc target + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 07 09:49:32 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete use of ifplugd in integration tests + + ifplugd was dropped from the factory tree and that change + needs to be addressed in the integration tests to let + them build again + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 06 10:25:34 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added ppc integration test links + + Added ppc integration test links to the overview page of + the kiwi documentation. Related to Issue #1325 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 06 10:07:45 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.19.15 → 9.19.16 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 05 18:47:35 CET 2020 - David Cassany + +- Add .append file for PXE images + + This commit creates the .append file for PXE images. This file + is only created for initrd based images and includes the + UUID of the rootfs and any parameter added by the user within + the 'kernelcmdline' attribute. + + Fixes #1327 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 05 17:11:07 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Deleted distro provided login.defs from overlay + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 05 12:11:43 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete use of methods that are done by the builder + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 04 09:18:11 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Deleted obsolete ifplugd from arm build test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 03 10:20:40 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Deleted obsolete ifplugd from s390 build test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 03 10:17:32 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update status helper script + + Also show new ppc integration test builds + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 03 10:06:32 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added fedora ppc integration test + + Added obs integration test for building a simple disk image + to be started in a VM on power. Related to Issue #1325 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Feb 02 20:23:00 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added suse ppc integration test + + Added obs integration test for building a simple disk image + to be started in a VM on power. Related to Issue #1325 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Feb 02 20:13:35 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.19.14 → 9.19.15 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 29 14:49:03 CET 2020 - Neal Gompa + +- Disable RPM module content validation and filtering when building in OBS + + The Open Build Service builds images by identifying the requested dependencies, + downloading them into an isolated environment, regenerating the repository + metadata from scratch with *only* that content, and then passing those + new repositories to be used for building images. This enforces the + reproducibility of the image build process. + + However, when building images for Linux distributions that have + AppStreams/modules (such as Red Hat Enterprise Linux/CentOS 8) + in an Open Build Service system, the repository metadata associated + with modules is not present as OBS does not generate it. + + This causes the image build to fail because the normal module + content filtering rules make it so that modular RPMs are disabled + unless there is module metadata in the repository that identifies + them and that the module has been configured to be enabled. + + As it is not possible for us to satisfy those conditions, instead + we disable modular filtering entirely when we detect that the image + build is occurring inside the build service, as we are reasonably + certain that OBS will not give us bad or broken package sets. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 28 09:41:25 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed ppc kernel lookup + + On power the kernel is named e.g vmlinux-4.12.14-197.29-default + kiwi was missing that name match. Related to Issue #1325 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 27 17:11:36 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed sat solver flags validation + + The sat library from the python3-solv plugin does not expose + the flags information as method. Instead the flags value is + a variable pointing to an integer that has a name mapping + in self.solv.Selection from the library. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 24 10:18:51 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.19.13 → 9.19.14 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 22 13:32:10 CET 2020 - David Cassany + +- Make use of Path.which including root_dir parameter + + This commit refactors the use of Path.which in several parts of the + code. Since dd4d2ed78 the Path utility is capable to run Path.which + on certain chroot env, thus no need to adapt the PATH environment + variable. + + Fixes #1281 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 21 11:09:56 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make PXE oem deployment genericly useable + + When deploying a disk image via PXE the initrd contained a config + file which connects it to a certain image. This has the disadvantage + that no other image could be deployed with it. This commit changes the + deployment code in a way that the config file is read from the + network if the disk is deployed via PXE. The tarball created by + kiwi provides the image connected config file but users now have + the opportunity to create their own boot configurations which allows + deployment of different images with the same kiwi built deployment + initrd. This Fixes #1298 and is one first step into a more generic + PXE support offered by kiwi. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 20 16:50:38 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.19.12 → 9.19.13 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 20 16:17:24 CET 2020 - David Cassany + +- Remove RootBind.move_to_root method + + This commit removes the RootBind.move_to_root method as this can all be + done by using the Path.move_to_root utility method. This allows + to drop the RootBind attribute in PackageManager classes and focus + path manipulation methods into a common utility. + + Related to #1281 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 20 15:49:39 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.19.11 → 9.19.12 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 20 11:30:14 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed custom args check + + If a custom argument exists in the dictionary but has no value + it should be treated as not set and initialized empty as intended + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 17 15:10:54 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed order of fstab entries + + If a volume manager is used the volumes are added before the + root filesystem(/) entry in fstab. This does not hurt because + at boot time systemd manages the mounting of the rootfs prior + to any other information in the fstab file but it's conceptually + broken. Users justifiably can expect the fstab entries in the + correct order such that mounting from top to bottom leads + to a consistent root filesystem state. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 17 10:40:30 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.19.10 → 9.19.11 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 15 16:02:51 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added support for spare partition fs attributes + + Added new type attribute: + + ```xml + + ``` + + which can be a comma separated list of the following currently + supported filesystem attributes: + + * no-copy-on-write + * synchronous-updates + + See chattr and filesystem manual pages for details on those + attributes. More attributes for the spare part context can be + added on request. This Fixes #1233 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 15 11:08:19 CET 2020 - David Cassany + +- Allow builds without KIWI dracut modules + + This commit avoids requesting non installed dracut modules to the dracut + creation. It bumps a warning message if the module requested by KIWI is + not installed in the root-tree and ignores the request. + + This allows the creation of images without including KIWI dracut modules + when the related runtime checks are disabled. + + Fixes #1300 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 13 10:12:58 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.19.9 → 9.19.10 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Jan 12 21:51:30 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Follow up fix for kernel version lookup + + When using custom kiwi boot images a shell method named + baseCreateCommonKernelFile was used to create a common + kernel file name in the boot image to allow a simpler + search code in the builder. The search code in the builder + however uses the standard kernel naming schema and with + the latest changes to the kernel version lookup the + common name did not match the matching pattern anymore. + The use of such a common kernel file is obsolete and + the shell method can finally be deleted. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jan 11 22:33:05 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.19.8 → 9.19.9 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 09 11:25:13 CET 2020 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor kernel version lookup + + For the lookup of the kernel version kiwi provided a small + C program that reads the first bytes of the kernel binary + and extracts the version information. Given the various + compression formats and also the problem of kernel files + that contains the decompressor code which could be anything + it has turned out to be difficult to provide a stable tool + to read the version from the binary. Therefore the code in + kiwi was refactored to read the version via regexp match + from the filename which also makes kversion an obsolete + tool. This Fixes #1308 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 19 16:12:47 CET 2019 - David Cassany + +- Bump version: 9.19.7 → 9.19.8 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 19 15:42:05 CET 2019 - David Cassany + +- Update libyui-ncurses-pkg10 to libyui-ncurses-pkg11 + + In Tumbleweed there is no longer the libyui-ncurses-pkg10 its been + superseded by libyui-ncurses-pkg11. + + This fixes the test-image-qcow-openstack integration test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 19 11:45:14 CET 2019 - David Cassany + +- Reference commit for SUSE maintenance + + This commit adds a reference to Issue #1301 and the report in bugzilla + bsc#1159538. The issue was fixed in commit 7d96d19c + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 18 15:51:26 CET 2019 - David Cassany + +- Fix grub2 configuration for shim fallback setup + + If shim fallback setup is enabled the grub.cfg is copied to the EFI + partition. This commit makes sure that the grub.cfg is copied to the EFI + partition according to the efi mount point. + + Fixes bsc#1159235 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 17 13:10:11 CET 2019 - David Cassany + +- Ensure no swap volume is added on btrfs + + When the selected filesystem is btrfs the volume manager is not LVM. + In that case the swap partition is not volume, it is a completely + independent partition. So that we cannot add and additional volume + for swap when swap is specified in the description file. + + This patch fixes #1301 and fulfills #1297 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 12 09:57:11 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed installation chapter in the documentation + + The chapter still outlines multipython support but we + dropped support for python2 some time ago + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 10 09:27:41 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.19.6 → 9.19.7 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Dec 08 18:57:19 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed swap setup if btrfs is used + + In case of a volume manager the simplified variant of the + device name is used in the fstab file to reference the + swap device. However this is only correct for the lvm + volume management but not for btrfs. In case of btrfs + the swap space is not a subvolume but a real partition + and thus the simplified device spec in fstab puts in the + loop mapped device which is wrong. This patch fixes it + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 06 17:13:16 CET 2019 - Neal Gompa + +- Exclude 'Recommends: kiwi-man-pages' for EL7 and older in the spec + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 06 16:34:04 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed xz options syntax in default kiwi.yml + + xz options are passed as a string and splitted in code + but not handled as yml list + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 06 16:28:32 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed scope of kiwi-man-pages sub package + + The kiwi-man-pages package provided data that belongs to + the main package, e.g the completion as well as the + license information. In addition kiwi-man-pages should + not be a requirement. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 06 16:16:33 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed result map for OEM pxe install + + The result map for OEM images with installpxe enabled + contained a wrong file name. Thus the result bundler + was not able to fetch the tarball + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 05 09:26:31 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Open image files in UTF-8 + + Post image build metadata like the packages file which are + created from data produced by the package manager can contain + multibyte characters and should be written into files opened + with the UTF-8 encoding. The same applies to the image imported + XML description. This Fixes #1290 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 04 17:36:55 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.19.5 → 9.19.6 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 04 16:21:49 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup package list for GCE integration test + + Package growpart-rootgrow does no longer exist. Will be + replaced by a partgrow implementation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 04 10:44:49 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed root setup when building in OBS + + When building in an OBS worker no udevd is running which prevents + grub2-mkconfig from finding the by-* device nodes and it puts the + local loop device in which is wrong. Therefore the patching code + used for overlay disk configurations also applies when building + in an OBS worker environment. This Fixes #1287 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 02 12:26:03 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.19.4 → 9.19.5 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 29 11:56:08 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed setup of default grub config + + In /etc/default/grub GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT also contained + the root= information. If grub2-mkconfig runs with that information + it places the root device information twice because grub2-mkconfig + resolves this information itself. This commit prevents the root= + information to be placed in the default grub config and + Fixes bsc#1156908 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 27 15:50:40 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Lookup distribution specific grub font dir + + In addition to the generic grub font directory also lookup + distribution specific font paths in the system and copy the + grub unicode font into it. This Fixes #1253 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 27 09:29:13 CET 2019 - David Cassany + +- Do not rsync /dev on debootstrap + + This commit does not rsync /dev on debootstrap and instead it uses + the bind mount for /dev the same way it is done for other non apt + based bootstrap processes. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 27 08:12:06 CET 2019 - David Cassany + +- Add new root option in Path.which method + + This commit adds to Path utility a couple of methods to manipulate + paths. One to rebase given paths to a new root and another one to + trim the given root path. In addition a new option in Path.which + is added to allow searches into chroot evironments. + + Fixes #1276 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 26 17:17:21 CET 2019 - David Cassany + +- Do not rsync kernel filesystems on debootstrap + + This commit ensures that /proc and /sys are not rsynched when + debootstrapping an apt based image. + + Fixes #1270 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 26 11:40:18 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.19.3 → 9.19.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 26 11:37:46 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed condition to create swap partition + + The previous condition created the partition if swap is + requested and no volume management is used. But this is + wrong because if any other than the LVM volume management + is used we want the swap space as partition. Only in case + of LVM the swap space is a LVM volume. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 26 10:09:11 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.19.2 → 9.19.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 26 09:08:28 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed access to device map for fstab setup + + Swap is an optional element in the device map. + Thus access to an element of that dictionary + should not fail + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 25 22:04:44 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.19.1 → 9.19.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 25 17:35:46 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed VolumeManager device map handling + + The former implementation builds a new device map which is + a subset of the low level device map. However due to the + additional swap partition the maps provided by the VolumeManager + classes are now incomplete. Instead this commit changes the + VolumeManager interface to receive the current low level + device_map and merged device changes on top of it when + needed. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 25 15:53:14 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.19.0 → 9.19.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 25 15:51:19 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed runtime checks on volume label setup + + Fixed the checks for check_volume_setup_defines_reserved_labels + and check_volume_label_used_with_lvm. Both checks needs to + skip on the kiwi internally created volume named LVSwap + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 25 15:23:29 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete superfluous .osc metadata from build tests + + Not sure how and why the .osc buildservice metadata + was added to the git but it's for sure not needed + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 25 15:19:01 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.35 → 9.19.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 25 10:10:55 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added check_volume_setup_defines_reserved_labels + + Check to prevent using reserved filesystem labels in LVM + volume definitions + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 21 18:12:42 CET 2019 - David Cassany + +- Include grub.cfg inside the efi partition + + This commit ensures the grub.cfg file is included within the vfat efi + partition. + + This fixes #1271 and bsc#1157354 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 20 19:41:23 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed extending LVM volumes + + For extending the LVM volumes a resize prefix is set for each + volume. If no extra prefix is needed it can happen that the + former prefix setting is used which is wrong. The resize + prefix must be reset for each new volume iteration + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 20 12:37:19 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.34 → 9.18.35 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 19 17:09:46 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Prevent swap partition to be the last one + + In an OEM deployment that requested the creation of a swap + partition via that swap partition was created + at first boot and was always the last partition on the disk. + This was required because it could not be placed before + any other partition without destroying those partition + contents. This process leaves the system in an inflexible + condition if the storage device can change its geometry + dynamicly as it's the case for SAN systems. The typical + deployment target for OEM images are SAN storage clusters + and it's cumbersome to resize the root partition if swap + is last. + + This commit Fixes #1231 and changes the handling of swap if + requested via as follows: + + 1. The swap space is created as part of the image build process + and no longer on first boot of the image via dracut code. + This increases the size of the non compressed .raw disk image + by the configured swap space size or the default. The + compressed versions are not affected since zero initialized + swap space compresses to almost no space. Deployment of + the image however also deploys the swap partition which + increases deployment time. For big swap configurations + it's advisable to switch off image verification via + oem-skip-verify. For very big swap configurations it's + also recommended to prevent kiwi from adding them as part + of the image and let them be created on first boot via + a systemd service that e.g places a swap file, or creates + a swap volume when possible such that the fexibility to + resize the rootfs is still available. + + 2. The setup of the swap space is now explicit. It's no longer + calculated by twice times RAM size because on newer machines + this could lead to huge numbers. Either the kiwi encoded + default swap size applies or the user configured value. + + 3. LVM based oem disks creates the swap space as logical volume. + The volume is created as part of the image build process + and no longer on first boot. The swap volume at build time + of the image is of a minimal size and gets resized on first + boot. + + 4. The move of the swap creation into the builder code also + handles swap per configured device persistency schema like + any other devices. This means by default swap is mounted + via by-uuid name and thus also Fixes #1259 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 19 17:06:05 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed subsequent reboot of oem disk + + On a second reboot of an oem disk we check with gdisk's + verification command if the disk needs to be resized. + That command however mounts the disk in the background + and therefore it's urgently required to mask the systemd + rootfs service before. Otherwise systemd thinks this is + evil and drops into a rescue shell + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 19 09:32:38 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Reference commit for SUSE maintenance + + This commit adds a reference to Issue #1261 and the + report in bugzilla bsc#1157104 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 19 09:02:14 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.33 → 9.18.34 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 15 17:09:22 CET 2019 - David Cassany + +- Start using tftp system user package + + With this commit we start requiring tftp system user package. This + user was created and managed by multiple packages before, with the + risk of having inconsistent criteria on its defaults. Now there there + a system user package so whatever package that requries this user should + just require this package and do not create or modify the tftp user. + + Related with bsc#1143454 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 15 14:47:41 CET 2019 - David Cassany + +- Improve alias documentation in XML schema + + This commit aligns the documentation of the default repository alias + with the current implementation. + + Fixes #1247 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 15 09:03:19 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.32 → 9.18.33 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 14 16:51:00 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed zipl bootloader config template + + The targetgeometry value is not allowed for SCSI and FBA + mode. So far we handled only SCSI and failed on FBA mode. + This commit fixes it + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 14 15:19:40 CET 2019 - David Cassany + +- Allow use of relative paths for `dir:` URIs + + This commit allows the use of relative paths for local URIs using the + the following format: + + dir: + + This is helpful to set in config.xml local URIs for repositories. + + Fixes #1261 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 14 12:45:42 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Adapt test-image-oem integration test for s390 + + The test was originally designed to test for DASD 4k block + storage. However the kpartx utility in the Leap15, TW code + stream has issues mapping partitions if the loop device + was setup using 4k sector size. So far we can't create + images with 4k blocksize due to that issue. Thus the + integration test is now adapted for an emulated DASD device + in FBA mode which is not using 4k blocksize. Once the + problem with kpartx is solved on s390 we will create another + integration test to test 4k image builds + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 14 12:24:16 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.31 → 9.18.32 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 14 09:45:00 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update s390 integration tests + + Added vmx build test to run in kvm on s390. Updated the + existing oem build test to deploy on DASD. The concept + of the network setup invented by kiwi for s390 does no + longer apply and was also not used on the s390 distribution + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 14 09:20:55 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed zipl bootloader setup for s390 images + + The preparation to call zipl and the call itself were wrong. + For whatever reason the kernel image the initrd are moved + to another location prior to calling zipl. That move broke + the system because no kernel/initrd existed at the expected + place anymore. In addition the zipl call itself was issued + from a the wrong directory. Also no config file was written + as an after effect of the refactoring in Issue #1194. This + Fixes #1173 and bsc#1156694 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 13 12:18:08 CET 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Document possible values for the name attribute of package + + This fixes #1260 + + Co-Authored-By: Thomas Schraitle + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 07 16:00:01 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.30 → 9.18.31 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 06 13:36:38 CET 2019 - David Cassany + +- Fix gitlab CI pipeline + + Ensure the gitlab CI includes make package for docs generation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 06 12:12:01 CET 2019 - David Cassany + +- Ensure grub.cfg is copied in EFI/BOOT folder + + This commit fixes the live images in efi mode. Grub configuration file + is copied to the correct location in /EFI/BOOT. + + Fixes bsc#1155815 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 31 14:38:47 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.29 → 9.18.30 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 31 12:06:34 CET 2019 - Ruediger Oertel + +- fix kernel module handling for xz compressed modules + and firmware files to fix issue #1256 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 29 10:06:36 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.28 → 9.18.29 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 29 10:03:46 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update Host/Image support matrix + + Update documentation about the Host vs. Image support and + compatibility matrix with regards to the SLES target. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 28 16:38:00 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add default /etc/kiwi.yml file + + Provide a comment only etc/kiwi.yml file that contains all + parameters we support so far including a short description + This Fixes #1232 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 28 10:15:46 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.27 → 9.18.28 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 25 15:10:42 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete left over print statement from unit test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 25 14:24:36 CEST 2019 - Javier Martinez Canillas + +- Enable BLS configuration if is supported + + Fedora now uses a BLS configuration by default, but this is not supported + by all distributions. So check if is supported by the grub2-mkconfig tool + and only enable the option if that's the case. + + Fixes: #1248 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 25 10:38:09 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump Fedora x86 build test to Fedora30 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 25 09:33:06 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.26 → 9.18.27 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 24 22:06:33 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Fix btrfs_root_is_snapshot + + This commit makes sure the chrooted operations of over a loop device + including btrfs subvolumes and root as an snapshot include the + `/.snapshots` subvolume mount. This is necessary for certain operations + that depend on the layout, e.g. grub configuration using `grub2-mkconfig`. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 24 11:35:48 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Skip isolinux ui setup on serial terminal config + + If the attribute bootloader_console="serial" is set, the + expectation that there is no graphics hardware available is + valid. Thus the isolinux setup should not contain any ui + configuration instructions because that leads to run the + graphics initialization which blocks the system if not + present. Please note the bootloader_console allows for + multiple console configuration. In mixed setup the ui + configuration still applies. This Fixes #1153 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 24 10:36:43 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added helper script to test status of test builds + + build_status fetches information from obs about the status + of the integration test builds. It also allows an easy refresh + of the tests regarding content changes on git when called + with the refresh parameter: build_status refresh + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 23 17:59:31 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update development documentation + + With the latest change to the logger kiwi can now be better + used as an api in other python programs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 23 16:01:27 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed install_devel_packages helper + + Missing libffi and enchant devel packages. Also deleted + trang since it's not provided by default in the distro + and optional + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 23 12:22:51 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.25 → 9.18.26 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 23 12:22:14 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update documentation + + Link paths to the integration tests has changed + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 23 12:07:26 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed package list for arm test builds + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 23 12:05:32 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move arm build tests to obsrepositories + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 23 11:46:23 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move s390 build tests to obsrepositories + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 23 10:17:59 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Reorganize build tests + + We build images against different distributions. In order to + do that in obs we should be able to handle one prj config per + distribution. Thus the tests move from a flat tree to a distro + structured tree here and in obs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 23 10:03:08 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move suse tests to obsrepositories + + Changes on the obs backend made this change necessary. + The chain of process decisions is different if a repo is + added to the prj config compared to if the repo is added + to the kiwi XML file. It seems the preferred solution + is the obs prj config and I'm tired running into problems + again and again + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 22 11:40:16 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Make home attribute optional on users definition + + This commit makes home attribute of users definition optional. This way + the home directory is created according to the distribution defaults. + Note that `-m` option is passed to user add, thus the home directory is + requested to be created even without having an explicit home path + defined. + + Fixes #1025 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 21 17:28:30 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor use of logging facility + + Use getLogger method instead of a global log object + Also use caplog fixture to capture log messages in + unit tests. This Fixes #1244 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 21 11:28:23 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Version 2.29.24 fixes the pattern problem + + and avoids the recursion bug + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 21 10:39:05 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed oem resize message and invokation + + The oem resize should only start if there is unallocated + space on the disk available. If it starts the message in + case of a not applicable resize should be more meaningful + This commit addresses both issues and Fixes #1102 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 18 08:52:50 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- nothing provides yast2-registration + + With the move of the tests to the TW repo this package was + no longer provided + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 18 08:37:01 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Deleted openSUSE-release-dvd from test images + + For whatever reason the Tumbleweed repo does not provide + this package anymore + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 18 08:18:33 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update integration tests + + OBS has changed the repo paths. openSUSE:Factory/snapshot is + empty which resulted in any suse test to fail. This commit + changes the repo to openSUSE:Tumbleweed/standard + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 17 16:40:23 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.24 → 9.18.25 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 17 15:49:39 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed grub mkconfig call for read-only root + + In case of an overlay root system via overlayroot="true" all parts + of the rootfs are read-only by squashfs except for the extra boot + partition. However tools like grub's mkconfig creates temporary + files at call time and therefore /tmp needs to be writable during + the call time of the tools. Related to Issue #1194 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 17 15:13:30 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.23 → 9.18.24 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 17 13:04:18 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed method header of write_meta_data + + Interface class and implementation class has to use the + same header definitions. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 17 12:15:04 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Lookup grub mkconfig tool + + In the same way as we need to lookup the name for the mkimage + tool we also have to lookup the name of the config tool. + That's because distributions do not handle that consistently + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 17 11:46:37 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.22 → 9.18.23 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 17 11:45:59 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed EFI path creation + + Only copy files to the EFI path on prior creation of that path + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 17 11:07:09 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.21 → 9.18.22 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 17 10:25:39 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed fallback copy of grub config file + + For ISO images that are EFI bootable as well as for EFI + secure boot configurations that are not based on shim-install + kiwi provides a fallback code that copies the grub config file + to the efi/efi-vendor boot path. This fallback code was broken + because of the recent change to let grub2 mkconfig create the + config file. The call of grub2 mkconfig happens at a later + stage which required an adaption of the fallback mechanism. + This is related to Issue #1194 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 17 08:18:08 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.20 → 9.18.21 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 17 08:14:50 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed use of config_file before assignment + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 16 16:47:35 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.19 → 9.18.20 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 16 15:44:24 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Re-structure unit tests folders + + This commit relocates unit tests to a folder structure that matches + the source code structure. + + Fixes #1128 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 16 12:08:38 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete unused template data + + With the move to grub2 mkconfig some static template data + became obsolete. This commit removes the unused data + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 15 15:56:04 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Adapted handling of initrd boot names + + Due to the change of using grub2-mkconfig the way custom kiwi + initrd file names are handled doesn't work anymore. grub2-mkconfig + is not able to cope with the names kiwi used when creating custom + kiwi initrd's (initrd.vmx). Thus the same naming code as used + for the dracut initrd system has to apply for the custom kiwi + initrd code as well. This commit moves the name handling into + the baseclass because the same naming schema now applies to + both initrd systems. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 15 14:42:20 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed install image setup for kiwi initrd system + + If the kiwi initrd system is used the eltorito image was + not found because searched in the wrong place + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 14 15:16:38 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Change kiwi-ng-3 binary references to kiwi-ng + + This commit changes from kiwi-ng-3 or kiwi to kiwi-ng the console script used + in command line examples. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 11 17:37:43 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Add INFO message for primary group + + This commit adds an INFO message if the primary group is set according + to the groups attribute in description file. + + Fixes #1059 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 11 15:24:18 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Use kiwi-ng and kiwicompat as console_scripts + + This commit instead of installing kiwi-ng-3 and kiwicompat-3 as + console_scripts it makes use of kiwi-ng and kiwicompat. Then all others + are created as symlinks at rpm level in spec. + + Fixes #1226 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 10 11:33:46 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.18 → 9.18.19 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 08 17:19:00 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Upadate xml_parser autogenerated code + + This commit updates xml_parser.py autogenerated code using a newer + generateDS version. The previous generateDS version is not properly + handling the regular expressions of some element's content. + + Fixes #1217 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 08 13:43:54 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Remove universal flag + + kiwi is no longer an universal python module, since it does not support + python 2 anymore. This will prevent to install future versions on + python2 environments using pip. + + Related with #1226 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 04 14:34:08 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Refactor patch_open use in builder's tests + + This commit removes the use of @patch_open decorator + in favor of directly patching 'builtins.open' and use + mock.mock_open utility to mock the context manager. + + Related to #1128 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 04 10:39:21 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Flexible use of linuxefi module + + Not all distributions provides the grub linuxefi module anymore. + This means a static list for building an efi grub image if needed + is no longer appropriate. This patch changes the module handling + at the following places + + 1. Use linuxefi for building custom efi modules only if present + on the host system + + 2. Use linuxefi related grub2-mkconfig variables only if the + host grub2-mkconfig implementation supports it + + 3. Prevent building custom efi image on Fedora by extending + the search path for the distro provided efi image and also + adapt the spec file accordingly + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 03 21:14:14 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Fix the sha256 generated file content + + This commit makes sure the generated sha256 file in a 'kiwi result + bundle' call includes the filename with the correct extension. For + compressed files it was omiting the suffix that included during the + compression. + + Fixes #1223 and related to bsc#1139915 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 02 11:32:43 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed rpmdb compat link setup + + On older versions of zypper the path /var/lib/rpm was hardcoded + and not used from the rpm macro definition. For such systems and + to support them properly on hosts that have the rpm database + already moved a compat link was created. However if the host has + the rpm database at /var/lib/rpm the link doesn't make sense. + This patch fixes this and therefore bsc#1150190 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 01 11:02:21 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Complete dracut setup for luks boot + + An image that is configured with an encrypted root including /boot + includes a /.root.keyfile in initrd to let dracut/systemd decrypt + the root and mount it without asking the password. On rebuild of + the initrd, dracut has no configuration that tells it to include + the /.root.keyfile again. This patch adds that configuration and + Fixes #1192 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 30 16:39:16 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Follow up patch for SourceType info + + The message that display the selected source type was + using the former metalink text which is wrong. This + patch corrects the message and only display it if a + sourcetype was specified + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 30 16:19:50 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update contributing chapter + + Simplify the setup of a development environment and + update the documentation appropriately + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 30 12:00:29 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support specifying the source type of repos + + Repository source paths can be more than just a baseurl. + There is also the opportunity to point to a metalink + file or a mirrorlist. In both cases the packagemanager + needs to know the type of this target. Therefore a new + attribute called sourcetype exists which allows to + specify the type the repo path uri is associated with. + Currently the dnf repository class is the only one that + makes use of the information. This change is required to + support Fedora >= 30 images. I also expect this concept + to be used by other distributions in the future + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 30 11:54:39 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Using the correct Tumbleweed base image + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 27 11:20:38 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor use of raises in unit tests + + Use raises as context manager instead of a method decorator. + This clearly identifies which code part is expected to raise + an exception. Related to Issue #1128 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 26 11:30:47 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor repository unit tests + + Refactor repository unit tests as described in Issue #1128 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 25 15:28:35 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.17 → 9.18.18 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 25 15:19:24 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed typo in message text + + Systen -> System + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 25 11:48:35 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed return code validation of check_filesystem + + Usually the return code from the filesystem check tools is + simple: Non zero exit code means an error occurred. However + in case of the extX filesystem this does not apply. This + commit documents the possible error conditions and supplies + a tool specific check condition. This Fixes #1209 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 25 10:48:45 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update dracut caller options + + No need to pass the --force option and added --verbose option + as it provides useful information in the image log file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 24 17:48:39 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed kiwi-live module setup + + The installation of the checkmedia tool is optional and + and not mandatory. In addition activate the media check + verification also through the upstream used rd.live.check + kernel parameter. This is related to Issue #1158 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 23 16:26:34 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Update documentation to the PXE install file names + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 23 15:14:33 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update kiwi live ISO chapter + + Compare overlay vs.dmsquash live ISO modules by their + features to allow customers a proper selection of the + module. This Fixes #1158 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 23 15:06:49 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Add information in PXE install files + + This commmit adds additional information for the image and pxeboot files + that are part of the install tarball in OEM PXE deployments. This way all + files inside the install tarball include the following pattern + + .- + + at the same time anyfile prefix and suffix remains unchanged. + + Fixes #1147 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 20 10:08:19 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.16 → 9.18.17 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 18 17:36:51 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Make kiwi-overlay module compatible with kiwi-repart + + This commit makes the modules provided by dracut-kiwi-overlay and + dracut-kiwi-oem-repart compatible. The main idea of this commit + is forcing the preparation of the overlay rootfs write partition + after kiwi-repart gets into the play. Since kiwi-overlay mounts the + write partitiontition it has to be executed after the kiwi-repart. + + For that instead of doing the job using an initqueue event added by a + udev rule we just add the very same logic in pre-mount hook that happens + after the kiwi-repart pre-mount hook thanks to lower priority. + + Fixes #1184 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 18 17:18:22 CEST 2019 - Oluf Lorenzen <49054986+lorenzen-b1@users.noreply.github.com> + +- fix docu following schema: profile inheritance + + following the schema the "requires" element needs an attribute "profile" + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 17 15:00:27 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use grub2-mkconfig for writing grub config + + Instead of creating a template based grub config file, use + grub2-mkconfig to create the config file during the build + process. This commit changes from config template to grub2 + tooling for the disk based image types vmx and oem + This Fixes #1194 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 17 13:32:32 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.15 → 9.18.16 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 17 13:04:00 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Fix modules omission for dracut based initrds + + This commit fixes a regression introduced in 07ea23a4. In OEM images + the dracut modules were not properly omitted as the code was evaluating + the wrong variable. + + Fixes #1201 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 13 18:01:40 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Fix GPT to MBR convertion + + This commit swaps the order of the command in gpt to mbr convertion + in partitioner.gpt.set_mbr method. + + sgdisk by default converts the partition table from MBR to GPT in memory. + The change is never applied unless you provide the -g option forcing to + overwrite the partition table format. If sgdisk does the convertion in + memory and the user does not provide the -g flag it returns an error + code. + + The solution applied in this commit is to just run the GPT to MBR + convertion as the last sgdisk command and change partition type before + running the convertion. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 13 11:06:10 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.14 → 9.18.15 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 13 11:01:40 CEST 2019 - jpwidera <30520224+jpwidera@users.noreply.github.com> + +- Fixed user permission + + The comand was evaluated as chmod -c -R '...' . This is not the + correct syntax. Removing quotation marks solved problem + and Fixes #1191 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 12 17:12:29 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Clean up openstack packages + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 12 16:20:44 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Fix unresolves for x86 integration tests + + nfsidmap package is no longer available in TW. It's been renamed to + libnfsidmap1, moreover this is a package already required by nfs-client + and similar packages. Thus gets installed in the modified image + descriptions without having to list it, as it is already a dependency of + another required package. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 12 15:32:50 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Do not require multipath in dracut-kiwi-oem-dump + + Installation of multipath tools triggers storage devices + to be handled as multipath maps in dracut. If the deployment + happens in a non multipath system those devices do not exist + and the system later hangs in the dracut initqueue waiting + for mapper devices that never appears + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 12 12:32:12 CEST 2019 - jpwidera + +- Reverting partsthat are already implemented + + This problem is discussed in #1195 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 10 16:42:05 CEST 2019 - jpwidera + +- Switched back to original root-device search + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 10 16:18:01 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Detect raid compound in root disk detection + + Make sure raid managed storage e.g fake raid is detected + using the correct md device. Fixes #1181 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 10 09:49:43 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.13 → 9.18.14 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 30 13:29:40 CEST 2019 - Jan Widera + +- Allows to list fake-raid partitions + + Solves problem in #1181 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 30 12:26:48 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Add the `-wildcards` flag in mksqashfs call + + This commit ensures the `-wildcards` flag of mksquashfs is being used. + + This is related to #1184 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 30 11:08:58 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Adding overlayroot integration test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 29 16:38:30 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.12 → 9.18.13 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 29 11:38:56 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add --add-bootstrap-packages option + + The prepare and build commands now allows to specify additional + packages to be installed as part of the early bootstrap phase + This Fixes #1151 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 28 16:07:31 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Detect raid disks in oem dump module + + The current disk detection only takes lsblk entries into + account that marks the device as 'disk'. However on raid + disks like fake raid controllers the disk is mapped via + dmraid and marked as 'raidX' device. This commit also takes + those devices into account for deployment. Issue #1181 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 27 11:13:30 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix return value of is_prepared method + + The method is expected to return a bool value. In fact it + returned a list. An empty list is evalutated as False in + python, a list with content as True. So the way the method + is used is correct but the return value should be a real + bool value to match the docs and expectations. Also the + unit test for this code was wrong. This Fixes #1175 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 26 17:58:33 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update documentation regarding fstab adaptions + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 26 17:08:49 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add support for custom fstab script extension + + In addition to fstab append and patch features we also allow + an fstab.script file that is called chrooted. The change is + needed to support overlay mounting of filesystems as part + of the initrd. If system filesystems needs to be changed in + a way that they can be used in an overlay mount, the standard + mount entry has to take the x-initrd.mount capability which + requires a modification of the fstab which is cumbersome to + handle as a patch file. This concept is currently used as + part of the MicroOS project in SUSE and is applied in the + integration test build maintained for this target. This + Fixes bsc#1129566 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 23 14:24:12 CEST 2019 - Neal Gompa + +- Fix GitLab CI jobs for building on Fedora + + Mock is incorrectly using systemd sysusers now without a systemd dependency or + working sysusers scriptlets. For now, manually create the mock group. + + In addition, let's go ahead and upgrade to a Fedora 30 chroot for the mock builds. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 23 11:28:36 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Avoid default installation of dracut kiwi modules + + With this commit dracut modules won't be installed by default + in the initrd unless they are requested by the commandline calling + dracut or by a dracut configuration file. + + Fixes bsc#1142899 bsc#1136444 + Fixes #1103 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 23 11:13:29 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update live iso integration test build + + Our live iso test is setup for EFI. Since the switch to grub + no isolinux will be used with the test. Thus there is no need + to install the gfxboot branding package anymore + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 22 15:43:27 CEST 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Stop inheriting from object + + This is no longer required in Python3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 22 09:47:59 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Add crypt dependency to kiwi-lib dracut module + + This commit fixes the dependencies of the kiwi-lib dracut module to + include crypt module required by kiwi-luks-lib.sh. + + In addition it also updates the check() section to return 255 instead of + 0. In check section a return code of 0 means install it, 255 install + only if required by another module, anything else, do not install. + + Related with bsc#1142899 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 21 16:03:10 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Create ssh host keys for MicroOS test image + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 21 15:15:54 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added network setup for MicroOS test build + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 20 21:42:37 CEST 2019 - Andreas Schwab + +- Add support for riscv64 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 20 09:58:40 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed conflict in integration build tests + + pkgconf-pkg-config conflicts with pkg-config on TW + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 20 09:48:00 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.11 → 9.18.12 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 19 18:33:50 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added MicroOS integration test + + The future technologies team is implementing a coreOS derivate + based on btrfs and some overlay technology. For supporting them + some changes were required in kiwi and thus we should add an + integration test build which makes use of this features. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 19 18:28:46 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add required cryptomount coding for EFI boot + + For non EFI boot grub2-install has code which gets activated + through the GRUB_ENABLE_CRYPTODISK setting. However for the + EFI boot case no installation of boot code is needed and + therefore the grub earlyboot script has to run cryptomount + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 19 14:34:08 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add /mnt to list of protected paths + + On recursive removal make sure /mnt belong to the protected + elements. This Fixes #1170 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 19 11:17:35 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added full encrypted image build test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 16 17:49:09 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Extended LUKS encryption support + + We supported luks encrypted images with the exception of the + boot partition because grub was not able to read from an + encrypted device at that time. Since some time grub is able + to read from an encrypted partition and this commit add + support for it. With this patch luks encrypted images will + no longer create an extra boot partition and the entire + system will be encrypted. The opening of the luks container + happens on the grub level only once. Customers can still + specify to use an unencrypted extra boot partition with the + bootpartition="true" flag. In this case the opening of the + luks containers happens on the systemd level as before. + This is related to Issue #1162 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 15 09:52:27 CEST 2019 - Stefan Seyfried + +- remove '-z' option from rsync local copy calls + + rsync's "compress" option just does not make any sense when rsync is + used to copy files locally, it only increases CPU usage and slows down + the process ;-) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 14 14:45:13 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete SuSEfirewall2 from test builds + + The package seems to be no longer present on suse + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 14 12:01:34 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.10 → 9.18.11 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 12 18:17:02 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow dracut initrd to be used with pxe type + + The pxe image type builds a simple filesystem image plus a + custom initrd. That initrd is usually build from the kiwi + netboot image descriptions which implements a workflow to + fetch the filesystem image and deploy it as rootfs for a + pxe client. User who wants to implement their own handling + of the rootfs image in e.g a custom dracut module were not + able to build this image type because we did not allow + the initrd_system attribute for the pxe type + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 12 10:53:08 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use message variable for long message text + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 12 10:42:11 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed handling of bool values in initrd code + + Some values evaluated in the initrd code are created in + the kiwi builder and passed in as a profile file. bool + values created by kiwi for use in shell scripts takes + the string 'true' or 'false' or are not set at all if not + specified in the kiwi XML description. Some code paths + in the initrd code uses the '-n' switch to check for bool + values, however if the string 'false' is passed '-n' will + do the wrong thing. Therefore a method for the initrd + code has been introduced to clearly handle bool values + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 05 09:55:02 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Bump version: 9.18.9 → 9.18.10 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 02 14:35:33 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Align setup.py with the correct license + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 02 10:44:56 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Pass components to debootstrap call + + If repo components are specified the collective list of + component names should be passed to the debootstrap call. + This Fixes #1157 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 01 16:41:13 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update image name for s390 oem integration test + + Align image name to the schema we use for all other + integration tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 01 16:34:50 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed zipl bootloader setup + + targetgeometry not allowed for targettype SCSI + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 26 16:23:49 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.8 → 9.18.9 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 26 16:03:03 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed left over import of six module + + The use of the six compat module was needed to support py2 + With the drop of py2 support all of six was no longer needed. + However this one was overlooked. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 26 16:02:32 CEST 2019 - Daniel Molkentin + +- 99-kiwi-lib requires rmdir, install it + + Fixes bsc#1143033 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 25 11:04:29 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.7 → 9.18.8 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 24 09:51:02 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added multiconsole setup to Fedora build test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 23 11:05:42 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow multiple values for grub terminal setup + + With regards to the grub documentation from + https://www.gnu.org/software/grub/manual/grub/grub.html#terminal_005finput + multiple terminal consoles can be active. This patch allows + to specify terminal collection between serial, console and gfxterm + This Fixes #1123 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 23 09:55:05 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.6 → 9.18.7 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 22 18:12:30 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed use of Command calls in destructors + + The Command class creates namedtuple to store the result + of the call. That tuple is created inside of the Command + namespace. If called inside of a __del__ destructor which + is often the case in kiwi classes I recently observed an + exception from python saying: + + File "/usr/lib64/python3.6/collections/__init__.py", line 429, in namedtuple + File "", line 1, in + ModuleNotFoundError: import of builtins halted; None in sys.modules + + I do not understand why this is a problem for python now + and only found the solution in making the command_type variable + a global namedtuple. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 22 09:00:43 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.5 → 9.18.6 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jul 20 16:43:08 CEST 2019 - Neal Gompa + +- Fix the pyxattr dependency to allow kiwi to function + + Most Linux distributions offer the pyxattr module, including + openSUSE Tumbleweed. Going forward, we will use the pyxattr + module by default as a dependency and only switch back to the + other xattr module when on older SUSE Linux distributions that + lack the pyxattr module. + + Note that because kiwi uses setuptools to create the CLI entry + points, kiwi checks the Python dependencies before executing, + so we change the dependency in the setup.py accordingly so that + it will not fail to start. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 19 16:47:23 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.4 → 9.18.5 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 19 16:42:47 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update spec file requirements for xattr + + On suse systems the python-xattr module is used. On any other + distribution the python-pyxattr module is used. This commit + modifies the spec file to reflect the Requires tag appropriately. + On CentOS there is currently no pyxattr build available. Thus we + provide that package for this target in the KIWI Staging area + at Virtualization:Appliances:Staging. There is an ongoing effort + to bring pyxattr to EPEL which would make it available on CentOS + and would obsolete the custom build we did. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 19 15:49:37 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.3 → 9.18.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 19 15:47:49 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update PXE integration test + + Move to multibuild, build one standard(uncompressed) filesystem + image and one compressed version. In any case we expect only + one compression process either on the filesystem file or on + the archive creation. This is related to Issue #1039 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 19 13:04:23 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Do not recompress PXE image if compressed flag is true + + This commit is two fold: + + * Refactor PXE builder to make use of the ArchiveTar instead of + directly calling tar command. + * Do not compress PXE tarball if the contained image is already + compressed according the type's compressed attribute. + + Related to #1039 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 19 11:15:07 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed use of FileSystemBuilder class + + This was a broken coding for the construction of a + FileSystemBuilder instance in the PxeBuilder implementation. + The unit testing did not fail due to mocking code. + Integration testing however showed it immediately + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 18 11:44:02 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added support for fscreateoptions attribute + + Along with the fsmountoptions attribute there is now also the + fscreateoptions attribute which allows to control the options + used for creating the filesystem. Please note, it's not kiwi's + task to validate that the given option string is supported + by the selected filesystem. This means providing wrong values + here will cause the build to fail at the time the filesystem + gets created. This Fixes #1109 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 17 16:49:09 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Do not compress the install tarball archive + + Most of the components of the *.install.tar.xz file of a PXE install + image are already compressed, thus it doesn't make much sense to + recompress them again. + + Fixes #1032 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 16 18:24:47 CEST 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- virtual_size must be an integer in metadata.json for libvirt vagrant boxes + + vagrant-libvirt expects that the parameter virtual_size from metadata.json is an + integer and not a string. + Supplying a string results in a backtrace when the user provides a different + value for libvirt.machine_virtual_size (as the integer is then compared to + string). + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 16 11:58:50 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.2 → 9.18.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 15 12:21:09 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed ISO creation in EFI mode with cdrtools + + The changes introduced in #1113 will use the configured bootloader + e.g grub to boot the ISO image in BIOS and EFI mode. The creation + process works flawlessly if xorriso is used. However if cdrtools + are configured the options passed to e.g mkisofs were wrong. In + addition it's not possible to create a hybrid ISO based on + isohybrid if the loader is not isolinux. If cdrtools are in use + the process to make an ISO hybrid bootable is always based on + isohybrid and thus only works with isolinux. This patch also + covers this case with a warning message and the consequence that + we have to skip the hybrid setup in this case. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 15 10:35:54 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed setup of bootloader files + + The BootLoaderConfig class interface writes several files + e.g etc/sysconfig/bootloader, boot/grub2/grub.cfg and more. + Depending on the image type some of those files belongs + into the root directory and some belongs into the boot + directory. For standard images both locations points to + the same master root entry point. However for special + types like live systems the root tree and the boot tree + are different targets. For example live root filesystems + are a squashfs compressed image file whereas the plain + booting information lives outside. Because of that this + patch introduces a refactoring of the BootLoaderConfig + class to allow to distinguish between root_dir and + boot_dir paths. In addition the live image builder makes + use of the new concept and thus Fixes #1112 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 12 12:49:14 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Do not create a new machine-id file + + This commit ensures KIWI is not creating a new machine-id empty file + in case it was not provided during the system installation. + + Fixes bsc#1141168 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 12 10:40:35 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.1 → 9.18.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 12 09:31:26 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update documentation references + + The kiwi project has been moved into its own upstream + organisation named OSInside. Due to the move some doc + and README references needs to be adapted + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 12 08:41:27 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.18.0 → 9.18.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 11 17:30:01 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed spec for use with Recommends + + The Recommends tag is not known by CentOS/RHEL < v8 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 11 17:07:31 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.42 → 9.18.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 10 15:15:58 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update documentation + + The kiwi-descriptions repository has been moved into the + OSInside organisation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 10 15:07:28 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- drop py2 variant of kiwi from completion + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 10 12:15:32 CEST 2019 - Neal Gompa + +- Simplify packaging and re-add support for building for CentOS 7 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 09 16:13:53 CEST 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Don't add config.vm.base_mac to libvirt vagrant boxes + + - Refactor VagrantConfigTemplate to no longer require a base_mac by default + - Move _random_mac() to Virtualbox subclass + - Include config.vm.base_mac in Virtualbox boxes via + get_additional_vagrant_config_settings() + + This fixes #1119 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 08 12:05:47 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.41 → 9.17.42 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 08 11:11:12 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed get_persistent_device_from_unix_node + + The method get_persistent_device_from_unix_node takes a device + path and looks up it's basename to be present as persistent + variant below the given schema, e.g by-id. However if the + method receives an already persistent device path e.g from + /dev/mapper the persistent schema representation will only + match a numbered dm-N device and not the map name. The method + then returns nothing but should return the original device + path. This caused bad after effects like reported in + Issue SUSE-Enceladus/azure-li-services#163 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Jul 07 21:08:07 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Drop support for python2 + + Python2 is announced to be unmaintained from Jan 2020. + KIWI supports Python 2.7 and it should not support any python version that + is not maintained upstream. This Fixes #1036 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 05 11:23:02 CEST 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- [doc] Add user documentation about the usage of the embedded Vagrantfile + + - Document the usage of the `vagrantconfig.embedded_vagrantfile` attribute + - Remove the suggestion to generate the ssh keys during image creation (this + results in **all** boxes having the same ssh host keys, which is pretty + dangerous if someone would use a vagrant box in a production environment.) + - Stop recommending veewee, this project is dead + - Replace forgotten hard coded number with {schema_version} + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 04 14:31:55 CEST 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Fix test breakage when /etc/kiwi.yml is present + + The unit test for the RuntimeConfig class are also testing the default values in + some functions. To work around a possibly existing ~/.config/kiwi/config.yml, + several functions change the value of HOME. This is unfortunately not + sufficient if a /etc/kiwi.yml exists, as that one is taken as a fallback *if* + ~/.config/kiwi/config.yml isn't present. + + This issue is fixed by creating a default_runtime_config with os.path.exists + patched to return False. Thereby none of the runtime configuration files will be + taken into account. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 04 14:24:01 CEST 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Add embedded_vagrantfile attribute to vagrantconfig + + This element allows the user to specify a relative path to an alternative + Vagrantfile that will be embedded inside the finished Vagrant box. + + - update XML schema + - add additional logic to DiskFormatVagrantBase.create_image_format + - add unit test for the custom Vagrantfile + - fix other vagrant unit tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 04 10:15:57 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.40 → 9.17.41 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 03 18:39:46 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update Boot From Hard Disk method + + Instead of searching for an efi binary to boot, use the exit method + that exits from grub and let the firmware choose the next entry + in the device list + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 03 12:55:23 CEST 2019 - Vladimir Nadvornik + +- Do not crash on missing HOME + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 02 16:19:21 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added live ISO integration tests for arm + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 02 11:59:37 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Consolidate syslinux file names and search paths + + Handle those file names and search path in the Defaults space + and only once in the code + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 02 10:57:26 CEST 2019 - Guillaume GARDET + +- Remove '^' which break BaseStripFirmware function (boo#1132455) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 01 16:03:25 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Do not supress output for dracut call + + This commit adds a stderr_to_stdout option to Command.run method to + redirect stderr to stdout. + + Additionally this commit also includes to the debug log the dracut + call output, including both, stderr and stdout. + + Fixes #1114 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 01 11:31:20 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed path_test unit test + + The code there checked for the message of an exception + but recent changes in pytest did not allow to do it that + way anymore. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 01 10:51:19 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed zipl bootloader setup + + On zipl we manually move the kernel and initrd file to the + zipl boot path because symlinks can't be read. That move + operation used the wrong filenames and was broken since + baseCreateCommonKernelFile is only used in the legacy + custom kiwi boot images but not in the dracut case. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 28 17:26:37 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Adding support for Pacman package manager + + This commit adds support for pacman package manager and, in + consequence, support for Arch Linux images. It also adds + the package definition for Arch Linux. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 28 09:24:18 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- update per review by Tom + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 27 17:44:15 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed spec file requirement list for arm on Fedora + + The package u-boot-tools is named uboot-tools on Fedora and RHEL + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 27 09:27:10 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update secure boot fallback code + + With the concept of shim being an option and not mandatory + also the fallback code has to adapt and treat the absence + of shim.efi as not fatal. In this situation we expect the + found grub.efi binary to be correctly signed which we can + only assume but not prove + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 27 09:25:54 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make signed grub search path more generic + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 26 18:48:59 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update distribution support information + + Update the documentation with regards to our supported + distribution statement. This Fixes #1108 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 26 17:03:35 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update signed grub.efi search path list + + On arm there is no shim package that provides a signed grub + loader for secure boot. Instead the grub package(s) provides + the signed loader under yet another location in the system. + This commit adds the new search path + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 26 09:15:39 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor ISO boot, use grub in EFI mode + + Before this commit isolinux was used to boot an ISO and + thus forms a hard requirement. isolinux however only + exists for the x86 platform. This limitation did not + allow to create ISO images for other platforms. With this + commit a refactoring of the ISO boot setup is introduced. + + * isolinux is only used if the bios firmware is requested + and the platform matches the x86 architecture. A runtime + check will check for this condition and exits early if + not applicable + + * in case of the EFI firmware we already used grub in + EFI mode but still had isolinux in place for the legacy/CSM + boot. That part is now also replaced by a platform specific + grub eltorito image and grub's boot_hybrid.img for hybrid + boot. On platforms that do not provide those modules the + support for it will be skipped + + With this change in place it's possible to control the ISO + boot layout through the firmware setup and all platform + specific modules are handled as such. Therefore we also + deleted the syslinux requirement. This Fixes #1092 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 25 11:17:04 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Fix memory leak in OCI contianer tests + + This commit fixes a memory leak in container_image_oci_test caused + by partially mocking a file opening. A ContainerImageOci instance + tries to open and read two files: the runtime configuration, if + present, and the `/.buildenv`, if present. In order to test the + `/.buildenv` presence file opening is mocked causing the runtime + configuration reading fall in an inifite loop. This commit mocks the + the RuntimeConfig instances to avoid this issue. + + Fixes #1110 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 17 11:39:19 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Stabilize Gitlab rpm stage + + The rpm stage in the gitlab CI pipeline runs against a collection + of mirror services. If those mirrors are not available the test + fails. Such failed tests are cumbersome because they don't indicate + an error condition we can/should fix. The openSUSE TW mirrors + showed to be unreachable more often than others which might be + because that target changes their content relatively often. This + patch changes the test strategy to allow the TW rpm test to fail + but still keep the other rpm targets mandatory as they don't show + the connection problems. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 14 11:25:35 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Provider better error message in prepare phase + + In case of an error the real valuable information is often + somewhere in the package manager output that does not get + exposed to the users console by default. The error message + we provide should tell users how they can get further details + such that they know how to find the real cause of the problem. + This patch enhances the error message in that regard. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 11 16:54:17 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Make kiwi installable in a venv + + This commit sets the buildroot to the venv `sys.prefix`. This way + all the binaries are installed in a path under the venv. + + Fixes #1022 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 07 10:18:43 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.39 → 9.17.40 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 05 18:28:07 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Decrease the default min partition size + + The default 50M as min size for a partition could be set + to a smaller value. For now 10MB seems to be enough for + the overhead calculation and leads to more accurate results + on the specified size constraints + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 27 11:59:56 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update documentation for consistency + + Instead of hard coded names for example images and their + versions a prolog map including placeholders has been + added. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 24 08:57:42 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.38 → 9.17.39 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 23 15:33:18 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update obs docs per review by Tom + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 22 16:04:47 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Disable check-valid-until with repository_gpgcheck + + This commit is two fold: + + * From one side fixes a wrong use of the `trusted` option for + apt repositories. `trusted=no` does not force to run the gpg checks + it just forces the repository to be considered untrusted regardless + the result of the security checks. + + * From the other side it disables the option `check-valid-until` in + case gpg checks are disabled using the `repository_gpgcheck`. It + works at repository level. This enables using unmaintained or + expired repositories for the build. + + Fixes #1028 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 17 14:08:21 CEST 2019 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Simplify shell pipe expression with shell builtin + + Replace "echo $var | sed ..." expression with ${var//SEARCH/REPLACE} + shell builtin as suggested by Codacy + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 16 11:45:33 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed runtime checker message + + The output of check_image_include_repos_publicly_resolvable was + not well formatted and was also using an object address that + is not useful for users + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 15 08:55:52 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make mediacheck runtime check arch independent + + The check_mediacheck_only_for_x86_arch runtime check fails on + non x86 architectures but the tagmedia toolchain exists independent + of the platform architecture. This Fixes #1091 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 14 08:45:21 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Set home as protected path + + Along with adding home to the protection list, cleanup + the prepare instance cleanup code in a way that it only + runs if a root_bind object exists which needs to call + its cleanup path + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 13 17:17:02 CEST 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Extend docs about building multiple profiles on OBS + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 10 23:04:18 CEST 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Remove FIXME from the runtime configuration file example + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 09 23:33:42 CEST 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Improve the documentation about building in the Build Service + + Co-Authored-By: Thomas Schraitle + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 09 23:03:36 CEST 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Turn sphinx warnings into errors + + Modify the sphinx Makefile to treat warnings + like undefined references as errors + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 08 17:02:41 CEST 2019 - Alberto Planas + +- kiwi-live-lib: mount live ISO as read-only + + During the boot process of a live image, dracut shows this WARNING: + + dracut-initqueue: mount: /run/initramfs/live: WARNING: device write-protected, mounted read-only + + This is not a problem, as the live ISO image is, indeed, read-only. + + This patch fix this cosmetic issue being explicit in the mount + options in `mountIso` function. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 07 11:10:39 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Call isolinux-config only on supported archs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 06 15:53:45 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Discard default dependencies for sysroot.mount + + This commit makes default dependencies from sysroot.mount to be + explicitly omitted. This fixes potential inconsistencies in + ordering pre-mount.service with local-fs.target. This change is + also applied to upstream sysroot.mount generator here: + + https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/12281 + + Fixes #1015 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 03 11:51:02 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Fix locale setting + + For pre-Leap 15 openSUSE versions KIWI >= 9.12.0 was not completely + setting locale, as it was missingto set the RC_LANG variable from + `/etc/sysconfig/language` file. Current commit enforces to update + locale in `/etc/sysconfig/language` (if the file exists) at the + same time it applies systemd-firstboot configurations. + + Fixes #1081 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 02 16:17:50 CEST 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Cleanup TODO & FIXME from xml_description.rst + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 26 15:06:14 CEST 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Add GitLab CI pipeline badge to README.rst + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 26 15:05:51 CEST 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Extend the development documentation + + Co-Authored-By: Thomas Schraitle + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 26 12:29:19 CEST 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Log thrown exceptions in Compress.get_format() + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 26 12:29:00 CEST 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Fix documentation of Compress.get_format() + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 26 11:40:14 CEST 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- log exception in SystemPrepare.__del__ + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 26 10:53:51 CEST 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Use yaml.safe_load instead of yaml.load + + yaml.load is relatively dangerous when the loaded data comes from untrusted + sources, as it can allow for arbitrary code execution, see: + https://pyyaml.org/wiki/PyYAMLDocumentation#LoadingYAML + + safe_load limits the created python objects to the basic Python types like + integers and strings, which is all that we need for the runtime configuration + file. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 25 16:40:39 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixing doc source for broken refs and xml syntax + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 24 22:56:24 CEST 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Document the usage of profiles via the CLI and OBS + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 24 22:31:44 CEST 2019 - Tom Schraitle + +- Apply suggestions from @tomschr + + Co-Authored-By: dcermak <45594031+dcermak@users.noreply.github.com> + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 24 17:26:52 CEST 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Improve the documentation of the runtime configuration file + + Co-Authored-By: Thomas Schraitle + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 24 15:33:19 CEST 2019 - Tom Schraitle + +- Apply suggestions from @tomschr + + Co-Authored-By: dcermak <45594031+dcermak@users.noreply.github.com> + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 24 15:03:34 CEST 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Extend the documentation of Custom Disk Volumes + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 24 15:00:49 CEST 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Add documentation of the XML schema in a tutorial like fashion + + Co-Authored-By: Thomas Schraitle + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 24 14:35:42 CEST 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Add documentation how to configure VMX build types + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 23 17:05:45 CEST 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Cleanup warnings in utils/size.py + + - use a raw string for the regexp search string + - improve the readability of the returned value + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 23 16:13:59 CEST 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Make the user.password attribute mandatory + + Not providing a user password results in an error when usermod or openssl + is later called by kiwi (depending on the value of `pwdformat`). + + This fixes #1061. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 23 09:41:51 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed repo setup for cloud integration test builds + + Using the devel:languages:python repos leads to inconsistencies + on the module dependencies + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 22 23:44:39 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.37 → 9.17.38 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 22 23:02:33 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete obsolete repository types + + Deleted red-carpet, slack-site, up2date-mirrors, urpmi and yast2 + from the allowed values list of the repository type attribute. + This Fixes #1029 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 22 21:57:22 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed build_in_buildservice stale references + + Fixed style issues reported on sphinx build. Also deleted + pointers to non existing references + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 22 21:42:51 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete suseRemovePackagesMarkedForDeletion + + Any package removal is controlled by kiwi itself. There is no + need to provide a shell helper method that is rpm specific. + This Fixes #1054 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 18 13:39:07 CEST 2019 - Dirk Mueller + +- Preserve licenses/other txt files by baseStripFirmware (bsc#1132455) (Fixes #1063) + + LICENSES are usually not large and should be kept alongside + of the binaries. Also some firmware files sideload additional + txt files (like for example brcmfmac43430 needs the sdio description + txt files). We should just always include them because they're + not listed as needed files. + + Co-Authored-By: Dan Čermák + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 16 18:02:02 CEST 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Split overview/workflow.rst into multiple files + + Co-Authored-By: Thomas Schraitle + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 16 17:54:29 CEST 2019 - Tom Schraitle + +- Update doc/source/building/build_in_buildservice.rst + + Co-Authored-By: dcermak <45594031+dcermak@users.noreply.github.com> + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 15 14:08:50 CEST 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Rework documentation about building on OBS + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 15 10:00:56 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added integration test guest image for OpenStack + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Apr 14 19:13:06 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update suse integration tests per Factory changes + + The way plymouth themes are provided has changed on suse. + The package plymouth-branding-openSUSE is no longer providing + the theme named openSUSE. In fact the plan is to switch to + the upstream bgrt theme which is provided in another package. + This commit adapts to the changes in the distribution + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 12 00:09:22 CEST 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Bump copyright year in the docs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 11 22:31:55 CEST 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Fix spelling in kiwi.rnc + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 11 09:38:37 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.36 → 9.17.37 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 10 22:19:07 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix rpm metadata creation + + There are rpm versions that require access to /dev and fail + with the error message 'Failed to initialize NSS library' + For details see: https://bugs.centos.org/view.php?id=14767 + Due to the rpm location checkup fix from Issue #1037 this + change impacts builds for distributions that uses an rpm + version with the above behavior (e.g CentOS) and fails as + consequence of the rpm call error. This commit fixes this + in a way that we make sure the host /dev is available at + the time of the call. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 10 18:11:58 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.35 → 9.17.36 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 10 17:13:58 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Fix xml syntax on documentation example + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 10 12:18:57 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Add custom curl options docs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 09 14:53:07 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor handling of runtime tests check dict + + Consolidate check list into CliTask base class such that we + can avoid duplication of runtime check dicts. Only runtime + tests that require stateful information according to the + commandline call are handled directly in the task code + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 09 12:08:33 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete check_grub_efi_installed_for_efi_firmware + + The motivation is nice to check if the required grub module + package is part of the package list if the efi firmware is + requested, but as long as there is no distribution wide + standard for packaging grub this check will cause more trouble + than it is of help. Currently it failed for the arm architecture + and the grub2-arm64-efi package. We decided to prevent checking + against static lists and dropped this runtime check. Missing + grub modules will be recognized at the grub stage when we + search for them. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 09 11:26:37 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Adding custom curl options for dracut-kiwi-lib module + + This commit parses the `rd.kiwi.install.pxe.curl_options` argument from + the kernel command line to read and use curl options for the + `fetch_file` function of `kiwi-net-lib.sh` utility. Options are passed + as comma separated values. + + Fixes #891 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 08 11:33:34 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Update bootstrap macro management + + This commit extends the bootstrap macro management to also consider + the case where image was already bootstrap. Note this is a common case + for building derived container images and also the situation when + `--allow-existing-root` flag is in use. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 05 14:23:13 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Auto upgrade all image descriptions to v7.0 schema + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 05 13:59:37 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Deleted pxedeploy section + + There is no further demand in the client config creation for the + legacy netboot code. Customers using the netboot initrd already + create the client config. file manually or through another + system. With the next generation kiwi we also recommend the disk + based network deployment using the dracut capabilities and marked + the netboot code as still supported but on the legacy stream. + Along with the deletion in the schema the following changes + were also done: + + * Deleted use of pxedeploy section in implementation + * Increase schema version to v7.0 + * Update documentation on schema version update + * Added xsl stylesheet conversion from v6.9 to v7.0 + Automatic schema version upgrade from v6.9 to v7.0 deletes + the pxedeploy section from any type specification + + This Fixes #19 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 04 15:06:22 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Fix filesystem labels + + If multiple volumes were defined they were not properly labeled. This + commit fixes a miss use of custom_args dictonary by the filesystem + base class. This class was modifying the given custom_args that is + passed by reference, thus modifiyng the custom_args instance of the + caller. This issue was causing to propagate the modified + create_options of a filesystem across all the volumes, causing all + volumes to be labelled as ROOT. With this commit Filesystem class + performs a deepcopy of the custom_args dictionary to limit the scope of + any change inside each Filesystem instance. + + Fixes #1044 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 04 13:24:21 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Bump version: 9.17.34 → 9.17.35 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 03 15:13:37 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Fix regression on kiwi-repart dracut module + + There was a regression introduced in #1035 (048b5c3e). We mask + systemd-fsck-root.service during the repart, but we are not always + unmasking it. If the repart is not possible the service is masked but + not unmasked, which causes the boot to fail. + + With this commit after masking the fsck service we trap EXIT and run the + unmask command on script exit. This way we ensure the unmask command is + always executed. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 02 16:24:16 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Doc fix for lex literal_block as xml + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 01 16:44:46 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update compression flag for qcow2 format + + In case of a qcow2 format we store the result uncompressed + Since the format conversion only takes the real bytes into + account such that the sparseness of the raw disk will not + result in the output format and can be taken one by one + This Fixes bsc#1128146 + + In addition the commit includes a refactoring for the + evaluation of the compress flag in the runtime config. + Instead of the global overwrite, the flag gets evaluated + individually at the time the result metadata is created + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 01 15:06:06 CEST 2019 - David Cassany + +- Add the possibility to disable runtime checks + + This commit adds runtime configuration parameters to disable the runtime + checks. This is specially handy if someone does not want to use the kiwi + dracut modules and provide custom ones instead. In orde disable some + runtime check consider a runtime config yaml like: + + runtime_checks: + - disable: + - check_dracut_module_for_oem_install_in_package_list + - check_dracut_module_for_live_iso_in_package_list + + This commit fixes #893 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 01 14:52:33 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup has_rpm method from RpmDataBase class + + The method checked for the presence of /usr/bin/rpm. But + that binary is also provided by another toolkit named + busybox. Thus to check if the rpm we are aiming for is + present the check has been modified to look for /usr/bin/rpmdb + which is exclusively provided by rpm only. This Fixes #1037 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Mar 31 18:48:13 CEST 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed creation of image metadata files + + At the end of a build process the metadata information files .packages + and .verified are created. On rpm based systems, rpm is invoked as + chrooted operation inside the new root tree. For images that gets + installed exclusively from the bootstrap phase there is no rpm inside + of the image and the call fails. The result are empty metadata files. + This patch prevents calling rpm inside of the image root tree if it's + not installed and also uses the RpmDataBase interface instead of + directly calling rpm. This Fixes #1037 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 29 15:59:06 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.33 → 9.17.34 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 29 13:07:34 CET 2019 - Stefan Seyfried + +- kiwi-repart: avoid race between repart and fsck + + See issue #1034, this fixes non-booting CentOS-7 OEM images that fail + during repartition / FS resize. + Summary: all parted actions trigger a rescan of partition tables and + this repeatedly starts / stops systemd-fsck-root.service until it + finally fails. The workaround is to mask systemd-fsck-root.service + during repartitioning / FS resize. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 29 10:23:09 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update travis doc building target + + Disable doc test on travis, we have this in the gitlab-ci + pipeline. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 29 10:16:23 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move sphinx config to python3 + + Disable modules that have not been ported to sphinx 2.0 API + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 29 09:50:47 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Disable linkcheck/spellcheck + + The spellcheck plugin has not been moved to the sphinx 2.0 API + and there are tons of spelling mistakes reported due to the use + of technical terms that are unknown to spellcheck. Also disabled + the linkcheck because it just stands more in our way than it + reports issues that needs to be fixed. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 28 14:42:33 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.32 → 9.17.33 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 28 11:21:23 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added integration test for bootstrap only builds + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 28 11:20:01 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed bootstrap only building + + Image descriptions that define packages in the bootstrap section + only don't need a package manager inside of the image. However + the code to update the location of the rpm database did not + check the presence of rpm and failed on such image descriptions. + This Fixes #1030 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 26 14:34:32 CET 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Extend live ISO documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 26 11:31:27 CET 2019 - Alberto Planas + +- Replace @staticmethod with @classmethod when needed + + @classmethod are used in Python to represent methods that can + query and update the class (cls parameter). Is expected to be + used for metaprograming, or advanced techniques that require the + access to the class itself, before we have an instance. + + @staticmethod are used to associate a function to a class. It will + not be have access to the instance (self) not the class (cls). In + other programming languages are known as class methods. + + This patch replace all the @classmethod with @staticmethod when + there is not need to access to the cls parameter, because the + intention is to be used as normal functions. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 25 16:13:29 CET 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Minor improvements to the documentation + + - add a newline to the workflow's abstract + - add warning to installation via the distro's package manager + - fix package name of git + - add marker for `Installation from OBS` section + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 25 14:49:11 CET 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Add intersphinx extension to the docs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 25 14:46:33 CET 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- New method: Path.access - thin wrapper arround os.access + + This function calls os.access, but first checks whether the input parameters are + sane, instead of simply returning false when the file in question does not exist + or an invalid mode was specified. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 25 09:56:17 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added doc chapter on Fstab modifications + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 22 15:22:14 CET 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Split code_style_plus_unit_test into two jobs for parallel runs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 22 14:58:49 CET 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Addapt documentation to changed script calling convention + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 22 14:36:57 CET 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Only execute scripts via bash when they are not user executable + + Currently we call scripts directly through bash, which has the unfortunate + disadvantage, that the shebang line is completely ignored. + Now we instead check whether the owner of the script is allowed to execute it + and if yes, we let the OS execute it (which takes the shebang into account) or + otherwise call it through bash. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 22 11:49:17 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support optional fstab.patch file + + In addition to the support for fstab.append, users can now also + provide a patch file to change the contents of the fstab file + as it got written by kiwi. The feature is probably rarely used + but needed in the area of suse's transactional update mechanism. + This Fixes bsc#1129566 and Fixes #945 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 21 12:24:11 CET 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Add warning about a missing /vagrant/ folder to the documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 21 12:21:53 CET 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Fix libvirt vagrant box Vagrantfile to use rsync by default + + The documentation is suggesting that rsync is used by default to synchronize the + shared folders, yet the libvirt vagrant boxes used the system default (=nfs). + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 19 10:09:50 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.31 → 9.17.32 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 19 09:45:12 CET 2019 - Stefan Seyfried + +- relax the live iso root dir permissions + + The root of the live ISO has permissions 0700, which is inconvenient if + you mount it to explore its contents. Relax to 0755 instead. + Without this, the mounted ISO FS can only be accessed by root. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 18 15:27:16 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed race condition on live overlay mount + + Make sure to wait for all targets of the overlay mount + This Fixes #1015 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Mar 17 19:41:35 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.30 → 9.17.31 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 15 15:45:38 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update the documentation regarding vagrant boxes + + Extend the documentation on how to build VirtualBox vagrant boxes + All this was done by Dan Čermák + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 15 15:37:05 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor incremental changelog update + + The creation of the package changelog is based on a reference file. + However that reference file contained log information in a specific + timezone which requires to hardcode the region of that timezone + in the code to correctly run date/time calculations. This can + be done better from a conceptual point of view. This patch changes + the handling in a way that the reference file is a git log + excerpt including the dates as git log lists them. The dates + contains complete numeric time/date/zone information and can be + used for calculations. The changelog helper tool converts the + result data to match the requirements of rpm changelog files + and prints the time/date information localized to the callers + timezone or as UTC if the --utc switch is given. By default the + user local timezone settings applies. That way the setup of + the local timezone is immaterial to the changelog processor + and the workaround in the gitlab-ci rpm stage can be deleted + too. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 15 15:20:23 CET 2019 - David Cassany + +- Add buildah tool support for OCI and Docker types + + This commit adds buildah tool support for OCI and Docker types. It + requires buildah and skopeo to be installed in the host. The use of + umoci (kept as default choice) or buildah is configured using the + runtime configuration file; consider the following structure: + + ``` + oci: + - archive_tool: buildah + ``` + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 15 11:05:04 CET 2019 - David Cassany + +- Fix derived docker images build + + This commit fixes the derived docker images when the base image is a + compressed file. After the refactor in #998 the decompression of the + base image and the skopeo call to import the decompressed image happened + in absolutely independent scopes. NamedTemporaryFile python class by + default deletes the created temporary file when the class instance is + destroyed, this class is used to decompress the base image. Because of + isolated scopes at the time skopeo was called the NamedTemporaryFile + instance was not there anymore. This commit makes sure that the + temporary file instance is already in memory at the time skopeo is + called. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 15 08:47:09 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed gitlab-ci rpm stage localtime setup + + By default the timezone of the container is set to UTC. However + the reference changelog entries are created in the CET timezone. + The current implementation uses dateutil.parser.parse to parse + the reference date/time. That call takes the localtime into account + and responds with a warning: + + + UnknownTimezoneWarning: tzname CET identified but not understood + + The current code does not convert the CET timezone into the + localtime timezone (UTC in this case) and creates a timezone naive + datetime object. That object however can't be used to compare + with timezone aware datetime objects which causes a runtime + exception. The qick fix here is to set the localtime to the + timezone used in the reference changes file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 14 16:33:56 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Limit scope of virtualbox_guest_additions_present + + This attribute is only used with the virtualbox provider. + Added a schematron rule to limit the scope to the + virtualbox provider only. This Fixes #1003 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 14 16:07:37 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.29 → 9.17.30 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 14 11:30:44 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add consistency check to update_changelog + + Don't take commits into account that are older than the + given reference commit. This would destroy the chronological + order. Missing commits older than the reference can be + incorporated by rebuild_changelog_reference.sh + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 14 08:36:27 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed reading of container config + + The additional_tags attribute is optional. If not set + the container config hash does not contain this key. + Accessing the key without the get() method leads to + an unhandled python exception + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 13 16:59:41 CET 2019 - Stefan Seyfried + +- add rd.kiwi.oem.maxdisk= boot parameter + + this limits the disks considered for oem deployment to a given size + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 13 16:01:06 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Abandon the bumpversion helper + + The bumpversion helper script updated the reference file + with changes since the latest date of the existing reference. + However even though the two pieces are in chronological order + that does not mean that the concatenated version of those + is still in chronological order. Thus that helper is deleted + and a new helper rebuild_changelog_reference exists. That + rebuilds the entire reference file from the history and + makes sure it is in chronological order. The tool should + only be called if the chronological order of the total changes + information is violated which under normal conditions + does not happen + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 13 15:58:31 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow --since|--until opts in update_changelog + + In addition to create changelog information since the + latest date of a reference changelog, also allow to create + changelog information until the latest data of a reference + changelog + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 13 15:53:15 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update changelog reference + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 13 14:55:06 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.28 → 9.17.29 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 13 14:55:04 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update changelog reference + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 13 14:53:52 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed bumpversion helper + + Make sure the commit for the changelog reference update + and the commit for the version bump have different + timestamps by sleeping 2sec between the two actions + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 13 14:39:55 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update API documentation + + In reference to Refactor OCI images packing the difference + between docker and OCI images is just on packing format. + Thus the extra docker container subclass is no longer present. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 13 14:34:09 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.27 → 9.17.28 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 13 14:34:08 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update changelog reference + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 13 14:02:15 CET 2019 - Stefan Seyfried + +- kiwi-dump-image: fix kiwi_oemdevicefilter for rd.debug + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 13 09:24:26 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added bumpversion helper + + Script that also updates the changelog reference file + before the version bump. It's optional to use this but + it would be handy as the commit would show the rpm + changelog differences from one tag to the other + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 12 22:38:28 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed code smells on completion_generator + + Also update python interpreter to use for the completion + and the changelog helpers + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 12 18:01:24 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update gitlab CI config + + The rpm stage needs python because the changelog script + is now written in python + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 12 14:31:48 CET 2019 - Neal Gompa + +- Drop duplicate EPEL7 reference in the test CentOS appliance + + We already request the standard, update, and extras repos and + the EPEL7 repo separately. There's no reason to request the + "centos" EPEL7 repo which combines standard+update and EPEL7 + repos already. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 11 14:36:26 CET 2019 - Stefan Seyfried + +- centos-appliance: reorder repos to fix build + + EPEL has older package versions of e.g. librepo, which breaks dnf. + Re-prioritize to prefer the good CentOS packages instead of bad EPEL. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 11 08:09:02 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update changelog file + + Fix changelog entries for their encoding, author name and format + Also make sure commits are shown in reverse chronological order + of the author date. We intentionally don't use the commit date + because a commit can be older than the latest entry in the current + reference file and would then not be part of the git log + information + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Mar 10 19:24:40 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Introduce better changelog handling + + The current way of creating the changelog file for the package + is based on reading the entire history of the git repository and + turns that information into a changelog. The downside of this + approach is that any change in the code that creates this changelog + information will impact older entries and could cause a conflict + on the changes file of the released package. This usually leads + to declined package submissions and blocks us in fixing bugs + in the changelog generator. This commit changes the process in + a way that only changes related to the oldest entry of a reference + changelog file compared to the current branch are taken into + account. This Fixes #979 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Mar 10 18:20:11 CET 2019 - David Cassany + +- Adding a derived docker image build test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Mar 10 15:33:39 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.26 → 9.17.27 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 08 12:05:23 CET 2019 - Neal Gompa + +- Use correct GRUB 2 and shim EFI packages for test CentOS 7 appliance + + CentOS 7 has inherited the changes from Fedora in how its EFI binaries + are packaged, so we need to adapt to handle those and build the appliance + properly. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 08 10:51:03 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed evaluation of @root size setup + + The @root volume setup allows to specify a size for the root + volume in an LVM setup. The size setting was not respected and + the root volume was always resized to the rest space available. + This patch fixes the read_volume_setup_all_free method + on the dracut kiwi library to know if there is root volume + setup and respect its contents. This Fixes #983 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 08 02:55:20 CET 2019 - Neal Gompa + +- Update generated configuration file for DNF + + The dnf.conf file generated by KIWI contained some obsolete + options as well as options that have been renamed. + + This change updates the options set so that they match what + is expected by DNF and configures the appropriate behavior. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 07 16:36:46 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.25 → 9.17.26 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 07 16:34:48 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- hotfix runtime check for count of fullsize volumes + + The check did not respect images that do not come up with + a systemdisk section. systemdisk is an optional section and + the test did not respect this and failed with a stack trace + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 07 15:56:25 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.24 → 9.17.25 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 07 15:54:05 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update provider support status in vagrant docs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 07 15:46:24 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Rebuild schema docs + + Create an up to date state of the oxygen schema doc in the repo + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 07 15:44:35 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed Title underline too short warning in the doc + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 07 15:38:13 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed permanent redirect links in documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 07 15:33:09 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.23 → 9.17.24 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 07 14:02:55 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup example_dot_profile_config.xml + + Don't use multiple all size volumes + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 07 12:32:01 CET 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Add different installation methods to the documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 07 11:14:38 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Check for multiple allsize volumes setup + + Added runtime check check_volume_setup_defines_multiple_fullsize_volumes + which reads the volume setup and counts the number of volumes that + define a 'all' volume. Only one is allowed + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 06 17:44:45 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Complete test coverage on iso tools testing + + If there is no mkisofs/genisoimage present on the system, the + tests based on real example iso files are skipped. The code + tested in this case is now covered in a mock style to run + through the logic even without the tools in place + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 06 16:25:01 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Follow up fix for zypper compat link + + Move the code handling the compat setup of the rpm database + to the correct method of the repository API. Call the + import of the signing keys only if there are signing + keys + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 06 12:20:27 CET 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Fix suseRemoveYaST to work with set -e + + When the config.sh is invoked with set -e then suseRemoveYaST causes the whole + script to fail when no yast packages are present. The problem is that `grep + yast` returns 1 in that case. + => Explicitly ignore the return value of grep + + Furthermore, if no YaST packages were found, we don't want to invoke rpm, as + that would fail too (as it is called without any parameters). + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 06 12:09:15 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Care for update alternatives on rpmdb move + + In set_database_to_image_path we also have to care for the + move of the alternatives path to the new rpmdb location + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 06 11:45:02 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup zypper/suse link to rpm database + + The compat code generating the /var/lib/rpm link was only + effective if a signing key was specified, however it should + be effective in any case + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 05 15:54:25 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Run cdrtools based unit tests on demand + + Only if the underlaying system provides legacy cdrtools, + run the unit tests which actually reads the test data iso + using those tools. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 05 11:15:28 CET 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Add GitLab CI pipeline status to README.rst + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 04 10:07:04 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Improve error messages + + The error messages for running a build against an undefined + image definition as well as the error message to explain why + the imageinclude attribute can only be used with public repos + has been improved by suggestions from J. Mixer + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 04 09:46:18 CET 2019 - Stefan Seyfried + +- pxe: use dracut's network code, drop own setup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 01 12:23:30 CET 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Extend the GitLab-CI pipeline + + - build the documentation in the build_doc stage + - run tests for all supported Python versions in tox_check + - build an RPM for Fedora 29 & OpenSUSE Tumbleweed in RPM stage + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 01 12:10:13 CET 2019 - Neal Gompa + +- Ensure DNF is installed for kiwi itself and the test CentOS 7 appliance + + In e33f53aa4513c38a42736c82db3ec5e0b9da41d4, we switched to DNF when requesting YUM. + This now means we need to ensure DNF is installed for images where + we previously used YUM for that. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 28 15:02:11 CET 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Add environment for running the unit tests with Python 3.7 to tox + + Python 3.7 does only appear to be available on Ubuntu Xenial with sudo enabled + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 28 14:46:46 CET 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Extend documentation about using KIWI to build vagrant images + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 28 14:23:47 CET 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Extend documentation on how to build inside OBS + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 28 13:07:32 CET 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Bump required minimum disk space + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 28 13:06:52 CET 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Extend index.rst by a "advertising" section + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 28 13:05:27 CET 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Add url to PyPI & use https instead of http + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 28 13:03:33 CET 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Extend quickstart to be more viable as a stand-alone document + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 28 13:02:08 CET 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Reorder TOCs so that the most important comes first + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 28 12:55:31 CET 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- (whitespace-cleanup) on doc/source/overview/workflow.rst + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 28 12:18:10 CET 2019 - Neal Gompa + +- Rework package manager selection to use DNF when YUM is requested + + YUM v3 is no longer developed, having been superseded by DNF for + several years. With DNF now available as a usable package manager + in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 through the Extras channel and + SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 through PackageHub, there is no reason for + keeping support for YUM v3 around. + + We are keeping support for requesting YUM because in Red Hat Enterprise + Linux 7, DNF is referred to as "YUM v4", and it is simply referred to + as "YUM" in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8. To avoid confusion from people, + we're just going to leave it in place as an alias to the DNF package + manager. + + As for why this is happening now, Fedora is retiring YUM v3 in + Fedora 31, so we might as well get it over with and cut over now. + + Reference: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Retire_YUM_3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 28 11:15:57 CET 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Fix some spelling mistakes & sentence order in the docs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 28 11:13:32 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- GitLab CI integration + + Run tox targets on demand. With GitLab CI selected containers + are small but also limited in their scope. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 28 11:11:58 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed iso tools unit test + + Test was not environment independent and behaved differently + compared to which iso tool change is installed. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 28 10:53:39 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- GitLab CI integration + + Select 3.6 image to run the test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 28 10:44:08 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed shellcheck issue on kiwi-partitions-lib.sh + + Fixup SC2046: Quote this to prevent word splitting + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 28 10:34:43 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- GitLab CI integration + + Not so easy to get pip running there. Try standard binary + name of after pip ugrade to install the rest of the chain + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 28 10:31:30 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- GitLab CI integration + + No alternative naming for py3 commands + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 28 10:26:19 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- GitLab CI integration + + Fixed install of tox on the runner + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 28 10:23:15 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- GitLab CI integration + + Require tox to be installed on the runner + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 28 10:19:58 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- GitLab CI integration + + pip not installed by default on the runner + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 28 10:16:07 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Looks like Travis will go away + + Try moving CI integration to GitLab + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 27 17:33:53 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Write sha256sum --check compatible shasum format + + Change the output format of the bundler shasum file to be + compatible with a 'sha256sum --check' call. + This fixes bsc#1127173 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 27 16:00:13 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move azure integration test build to Factory repos + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 27 15:52:57 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed package list of azure integration test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 27 15:50:47 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed repo setup from azure integration test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 27 15:05:40 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.22 → 9.17.23 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 26 17:35:24 CET 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Allow xdist to run the tests in parallel for the Python 2.7 env + + This reverts an accidental change that was introduced with + 942ed7a8eea65f1c99b5f51a8587cfbeae73b484, which removed the {posargs} from + tox.ini for the python 2.7 environment. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 26 12:24:02 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added get_description method to XMLState + + In preparation to access the contents of the + section this pull requests adds a simple method to read + the contents. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 25 16:43:17 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update tools from strip list for oemboot + + For legacy oemboot kiwi descriptions the strip list for + tools to keep in the initrd is still active. On s390 + required tools for dasd_configure were missing and got + added by this commit. This Fixes #963 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 25 15:50:52 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed import of signing keys + + In reference to bsc#1112357 it was required to add the compat + symlink /var/lib/rpm such that zypper can read the signing + keys. Unfortunately zypper does not use the configured rpmdb + from the rpm macro setup. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 25 14:30:22 CET 2019 - Stefan Seyfried + +- add rd.kiwi.install.pass.bootparam boot parameter + + if this boolean is set, most boot parameters are passed on + to the kexec kernel on OEM image deployments + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Feb 23 20:40:00 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.21 → 9.17.22 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Feb 23 20:22:06 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Followup fix for disk detection from root device + + No matter if one ore more devices are used in a multipath map, + if the root device is managed by multipath kiwi has to use the + mapped device for all operations, otherwise we run into busy + or blocked state inside of the initrd operations. This is + related to Issue #954 and bsc#1126283 and bsc#1126318 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Feb 23 16:11:30 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed relocation of GPT + + Simplify the relocation of the GPT to the end of the current + disk by using sgdisk -e instead of gdisk. The possitive after + effect of this is that the broken return value handling of + gdisk in centos will be fixed and did not harm the kiwi + deployment anymore. This Fixes #958 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 22 17:11:47 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.20 → 9.17.21 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 22 17:11:00 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Speedup the make build target + + Activated the pytest xdist feature Dan added for the + make build target to speedup package creation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 22 17:01:03 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.19 → 9.17.20 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 22 16:01:16 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update vagrant libvirt unit test + + Take extra config from DiskFormatVagrantLibVirt as base for the + test and don't mock that information as it was done before + in the base class + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 22 11:30:46 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Extend the vagrant base class test + + Take an example for additional vagrant config settings into account + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 22 09:53:57 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor unit tests for vagrant classes + + Better use of pytest capabilities, avoid mock rewrite of + implementation classes + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 22 09:52:13 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed DiskFormatVagrantBase docs and behavior + + Update class docs per review by Dan, also raise on use + of methods without proper provider implementation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 22 09:50:43 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed create_box_img in DiskFormatVagrantLibVirt + + The call to create_box_img did not use the given tmpdir + parameter but assumes an instance variable to provide this + information + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 21 17:34:13 CET 2019 - Stefan Seyfried + +- fix network failure with "BOOTIF=" parameter + + If a BOOTIF= parameter (pxelinux "IPAPPEND 2" option) is present, dracut + handles the network already *and* overwrites the 90-net.rules that + kiwi-*-net-genrules.sh created, thus the interface is not named "lan0" + and ifup is destined to fail. + Work around the issue by detecting if the interface is already handled + by generic dracut code and just skipping the ifup call. + Fixes / improves issue #942 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 21 17:03:42 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added some style fixes to the vagrant classes + + Adapt doc strings to match style on lists. Change variable + names not class global to be lowercase. Use 80 chars per + line. Don't reach code that potentially uses undefined + variables + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 21 15:48:05 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor vagrant storage subformat + + In preparation to support other vagrant providers a base class + for Vagrant operations has been created. Original Code written + by DanČermák + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 21 14:42:27 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed disk detection from root device + + The method lookup_disk_device_from_root assigns the disk device + matching the root device uuid. However in a multipath environment + multiple disk devices matches the same root device. The code to + assign the multipath map in this case was missing in the dracut + code base. This Fixes #954 and Fixes bsc#1126283 and bsc#1126318 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 20 18:08:57 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed losetup call due to move in option names + + util-linux dropped losetup-Add-support-for-setting-logical-blocksize.patch + because different implementations exists in the new kernel, and it has + a conflicting implementation in util-linux. This caused a change in the + option to specify the logical sector size. The option --logical-blocksize + was replaced by --sector-size. We adapt this now in kiwi too + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 20 14:46:14 CET 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Add pytest-xdist to dev-virtualenv to run the unit tests in parallel + + - fix CLI args not being passed to pytest by tox for unit_py3_4 and unit_py3_6 + - enable parallel run on travis + - document how to run the unit tests in parallel + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 20 14:04:12 CET 2019 - Ruediger Oertel + +- s390-test-image: add factory base project (same as on arm) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 18 20:20:50 CET 2019 - Dan Čermák + +- Add support to build vagrant boxes with the Virtualbox provider + + This commits adds initial support to build Vagrant boxes with the Virtualbox + provider. + - The attribute 'provider' of the option now supports the option + "virtualbox". + - A new boolean attribute 'virtualbox_guest_additions_present' was added to + . When set to true, KIWI will assume that guest additions have + been installed into the base image and configure the shared folders to use + vboxfs, otherwise rsync will be used. + + This fixes #532 (https://github.com/SUSE/kiwi/issues/532). + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 14 21:18:37 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.18 → 9.17.19 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 14 17:37:38 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed isolinux fallback path + + In case isolinux-config failed or does not exist on the + distribution a fallback path is called. That code hardlinks + the files to the isolinux compiled in standard path. However + due to the move of the grub unicode file for iso images + the path contains a directory. Directories can't be hardlinked + thus this patch uses 'cp -l' instead of the 'ln' command to + create the linked target contents. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 14 11:07:12 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.17 → 9.17.18 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 13 18:34:40 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix location of grub unicode font + + This is a follow up patch for #f5bac4495d34. The change of the + location of the font file was not applied if an iso target, live + or install image is being built. This patch completes the change + and Fixes bsc#1124885 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 13 17:08:19 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix handling of zypper return codes + + The following codes should be handled as errors: + 104 - ZYPPER_EXIT_INF_CAP_NOT_FOUND + 105 - ZYPPER_EXIT_ON_SIGNAL + 106 - ZYPPER_EXIT_INF_REPOS_SKIPPED + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 12 16:54:41 CET 2019 - David Cassany + +- Refactor OCI images packing + + This commit refactors the OCI images support: + + * added import_container_image and export_container_image methods + to oci_tools classes. 'umoci' and 'buildah' consume different + formats thus the inital skopeo call to import a container is tool + dependent. + + * use oci-archive transport for packing the OCI images, this causes + docker and oci operations to just diverge on transport type. + + * add_tag method no longer needed in oci_tools/base, skopeo is used + for that matter. + + * container/docker.py class is no longer needed. The difference + between docker and OCI images is just on packing format which is just + a parameter in skopeo. It does not deserve a dedicated class + + * system/root_import/docker.py class no longer needed. The difference + between OCI and Docker class was just the transport type for the + skopeo call. It does not deserve a dedicated class + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 11 09:10:47 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Sort file and dir entries in iso sortfile + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Feb 10 06:51:00 CET 2019 - Bernhard M. Wiedemann + +- tox: Allow to run a single test + + using + tox -v -e unit_py2_7 -- -vv ./test/unit/iso_tools_cdrtools_test.py + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Feb 09 22:02:09 CET 2019 - Bernhard M. Wiedemann + +- Sort filesystem listings + + so that kiwi works in a reproducible way + in spite of indeterministic filesystem readdir order + and http://bugs.python.org/issue30461 + + See https://reproducible-builds.org/ for why this is good. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Feb 09 16:00:04 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Moved azure integration test to Leap15 + + Factory doesn't resolve well together with Cloud:Tools. + I'd like to have stable integration tests and not getting + screwed with any change on Factory + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Feb 09 15:53:42 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.16 → 9.17.17 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 08 16:56:56 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added new preferences subsection + + In the preferences section the following optional subsection + can be configured: + + true|false + + If set to true the default locales POSIX, C, and C.UTF-8 are + applied as rpm install_lang macro. If the locale section is + configured in addition the list is extended by that information + too + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 08 15:58:29 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Extend the .packages file by the license field + + For rpm based builds the License field from the rpm metadata + is extracted into the .packages file. For Debian based build + the license information is in an extra file and not taken + into account for the moment. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 08 11:58:53 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.15 → 9.17.16 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 07 10:35:09 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added support for %_install_langs rpm macro + + During the image build the custom rpm macro %_install_langs + is configured with the setup from the KIWI XML + description. This allows to filter language specific packages + on the rpm level and Fixes #771 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 06 17:13:56 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add API for package manager returncode validation + + Allow to validate the return code from a package manager + operation. In case of zypper the standard UNIX return + code validation does not apply. Return codes from zypper + which are >= 100 are not treated as an error anymore + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 06 11:33:54 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix Failed to cache rpm database on zypper addrepo + + Occasionally zypper fails when adding the repo with the + rpm error message 'Failed to cache rpm database'. I was + not able to find out why this happens and I also could + not find a way to reproduce it safely. However this + commit adds a workaround that seems to fix the issue + when it happens. If the first call of zypper addrepo + fails kiwi now issues the exact same call again and + only if that fails too an exception is thrown + + In addition the patch changes the zypper call and avoids + the option --type. That option is marked legacy and ignored + by zypper but causes a misleading warning message + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 04 16:59:51 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Handle location of the rpm DB on the macro level + + The location of the rpm database is no longer a standard + path one can trust. Some distributions put it to /var/lib + others to /usr/lib. This introduces the problem of dealing + with different locations between the bootstrapping (host rpm) + phase and the image installation (image rpm) phase. + + This commit implements a solution based on an intermediate + rpm database configuration. KIWI creates the macros.kiwi file + inside of the image root which is read by any call of rpm + in the inner and outer system. During bootstrap phase the + rpm dbpath from the host system is used and later in the + install phase the dbpath from the rpm package as it was + installed by the target image distribution is used. In case + of a dbpath difference the database is automatically moved + to the new location by setting the _dbpath_rebuild macro + to the correct location. At the end the custom KIWI macro + is deleted. + + As this process allows custom macro defintions during the + KIWI run it also serves as the base for a solution to + Issue #771 which will be done in a follow up request to + this commit. + + Also the workaround for bsc#1112357 which uses a static + dbpath to store an optionally given signing key will be + addressed with this commit. The macro setup happens before + the import_trusted_keys method which makes any specification + for a strict dbpath obsolete. + + Last the implementation deletes the obsolete + dump_reload_package_database code. rpm is able to automatically + do the conversion of different db versions such that the code + in kiwi is obsolete. In addition that code only worked for + rather old db versions. The public API has not changed though, + but the method is marked obsolete and does nothing anymore. + + In addition to the deletion of obsolete code a new API + method post_process_install_requests_bootstrap has been + introduced to handle actions required after bootstrap + and before installing of packages from inside the new image + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 04 12:03:25 CET 2019 - David Cassany + +- Add custom partitioning docs + + This commit adds two new documentation chapters. One covering + custom partitioning scheme in KIWI. And another covering setting + custom volumes in KIWI + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 31 11:09:53 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.14 → 9.17.15 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 31 11:08:15 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup code issues reported by new flake8 version + + Travis has updated the flake8 version which caused more + strict issue reports on the code. This commit fixes the + new issues reported by flake8 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 31 10:40:27 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.13 → 9.17.14 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 31 10:28:53 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Changed default value for bundler compression + + If no compression is configured in the kiwi config file + the default was set to: False. However this lead to big + trouble on the obs side for images which has fixed + storage disk sizes configured, e.g Azure images which + requests 30G disk size per instance. Thus the default + for the bundler compression has changed to be: True + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 29 13:05:03 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.12 → 9.17.13 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 29 11:20:30 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed grub theme lookup + + If the theme was not found at the expected place an exception + was thrown. However the alternative lookup code in /boot was + not reached with that exception. This commit fixes this + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 28 17:34:52 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.11 → 9.17.12 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 28 11:17:07 CET 2019 - David Cassany + +- Add a runtime check for preferences metadata + + This commit adds a runtime check for preferences metadata. More + specfic verifies there is a packagemanager defined and an image version + defined. + + Fixes #925 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 25 17:13:43 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support alternative EFI and grub modules paths + + In SUSE products EFI binaries are historically located in + /usr/lib*/efi. In a recent move to package grub2 as noarch + fate#326960, a collision between x86_64 and aarch64 has been + identified, as both place platform-specific files in the same + spot. To rectify this, a new location was devised: + /usr/share/efi/$(uname -m). At the same time /usr/lib/grub2 will + move to /usr/share/grub2. This Fixes #924 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 25 10:30:27 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed Xen guest detection + + We only support Xen setup e.g in the Amazon Cloud for the + x86_64 architecture. This Fixes bsc#1123186 and bsc#1123185 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 24 17:07:54 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed location of grub unicode font file + + grub2 is expecting the unicode font below the fonts + directory in the /boot/grub*/ depending on how the + distribution installs grub2. This Fixes bsc#1119416 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 24 15:24:00 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix documentation howto delete a package + + The documentation described an invalid XML grammar + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 24 11:31:49 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.10 → 9.17.11 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 24 11:27:48 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix package conflict for completion file + + The completion can only be provided by one package if not + python version specific completion files are provided. Due + to the fix in #920 the completion file must be provided by + another sub-package. This commit moves it to the + kiwi-man-pages package. Actually kiwi man pages provides + more than just the man pages, but also the PDF documentation + and I think the completion information serves the purpose of + documentation to some degree too. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 24 10:00:28 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.9 → 9.17.10 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 24 09:32:44 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed file name of completion file + + The bash completion file must match one of the alternatives links. + Otherwise the bash completion mechanism will not match. kiwi-ng is + the unique alternative link name compared to the still present + legacy kiwi version and should be used preferably + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 23 12:08:06 CET 2019 - David Cassany + +- Add container history metadata on umoci repack call + + This commit makes sure that `umoci repack` call includes history + metadata and skips that in `umoci config` call. + + Fixes #918 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 17 14:06:16 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.8 → 9.17.9 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 17 11:22:01 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update schematron rule + + install_continue_on_timeout is only for oem types + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 17 10:13:48 CET 2019 - David Cassany + +- Do not assume package manager is always there + + This commit modifies the dump_reload_package_database method + for zypper to not assume rpm binary is always part of the image. + + An image could be bootstrapped only without zypper or rpm, in that + case it does not make sense and it is not possible to dump and reload + rpmdb. + + Fixes #915 and related to #550 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 17 10:09:40 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow to switch off install image boot timeout + + This commit adds a new attribute called: + + + + It allows to setup the boot timeout for install images + build with KIWI. If not set or set to 'true' the configured + boottimeout or its default applies to the install image + as it was before. If set to 'false' there will be no + timeout in the install image bootloader setup and the boot + only continues on manual intervention. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 11 10:57:10 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.7 → 9.17.8 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 10 15:52:49 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make result compression in the bundler optional + + Calling kiwi result bundle will take the image build results + and bundle the relevant image files according to their image + type. Depending on the result configuration this could instruct + the bundler to compress one or more files from the result. + By default this compression is switched off in the bundler but + can be activated to save storage space and speedup download + of the image with the following runtime configuration: + + bundle: + - compress: true|false + + If compression is activated the result image has to be + uncompressed before it can be used. This Fixes #901 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 07 11:17:52 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.6 → 9.17.7 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 07 10:48:09 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix use of SysConfig objects + + objects of that class did not provide a get method but + overload the bracket [] operator. Using the get() method + failed. This Fixes #910 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jan 05 19:52:42 CET 2019 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use chkstat to verify and fix file permissions + + Call chkstat in system mode which reads /etc/sysconfig/security + to determine the configured security level and applies the + appropriate permission definitions from the /etc/permissions* + files. It's possible to provide those files as overlay files + in the image description to apply a certain permission setup + when needed. Otherwise the default setup as provided on the + package level applies. It's required that the image root system + has chkstat installed. If not present KIWI skips this step + and continuous with a warning. This Fixes #895 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 21 17:22:57 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Allow setting the protocol for exposed ports + + With this commit it is possible to set tcp or upd (e.g. "80/tcp") for + exposed container ports. If no protocol is provided OCI defaults are + applied. + + Fixes #906 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 19 18:01:17 CET 2018 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Use cls in @classmethods instead of self + + For consistency reasons. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 19 09:13:48 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.5 → 9.17.6 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 18 20:03:33 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow setctsid to be part of custom boot images + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 18 14:33:09 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Fix disk size calculation for VMX + + Disk size calculation must take into account the empty volumes that + are to be mounted in a directory that does not exist in the root tree + otherwise there is KeyError. The result of + storate/setup._calculate_volume_mbytes must be a dict including all + defined volumes. + + Fixes #904 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 12 12:19:50 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.4 → 9.17.5 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 12 11:06:20 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure manual pages are part of pypi archive + + As consequence of the change in the travis setup to make + use of the native 'pages' and 'pypi' providers from travis the + environment for the sdist target has changed. Within the + doc_travis tox env no manual pages was build. In combination + with the 'pypi' provider setup in .travis.yml which uses + skip_cleanup: true, this caused the pypi archive to miss + any manual pages which lead to a runtime error on install + via pip. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 11 08:18:26 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.3 → 9.17.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 10 12:34:53 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't trust the vmlinux symlink to be present + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 10 11:15:02 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor kernel version lookup + + Check the presence of the gzip compressed kernel binary + and use it. If not present use the arbitrary kernel image + format with the known limitations. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 10 09:46:06 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- More clarity on kernel version lookup + + Lookup of the kernel version is done by directly reading the + kernel image via a small tool named kversion. The scope of the + tool is limited and does not work for e.g kernel images which + contains its own decompressor code. For the special cases we + defined exceptions, one was zImage. The recently added exception + for vmlinuz seemed too intrusive to me and was also not well + documented. This patch tries to clarify and get us back to + explicit and easy to read coding. Fixes #899 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 04 17:22:25 CET 2018 - Ruediger Oertel + +- testing: fix issues marked by shellcheck + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 29 17:58:48 CET 2018 - Ruediger Oertel + +- kernel.py: also try vmlinux-version.gz in case of image-version to + get the version number + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 27 17:09:52 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Add Ubuntu bionic build tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 27 15:17:49 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Another round of OCI tools refactoring + + In order to provide buildah support some of the logic about + temporary directories for OCI images creation needs to be moved + to the dedicated OCI tool class. + + While umoci can operate in any directory and this is passed as an + argument, this is not the case for buildah. In buildah workflow + the storage path of work-in-progress images/containers is not + customizable neither the mountpoint of the container rootfs. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 26 15:36:54 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.2 → 9.17.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 26 14:37:42 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update documentation for rd.live.cowfile.mbsize + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 26 10:07:44 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use cow file on persistent grub live loop boot + + When using tools like live-grub-stick the live iso as generated + by kiwi will be copied as file on the target device and a grub + loopback setup is created there to boot the live system from file. + In such a case the persistent write setup which tries to create + an extra write partition on the target fails in almost all cases + because the target has no free and unpartitioned space available. + Therefore in case of such a loopback mounted system we create a + cow file(live_system.cow) instead of a partition to setup + persistent writing. The cow file will be created in the same + directory the live iso image file was read from grub + This Fixes #860 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 23 14:15:38 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.1 → 9.17.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 23 11:29:40 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Create a custom `setup.py clean` command + + The default `setup.py clean` command does not clean `dist` and + `*.egg-info` folders. This commit makes sure those are cleaned and + also ands a `setup.py clean` command in the `clean` Makefile target + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 23 11:11:53 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Better exception handling in oem installer + + If an error condition applies in the kiwi dump dracut code + the reaction was to stop the process with a dracut die() call. + If the option 'rd.debug' was set on boot, this lead to a debugging + shell which is good, but in a standard process this lead to a + lock of the machine which is an unfortunate situation. This + patch changes the behavior to always print the error message + as a dialog message box on the primary console and reboot + the system after keypress or timeout. In case of the debug + switch configured the system die()'s as before. + This Fixes #884 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 19 11:19:36 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Add parted dependency for dracut-kiwi-live package + + dracut-kiwi-live requires `partprobe` tool and this is provided by + parted package. Persistent overlay setup fails if parted is not + installed in the image. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 15 09:40:46 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added unit test for syslinux lookup paths + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 15 08:50:29 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Include the isolinux ubuntu paths + + This commit adds the ubuntu installation paths the places to look + for isolinux binaries. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 13 17:06:30 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Fix spec to better support Debian and Ubuntu builds + + This commit fixes the spec to properly build for Debian and Ubuntu. + More specific: + + * update-alternatives path has been adapted + * python3-kiwi are now enabled for Debian 9 and Ubuntu 18.04 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 12 11:37:35 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make gfxboot a recommended package + + gfxboot is needed on the host for certain boot graphics + operations. It's used if the boot theme provides a gfxboot.cfg + In this case the tool is also required. The setup of the + boot themes is differently implemented in each of the + distributions we support. In addition on suse distributions + gfxboot is no longer in the core system. Given that we are + not able to find a common base on requirement of the package + we changed gfxboot from a required to a recommended package + and deleted the requirement on debian based distros + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 09 15:54:31 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Adding OEM and ISO image types for Fedora tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 09 14:53:54 CET 2018 - Stefan Seyfried + +- kiwi-dump-image: improve dialog usage + + Dialog's "--radiolist" feature requires to navigate to the item, + press "space" to select the item and then "enter" to execute. + With "--menu", it is enough to just navigate to the item and press + "enter" to execute, which is much more intuitive for most users. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 09 13:28:14 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Add support for --no-history umoci's flag + + Using this flag kiwi appends only a single history entry for OCI + containers. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 09 11:23:16 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.17.0 → 9.17.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 09 11:05:22 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Little code styling fix + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 09 09:56:33 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed oem installer + + In the implementation of the ramdisk installer from + SUSE/ramdisk_deployment(4fdeee3faa3) an error for the + standard case was introduced such that the lsblk call + was invalid. This lead to no devices being present + for the installation. This patch Fixes #877 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 08 16:34:35 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Fix rsync call for filesystem images + + For filesystem images the rsync call was missing a finale slash for + the source path causing the sync also the containing directory. With + this change the filesystem image does not include the rootfs in any + subdirectory. + + Fixes #875 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 06 16:31:37 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Add history metadata for container builds + + This commit adds the history section in contianerconfig. With it + 'author', 'created_by' and 'comment' can be customized. In addition + 'created' is always included with the image creation date time. + 'created_by' entry is set to 'KIWI __version__' by default if nothing + is provided. + + Fixes #852 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 06 15:20:59 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.36 → 9.17.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 06 11:58:03 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Change bundling of image formats + + By default none of the image formats were stored as compressed + file. The reason behind this was the assumption that some + formats automatically makes use of compression, which is true + but only in their processing and not in their data blocks at + creation time. Storage and handling of the image file itself + becomes cumbersome and therefore we change the default bundle + setup for image formats to be compressed. This means the image + as it gets packed by KIWI needs to be uncompressed before use. + The following image formats are affected by the change in a + call of the result bundler: + + kiwi result bundle ... + + * qcow2 (.qcow2.xz) + * vdi (.vdi.xz) + * vhd (.vhd.xz) + * vhdx (.vhdx.xz) + * vmdk (.vmdk.xz) + + All other image formats already defined a custom bundling + setup including compression and are not affected by this change. + This Fixes #650 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 06 11:00:18 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed firmware strip and lookup for kiwi initrd + + In a kiwi initrd the function baseStripFirmware can be + used to strip down the firmware to the actually used + kernel drivers in that initrd. The code to do this was + broken due to the changes in #64cb5b003140a. This + patch done by Ruediger Oertel fixes the + method to work correctly again. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 06 10:39:21 CET 2018 - Stefan Seyfried + +- kiwi-partitions-lib: wait for udev before lsblk + + A LVM-enabled oem image spuriously did not resize its PV / LVs. Tracking + this down, I discovered that lsblk was sometimes racing with udev and + the disk was just not available during get_partition_node_name(). + Call udev_pending() before all lsblk calls to avoid that. + (lsblk man page also advocates this to synchronize with udev) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 06 10:11:08 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.35 → 9.16.36 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 06 10:09:44 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bypass Jekyll processing for github pages + + sphinx uses directories that start with underscores which + Jekyll considers these to be special resources and does not copy + them to the final site. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 05 22:21:25 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.34 → 9.16.35 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 05 22:20:11 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Revert last travis.yml change + + This reverts commit 7fb7e8c39fa861b6226d54e04483be8e96a5f8be. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 05 22:14:37 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.33 → 9.16.34 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 05 22:13:38 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Next try to fixup pypi deployment + + Reset to encrypted password hash which worked before + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 05 16:30:28 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.32 → 9.16.33 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 05 16:29:58 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move pypi secret to secure variable on travis + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 05 16:25:44 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.31 → 9.16.32 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 05 16:24:35 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use travis-sphinx to generate github pages doc + + The output from the sphinx build does not render css + and java script correctly on github pages, thus switch + back to travis-sphinx to generate that data + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 05 15:30:17 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.30 → 9.16.31 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 05 15:29:42 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move github token to secure variable on travis + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 05 14:58:04 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.29 → 9.16.30 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 05 14:56:57 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Run pages deployment before pypi + + In addition update the pypi secret + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 05 14:08:04 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move travis references to .com domain + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 05 14:03:45 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.28 → 9.16.29 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 05 12:34:51 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Arrange command test arguments to match py2 and py3 order + + Apparently dictionary keys are not sorted equaly in py2 and py3. While + the code does not relay on command flags order the test command + validation does. This commit ensures the umoci command is the same for + both, py2 and py3, with all the flags in the same order. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 05 10:56:26 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Make process config arguments method static + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 05 10:38:41 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added oci_tools to package MANIFEST + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 05 10:30:46 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use the travis pages provider for doc deployment + + In the past we used the travis-sphinx script to deploy + the documentation to gh-pages via the travis CI. However + with the change to the travis github App we need to + change this deployment into a real deployment stage + of the travis setup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 05 10:22:21 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed azurectl redirect in documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 05 09:13:12 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.27 → 9.16.28 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Nov 04 17:17:06 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added Deploy and Run System in a RamDisk docu + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 31 17:42:23 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Refactor containerconfig xml evaluation + + This commit refactors the extracted data from containerconfig section + to be tool agnostic. + + Related to #863 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 30 19:57:29 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support ramdisk deployment in OEM images + + Using the rd.kiwi.ramdisk boot option enables the deployment + into a ramdisk. If this option is enabled only ramdisk devices + as provided by the brd kernel driver will be available for + deployment + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 29 17:48:17 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Apply OCI interface for container and root_import + + Instead of directly calling the container archiving tool, + in this case umoci, the code has been changed to use the + new OCI interface class. This Fixes #859 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 29 16:29:34 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Distinguish install and image dracut config + + This commit distinguishes the files that should be installed inside + the image dracut only than the ones installed in both, in install initrd + and image initrd. + + Fixes #858 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 29 09:33:21 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added OCI tooling interface class + + An initiative to formulate industry standards around container + formats and runtime is available at https://www.opencontainers.org + Different tools to implement the specifications had been + created. The purpose of this class and its sub-classes is + to provide a common interface in kiwi to allow using all + tools such that the container support in kiwi covers every + linux distribution no matter what tooling was preferred. + Related to Issue #859 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 26 15:17:59 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Warn on Modifications to intermediate config files + + Some files are taken from the host and managed as intermediate + config files during the build of the image. Changes to those + files during the build run by e.g a script will not become + effective because the file gets restored. With this patch we + detect the modification condition and throw a warning message + such that the author of the image can adapt the description + as suggested in the message. This Fixes #817 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 25 11:22:34 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup code to make flake8 happy + + The new version of flake8 is more strict on code checking and + complained at several places. This commit fixes the code smells + such that flake8 is happy again + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 19 14:26:39 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.26 → 9.16.27 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 19 08:51:47 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use %{ix86} rather than %ix86 in spec template + + Clear macro annotation prevents clarity issues + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 18 17:55:53 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed spec file for gfxboot requires + + Require gfxboot but only for the x86 architecture + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 18 16:33:26 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.25 → 9.16.26 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 18 16:30:15 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Move the default rpm database path into Defaults class + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 18 16:08:29 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Handle default uri mime type in Defaults class + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 18 15:27:07 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Add a hardcoded rpm database path to import trusted keys + + This commits adds a hardcoded rpm database location to make + sure the imported keys are in the expected location for zypper. + + Fixes #855 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 18 13:57:11 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow simple path source in Uri class + + This patch is needed as follow up fix for the setup of the + package cache in local repositories. The is_remote method + from the Uri class is used to identify if a repostory source + is remote or local. At that point the initial repository + source was already translated into its components. In case + of a local repository the Uri instance now receives a simple + path and the is_remote method raised with a style error. + This patch allows the Uri class to be more friendly and + initializes a local path as file:/ typed source. + Related to Issue #847 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 18 10:35:50 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.24 → 9.16.25 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 18 10:18:53 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add timestamp to logfile entries + + On the console output we use a log format with timestamps + This is useful for the logfile contents too + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 17 16:15:22 CEST 2018 - Stefan Seyfried + +- sort package list which accompanies the image + + This makes it much easier to diff the lists of two images to find out + the differences in package versions. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 17 14:34:24 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't cache packages from local repos for zypper + + Access to packages from local repositories is as fast as reading + them from a cache location. The additional package copy and cache + update is superfluous and should be avoided. This Fixes #847 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 16 16:56:45 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.23 → 9.16.24 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 16 11:58:23 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Update /etc/machine-id management docs + + Updates the information about how /etc/machine-id is treated in KIWI + and provides some hints for old systems where /var/lib/dbus/machine-id + is not a symlink to /etc/machine-id + + Related to #843 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 16 10:32:15 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Unpack root.tar.gz file for LVM integration test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 16 10:28:44 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added LVM integration test build + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 15 09:53:10 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.22 → 9.16.23 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 15 09:33:25 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added machine id setup in dracut preparation + + In case of a dracut booted image we empty out the systemd + machine-id configuration file to trigger the rebuild of that + information by the dracut boot code at boot time. This allows + for unique systemd identifiers if the same image gets deployed + on different machines. This also makes the script implementations + people put in in config.sh or images.sh to solve this problem + obsolete. This Fixes #843 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 12 21:42:28 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix use of uri type in debootstrap call + + Referencing a file in a debootstrap call is done using + the file:/ source type. However when using file:// debootstrap + does something different and failed to find the file. The + additional / had a bad impact to the call. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 11 17:37:37 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.21 → 9.16.22 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 11 17:35:54 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete obsolete rhel/fedora doc move + + With the fix to use the rpm macro consistently it + is no longer required to move around the docs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 11 17:13:34 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.20 → 9.16.21 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 11 16:02:01 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed package specs for dracut modules on fedora + + dracut-network is a separate package on Fedora/RHEL too + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 11 15:48:34 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add alternative search path for syslinux binaries + + On debian/ubuntu systems /usr/lib/ISOLINUX is a valid + search path for syslinux binaries like isolinux.bin. + This Fixes #839 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 11 15:29:20 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed package doc install target + + The spec file uses the %{_defaultdocdir} macro but the + corresponding Makefile target used a hardcoded path which + lead to inconsistencies on debian/ubuntu based systems. + This Fixes #838 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 11 15:04:48 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed package specs for dracut modules on debian + + btrfs tools are provided by btrfs-tools package and not by + btrfs-progs. In addition dracut-network is a separate package + on debian/ubuntu based distributions. This Fixes #837 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 09 12:28:46 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't require gfxboot on rhel/fedora + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 09 10:44:03 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup zypper calls in documentation + + The way the documentation describes the zypper call to add + a repository was wrong in several places. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 09 10:32:26 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added gfxboot to required packages in spec + + kiwi calls gfxboot as tool when building live iso images. + Thus this tool provided by the gfxboot package should be + a requirement for kiwi + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 09 09:17:25 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.19 → 9.16.20 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 08 15:47:53 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- rebuild auto generated code with stable generateDS + + For some reason the xml_parse code generated by generateDS v2.29.24 + caused warnings on simple type XSD patterns. Therefore I rebuild + the code with the stable build version v2.29.14 which fixed that + issue + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 08 09:56:14 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup README travis and codacy status badges + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 08 09:13:56 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Adding bugfix trace for bsc#1110869 + + bsc#1108508 ticket was fixed with request #831 + from SUSE/fix_uri_handler + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Oct 07 20:49:44 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Include livenet module with dmsquash-live support + + The upstream dracut dmsquash-live module supports network + mode with the livenet module. But that module must be + explicitly included and is not fetched automatically. + This Fixes #827 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 05 17:12:14 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.18 → 9.16.19 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 05 16:37:14 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Rename private method to be more expressive + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 05 11:39:41 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Add Codec utils for bytes literals decoding + + In case of a literal decoding failure it tries to decode + the result in utf-8. This is handy in python2 environments where + python and the host might be using different charset configurations. + In python3 this issue seams to be solved. + + Fixes #829 and bsc#1110871 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 05 11:27:49 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed URI handling with token query option + + So far only the query format ?credentials=... was supported. + In case of ?random_token_data the returned uri was truncated + and also the format check on the query caused a python trace. + This Fixes #830 and Fixes #828 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 05 11:08:02 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Make use of the quiet flag of mountpoint command + + This commit sets the use of -q flag of mountpoint. Kiwi only + checks the return code, thus any stdout is useless in this case. + + Fixes #829 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 02 11:51:40 CEST 2018 - Fergal Mc Carthy + +- Eliminate redundant code + + Create a helper method, _create_volume_no_zero, which calls the + lvreate command with appropriate options and calls the vgscan + command immeditately afterwards to create any missing /dev nodes. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Sep 29 21:37:46 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed broken link to ec2uploadimg tool + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Sep 29 21:14:38 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update contact information + + We moved from IRC to Matrix as chat platform. Thus the + documentation needs to be updated accordingly + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 27 21:27:36 CEST 2018 - Fergal Mc Carthy + +- Fixes LVM based image creation in OBS + + While attempting to create LVM based images under the Open Build + Service I recently ran into some issues related to the fact that + there is no udev running in the chroot environment used to build + kiwi based images. + + Two workarounds have been implemented in this patch: + + (1) When calling lvcreate, include the `-Zn` option to disable + the automatic zeroing of the header of the newly created + LV device; doing so requires that the LV device's /dev + entry exists immediately after it has been created, but + in a chroot'd environment udev isn't going to be running + to automatically populate /dev// or + /dev/mapper/-. + This should be safe to do since the LV is being created + within a loopback device based partition, which is backed + by a zero filled file, created by qemu-img. + + (2) After creating an LV we need to run `vgscan --mknodes` + to create the required device nodes under /dev, which + won't be automatically created since udev isn't running + in the chroot'd environment. + + Unit tests updated to account for additional `-Zn` arguments that + are being passed to `lvcreate` and for additional call that is + being made to `vgscan --mknodes`. + + This fixes #824. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 26 17:00:15 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.17 → 9.16.18 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 26 15:57:05 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Create parent qgroup when snapper is present + + This commit creates a new parent quota group (1/0) of level 1 when + btrfs_quota_groups is enabled and snapper present into the image + root tree. + + Related to bsc#1093518 and #812 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 26 13:39:20 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.16 → 9.16.17 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 26 13:38:07 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup make build target + + Don't include auto generated schema docs into the source + tarball. Also cleanup MANIFEST.in from files no longer + present in the repository + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 26 12:28:00 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.15 → 9.16.16 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 26 12:26:30 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Disable warnings report from pytest + + By default pytest now generates warnings for all modules + used in the tox environment. This information is nice + but taints the test output of the code of this project + and is therefore unwanted. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 26 12:19:22 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.14 → 9.16.15 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 26 10:58:12 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Customize latex output for look and feel + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 26 10:35:52 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update development doc chapter per review by Tom + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 25 11:05:20 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Make volume id customizable for installation ISOs + + This commit makes volid attribute also available for OEM images. + The installation media makes use of the volid value. Only posix + safe names are allowed, up to 32 characters. + + Fixes #811 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 24 12:39:29 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Include PDF build of documentation to the package + + Bundle a PDF version of the online documentation with the rpm package + build. Due to the complexity of getting a latex build environment into + the travis CI which does not take forever to install, the bundling of + a built PDF into the pypi archive has been skipped. Users installing + from pypi would need to install a latex env on their machine and + run make latexpdf from the installed bundle. + This Fixes #819 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 24 11:43:10 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update docs for setting up development environment + + Reference py3.6 when showing example tox call. Also + delete a py version reference where it was not needed + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 21 16:45:19 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update kiwi tools README + + Delete obsolete entries for tools no longer present + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 20 17:46:42 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Adding bugfix trace for bsc#1108508 + + bsc#1108508 ticket was fixed with bf556a96 and 77517cff commits. Just + adding the ticket reference here. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 19 16:01:11 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed disk detection for live iso in loopback grub + + If the live iso is used as a disk on e.g USB sticks and + is configured to setup a persistent write space via the + initrd option rd.live.overlay.persistent, it's required + to find the disk device to create a write partition on + it. + + This detection worked if the live iso is binary dumped + on the disk and bootet due to the hybrid support each + iso built by kiwi provides. + + However if the live ISO deployment should not destroy + existing data on the disk there is an alternative setup + which uses grub's loopback support and puts the iso as a + file on some partition of the disk. In this mode the + kiwi-live dracut module failed to find the disk device + and could not setup a persistent write partition. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 14 11:39:24 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.13 → 9.16.14 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 14 11:38:21 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed spec template + + Directory delimiter missing in call for install_dracut target + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 14 11:21:46 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.12 → 9.16.13 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 13 17:54:58 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Make use of kiwi/utils/sysconfig + + This commit makes use the sysconfig kiwi utility in order to + read and eventually update the /etc/sysconfig/snapper file. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 13 11:35:53 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Snapper configuration for btrfs quota support refactored + + This commit refactors the snapper configuration for btrfs quota support + when btrfs_root_is_snapshot is enabled. The sysconfig file + /etc/sysconfig/snapper is now taken into consideration. + + Fixes bsc#1093518 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 12 17:27:28 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed overlay of intermediate config files + + Some config files e.g etc/hosts needs to be temporary copied + from the buildsystem host to the image root system. This is + done by a custom copy with the .kiwi extension and a symlink + to that file. During the installation process the package + manager either overwrites the file or creates a .rpmnew variant. + In case a .rpmnew variant exists there is code in kiwi which + restores that .rpmnew variant to become the real file. However + that _restore_intermediate_config_rpmnew_variants() method + runs after overlay files has been applied to the system because + it's part of the final cleanup step. In order to preserve + an eventual overlay version of the file the .rpmnew variant + gets only restored if the real file does not exist. + This Fixes #807 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 12 09:55:18 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed dice documentation + + The chapter: Building in a Self-Contained Environment holds + a fixed ruby version in the package install which was outdated. + It also still referenced the container as tar.xz but we have + changed to uncompressed containers by default a while back + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 11 18:11:16 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed filesystem builder use of exclude list + + kiwi defines a global Defaults.get_exclude_list_for_root_data_sync + method but it was not used in the scope of the filesystem builder. + Thus this builder was missing the exclusion of the .buildenv + file. This references Issue #422 and Fixes #814 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 05 14:35:16 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Enhance /etc/snapper/configs/root file parser + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 04 16:51:28 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Fix quota groups management when snapper is present + + * Fixes the config file path if root is snapshot + * Uses the correct QGROUP="" syntax + * Do not overwrite the config file if already present + + Fixes bsc#1093518 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Aug 25 20:52:07 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Separate dracut module install by Makefile target + + The dracut modules like kiwi provides it should not be part of the + default install target. If kiwi gets installed from source or via + pip all dracut code gets installed on that system which is unwanted + and in the worst case leads to boot trouble next time this system + rebuilds its initrd via dracut. Therefore an extra Makefile target + which is used in the spec of an rpm but not in the install target + of setup.py is provided in this commit. + + As a consequence the installation from pip will not install any + dracut modules on that system which is intentional. Installing from + source requires to run make install_dracut which if called assumes + the caller knows what he/she does :) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 20 22:42:46 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.11 → 9.16.12 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 20 22:35:37 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Follow up fix for skip_cleanup use + + make sure doc_travis tox target has created the manual + pages such that the environment contains this data + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 20 22:09:18 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.10 → 9.16.11 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 20 22:08:04 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use skip_cleanup for deploy stage in travis + + We need the tox build environment to run the deployment + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 20 19:18:38 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.9 → 9.16.10 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 20 17:37:11 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Follow up fix for deploy target + + Integration of man pages must be done as part of the sdist + setup because the travis pypi deployment only uses the + sdist target to bundle the sources + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 20 17:02:58 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.8 → 9.16.9 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 20 12:04:09 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed deploy target + + As part of the deploy process in travis a bundle to pypi is + uploaded. The bundle is missing the compiled manual pages because + the doc_travis stage did not create them. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 08 21:32:23 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.7 → 9.16.8 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 08 18:02:59 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update pxe server setup documentation + + Delete the suggested modifications to /etc/sysconfig/atftpd + and trust the defaults provided by the package + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 08 17:56:24 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added support for system wide config file + + If there is no user specific config file we are also + looking for a system wide /etc/kiwi.yml file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 08 09:46:22 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- use more meaningful variable names + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 07 16:10:11 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Fix baseStripUnusedLibs config method + + This commit arguments handling of the baseStripUnusedLibs + that was not prepared to handle quoted variable containing a list. + + Fixes #798 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 07 11:43:13 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added doc chapter for remote live boot + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 06 18:28:30 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added support for pxe live boot via AOE + + The live ISO should support a network reference. We are using + the Ata Over Ethernet protocol to achieve this. In combination + with pxe boot of the kernel/initrd a live iso can boot from + the network using the following parameter example: + + root=live:AOEINTERFACE:e0.1 rd.kiwi.live.pxe + + Export of the live iso file via AOE can be achieved using the + vblade toolkit which needs to be available on the exporting + system and compatible with the live operating system. + This Fixes #796 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 06 12:21:24 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Run schema validation/update per XSL stylesheets + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 06 12:16:53 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added XSL stylesheet to auto update schema + + Drop oem-ataraid-scan from oemconfig if specified + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 06 11:45:15 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update vagrant doc chapter redirect links + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 06 11:39:03 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Drop oem-ataraid-scan from schema + + Along with the change we pin generateDS version to 2.29.14 + because the newer version (2.29.19) creates broken python + syntax for elements with a value list for their content + like it's the case for the packagemanager element. The + tool uses the name k.packagemanager.content as class name + which is invalid for python. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 06 11:31:07 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete dmraid aka: softraid soft/fakeraid support + + In fate#323743 the decision was made to drop dmraid from + the distribution. Along with the low business case for those + controllers and the support for linux softraid via mdadm + we also drop the support in kiwi for oem-ataraid-scan + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 06 11:21:22 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed unresolvables in EC2 integration build + + For some reason libyui-ncurses-pkg8 is gone now + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 06 11:15:16 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed unresolvables in integration builds + + For some reason libyui-ncurses-pkg8 is gone now + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 01 14:24:25 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.6 → 9.16.7 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 01 13:18:37 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- update vagrant doc chapter per review by Tom + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 01 09:03:19 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added vagrant setup chapter in the docs + + Document steps to create a vagrant box for the libvirt + provider. Also provide information on provider support + This Fixes #792 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 31 09:45:35 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use xattr 0.9.3 + + Latest xattr is broken on pip + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 31 08:58:18 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed make obs_test_status + + The helper script .obs_test_status looks up the build + results from the integration tests. With the introduction + of multibuild integration tests the script has to apply + some modifications to get the correct results + This is related to Issue #791 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 30 13:21:16 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.5 → 9.16.6 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 30 11:53:23 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Fix result bundle command + + This commits fixes a regression introduced in 98c9c77a + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 30 09:47:39 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.4 → 9.16.5 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 30 08:44:12 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup validation of boottimeout attribute + + If boottimeout is set to zero it is evaluated as "not set" + and the default applies. However it's a fairly well approach + to set a zero second boot timeout. This Fixes #789 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 27 14:31:59 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Add build tests for CentOS + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 27 12:27:18 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Do not replace version from the image name + + This commit makes sure that replacing version to version plus the + build id on resulting files happens only on version suffixes. Before + that if image name was including the version string it, this part was + also replaced. + + Fixes #787 (bsc#1102868) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 27 12:25:23 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Extending result bundle task tests to better cover corner cases + + This commit adds some tests to better cover a couple of cases: + * image name contains the version of the image + * the file in result does not include the version + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 25 16:35:26 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup misleading error message + + In root_bind if the cleanup failed to remove a directory + hierarchy the error message was just displaying the path + as it would be on the host root and not based on the root + of the image root tree. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 24 17:39:38 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Modify python-yaml dependency for CentOS and RHEL 7 + + This commit fixes #785 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 20 12:37:41 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Do not run Codacy analysis on tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 19 17:05:03 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup DiskFormatOva implementation + + The inheritance and super call concept used in this class + destroys the OO design concept of loosely coupled code + and also leads to a broken build because it bypasses the + post_init constructor called by the base class + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 16 17:47:40 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Exclude tests in codacy analysis + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 16 17:22:58 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.3 → 9.16.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 16 17:13:21 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added grub2 module packages for GCE test build + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 16 17:03:46 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup timezone and keytable setup for GCE build + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 16 16:56:29 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Second round of package fixes for GCE test build + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 16 16:50:41 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update schema for GCE build test to latest version + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 16 16:09:28 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup package list for GCE test build + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 16 16:06:31 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added Google Compute Engine build test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 16 13:07:38 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Deleted obsolete landscape setup + + Code quality is checked via codacy now + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 16 13:07:21 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Rebuild schema documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 16 12:46:31 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed building VMware images with pvscsi adapter + + Qemu does not natively support the pvscsi adapter type. + However there is a VMware suggested procedure which allows + to change the lsilogic setup to pvscsi inside of the DDB + of a formerly created lsilogic configured image format. + This patch implementes that procedure and + Fixes bsc#1099569 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 16 11:04:05 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Rebuild schema documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 16 10:33:53 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.2 → 9.16.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 13 15:56:33 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed name of checksum file for pxe type + + The pxe image build generates among others a checksum + file with the suffix '.md5' This file is read by the + legacy netboot code and is expected to have the same + basename as the image file itself. However if the + compressed attribute is set the image file name is + set to 'image.xz' and the checksum is named 'image.xz.md5' + which is wrong because 'image.md5' is expected. This + patch makes sure the checksum file is always set + to 'image.md5' no matter if the compressed flag is + configured or not + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 13 15:47:21 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed custom_args argument assignment in BootImage + + custom_args has been deleted from BootImageKiwi class + but was still passed in the Factory + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 13 10:29:30 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added runtime check for label use + + Added check_volume_label_used_with_lvm to check if + custom volume labels are used in the scope of LVM + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 13 09:13:13 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed GCE image file name + + In former times Google requires the image name to follow + their naming conventions. However that seems to have changed + and it is no longer required to match a certain pattern. + Thus this patch changes the output name of the GCE tar file + to use the same naming schema as KIWI applies to its output + files + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 12 10:43:13 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Add codacy.yml config file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 11 17:14:21 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Move from landscape.io to codacy.com + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 11 16:52:35 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Updated Travis check icon to forked project + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 11 12:18:55 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support label attribute in volumes + + The optional label attribute in a volume section allows + to specify a filesystem label for the selected volume. + The label setup will have no effect on filesystems + which implements their own volume management like it's + the case for btrfs. This Fixes #738 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 11 11:29:22 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update schema tron rules for btrfs type attributes + + The btrfs_* attributes only applies for vmx and oem types + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 10 11:55:21 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed some code smells + + * Use of unused variables, and dangerous defaults + * Update of design patterns on pylint and landscape + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 06 16:44:00 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add support for activation of btrfs quota groups + + If the new type attribute btrfs_quota_groups is set to true + this will enable the quota group system for btrfs based systems. + This Fixes #772 and bsc#1093518 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 06 15:03:48 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Improve coding style, tests and label format validation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 06 12:05:14 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Add '--add-container-label' flag + + This commits adds a command line flag to add a label for container image + types. The flag can be used multiple times. + + Fixes #770 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 04 11:44:14 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added system cleanup methods + + Some files in the system gets created by services like + systemd or zypper and are meant to be created once on the + target system. However in the image they might be unwanted. + Thus this commit adds convenience methods to delete files + which gets automatically re-created by the services on + startup. Whether or not the methods are used is in the + responsibility of the author of the image descripion. + This Fixes bsc#1098535 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 29 09:39:59 CEST 2018 - Adrian Schröter + +- avoid double quoting of disturl in label (...="'obs://...'"). + + avoid always printed warning of missing disturl + make use of disturl variable + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 20 15:24:31 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.1 → 9.16.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 20 11:56:21 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Simplify configfile loading + + prefix and root variables are correctly set, thus calling + the "normal" command has the same effect than the explicit + call for "configfile" + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 19 13:21:30 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Prevent building custom efi image + + If the distribution provides a prebuilt efi image kiwi + should use it instead of building its own image. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 13 14:42:12 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.16.0 → 9.16.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 13 11:08:09 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Avoid module loading in grub config template + + This patch is two fold. First part replaces the import of + dedicated video modules in the grub image by the all_video + module. Second part avoids runtime module insertion which + requires access to the boot filesystem which is not + guaranteed on sophisticated rootfs structures like btrfs + plus readonly snapshots and what not. Thus we make sure + all boot code is embedded into the grub image(s) and no + extra loading of modules at runtime will be needed. + This Fixes bsc#1096937 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 12 18:05:22 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Fix for bsc#1094788 + + This is just an empty commit to include the bugfix reference in + the repository history. + + The bugfix for bsc#1094788 was actually commited in: + + commit 835cebfe5c488515dfbcdf33dab6262613ca5508 + Author: Marcus Schäfer + Date: Tue May 29 16:42:55 2018 +0200 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 12 17:25:12 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Complete GUID change from signed to unsigned + + Follow up fix to complete the binary packing of the GUID + format to use unsigned types. Missed to move short source + from signed to unsigned. This Fixes bsc#1095267 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 06 14:28:14 CEST 2018 - Neal Gompa + +- Use the versioned Python interpreter path to run build helper scripts + + The kiwi build process mostly does the right thing in terms of executing + with the correct Python interpreter throughout the build process, with + the exception of the Makefile not correctly locating the versioned Python + interpreter executable path, and the bash completion generator being executed + using '/usr/bin/python' without regard for what the target environment was. + + This is a problem when a build environment complying with PEP 394 as it + stands today does not have Python 2 installed, such as when kiwi is being + built as a Python 3-only package in Fedora. Thus, the Makefile has been + adjusted to not only correctly locate the versioned Python interpreter, but + to also execute 'completion_helper' with the correct interpreter. + + Additionally, a trivial change to the shebang to 'completion_helper' + was made to be consistent with other Python-based build helper scripts. + + This is part of the overall effort to eliminate the dependencies on + Python 2 in Fedora. + + Reference: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/FinalizingFedoraSwitchtoPython3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 06 13:32:11 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.15.4 → 9.16.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 06 13:16:22 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move fedora integration test build to fc28 distro + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 05 15:00:32 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.15.3 → 9.15.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 05 12:22:38 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup move_to_root method + + move_to_root is called to check each element of a given list + and changes any path specification to a valid path if the given + root path would be it's root(/). This tranformation implied the + creation of paths containing double slashes like //foo which + was considered harmless. However it has turned out that the dnf + package manager makes a difference here which requires to fix + the resulting paths. This Fixes #761 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 04 17:16:12 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Adding license tag under description tag in schema + + This license tag does not effect the resulting image in any way. The tag + is just included to state the license of the kiwi image sources in case + they are distributed. + + Fixes #728 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 04 11:00:55 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure profile env is included in live images + + For all images which boots via dracut the .profile file is included + except for live iso's because no information is needed from that file + to boot or customize the boot. However the .profile contains the + kiwi_revision information which is useful for any image type. + This Fixes #755 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 04 10:46:49 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add config-cdroot to description import list + + During the prepare step the image description and mandatory + files needed in the create step are copied into the image + root system below the image/ directory. In case of the + optional config-cdroot archive this copy action was missing + which lead to the problem that the archive was not present + if the kiwi system create command is sequence is used. + This Fixes #756 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 04 10:20:24 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added true module to grub image list + + When kiwi creates a grub image a list of modules are embedded. + For the purpose of snapshot boot the true module seems to be + used but was not included at build time when kiwi created + the grub image. This Fixes bsc#1093917 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 04 09:59:35 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Changed GUID format from signed to unsigned + + With reference to Microsoft Guid constructors it seems unsigned + values are allowed which could exceed the value range of the + binary unpack used in kiwi. This Fixes bsc#1095267 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 01 16:13:07 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Fix SC2164 complain of shellcheck + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 31 09:33:01 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Updating shellcheck call from tox + + Recent shellcheck versions are more strict and complain about + backslashes "\" used in literals claiming it is preferred to use + double backslashes "\\". As is just a styling advise and we use + backslashes in multiple commands (echo, sed, etc) I believe this + can be ignored. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 30 17:55:05 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Relax runtime check for ISO images using dmsquash + + This commit relaxes the dracut-kiwi-live module requirement if + dmsquash dracut module is selected in flags attribute. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 29 16:42:55 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- omit multipath module in live iso initrd + + The multipath module creates device maps which puts the device + in a busy state and prevents the creation of a persistent write + partition. As multipath seems never useful for the root of a live + iso image we generally omit this module from being included + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 29 10:26:03 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup LOADER_LOCATION in sysconfig/bootloader + + By default we always set LOADER_LOCATION=mbr which is wrong + if EFI is in use. This patch updates the value to be correct. + It also seems that this variable is only consumed by the + yast2 bootloader module from past days. Thus we consider + it obsolete and on the to be droped list in future releases. + This Fixes #746 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 29 09:14:28 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.15.2 → 9.15.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 28 17:46:49 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix setup of LOADER_TYPE in sysconfig/bootloader + + LOADER_TYPE value for the grub2 bootloader depends on + the use of EFI. This Fixes bsc#1094883 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 28 17:34:34 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added documentation for config-cdroot archive + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 28 17:17:00 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added support for config-cdroot archive + + The image description now allows an optional file named: + config-cdroot.tar[.compression_postfix]. The file gets + unpacked as user data for live and install ISO images. + This allows users to add e.g license files or reference + documentation to the ISO image. This Fixes #737 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 28 15:37:09 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Verify file does not exist before creating symlink + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 28 11:17:53 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Add service dependencies in generators + + Correctly adding the initrd-root-fs.target service dependency to + auto generated sysroot.mount for kiwi-live and kiwi-overlay dracut + modules. + + Fixes #741 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 28 10:20:57 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Do not create static dev nodes in root init + + For compatibility reasons kiwi created a set of static device + nodes when initializing a new image root system. With the + presence of devtmpfs this should no longer be needed. In addition + the static dev node setup now also causes problems on filesystems + like btrfs which was the reason to delete this code now. + This Fixes bsc#1087104 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 24 10:53:11 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Do not delete uncompressed base docker images + + Fixes #739 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 16 11:48:00 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.15.1 → 9.15.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 16 11:31:40 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Fix zypper add lock operations + + This commit fixes the arguments passed to zypper in add lock + operations. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 15 15:48:24 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Add correct GPL-3.0-or-later license + + Add the correct license reference in the spec License field + + Fixes #732 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 15 11:18:22 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make container compression a configuration option + + Change the ContainerBuilder class to evaluate on the + configuration options to decide if the container archive + should be compressed or not. By default the archive will + be compressed, thus there is no change to the former behavior + but can be setup in ~/.config/kiwi/config.yml as follows: + + container: + - compress: none|xz + + This Fixes #725 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 15 10:36:57 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Return file name after archive or compression call + + Extend the ArchiveTar and Compress classes such that + their archiving and compression methods returns the + result file name after the operation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 15 10:02:52 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow docker root import from uncompressed file + + Check the given file name for its compression format and + only uncompress if a supported format could be detected. + This Fixes #730 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 14 14:57:33 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Add additionaltags containerconfig attribute + + This commit adds `additionaltags` attribute, so multiple tags to + a container image can be defined in a comma separated value. + + Fixes #713 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 09 14:53:02 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.15.0 → 9.15.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 09 12:52:59 CEST 2018 - David Cassany Viladomat + +- Add a chapter for uninstall package requests in docs (#726) + + Add a chapter for uninstall package requests in docs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 08 16:31:57 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update arm integration test + + Existing panda build was outdated and non functional. + Move the test to a more popular target and write the + image description to use technology matching the + suse arm development effort. Target is now Rpi(64bit) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 08 11:18:21 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use latest version of sphinx + + Formerly sphinx==1.6.7 was used because travis-sphinx failed + with latest sphinx. Now travis-sphinx fails with 1.6.7 and + I hope using latest sphinx will fix that + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 08 08:42:24 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.14.7 → 9.15.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 07 15:49:51 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Add comment in pinch_system calls + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 07 15:10:47 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Refining the uninstall type implementation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 04 15:00:31 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Add uninstall pacakges type + + This commit adds a new `uninstall` type for packages. Packages listed + with this type will be removed by the package manager cleaning also any + unneeded dependency. The removal is executed after running `config.sh`. + + Also in this commit `delete` type for packages is now executed after + `uninstall` packages, meaing it also happens after `config.sh`. + + Fixes #625 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 04 10:52:28 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.14.6 → 9.14.7 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 04 10:40:13 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Some simple code cleaning + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 04 10:23:12 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed check for volume group in use + + The former implementation evaluates the output of the vgs + command and set the volume group as in use if one of the + listed volume groups on the host contains the group name + set by the image description. This would also match if the + group name set in the image description is e.g 'System' and + the a volume group on the host with name 'SystemVG' exists. + However a conflict only exists on exact match of the name. + The proposed fix is to use the --select feature from vgs + and let it show information on exact match of the vg_name + field. The code in kiwi then just evaluates if the selection + by vgs has a value or not. This Fixes #721 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 04 09:07:04 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix setup of kiwi_lvm profile variable + + kiwi_lvm was always set to true if a volume management system + is in use. However it should only be set to true if the + selected volume management system is lvm. The same applies + to the kiwi_lvmgroup variable which also only makes sense + if the lvm volume management system is used. + This Fixes bsc#1090427 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 30 16:12:52 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.14.5 → 9.14.6 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 26 15:40:01 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Extend test-image-azure integration test + + Use xfs as filesystem and set a tag to also test image tags + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 26 10:48:29 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use /dev/zero to really write a zero byte + + The cleanup of the 512 byte block for the vhdfixed tag + was based on reading from /dev/null which does effectively + nothing. As the block should be filled with zero bytes + this patch changes the source from /dev/null to /dev/zero + This was found by tests to reproduce the issue reported + in bsc#1090953 but is not causing it + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 24 15:33:18 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Add test for the utils class StringToSize + + This commit adds a couple of unit tests for the StringToSize class. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 24 11:23:43 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.14.4 → 9.14.5 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 24 11:23:08 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Run doc target in travis test stage + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 24 11:21:15 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup doc conf.py + + Do not load kiwi logging which is unneeded and causes many + superfluous messages on the console when sphinx build runs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 24 11:20:46 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup docstring warning from sphinx build + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 24 10:57:31 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup travis unit test stages + + Build docs in deployment stage only + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 24 10:52:12 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Include doc_travis_deploy in travis deploy stage + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 24 10:33:24 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed syntax errors shown by travis lint + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 24 10:29:53 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Revert "Fixup travis.yml" + + This reverts commit 79ccbdff394e2aba4f1e8fb6390a9a8e0d1925e2. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 24 10:29:29 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Revert "Yet another try to get travis stages correct" + + This reverts commit aca057c3554795b79c651f63a58967138d00f3c8. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 24 10:24:11 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Yet another try to get travis stages correct + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 24 10:11:51 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup travis.yml + + Looks like empty lines are not allowed + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 24 10:05:00 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Revert "Clearly separate unittest stage from deployment" + + This reverts commit 5fd27924c931b6b60903b0015d0a8cf31cf499f7. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 24 09:59:56 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.14.3 → 9.14.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 23 15:45:38 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Some improvements on size calculation + + This commit simplifies the unpartitioned area size calculation. + + Fixes #709 and it is related to fate#323874 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 23 12:22:10 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Clearly separate unittest stage from deployment + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 20 16:39:33 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use travis stages feature for pypi deployment + + Problem ist that the deploy section is called for every + item in the former matrix: setup. This means the pypi + upload was triggered twice for the same archive which + means one target always fails. In order to deploy only + once travis provides a stages feature which is used + in this commit + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 20 15:47:39 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.14.2 → 9.14.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 20 15:32:29 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Adding unpartitioned size attribute + + This commit adds the possibility of setting some unpartitioned area + after the systemdisl partition into the image. + + Fixes #709 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 20 10:42:36 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed creation of machine settings file + + If no vmnic setup is present a request to iterator over + a NoneType object is attempted and failed. This Fixes #710 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 19 17:06:42 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- volume_manager API docs cleanup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 19 16:28:24 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- repository API docs cleanup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 19 12:02:12 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- system API docs cleanup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 18 14:40:54 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- package_manager API docs cleanup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 18 11:54:45 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- build API docs cleanup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 18 10:33:15 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed docstring :rtype: values + + In Python the string type name is str not string + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 17 18:36:40 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Cleanup of the iso_tools API docs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 17 18:05:09 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Cleanup of the utils API docs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 17 17:56:13 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup api doc strings + + This cleans up and fixes the api documentation for + the public interface of the projects boot source code + files and Fixes #700 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 17 15:09:58 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Cleanup of the solver API docs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 17 12:03:20 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup docstring typos per review + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 17 08:42:23 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup api doc strings + + This cleans up and fixes the api documentation for + the public interface of the projects storage source code + files and Fixes #698 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 16 16:17:21 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup download url in setup.py + + Better point to installable packages. This Fixes #702 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 11 16:20:47 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup api doc strings + + This cleans up and fixes the api documentation for the + public interface of the projects toplevel source code + files and Fixes #697 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 10 17:41:23 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup creation of vmware settings file + + The kiwi schema allows for multiple vmnic sections but kiwi + only took the primary one into account. This patch uses all + configured vmnic sections. This Fixes #688 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 10 11:52:10 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support lookup for fstab.append on fstab creation + + At the time kiwi creates the fstab with all required fields + to boot the system it now also looks for an optional fstab.append + file and appends its contents to the fstab file. This allows + to setup custom fstab entries for filesystem mounts which are + established outside of the kiwi image building process by + e.g a service at first boot + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 10 10:20:20 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add auto release to pypi on release tags + + This will automatically release kiwi on pypi if a new tag in + master is set. This happens when bumpversion is called followed + by a push and push --tags. Only if the tag is pushed the travis + deployment gets triggered. This Fixes #678 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 09 11:31:21 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Change variable quoting for Rm/Rpm shell helpers + + The two methods exists to overlay their call with a logging + facility. Thus it is ok and expected that the caller can + pass arguments for the program e.g (Rm -rf foo) which resulted + in (rm '-rf foo') leading to a runtime error. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 09 10:56:37 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.14.1 → 9.14.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 06 16:01:51 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Fix default initrd_system values + + This commit fixes the default initrd_system value for some image + types. Since this value is included in profile and potentially + taken into account for some of the config script functions, it is + important to have consistent values even when the image type + has no initrd choice or it doesn't have initrd at all. + + Related to #689 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 06 10:51:36 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Check partition table after cow part creation + + Proceed with the persistent write partition setup only + if the cow partition could have been created successfully + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 05 14:47:23 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed detection of disk node in live iso images + + If the live iso is booted as disk the initrd code needs to + find the correct disk node pointing to the iso image. This + was formerly done by checking if the populated disk devices + contains an iso header with an application id. The information + was obtained using the isoinfo tool. isoinfo is a tool + provided by the obsolete and xorriso replaced cdrtools kit. + In addition the lookup was unsafe because any iso with + an application id would have been valid. Thus this patch + changes the detection mechanism to use the volume id as + it is used in the root assignment on the cmdline. The + volume id is populated as device label for the assigned + block device and can therefore be used as a unique id. + The volume id itself is a configuration option in the image + XML description. If not set the default is 'CDROM'. The + information can be obtained via blkid and therefore also + eliminates the isoinfo requirement + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 04 17:26:40 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup test-image-docker unresolvable state + + genisoimage seems no longer present in the distro + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 04 12:08:39 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update etc/default/grub setup + + kiwi writes optional grub boot parameters to the GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX + variable in default/grub. This information is then picked up by + grub2-mkconfig and written to grub.cfg However there is also another + variable named GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT which according to the + documentation should be used preferably. While it does not seem to + matter for grub it matters for yast. Thus this patch changes the + configuration variable and fixes bsc#1084117 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 03 12:17:33 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.14.0 → 9.14.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 03 11:51:26 CEST 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed truncation of image when writing vhd tag + + When writing the vhd tag into a vhdfixed formatted image + the image was opened with the wrong open bits 'wb' and + thus was truncated at the 64k offset. This patch fixes + the open bits to allow in-place tag writing. This + Fixes bsc#1077096 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 03 09:45:51 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Make use of autoremove in Yum and Dnf to clean dependencies + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 28 17:13:48 CEST 2018 - David Cassany + +- Enable no forced deletion for dnf, yum and apt package managers + + This commit makes apt, yum and dnf support equivalent to zypper in terms + of being capable to delete packages using the package manger tools + (implies dependencies deletion is handled by the package manager) + or deleting explicitly only listed packages using packager tools + even if this implies breaking dependencies. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 27 09:57:54 CEST 2018 - Guilherme + +- fix vmx fileName parameter, bsc#1084157 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 23 15:05:12 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update schema version in free schema doc generator + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 23 10:44:32 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update schema version in headline of doc chapter + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 23 10:34:37 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.13.9 → 9.14.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 23 10:33:08 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Rebuild online schema documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 23 09:29:43 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- XSL Auto update descriptions due to schema change + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 23 09:19:11 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete obsolete hybrid attribute from type + + Any iso image we create will be a hybrid image. That was + already the default for any install iso image and was a + configuration option for live images. The optional selection + only existed for systems which do not provide tools to + make an iso hybrid. All distributions kiwi supports provides + this capabilities and there is no good reason why a live + or install iso should not be hybrid and bootable as iso + and as disk. Also the boot in disk mode became the preferred + boot method for the majority of our users which requires + to provide a hybrid iso + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 22 18:36:53 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Add efiparttable type attribute + + This commit allows to choose the partition table type for efi firmwares + using the efiparttable type attribute. + + Fixes #638 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 22 17:40:54 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update spec file to require xorriso + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 22 16:54:05 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup hybrid call and use of iso tool options + + The extra isohybrid call is only needed if the mkisofs + tool category is used. Thus it should be only visible + at the place where the isofs is created and not as an + extra step in the builder tasks. Additionally the handling + of extra options was mkisofs specific and should be + better done as a common meta_data record. The tool + specific options should only appear in the tool specific + class implementations + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 22 10:33:01 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow to configure iso tool category + + Switch to xorriso by default but allow to setup cdrtools + in the runtime configuration file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 21 15:54:25 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Remove xml_parse.py shebang in spec + + It removes the shebang from the autogenerated file and also removes + the exception in rpmlint to ignore non-executable-script warning. + + Fixes #666 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 19 16:34:15 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Remove unneeded shebangs from dracut modules + + Fixes #668 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 19 14:22:40 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added IsoToolsXorrIso class + + As an alternative to mkisofs/genisoimage there is now the + IsoToolsXorrIso class which implements the IsoTools interface + by using xorriso. This Fixes #635 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 19 10:07:19 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update package MANIFEST.in + + Include new iso_tools directory + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 16 21:03:30 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added iso_tools api documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 16 20:55:57 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add list_iso method to iso_tools api + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 16 15:26:29 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Update FSF address + + The address has been taken from the header example published here + https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html + + Fixes #667 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 16 11:02:35 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add create_iso method to iso_tools api + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 15 17:27:51 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Seperate iso tool handling into its own namespace + + The Iso class only provides generic helper methods around the + creation of ISO filesystems. For the creation of the filesystem + itself we encapsulate the tool parameter handling into its own + class. For the option compatible mkisofs/genisoimage tools the + IsoToolsCdrTools class exists. This allows to create e.g + IsoToolsXorrIso class as a future implementation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 15 10:32:25 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor iso helper tools + + There are several tools available to build iso images. + genisoimage, mkisofs and also xorriso. The history of + the tools shows them to be used in the range of available + Linux distributions. Thus kiwi contains an abstraction + layer to support them but assumed they are option + compatible. With the xorriso implementation this is no + longer correct and therefore a refactoring of the iso + tools api is required before support for xorriso can + be added. This references Issue #635 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 14 17:59:23 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Make build type mandatory in XMLState + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 14 17:12:59 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- kiwi_inode_size value is no longer hardcoded in more than one place + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 14 16:34:39 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Add warning message for dasd + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 14 15:13:09 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Rearrange defaults and some comments + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 14 14:38:22 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Rearrange variable start_sector attribute to be a Partitioner attribute + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 13 18:31:40 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Add disk_start_sector type attribute + + This commit adds the disk start sector attribute to configure the + first disk sector for the first partition of the disk. + + Fixes #575 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 13 15:36:29 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Rebuild online schema documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 13 10:27:30 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.13.8 → 9.13.9 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 13 10:05:06 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.13.7 → 9.13.8 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 13 10:02:16 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed base package requires + + kpartx is used by kiwi but was not required in spec + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 13 10:00:01 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update gitignore + + Do not manage changes in .pytest_cache + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 13 09:56:32 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Tell plymouth to quit only if a dialog is called + + In case of a dialog kiwi uses the dialog program which conflicts + with the plymouth splash system. Thus we tell plymouth to stop + This patch changes the request to be send to plymouth prior to + a dialog call and not in general + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 12 15:41:07 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.13.6 → 9.13.7 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 12 11:48:51 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update bootloader console for oem test image + + Set bootloader_console="serial" for the oem test image to + allow testing in the Kanku CI + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 12 09:13:51 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Add profile dependencies + + With this commit the profile can include other profiles as a dependency. + This way it is possible build an image defined by multiple profiles by just + calling a single composed profile from the command line. + + Fixes #658 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 12 08:28:52 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.13.5 → 9.13.6 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 09 14:08:53 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Disable multipath from oem build test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 09 14:03:23 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup setup of root_filesystem_is_multipath + + The variable is set to a boolean value or None. If set to + False due to a configuration of oem-multipath-scan this + will cause the dracut multipath module to be omitted. + In any other case the presence of the multipath module + decides whether it will be included into the dracut + generated initrd or not. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 09 11:26:38 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup python-kiwi base package requires + + There is no need for the base package to require multipath. + Those tools are only needed for dracut modules + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 08 15:58:38 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use dracut modules based on feature use + + As the kiwi build dracut initrd is a generic one which + includes all installed dracut modules we missed a way to + exclude modules from beeing incorporated even if we know + it would not be needed. One example is the multipath module + which would only be useful if the oem multipath scan is + configured in the image description + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 07 11:48:48 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update test-image-oem build + + Create hostonly dracut initrd on first boot and replace + kiwi's grub config by the result of grub2-mkconfig + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 07 11:36:34 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete invalid motd file from build tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 07 10:28:28 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Prepare test-image-oem build test for Kanku + + Activate unattended mode and preselect the installation target + Also specify a fixed swapsize value to be independent of the + host main memory which is used to calculate swap if no size + is specified + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 06 17:01:58 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.13.4 → 9.13.5 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 06 16:43:35 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed btrfs search path in earlyboot script + + If kiwi generates its own efi image for the boot process + it does not setup the btrfs relative path setup in the + earlyboot script embedded into the generated efi image. + This has a bad impact on the file search because the + btrfs setup done in kiwi puts root below the @ volume + which we then need to specify of the relative lookup + is not activated. Fixes bsc#1082155 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 06 15:51:52 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.13.3 → 9.13.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 05 18:00:26 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Use LABEL for the swap partition + + If multipath and device maps are active the fstab entry should use + the LABEL reference. Systemd calls swapon and it only works properly + with multipath devices when LABEL reference is used or calling directly + on the /dev/dm-* device file. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Mar 03 18:29:01 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.13.2 → 9.13.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 02 16:39:44 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- The order of the options for mkisofs matters + + Setting -eltorito-platform after -b causes mkisofs to fail + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 02 16:31:14 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Resize partition table after image resize + + The command 'kiwi image resize' allows to resize the size + of a disk image. Depending on the partition table type it + is also required to resize the partition table inside of + the image to let the file size change become effective + This Fixes #534 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 02 16:18:13 CET 2018 - Michal Marek + +- APT: Support patternType in the bootstrap phase + + With patternType="onlyRequired" (the default), run debootstrap with + --variant=minbase to install only essential packages. With + patternType="plusRecommended", let debootstrap also install important + packages. This is not exactly what the patternType keyword means with + other targets, but it allows to choose between an absolutely minimal + image and a small but usable system. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 02 14:56:28 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.13.1 → 9.13.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 02 10:56:11 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Reactivate device mappings after repart. Fixes #645 + + This commit recreates removed device maps and triggers again + systemd generators in order to adapt again device units to the + new context. Fixes #645 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 02 10:05:48 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor ovftool check + + The way this was done mask errors from the call + with the check if the tool exists on the host. + This patch refactors this and makes clear where + we check for the tool to be installed and where + we actually call it + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 02 10:04:13 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Extend has_option_in_help to also check error data + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 01 14:58:38 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Check if isotool supports eltorito-platform option + + Along with the change there is a small refactoring to + populate the iso tool search to the public api of the + Iso class + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 01 10:23:52 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Set eltorito-platform for efi + + The default eltorito platform is set to "x86_64 PC", however + in an alternative bootloader spec for efi this would be the + wrong platform spec. This patch adds the correct platform + to the alt-boot setup for efi. References #643 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 28 15:41:58 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup obs test status helper + + Use osc results output to get better status information + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 28 10:47:29 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed get_free_disk_bytes in dracut kiwi-lib + + The method used any device from the lsblk output, but it can + happen that some device nodes with different name point to + the same physical device. The method would then calculate + the free space wrong. This patch takes the PARTUUID value + into account to make sure any partition device size is used + only once. This Fixes #648 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 27 12:34:52 CET 2018 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Use pytest instead of py.test + + From pytest 3.0, it is recommended to use "pytest" as the main + command. The use of "py.test" is deprecated and is potentially removed + in the future. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 27 11:04:15 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update tox setup + + Add python 3.6 target and activate it for the travis + and the local make targets + + Use major python version for the check(flake) and doc + targets where the interpreter minor version is not + primarily important + + This references #641 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 27 10:52:39 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update yast setup documentation + + Incorporate changes per review by Tom + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 26 18:03:38 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed oem build test + + bind-utils explicitly required for obs to be able + to resolve the package dependencies + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 26 17:46:55 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.13.0 → 9.13.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 26 17:30:15 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Only delete sub path if not empty + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 26 17:29:30 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed package lists for azure and ec2 build tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 26 16:34:45 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Reference commit for bugzilla + + With regards to the changes done in Issue #637 this commit + just creates a reference to a related bug bsc#1082163 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 23 16:00:06 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup config functions shell coding + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 23 13:20:52 CET 2018 - Adam Majer + +- Use mkisofs instead of wodim + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 23 11:37:58 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete obsolete/unused methods + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 23 11:37:43 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add functions.sh to shellcheck + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 23 10:09:11 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added doc page how to setup yast on firstboot + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 22 14:42:30 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow arch attribute for profiles specification + + A profile could be relevant for only a specific architecture. + There was no way to express that in the XML description. With + the change in this commit a specification like the following + is possible: + + + + + + Profile A is only usable on the aarch64 architecture, whereas + profile B would be usable on all architectures. + + * Selecting an arch specific profile from the commandline via + the --profile option on a system which is not of that architecture + will result in an error message. + + * Using the import="true" attribute in the definition + for an arch specific profile will cause the import of that + profile only on that architecture and silently ignore the + import on any other architecture + + This Fixes #637 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 22 09:54:04 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update build-test descriptions for Kanku + + As part of the buildservice there is now also a CI system called Kanku + which allows for image boot/run tests. The only requirement on the image + level which is missing in our build test descriptions is the setup of + the serial console. This patch updates those image descriptions which + could be tested by kanku to provide a serial console at boot time. + + The plan is that our build-test images automatically gets boot tested + by the Kanku CI. This should include boot, console-login, reboot, + console login, shutdown. The required job description to do this + needs to be worked out together with the Kanku team + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 20 17:57:18 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Adding publisher attribute for ISOs + + This commit adds the 'publisher' attribute in type only for + ISO image type. It sets the publisher name of the resulting ISO. + + Fixes #630 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 20 14:56:11 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed yum vs. yum-deprecated binary lookup + + When using the yum package manager it could be either provided + as yum or yum-deprecated binary. Because of this the search + method to find the binary needs to know the context from which + the call is performed. This could be either the host system + or the created image root. This Fixes #624 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 20 13:41:36 CET 2018 - Michal Marek + +- APT: Run debootstrap with --variant=minbase + + This selects only packages with Priority: required, which is more in + line with what the other package managers are doing. A patch for + kiwi-descriptions has been submitted to adapt to this new behavior. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 16 11:58:16 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.12.9 → 9.13.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 16 11:24:41 CET 2018 - Alexander Graf + +- Do not emit linuxefi/initrdefi on non-x86 platforms + + Grub wants to have linuxefi/initrdefi commands to execute Linux via the UEFI + calling convention on x86. However, all other platforms simply use the normal + linux/initrd commands, because there grub assumes that an EFI grub wants to + run an EFI payload. + + Reflect this architecture difference in the generated grub configuration. + + Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 15 14:46:21 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup grub2 theme setup + + The presence of a background file was mandatory for kiwi to + use the theme. But the background information is optional + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 14 11:49:19 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Deleted obsolete boot descriptions + + The custom kiwi boot descriptions has been moved into + the kiwi-descriptions github repo and builds the compat + package kiwi-boot-descriptions from there. The build + of the boot image(initrd) is done by dracut and the + dracut module packages provided by kiwi. The classic + custom boot descriptions can still be used as alternative + method if the above package is installed. Related to + Issue #576 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 13 13:00:36 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Create compatible boot options + + The boot option root=install:CDLABEL= is mandatory for install + images which uses the dracut initrd system. But for the custom + kiwi oemboot descriptions this is causing a problem when detecting + the install device. Thus the above boot option is only applied + for the initrd system which actually makes use of it + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 13 12:27:15 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update boot description search path + + With the move of the boot descriptions in its own package + the kiwi search path needs to be adapted to look for boot + descriptions in /usr/share/kiwi/custom_boot. In addition + a runtime check to exit early if the boot description could + not be found or is not specified will be provided. Related + to Issue #576 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 13 10:37:16 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Update the docs to the current example present in kiwi-descriptions + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 12 16:48:17 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.12.8 → 9.12.9 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 12 15:55:46 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update .virtualenv.dev-requirements.txt + + sphinx 1.7.0 is not compatible with travis-sphinx + thus we stick with 1.6.7 until travis-sphinx followed + the sphinx changes + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 12 14:51:17 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add restrictions to Path.remove_hierarchy + + When an iso file is used as repo, this iso will be loop mounted on + the host and bind mounted into the image root as long as the image + builds. When the mount is released a recursive cleanup of the complete + path happens. This is done by calling Path.remove_hierarchy. However + if a sub path of the mount path contains a system root directory + which is mandatory for the Linux root system it is not allowed + to be deleted even if it is empty at the time of the mount cleanup. + Thus this patch adds a lookup for protected directory names and + only runs the recursive deletion as long as no protected member + is part of the path. This fixes bsc#1080301 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Feb 11 04:49:25 CET 2018 - Neal Gompa + +- Initial support for building Debian/Ubuntu packages in spec + + This adds support for producing the main kiwi package as well as the + packages for the dracut modules to be used when building Debian-based + distribution images with KIWI. + + The Debian/Ubuntu package is built using debbuild: https://github.com/ascherer/debbuild + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 09 15:38:16 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed build_pxe_root_filesystem documentation + + The article still used filename references from v7 code stream + This patch updates the docs to match the sources it refers to + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 07 14:38:47 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update dropped features documentation + + The information on the partition based install method was + unclear and misleading. This patch clarifies the documentation + in this regard + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 07 14:22:58 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete obsolete ovf format value + + Support for ova has been added which makes the ovf format + value obsolete and redundant + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 06 15:55:55 CET 2018 - Michal Marek + +- OVA: Print a user-friendly message if ovftool is not available + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 06 15:55:29 CET 2018 - Michal Marek + +- OVA: Require ovftype="vmware" + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 06 00:33:10 CET 2018 - Robert Schweikert + +- - Expand consistency check for grub efi package to cover debian based + and RH distros + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 05 17:02:19 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.12.7 → 9.12.8 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 05 16:13:14 CET 2018 - Robert Schweikert + +- - Fix style error + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 05 15:56:26 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Exclude install source device from target list + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 05 15:29:25 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed kiwi-dump timing issue + + The install code needs to wait in the pre-udev phase for + the device containing the installation data to become ready + before proceeding with the actual installation code. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 05 15:29:07 CET 2018 - Robert Schweikert + +- - Early exit if firmware is efi or uefi but the expected grub module is + not part of the package list + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 05 15:28:12 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed dialog size of install confirmation dialog + + The size was too small to show device names which causes a + line break to be displayed in the next line + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Feb 04 20:19:45 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup misleading method name + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Feb 04 18:46:09 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed coverage report setup + + Latest version of the coverage module requires a report setup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Feb 04 15:52:06 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed target path name for gce format + + get_target_name_for_format in case of the gce format does + not return a path spec which leads to an incomplete result + information for a later bundle command. This patch fixes + this. In a follow up pull request we will also update + the method name from the misleading get_target_name_for_format + function name to get_target_path_name_for_format + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Feb 03 08:42:48 CET 2018 - cyberorg + +- Use live-grub-stick + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 02 18:16:28 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Fix packages file generation + + This commit checks the %_dbpath value of the image rpm tool. This is + needed since recent rpm versions switched the default database path, + thus running rpm queries to different roots might lead to errors. + + Fixes #605 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 01 14:31:31 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.12.6 → 9.12.7 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 01 10:29:30 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update per review by Tom + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 01 09:55:08 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update per review by David + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 31 15:43:07 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update per review by Tom + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 30 15:37:21 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added chapter for live-fat-stick deployment + + With the support for the iso-scan feature in KIWI live + ISO image, also the ability to deploy file based on + FAT32 usb sticks via the live-fat-stick tool exists. + This chapter describes how to do it and Fixes #521 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 30 14:35:06 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update pre review by Tom + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 30 14:29:43 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update per review by Tom + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 30 14:25:08 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update per review by Tom + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 30 14:20:45 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Remove vmdk metadata update procedure + + This commit removes the method _update_vmdk_descriptor from + DiskFormatVmdk class. The code part causes vmdk format issues + in current up to date hipervisors such as VMWarePlayer 14 or + Virtualbox 5.2. Removing this code does not produce any failure, + at most can only imply loosing some features provided by open-vm-tools + package. + + Fixes #591 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 30 11:38:16 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed use of profile variables in kiwi-dump module + + The profile environment was not imported in the + dracut kiwi-dump module. Thus custom settings like + oem-unattended did not had an effect + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 30 10:37:03 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup docstrings in xml_state + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 30 10:22:42 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow only one dracut variable for kiwi debugging + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 29 12:16:55 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.12.5 → 9.12.6 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jan 27 11:14:48 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed kiwi dracut config for the final system + + Once the image has been deployed on the target and the + system is up and running some of the kiwi dracut modules + used for deployment are no longer needed and should not be + taken into account when another dracut call happens on the + system. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 26 12:19:18 CET 2018 - Michal Marek + +- Add support for building OVA images + + Implement support for format="ova" using VMware's ovftool. We use the + vmdk format as a basis and then just call ovftool to convert *.vmdk + + *.vmx to an OVA. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 26 11:38:29 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update documentation + + Update the documentation with regards to the move + from the plain kiwi initrd to the dracut initrd system. + This is related to Issue #576 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 26 11:02:39 CET 2018 - Michal Marek + +- flake8: Use a more conservative max-complexity setting + + Set the default threshold to 12 and annotate the outliers with + "noqa: C901". Most of the cases are due to lack of switch statement in + python, but there are some worth titying up. Now we can grep for them + :). + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 26 10:28:53 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.12.4 → 9.12.5 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 26 10:18:58 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure there are no busy devices on reboot + + If the dracut kiwi-repart module skips the repartition step + because the disk was already repartitioned it leaves devices + in busy state which leads to a rescue shell at the system + mount stage + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 25 16:48:30 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- uboot-setup-panda.tgz was readded by mistake as boot hooks are no longer needed + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 25 15:32:53 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Adding opensuse ports repository + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 25 14:04:36 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.12.3 → 9.12.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 25 14:02:31 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't lookup zImage symlink + + Due to the workaround to lookup the gzip compressed variant + of a zImage to find its version, it's required to find the + full name of the zImage in order to rematch the gzip variant. + Looking at the zImage link will make this to fail because + there is no vmlinux link + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 25 13:54:03 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.12.2 → 9.12.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 25 11:59:36 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed kernel version check for zImage + + kernels build as zImage contains the decompressor code + as part of the kernel image and could be therefore + compressed by any possible compression algorithm. + In this case we assume/hope that there is also a + standard gz compressed vmlinux version of the kernel + available and check this one instead of the zImage + variant. Fixes #587 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 25 11:34:58 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.12.1 → 9.12.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 24 21:00:06 CET 2018 - Robert Schweikert + +- - Image name generation for GCE images + + Fix the name generation for GCE images. The implementation assumed that + GCE images are of a type that use a kiwi generated initrd, looking for + image name components based on the boot attribute in the type element. + This assumption is not correct, use the name provided in the XML to + compose the image name. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 24 19:40:50 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Update the man pages + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 24 17:18:51 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed installation image builder + + Use get_boot_names from BootImage instance to ask for + the name of the initrd instead of constructing this + information from static values. The name of the initrd + is different per distro and toolkit + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 24 16:57:27 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Provide a get_boot_names method in boot classes + + The naming schema for an initrd file name depends on the + boot image type as well as on the underlaying initrd + creation toolkit. In order to encapsulate that in a clear + interface the code to know about the correct names has + been moved into the classes which are responsible for + it and out of the builder/disk class + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 24 12:07:06 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.12.0 → 9.12.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 24 12:05:53 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed dracut-kiwi-oem-dump requires setup + + on rhel/fedora multipath is provided by device-mapper-multipath + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 23 19:03:27 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Adding package_gpgcheck flag as an option for set-repo and add-repo + + Fixes #565 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 23 11:37:52 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Adding uboot-setup kiwi hooks + + For some reason the uboot-setup-panda.tgz file did not get into + master branch, probably was not properly pushed in the former + include_build_tests_arm branch. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 23 11:22:42 CET 2018 - David Cassany Viladomat + +- Fix build tests to match new locale setting strategy (#586) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 22 19:08:27 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added timezone package to build tests + + With the latest update on how kiwi handles the locales with + systemd-firstboot, only locales defined in timezone package can be + set, thus Europe/Berlin is not possible if timezone is not installed + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 22 18:03:29 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed build tests for azure and ec2 + + Packages yast2-storage and recode no longer provided + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 22 17:49:24 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.30 → 9.12.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 22 17:44:10 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update build test image descriptions + + Update to latest schema by auto conversion and delete use + of oemboot kiwi code by switching to dracut + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 22 14:23:59 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed reading device node path + + lsblk should be called with -p because it's a mistake + to assume any device lives below /dev. There could also + be subtree devices in /dev/mapper or /dev/disk/.. + We leave it up to lsblk to provide us the correct + information + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 22 10:38:28 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- No need to actively stop the dialog service + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 22 09:47:36 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added required packages for dmraid and multipath + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jan 20 17:42:41 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added handling for dmraid and multipath devices + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 19 18:20:29 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Adding iso-scan feature to kiwi-live dracut module + + This commit adds the iso-scan scripts to kiwi-live module_setup + if the former files are found in the system inside the dmsquash-live + dracut module directory. + + Fixes #574 and is related to #521 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 19 15:37:34 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed Arrays implicitly concatenate by shellcheck + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 18 18:05:35 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add support for net install in dracut kiwi-dump + + This implementes one of the tasks from Issue #576 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 17 14:59:59 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added runtime check for dracut-kiwi-oem-dump + + The installation of the above mentioned dracut module package + is required for oem images which uses dracut as initrd system + and have the creation of an installation image requested. + This is related to Issue #576 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 17 10:22:34 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update schema version in documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 17 10:18:54 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Auto update all schema descriptions to v6.8 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 17 10:17:39 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete hwclock from profile and system setup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 17 10:07:56 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete hwclock section from schema + + Deletes hwclock section from schema and provides xslt + style sheet for schema auto conversion from schema + version 6.7 to 6.8 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 16 17:16:04 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Deprecate suseConfig method and remove hardware config method + + This in this commit: + + - the contents of the suseConfig method from kiwi/config/functions.sh + are replaced by a deprecated message. + - the setup_hardware_clock method from SystemSetup is removed as it is + not used anywere in the code. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 16 16:53:59 CET 2018 - David Cassany + +- Extend CommandCapabilities to also check version + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 16 15:48:03 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added dracut-kiwi-oem-dump subpackage to spec + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 16 14:10:31 CET 2018 - David Cassany Viladomat + +- Update locale settings (#579) + + * Use systemd-firstboot in order config basic settings + + This commit updates locale and keyboard settings in order to make + use of the systemd tools, as this will be the only valid method starting + from SLE15. + + Fixes #577 + + * Added CommandCapabilities utils class + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 08 11:37:20 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.29 → 9.11.30 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 08 11:35:25 CET 2018 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Deleted syslinux from ppc/oemboot/suse-SLES15 + + syslinux is not provided for ppc. This Fixes bsc#1073310 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 29 00:12:19 CET 2017 - Martin Mohring + +- [boot] fix double quote in grub menu which makes kernel updates for CentOS / RHEL / Fedora break grub.cfg + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 19 17:53:28 CET 2017 - David Cassany + +- Omit kiwi-repart dracut module in oemboot initrd + + KIWI's oemboot initrd with initrd_system="dracut" together with + installiso="true" requires to have dracut-kiwi-oem-repart package + installed in the system, thus it ends up also being included in the + recreated dracut initrd after booting the oemboot initrd from the + installation iso. This kiwi-repart module causes a boot failure in that + case since no .profile file is present, moreover, it has no sense to + run it at that stage, since the disk is already reparted by the + oemboot code. + + This commit allows installiso="true" and initrd_system="dracut" to + play well together. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 15 10:32:26 CET 2017 - David Cassany + +- Improve locale pattern in schema + + Now the locale pattern in the schema also supports POSIX. Note + that POSIX will be only accepted if listed in the first place of the comma + separated list. + + This commit fixes #570 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 14 16:45:20 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.28 → 9.11.29 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 13 09:53:21 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow to choose dracut live module + + There is the standard dracut dmsquash-live module based on + the device mapper technology and the kiwi-live module based + on the overlayfs technology. The setup of the live iso structure + in kiwi is compatible to both modules. Thus it makes sense + to allow to choose the technology via the flags attribute + + + + Please note both modules supports a different set of live + features. This Fixes #568 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 12 11:52:30 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.27 → 9.11.28 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 07 15:21:23 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed ec2 and azure test builds + + cryptconfig is no longer provided + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 06 16:26:21 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.26 → 9.11.27 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 06 16:25:12 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Apply target permissions only if target dir exists + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 06 16:03:57 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.25 → 9.11.26 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 06 15:59:14 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed use of stat result in os.chmod + + oct method returns a string representation which was mistakenly + used in a subsequent os.chmod call. This Fixes #564 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 06 12:51:06 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed tox doc target + + Correctly include schema pictures after travis-sphinx build + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 06 12:08:00 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.24 → 9.11.25 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 05 14:52:56 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update failsafe kernel option list + + Delete obsolete parameters and make sure a failsafe boot + does boot into runlevel 3. This Fixes #554 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 05 14:26:06 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Apply xslt validation on boot images + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 05 10:59:29 CET 2017 - Michal Marek + +- Do not match comments and PIs in XSLT templates + + I wanted to add a simple vim modeline to my XML description: + + + + This made kiwi consume insane amounts of memory during the XSLT + transform step. While this may be a bug in my version of lxml, we do not + transform comments on processing instructions in the conversion + templates, so the easiest solution is not to match them. + + Signed-off-by: Michal Marek + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 04 17:17:35 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure toplevel target dir keeps permissions + + When syncing data via rsync we make sure the toplevel target + directory the data gets synced to does not change it's origin + permissions. This Fixes #557 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 04 12:33:29 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Rebuild schema documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 04 11:55:43 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed dependencies for dracut-kiwi-lib + + Adapt package names for gdisk/gptfdisk and btrfs-progs/btrfsprogs + Install and require fdasd only on s390 architecture + Delete fbiterm requirement since the project seems unmaintained + and the use of the framebuffer terminal is an option in the code + but not mandatory. This Fixes #559 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 01 15:56:37 CET 2017 - Adrian Schröter + +- add missing deps for docker builds. + + Moving kiwi-image:* provides to -requires package + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 29 17:37:10 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update text per review + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 29 17:30:24 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix and cleanup tox setup + + Along with the cleanup of the tox setup also the workaround + using an older version of the py module has been fixed + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 29 16:22:29 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed travis-sphinx call syntax + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 29 12:21:29 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update dropped feature list + + Legacy kiwi's oem recovery feature will not be ported + due to technologes like ReaR, snapper, btrfs and due + to the container, cloud and public cloud orientation of + OS images + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 23 11:56:55 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Implementation of dracut kiwi-dump module + + Provide the capabilities of the oem install code as + dracut module. The implementation covers the result + of the installiso="true" configuration. Installation + from remote sources still needs to be done and will + follow in an extra pull request. This addresses + Issue #576 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 23 11:07:05 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.23 → 9.11.24 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 23 10:58:24 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed URL to semver.org in development guide + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 23 10:48:58 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.22 → 9.11.23 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 23 10:34:02 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed module setup for dracut-kiwi-lib + + lsblk tool used in code but missing in dependencies + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 23 10:18:40 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed test-image-azure build test + + azurectl does not resolve because of missing AppScheduler + but for the integration test image we also don't need azurectl + Thus it was just deleted from the list + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 23 10:06:41 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed test-image-azure build test + + pam-modules package doesn't exist anymore + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 22 10:23:37 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.21 → 9.11.22 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 22 10:20:47 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed typo in spec file + + The use of the suse_version macro from the last change + introduced a syntax error which caused the package build + to fail in obs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 22 09:06:59 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.20 → 9.11.21 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 21 11:37:32 CET 2017 - Dominique Leuenberger + +- package: Prepare for Tumbleweed moving to suse_version 1550 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 21 11:16:35 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.19 → 9.11.20 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 21 10:57:36 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Only add package manager on image package requests (#550) + + If an image description only contains package requests + from a bootstrap section but no image packages, it's not + required to install a package manager package into the + system + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 21 08:11:20 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add device-mapper requirement for dracut-kiwi-live + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 20 18:24:15 CET 2017 - David Cassany + +- Post build constraint validation refactored + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 20 15:54:04 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.18 → 9.11.19 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 20 11:57:11 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update gfxboot.cfg for iso images + + Don't move down one menu entry the first time a F-key is used + This Fixes bsc#1068790 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 17 15:30:26 CET 2017 - David Cassany + +- Adding quotes to ensure '%_dbpath' is treated as string + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 17 12:27:05 CET 2017 - David Cassany + +- Add max size post build command + + This commit includes a post build constraint validation into the + Result class. With this commit any file included to the result + tuple is verified not to exceed the maximum size configured into + the runtime configuration file config.yml. + + Fixes #468 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 17 11:01:05 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed ec2 integration test + + requirements for unneeded crash package broken + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 17 08:17:52 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed ec2 integration test + + nothing provides pam-modules + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 16 14:19:24 CET 2017 - David Cassany + +- Removes the hardcoded path of the rpm database + + With this commit the rpmdb path is evaluated from the %_dbpath + macro instead of being hardcoded. + + Fixes #537 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 16 09:56:10 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.17 → 9.11.18 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 15 12:41:27 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added runtime check for dracut-kiwi-oem-repart + + OEM images if configured to use dracut as initrd system + requires the KIWI provided dracut-kiwi-oem-repart module + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 15 12:02:01 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup py vs. pytest-cov version incompatibility + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 08 10:16:00 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.16 → 9.11.17 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 08 10:12:45 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete atftp from SLE15 boot descriptions + + atftp will not be part of SLE15 per fate#323633. + This Fixes #543 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 07 17:31:11 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed blocksize setup in losetup + + The -L option was used to set the blocksize value for losetup + However there is an option name clash between suse util-linux + and upstream which now leads to the problem that option -L + has changed its meaning and actually means --nooverlap which + completely breaks the call in kiwi. This patch changes the + call to use the long form --logical-blocksize. + This Fixes bsc#1066873 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 07 17:18:30 CET 2017 - David Cassany + +- Code cleaning and enhancing variables names + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 07 16:53:28 CET 2017 - David Cassany + +- Use usr/lib/rpm if present instead of var/lib/rpm + + With this commit OEM recovery tries to backup usr/lib/rpm if present, + if the directory is not present it tries to backup the old default + configuration, var/lib/rpm. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 06 16:32:28 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Extend checkmedia runtime check + + In addition to the correct architecture the check also includes + the lookup of the required tagmedia tool to be present on the + building host. This Fixes #538 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 06 16:31:23 CET 2017 - David Cassany + +- Remove hardcoded any /var/lib/rpm path + + This commit changes any /var/lib/rpm reference to the call + 'rpm -E %_dbpath' which returns the path of the rpmdb which + has been recently updated to a different location in recent rpm + versions. Now the rpmdb path is determined dynamically. + + Fixes #537 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 03 18:15:02 CET 2017 - David Cassany + +- Adding a s390 oem test image + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 03 17:48:56 CET 2017 - David Cassany + +- kiwi-hooks should be packed in tar + + Remote OBS source service is no capable of packaing a folder into a tar. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 03 17:10:39 CET 2017 - David Cassany + +- Include arm build test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 03 14:54:29 CET 2017 - David Cassany Viladomat + +- Adding test image descriptions + + This commit adds the image descriptions used to test KIWI within + the Open Build Service. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 02 12:18:18 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add support for apt repository priorities + + Apt handles repository priorities in a preferences + file per repository and calls that pin-priorities. + The implementation here sets the configured priority + for all packages of the given repository + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 31 16:37:27 CET 2017 - Jellyfrog + +- Add missing hooks to the other architectures + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 31 16:37:09 CET 2017 - Jellyfrog + +- Add pre/post mount hook for oem + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 31 13:24:15 CET 2017 - Jellyfrog + +- Clarify how strip works + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 30 11:12:04 CET 2017 - Jellyfrog + +- Add more OEM hooks + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 26 04:56:48 CEST 2017 - Ryan Desfosses + +- updated contributing link + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 26 04:03:12 CEST 2017 - Ryan Desfosses + +- s/42.1/42.3/ + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 25 16:32:35 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.15 → 9.11.16 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 25 13:06:44 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed validation of isohybrid warnings + + The list of warning messages is evaluated line by line + and those not matching the ignore warnings list are treated + as errors. However if an empty line exists it did not match + the ignore warnings list but is also not an error. This + patch makes sure only non empty warning information has + an effect + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 25 12:35:16 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.14 → 9.11.15 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 25 12:16:56 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Do not require cracklib-dict-full in boot images + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 24 18:12:21 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.13 → 9.11.14 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 24 18:12:07 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup SLE12 boot image descriptions + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 24 17:39:13 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.12 → 9.11.13 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 24 12:34:59 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup SLE boot image descriptions + + Don't use packages which does not exist on SLE, Fixes #523 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 23 14:39:36 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Improve coding style to make flake8 happy + + This commit includes the exact Exception class that the 'except' statement + catches. According to the new flake8 3.5.0 version it should be explicit + rather than implicit. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 23 14:18:51 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Add OCI reference in skopeo copy call and umoci config call + + Skopeo, since v1.24, does no longer assume 'latest' as the default + tag/reference and requires explicit tag or reference in skopeo + call. In KIWI the default was only used to import the base rootfs, + with this commit the imported container is tagged as 'base_layer'. + The current patch works for all skopeo versions. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 19 12:56:06 CEST 2017 - Jellyfrog + +- Update hooks documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 19 12:12:08 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.11 → 9.11.12 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 19 10:54:07 CEST 2017 - Jellyfrog + +- Add more hooks for oemboot + + This follows netboot behavior + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 18 15:54:14 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Fix vmdk descriptor file + + This commit fixes the descriptor file of the vmdk images. Before this + commit the descriptior file was appended at the end of the image + instead of overwritting the current one at the very beginning. + + Fixes bsc#1050665 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 18 11:16:09 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.10 → 9.11.11 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 18 10:40:51 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Follow up fix for isohybrid error handling + + Allow to handle multiple messages from isohybrid as warnings. + Only if the list of messages still contains information after all + non error conditions had been checked out, an exception is + thrown + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 16 12:10:22 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.9 → 9.11.10 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 16 12:06:06 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup boot descriptions + + The still existing kiwi boot descriptions contained wrong + information about no longer existing packages and many + other obsolete information. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 13 15:50:32 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.8 → 9.11.9 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 13 15:35:54 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Prefer image packages section for bootincludes + + If a package is marked bootinclude prefer + section in the target XML as primary target and only if no such + section exists put the package in the + section + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 13 09:04:31 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Keep NVMe drivers in the initrd + + Support systems with the root filesystem on a NVMe device + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 29 15:04:59 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.7 → 9.11.8 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 29 10:24:05 CEST 2017 - Dominique Leuenberger + +- Changed permissions of /srv/tftpboot to be readable (bsc#940608) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 28 15:41:24 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.6 → 9.11.7 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 28 14:41:16 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Also handle multiple error conditions + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 28 11:50:43 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow to ignore certain isohybrid warnings + + kiwi treates warning from isohybrid as fatal errors becuase in + most cases they are fatal. However some of them are kind of + historical and should be ignored like the one described here: + http://www.syslinux.org/archives/2015-March/023306.html + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 27 14:52:07 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.5 → 9.11.6 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 27 12:06:04 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure xz options are used with pxe tarball + + The tar command used in the pxe builder did not utilize threading + and/or the xz options provided by an optional kiwi config file. + This Fixes #507 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 27 11:18:29 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move depmod into baseUpdateModuleDependencies + + Kernel module dependencies should be resolved after kiwi has + called all the stripping functions and not as part of the + baseCreateCommonKernelFile which runs before. + This Fixes #508 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 26 16:21:49 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed order of volume mount list + + re-order mount_list by mountpoint hierarchy. This is needed + because the handling of the fullsize volume and all other + volumes is outside of the canonical order. If the fullsize + volume forms a nested structure together with another + volume the volume mount list must be re-ordered to avoid + mounting the volumes in the wrong order + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 25 16:53:27 CEST 2017 - Jellyfrog + +- Update issue template + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 22 15:55:28 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.4 → 9.11.5 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 22 15:53:43 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Rebuild schema documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 21 12:34:55 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Show results in a dialog + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 20 15:18:09 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Improve display of runMediaCheck results + + The splash screen should be switched off in order to let the + user see the mediacheck results as well as a delay timeout + before the boot continues or stops is useful + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 20 15:15:45 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Call plymouth default theme setup in build command + + Make sure plymouth-set-default-theme is called as part + of the system build command and not only as part of the + system prepare command + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 19 16:09:18 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed package requires for dracut-kiwi-live + + On Fedora/RHEL cdrkit is only a source package building other + packages. The package dracut-kiwi-live really needs is + genisoimage + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 19 08:12:24 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added dracut kiwi oem module and library + + A new dracut module kiwi-repart used to be the successor of + the custom kiwi oemboot code to repartition the disk has + been added. Along with the module a dracut library kiwi-lib + will also be delivered. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 18 14:35:23 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix trailing pipe character in .packages file + + In addition make sure the field layout is consistent across + the .packages files no matter which package manager was used + to create the information. This Fixes #501 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 15 10:02:49 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.3 → 9.11.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 15 10:00:36 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update documentation + + Link to the obs overview page to show build test results + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 15 09:56:27 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added Fedora integration test build to obs status + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 15 09:00:29 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Limit the characters set for volid attribute + + This commit fixes #493 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 14 19:35:08 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Revert "Fixed package requires" + + This reverts commit a8d50a593911725965e09b0e8c2f3b9bc742202b. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 14 18:28:06 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed package requires + + On Fedora xattr is provided by python[3]-pyxattr + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 14 18:10:52 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- kiwi-boot-requires only required for suse(obs) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 14 10:27:20 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update project intro page + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 14 10:16:40 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update project intro layout + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 14 10:14:24 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update project intro page + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 13 09:27:51 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.2 → 9.11.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 12 15:30:49 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added disk format="vhdx" support + + Support dynamic VHDX (gen2) image format for Hyper-V. + This Fixes #490 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 12 12:24:31 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added additional required attr schematron rule + + The new rule allows to check for required attributes for a specific + image type and is used for the filesystem attribute which is required + for the image type oem, vmx and pxe. This Fixes #476 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 11 17:03:55 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.1 → 9.11.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 11 17:03:29 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Rebuild online schema documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 11 16:51:28 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.11.0 → 9.11.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 11 16:31:24 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed kernelList function + + The kernelList function searches for the installed kernels + and applies the corresponding initrd name. The information the + method provides is used in case of a custom initrd which should + be used instead of the result of dracut. When requesting the use + of the kiwi firsboot initrd also in the system via the + element, the information from the list is + used to correctly link the kiwi initrd named initrd.vmx to the + expected name of the system as dracut would create it. The + creation of the list was broken which lead to an empty list + and the after effect that the system was not able to reboot. + This Fixes #483 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 11 16:22:09 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update oemboot/rhel-07.0 due to isolinux changes + + With the move of the isolinux setup operation into the + python code and the deletion of the old code from the + images.sh scripts it's required to keep syslinux in the + boot image otherwise the builder can't find it when + explicitly deleted before the isolinux setup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 11 11:01:06 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update device node names for devmapper nodes + + Partition devices created by the device mapper could + use the _part or the -part naming schema. This patch + allows for both variants and Fixes #480 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 11 10:29:59 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added e2fsprogs to s390/netboot + + During bootup of a diskful netclient when it comes to e2 + filesystem operations the tools were missing. Fixes #479 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 08 16:48:22 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Rename source label + + This commit renames the source label to a more explicit name. This + commit also relates to bsc#1055542 and fixes #473 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 08 12:05:45 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add mediacheck handler for live iso + + This fixes bsc#1049304 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 07 16:53:19 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added live iso integration test build to obs status + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 07 16:27:25 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.10.6 → 9.11.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 07 16:01:58 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete atftp from boot descriptions + + In SLE15 / Leap15 atftp has been dropped. This Fixes bsc#1056951 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 07 15:28:34 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Deleted Leap 42.1 JeOS + + Leap 42.3 has been released + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 07 14:58:29 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed list of gfxboot modules + + Bad bug, missing comma caused the list to be interpreted + differently by python which screwed up some list items + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 07 14:40:31 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete obsolete suseGFXBoot kiwi boot code + + The code has been moved into the python source at + bootloader/config/isolinux.py + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 06 18:07:22 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete vmxboot descriptions + + vmx boot is now fully integrated with dracut + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 06 18:01:37 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make get_initrd_system a state method + + Make sure the default initrd_system is set to dracut + for the vmx image type and to kiwi if no initrd_system + is specified. This allows to simplify other code parts + as we can trust there is a value set + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 06 17:12:05 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update schematron rules for boot and initrd_system + + The boot and initrd_system attributes are no longer used by + the vmx image type and are therefore not allowed anymore. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 06 11:09:59 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added runtime checks for overlay disk images + + Checking if the dracut-kiwi-overlay package will be installed + as part of the build and also for the supported EFI setup + since the EFI secure boot setup would try to perform changes + on the filesystem which is a readonly squashfs, this is not + supported + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 05 21:42:02 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix isohybrid call + + isohybrid errors printed on stderr were not treated as fatal + but should be treated as such. In addition isohybrid should + distinguish for efi setup according to the efi setup of the + image itself + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 05 16:55:39 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Refactor _get_source and _get_source_label methods + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 05 16:35:20 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support overlay disk images via dracut + + Using the kiwi-overlay module to boot up systems configured + with the overlayroot="true" attribute in the system image + XML configuration. Fixes #65 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 05 16:33:24 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added kiwi-overlay dracut module and package + + Package dracut-kiwi-overlay providing kiwi-overlay dracut module + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 04 15:21:59 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- update README + + Use normal style dash character + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 04 15:21:19 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- update README + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Sep 03 20:53:38 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete isoboot descriptions + + Live ISO boot is now fully integrated with dracut + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Sep 03 15:10:36 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added runtime check for dracut module on live iso + + Live ISO images uses a dracut initrd to boot and requires + the KIWI provided kiwi-live dracut module to be installed + at the time dracut is called. Thus this runtime check + examines if the required package is part of the package + list in the image description + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 01 11:20:33 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Include the source label in container images + + This commit fixes bsc#1055542, it includes the DISTURL parameter + as a label into the container metadata when the build happens inside + the buildservice. The new label included is named: + + * org.opencontainers.image.source + + in line with the current OCI annotations schema. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 25 17:15:12 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added kiwi-live dracut module and package + + Package dracut-kiwi-live providing kiwi-live dracut module + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 23 17:02:13 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update schematron rule for boot attribute + + The boot attribute is no longer used by the iso image type + and is therefore not allowed anymore + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 23 16:32:16 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update allowed values for iso image attribute + + With the move to dracut only the options implemented for + the kiwi-live dracut module are available + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 22 18:55:46 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move to dracut for live ISO images + + Instead of the kiwi isoboot layout the live layout has been + changed to follow the rules of the live system support offered + by dracut. The initrd used to boot up the system is now a + dracut generated initrd and can be customized via the 'flags' + attribute in the kiwi XML description. In order to meet the + kiwi live requirements a custom dracut module called kiwi-live + is provided along with the changes in kiwi. This Fixes #470 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 22 10:03:25 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.10.5 → 9.10.6 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 21 10:56:05 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added boot descriptions for SLE15 on ppc + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 21 10:55:46 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added boot descriptions for SLE15 on s390 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 21 10:23:25 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.10.4 → 9.10.5 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 11 15:46:40 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added handling of formatoptions attribute + + Custom disk format options passed in the formatoptions + attribute were not handled. In addition options with a + value passed to qemu were handled in the wrong way. + This commit addresses both problems and Fixes #463 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 11 15:15:25 CEST 2017 - Ludwig Nussel + +- s/sles/openSUSE/ + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 11 15:12:35 CEST 2017 - Ludwig Nussel + +- copy SLE15 files for Leap 15 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 11 15:01:16 CEST 2017 - Ludwig Nussel + +- add Leap 15 macros + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 11 15:01:09 CEST 2017 - Ludwig Nussel + +- leap_version is deprecated. use sle_version+is_openuse instead + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 10 17:18:59 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added azure integration test build to obs status + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 09 23:14:44 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.10.3 → 9.10.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 09 22:45:38 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed resize if all free volume in oemboot/repart + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 09 13:10:29 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix space calculation for lvm volumes + + It is required to take the other configured volumes into + account in order to solve the problem of nested volumes. + The size of e.g the root volume must be reduced by the size + other volumes inside of the root volume needs. This is + especially required if the root volume is not the fullsize + volume + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 08 17:20:34 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed setup.py requirements record + + PyYAML is required by KIWI + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 04 10:05:43 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add description of Overlay Files to Terminology + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 03 11:00:57 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.10.2 → 9.10.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 02 15:19:02 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Export *.verified also for images based on apt-get + + This commit includes support in system/setup.py to run a package + verification also for images based in apt-get package-manger + + Related to #457 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 02 15:06:19 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Include .packages file for apt-get based images + + This commit renames export_rpm_packages_list method to + export_packages_list and it includes support for listing + debian packages if apt-get package manager is used. + + Fixes #457 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 02 11:57:21 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix calculation of needed disk space for oem types + + The calculation did not include the minimum volume requirements + if a volume setup exists + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 01 15:33:42 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update expected compatible major version + + every version of umoci/skopeo <= major v1.x.x is expected + to work with the implementation used in kiwi + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 01 10:24:17 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Extend scope of check_docker_tool_chain_installed + + The runtime check only checks for the presence of the docker + tools umoci and skopeo but as we are expecting incompatible + api changes in the next major version release the check has + been extended to look at the major versions of the installed + tools as well. Fixes #454 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 28 14:07:21 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup schema version in chapter topic + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 28 13:53:59 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.10.1 → 9.10.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 27 17:19:32 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup XSL stylesheet v6.7 + + Apply templates matching all processing instructions in + order to match
text
+ +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 27 16:54:08 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Rebuild schema documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 27 15:33:43 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Remove xml_state.get_build_type_mediacheck method + + The method was not needed since a direct call to + xml_state.build_type.get_mediacheck was already producing an + equivalent output (True, False or None), where 'None' can be + easily treated in the same way as False. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 27 14:09:29 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Add runtimecheck for mediacheck attribute on non x86 hosts + + This commit rearranges some method and variable names and includes + a new runtimecheck to ensure the mediacheck attribute is not set + when building non x86 images. + + Patch related to bsc#1049304 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 27 09:19:22 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Auto update image descriptions to schema v6.7 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 27 09:10:13 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update schema to version v6.7 + + Cleanup of the schema, delete obsolete and unused attributes + and sections. Details of the change can be found in the + conversion stylesheet convert66to67.xsl + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 27 08:58:36 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add XSL stylesheet to convert from v6.6 to v6.7 + + Delete the following obsolete and unhandled attributes and sections + + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 26 15:42:41 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Adding mediacheck menu entry for liveCDs + + This commit adds the checkiso attribute in type tag, only available for + iso image types. Checkiso is boolean that determines the presence of0 + a Mediacheck menu entry or not in the bootloader. + + This patch is related to bsc#1049304 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 25 16:58:29 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup encoding handling for profile file + + If an element like displayname or oem-boot-title contains + characters outside of the ascii table this causes trouble + when kiwi writes out the profile file and the code is called + through python2. The reason here is that the default encoding + on write() (and other methods) is set to ascii in python2 + and when it receives unicode characters outside of the + ascii spec a UnicodeEncodeError is thrown. Now all of kiwi + is using Unicode which means this does not produce a problem + when calling the code through python3 because the default + encoding is utf-8 there. This patch introduces a method + which allows to change python's default encoding and calls + it at the code point where we write the profile because we + got unicode and we want to write unicode in any case. + This fixes at least one situation for python2-kiwi to + allow the use of non ascii characters in the XML setup. + If other places will be found the same approach should allow + to fix it for python2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 25 14:02:21 CEST 2017 - Jellyfrog + +- Fix RHEL spec check + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 25 12:16:05 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.10.0 → 9.10.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 25 11:34:01 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add LVM overhead for lvm based images + + LVM itself requires metadata stored in the metadata block + kiwi did not take a size value for this data into account + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 25 11:32:28 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use dmsetup to cleanup device maps + + Instead of the broken kpartx -d we use dmsetup remove + directly on the maps kiwi has created + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 24 17:29:51 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Evaluate file strip before kernel strip + + Information from the optional section + was handled as part of the suseStripInitrd method which is + called after suseStripKernel. However if a request to delete + a driver file is part of the above mentioned strip section + the checks for the driver dependency and also for potential + superfluous firmware is not applied. Thus the evaluation of + the section happens earlier in the + suseStripKernel method. Fixes #442 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 24 16:36:19 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added ec2 integration test build to obs status + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 24 16:30:34 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added Xen setup runtime validation + + Added check_xen_uniquely_setup_as_server_or_guest runtime + check to check for a unique dom0 or domU guest setup + Fixes #429 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 24 12:33:08 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Rebuild schema documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 24 12:05:02 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make vmdisk optional for the machine setup + + The guest machine information might not require information about + the disk. Issue #429 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 21 14:25:35 CEST 2017 - Jellyfrog + +- Fix some spelling + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 21 14:19:03 CEST 2017 - Jellyfrog + +- Fix some spelling + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 21 10:04:45 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use the same option type (long form) for clarity + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 20 16:21:59 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use kernel compatible XZ options for kiwi initrd + + The kernel requires specific XZ options for the initrd + in order to read the compressed data. This values should + not be configurable by the user and are set to the same + options as used by dracut now. Fixes #435 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 20 16:20:08 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Change default XZ compression options + + Use all cpu cores by default. Fixes #433 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 20 15:34:09 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update spec file provides for schema version + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 20 14:34:23 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.9.5 → 9.10.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 20 14:27:57 CEST 2017 - Martin Mohring + +- fixed: fdupes is also available on Fedora + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 20 13:16:27 CEST 2017 - Martin Mohring + +- changed: simplify diff to orig spec file template + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 20 13:01:03 CEST 2017 - Martin Mohring + +- added: support for Fedora 25 / 26, fixed support for CentOS 7 in the spec file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 20 10:39:46 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Include default container name + + This commit includes a default container name for KIWI container + images. This makes possible to create OCI and Docker containers + without forcing the user to include a section in + the description file. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 20 10:27:00 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor code which deals with Xen + + Provide two methods is_xen_guest and is_xen_server which + are used instead of the former machine domain and firmware + processing. Issue #429 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 20 10:26:19 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Apply schema v6.6 stylesheet to XML descriptions + + Updates all XML descriptions to latest schema version and + also includes adaptions to the test XML descriptions for + testing the new Xen guest and server setup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 19 16:35:12 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup shell test condition + + Variables used in shell conditions should be quoted + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 19 16:33:07 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update schema to version 6.6 + + * Deleted domain attribute from machine section + * Added xen_server attribute to specify a type to be a Xen dom0 + * Added xen_loader attribute in machine section to specify the + target guest loader this image is expected to become loaded + with + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 19 14:37:02 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added schema 6.5 to 6.6 conversion + + Delete the Xen domain attribute from the machine section and + introduce a new xen_server attribute which is set to true + for any machine section with a Xen dom0 configuration + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 18 16:48:44 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added Makefile target obs_test_status + + Call make obs_test_status and get an overview about the current + integration test builds and their status + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 18 10:27:21 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.9.4 → 9.9.5 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 18 10:26:54 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added s390 tumbleweed boot descriptions + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 17 15:35:55 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.9.3 → 9.9.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 17 12:26:27 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- This commit fixed root_init when running inside the buildservice + + This commit fixes regression bug introduced in #422 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 17 11:15:27 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Exclude kiwi files from images + + This commit from one hand includes a + get_exclude_list_for_root_data_sync method in Defaults which returns + a list of the files used by KIWI that should not be part of the + resulting image. From the other hand makes use of the exclusion + default list in live, archive and container images, it fixes #423. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 17 10:58:47 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.9.2 → 9.9.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 17 10:36:39 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Revert "Include .buildenv file inside the buildroot" + + This reverts commit d30bf4a19ff11f7132c9a31528ddfa103e01b299. + + This also includes the get_buildservice_env_name method in Defaults + to centralize '.buildenv' occurrences. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 17 10:20:51 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup helper/kiwi-boot-packages + + Make sure the code also works in python2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 17 09:59:11 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Search for python interpreter in path + + Allow more flexible path spec to find python interpreter + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 14 15:26:16 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- More comfort in calling with compat arguments + + In addition to the 'kiwi --compat -- ...' style we also support calling + the kiwi compat mode as a service via 'kiwi compat ...' The preferred + way of calling kiwi with legacy options is via the new compat service. + Thus the documentation also changed to no longer mention the --compat + option but it still exists for compatibility reasons. Fixes #407 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 14 11:55:32 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow use of more fine grain ignore repos options + + The meaning of the --ignore-repos option has changed back + to ignore all configured repositories. A new option + named --ignore-repos-used-for-build has been added which + allows to ignore all except imageonly repositories. The + command manual pages has been changed to document the + options. This Fixes #410 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 14 11:25:23 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup use of python interpreter invocation + + Prevent strict call of a specific version of the python + interpreter. All code has been written to work with py2 + and py3 thus the venv environment setup should decide + what version a call of python is. Fixes #424 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 13 16:19:46 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Make sure the KIWI buildroot has the /.buildenv file + + This commit makes sure the that the KIWI build root will always + contain the /.buildenv file. + + Fixes #421 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 13 11:45:34 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Include .buildenv file inside the buildroot + + With this patch if KIWI is running inside the buildservice the + /.buildenv file is copied from the build environment to the build + root of KIWI. At installation time some packages test the existance + of this file in order to know if they are being installed inside the + buildservice or not. + + Fixes #421 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 11 14:58:18 CEST 2017 - David Cassany Viladomat + +- Fix url validation in buildservice (#420) + + This patch changes the remote URL validation strategy when running + inside the build service. By design, inside the build service build + environment connections to the outside world are not allowed, thus + any validation attempting to do that will fail. With this patch, when + running inside the build service, KIWI will not try to test if any + download URL is reachable. + + Fixes #418 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 10 12:33:58 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.9.1 → 9.9.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 10 12:22:03 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor Uri is_public method + + Don't call a nested is_remote from is_public, instead the method + was rewritten to explicitly cover the responsibility to check + under which conditions we treat an uri as publicly available + or not + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Jul 09 22:36:04 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed Uri is_remote method + + If called inside of the buildservice the obs uri type is not + a remote uri because the translation ends in a local path + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 07 15:39:27 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.9.0 → 9.9.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 07 15:38:40 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup setup and package requirements + + python requests is needed due to latest changes + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 07 10:23:54 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.8.1 → 9.9.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 07 10:14:24 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update doc string for Uri::translate method + + The method was missing doc info about the check_build_environment + parameter and the return type of the method + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 07 10:05:28 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete obsolete --obs-repo-internal switch + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 07 09:18:47 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Create obs project download link like obs does it + + In reference to _download_repository_link.html.erb from + https://github.com/openSUSE/open-build-service, we use the + same mechanism to create the download link from an obs:// + project definition + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 06 10:34:35 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup unit test for help command + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 06 10:33:18 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Follow up fix for man page move + + make sure kiwi calls the man page from the now changed + section level 8 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 05 17:19:23 CEST 2017 - Neal Gompa + +- Move man pages to correct section + + The man pages were incorrectly written to section 2, which is for + syscalls. Since KIWI is an administrator's tool, it has been moved + to section 8. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 05 10:04:44 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Make sure system image strip sections are applied in boot image + + This commit calls copy_strip_sections from the system image xml to the + boot image xml. This is needed to make sure strip sections are + applied into the boot image. + + Fixes #414 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 04 18:26:49 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor handling of obs repositories + + * Delete kiwi internal ibs: and suse: types + * Delete handling for --obs-repo-internal and provide a + compatibility message to the user + * Buildservice download server url and scope can be configured + via ~/.config/kiwi/config.yml + * Translate obs urls to http in import_repositories_marked_as_imageinclude + * Use new Uri.is_public method in renamed runtime check + check_image_include_repos_publicly_resolvable + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 04 16:10:48 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Fix a code block in workflow.rst + + Fixes #412 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 04 09:31:12 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Fix xml_state test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 03 18:17:29 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Accept an empty string as a repo priority + + xml_parse code is autogenerated, thus no changes there should be + considered. When adding a repository from the command line it + can happen that the repository priority is mapped to an empty instead + to a None valuei, when the priority is not specifically set. xml_parse + will only support a parseable string to int or a None value as the + default option, so, if an empty string is used, it throws an + exception. With the current patch anything that cannot be casted + to an int, will be considered as None. + + Fixes #408 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 03 16:00:19 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move check_image_include_repos_http_resolvable + + Call the check_image_include_repos_http_resolvable runtime check + after the check and setup for the obs runtime environment. In + case of obs uri types and a kiwi build outside of the buildservice + those source locations could be translated into a public url and + thus allow for use with the imageinclude attribute. However + building inside of the buildservice maps those to a local path + which is private to the used worked instance. In such a case + the obs uri type is translated into a suse uri type and running + the check_image_include_repos_http_resolvable after that + translation will run from the translated and thus correct + source uri information + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 03 10:48:36 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.8.0 → 9.8.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 30 16:36:14 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add unit tests for compat mode + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 30 16:07:20 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Do not translate obs scheme to suse scheme for imageonly repos + + Fixes #404 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 30 15:51:37 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed compat setup for upgrade command + + Value for --root option was added after other options + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 30 11:50:26 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Translate obs to suse derived from image uris + + This commit performs a translation from obs scheme to suse + scheme for derived from image uris when kiwi is running in a + buildservice worker. + + Fixes #399 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 30 10:20:44 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.7.4 → 9.8.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 30 09:50:19 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix content layout of zypper credentials file + + Missing line break for entries in zypper credentials file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 29 18:11:47 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Allow imageinclude repositories inside the build service + + Fixes #397 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 29 16:52:11 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed doc_travis tox target + + using shell syntax requires calling a shell process + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 29 16:44:09 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow imageinclude in add|set-repo commandline + + The --set-repo and --add-repo commandline options now allows + additionally to specify a true|false value to indicate if the + repository should be part of the system image repository + setup or not. This Fixes #398 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 29 14:41:32 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed travis whitelist_externals + + test command is used in target + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 29 13:53:42 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed travis whitelist_externals + + commands cp and/or true are used in target + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 29 11:44:51 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup travis doc deployment + + Custom diagram images needs to be deployed manually + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 29 11:08:13 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update schema documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 29 11:06:41 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete unused data from schema docs processing + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 27 10:02:42 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Flag --ignore-repos do not ignore imageonly repos + + This commit fixes #395, with it, using --ignore-repos, does not + delete imageonly repositories from the description file. This way + imageonly is prepared to be used in the buildservice even when using + the 'obsrepositories:/' reference style. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 23 21:12:03 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Build schema documentation with Oxygen + + Given there is a valid Oxygen license owned by the company + as described in https://www.oxygenxml.com/oxygen_scripting.html + the schema documentation can be created using Oxygen. This + commit allows building the schema docs with alternative + doc builders and in case of Oxygen would change the way the + schema docs are generated in the following way: + + 1. Install Oxygen and setup the license to activate the tool + + 2. Setup the KIWI development shell environment to export + the schema_tool variable to point to the schemaDocumentation.sh + script provided by the Oxygen installation + + export oxygen_tool=/path/to/Oxygen/schemaDocumentation.sh + + 3. In any case of a schema change manually call: + + tox -e schema + + This step was done before as part of the tox doc target + but can't be done automatically because it would require + a correctly licensed Oxygen installation in the travis + environment. Thus the result data has to be part of the + pull request + + 4. Build the documentation and review the result + + tox -e doc + + 5. Create the pull request + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 21 14:57:43 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update schema docstring for oem-systemsize + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 20 18:33:21 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.7.3 → 9.7.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 20 18:31:07 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed setup_plymouth_splash + + The schema generated get_bootsplash_theme() method returns a list + because it's section content. The return value of the method was + used as a string which caused a runtime error + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 20 18:22:25 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added creation of zsync control file in bundler + + If a --zsync_source url is provided to the bundler call a + zsync control file is created for the compressed parts of + the bundle. This Fixes #364 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 20 15:18:53 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Add package manager in image info task solving process + + This commit includes the package manager package in the packages + list to be solved in image info task. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 20 14:26:26 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.7.2 → 9.7.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 20 11:09:41 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed gce disk format + + The order of the files in the tarball is important. The first + entry must be the manifest.json followed by disk.raw + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 19 18:00:56 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure CliTask instance reads the config file + + Any instance of a CliTask has to read the runtime config file + if present + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 19 16:25:24 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add generic access for attributes + + The layout of the yaml runtime config is based on an element + topic containing a list of attributes. For now only the xz + topic with its options attribute is in use but for the future + more elements might be supported which can use the same access + method + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 19 16:03:31 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Setup plymouth splash in the image prepare process + + In case the plymouth-set-default-theme tool can be found in the + image root system and a bootsplash theme is configured in the + XML description, the tool is used to setup the theme configuration + This Fixes #366 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 19 15:03:53 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Include patternType information to resolv packages in image info task + + This commit includes ingore_recommended flag in the Sat.solve method. + This way if the description file states to include only required + packages (without recommendations) it is respected and taken into + account to resolv the packages list. + + Fixes #381 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 19 11:06:01 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added custom xz option handling for ArchiveTar + + Allow to pass custom xz options for create_xz_compressed + method. Issue #373 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 19 10:31:06 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure options are returned as list + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 19 10:25:47 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added custom xz option handling for Compress + + Allow to pass custom options for xz method. Issue #373 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 19 08:47:06 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Activate reading of runtime config in tasks + + Implement reading of runtime configuration file in base + commandline class. Issue #373 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 19 08:37:42 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup doc string of base task class + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Jun 18 09:17:00 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add runtime config man page section + + Describe the contents of the KIWI runtime config file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 14 18:11:32 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added RuntimeConfig class + + An instance of RuntimeConfig reads in ~/.config/kiwi/config.yml + if present and provides access methods to the expected + information of the config file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 14 18:10:37 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added PyYAML requirement to package and venv + + The KIWI config file is yaml based and thus we need + support for reading the file in KIWI + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 14 13:09:54 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Implement custom argument handling for xz_options + + Evaluate and hand over custom_args processing for the + xz_options argument to all classes which performs + xz compression tasks. This Fixes #373 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 14 13:06:38 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Read xz options from runtime config + + Read xz options from the kiwi runtime configuration file + and pass along the information to the commands which + performs compression tasks + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 14 12:56:06 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed alpha order of options in build command + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 14 11:55:15 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update custom_args doc for DiskBuilder class + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 14 10:54:27 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup class docstrings + + The attribute list should provide information about the + construction of an object of this class. Some fields + were missing or superfluous + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 14 10:25:35 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Consider only repositories used for build in image info + + This commit makes sure that the repositories marked with imageonly + flag are not included in the packages solve procedure. + + This is related to #362 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 14 09:41:47 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Removing has_repositories_marked_as_imageinclude method + + With the current repository management this method is not required + anymore, since the setup repositories method does not modify the image + if no repositories are present. + + It is related to #305 and #191 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 13 15:40:49 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed typo in isoboot/fedora-25.0 + + It does not really matter because the package manager setup + is inherited from the system image XML configuration to the + boot image, but for consistency it should be correct in the + isoboot description too + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 13 13:06:23 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added isoboot/fedora-25.0 boot description + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 13 10:55:26 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Change to more explicit method names + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 12 16:29:47 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup use of suseGFXBoot regarding grub + + The shell method suseGFXBoot from the config/functions contains + code which should be better moved to the python code base dealing + with the bootloader configuration. In this commit all grub + parts of it has been moved to the BootLoaderConfigGrub2 class + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 12 15:07:04 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup isoboot descriptions + + There is no need to install bootloader packages to the initrd, + all information regarding the bootloader setup is taken from + the system root directory + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 12 15:05:35 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup iso image builder(s) lookup path + + Don't lookup bootloader required files in the boot image root + directory. Those needs to be looked up in the system image + root directory + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 12 15:01:33 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor boot image factory + + Make sure the root directory of the base image is always + accessible by any boot image type for consistency. In + addition introduce a post_init method which explicitly + setup the boot image root directory as needed for the + selected boot image type and document it as such + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 12 12:27:11 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Include imageonly attribute for repositories + + This commit adds imageonly attribute support for the repository + element. imageonly is a boolean attribute that if true indicates + that the repository is no used for the build but needs to be + configured for the resulting image. + + Fixes #362 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 09 16:43:06 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup use of syslinux v6 modules + + There is support for library loading in syslinux modules + which requires to provide the lib modules when available. + This Fixes #351 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 09 14:12:57 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.7.1 → 9.7.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 09 12:33:03 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Update rpm-check-signatures documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 09 11:51:35 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Fix default location repository config file for apt + + This commit fixes the apt config file management for default + locations. The template subsitution always needs to be executed + providing all the substitution parameters, as it does not make any + kind of default assumption when parameters are missing. + + Fixes #370 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 09 11:14:45 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Revert "Refactor detection code for grub directory name" + + The former detection of the grub directory name in boot was + correct whereas the new code introduced a problem. + This reverts commit b3e4b871d52da2b5ab579d592ccc7ae39de75339. + This Fixes #371 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 08 16:54:50 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Include repository_gpgcheck and package_gpgcheck documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 08 16:25:30 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Improve package/repository signature checking setup + + This commit adds repository_gpgcheck and package_gpgcheck attributes + to the repository tag in schema. With this change each repository + can be configured individualy to enable repository signatures check + and/or enable signature package check. The configuration is done at + repository level, thus it is not conflicting with the wide package + manager configuration flag . + + Fixes #358 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 08 16:01:05 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update PXE building chapter + + Redesign PXE building chapter to follow style guide. + Thanks to Thomas Schraitle for review and additional + contributions to this topic. This Fixes #323 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 08 14:46:39 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update chapter due to review + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 08 14:25:52 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update OEM building chapter + + Redesign building chapter to follow style guide. Issue #323 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 08 10:56:29 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.7.0 → 9.7.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 08 10:05:12 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor detection code for grub directory name + + The method get_grub_boot_directory_name was based on checking + for the name of the grub2 install tool, but this is not always + reliable because the name of the grub2 install tool has no + direct connection to the grub2 path. The method changes in a + way that it checks for the presence of the grub2 installation + directory which is /usr/lib/grub or /usr/lib/grub2. Depending + on the result the location in boot is /boot/grub or /boot/grub2 + which seems to be a more reliable check + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 07 22:37:07 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup detection of grub directory name + + In order to put grub data to boot/grub2 or boot/grub a check for + the grub2-tool vs. grub-tool name is performed. This requires + access to the image root directory on a file basis which is not always + applicable. When setting up the grub bootloader for e.g EFI boot on + an iso image the rootfs can't be directly accessed because the iso + image contains the rootfs in a compressed format. This commit + refactors the check to be generic for all image types + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 07 18:36:19 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup EFI setup for iso images + + The embedded efi fat image on the iso filesystem must follow + the same rules compared to the setup on a disk + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 07 09:06:41 CEST 2017 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Fix docstring and apply ReST markup + + Avoids the the following warning: + + Definition list ends without a blank line; unexpected unindent. + + Docstring contains ReST markup from + http://www.sphinx-doc.org/en/stable/domains.html#cross-referencing-python-objects + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 06 16:57:02 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Some corrections for Building Docker image docs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 06 11:01:47 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Rearrange Docker docs + + This commit rearranges the Docker image builds documentation + in order to match the criteria exposed in #323 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 02 10:38:12 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.6.2 → 9.7.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 01 15:54:16 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure all required yum repo options are set + + enabled and gpgcheck parameters has to be set for any + configured yum repository + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 01 15:40:26 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup repository setup for yum + + Yum cannot handle spaces between the key and the value. + This patch provides a method to tell ConfigParser to use + no spaces for the '=' delimiter and thus Fixes #357 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 01 14:08:37 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Reactivate warnings report in pytest + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 01 13:58:27 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup kernel name lookup + + If multiple abi compatible kernel module packages are installed + the kernel version of the boot kernel could be different from + the kernel module versions. In order to find the boot kernel + all kernel versions found must be checked. Fixes #355 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 01 10:41:45 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix/workaround invalid xsd pattern translation + + The data structures are auto generated by the generateDS + tool which works nicely except for the arch-name xsd pattern + used in the RelaxNG schema. For some reason the used regular + expression is translated by generateDS into a python + expression not matching the original expression from the + schema. The result is an invalid python warning message after + the schema has successfully validated the arch string. + The problem has been reported to the generateDS developer. + + As long as their is no fix available in generateDS the + following workaround in kiwi applies: The original xs:token + pattern validation will be disabled on the generateDS + level and applies only to the schema. This Fixes #347 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 31 16:36:17 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow vendor specific grub config file location + + On e.g Fedora systems the EFI grub config file for secure + boot systems is expected to be located in the vendor + specific efi boot directory from where the shim loader + gets loaded by the firmware + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 31 14:54:40 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Some fine tune updates + + * Updated the docs for system_create command + * Reverted dracut image initialization + * Updated yum comment about repo_gpgcheck option + * Updated variable name in disk builder + * Typo correction + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 31 10:04:06 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Include signing-key feature for boot images + + This commit extends the behavior of --signing-key options in order + to import the provided key file into the boot image, in addition to + the regular image root tree. + + Related to #342 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 30 17:43:35 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix use of pre requires in spec file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 30 17:03:09 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup working dir for editboot scripts + + editbootconfig and editbootinstall scripts needs to be + called from within the correct directory to allow access + to the written bootloader config files. For live images + the working directory was set to the wrong place. This + Fixes #353 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 29 21:33:20 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- remove duplicated code from dhclient setup + + IPADDR is assigned within dhclientImportInfo + original patch by Dinar Valeev + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 29 20:50:35 CEST 2017 - Dominique Leuenberger + +- Fix spelling of 'processor' + + https://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=957927 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 29 12:33:51 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use glob pattern to match shim modules + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun May 28 21:37:25 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed pre-req for kiwi-pxeboot subpackage + + the binaries groupadd and useradd used in the preinstall + scriptlet and provided by the shadow package needs a pre + requirement on shadow to make sure they exist when the + package gets installed. Fixes (bsc#1040256) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 26 14:42:11 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Fix existing root check, fixes #349 + + This commit fixes the validation of an existing root directory + for the command 'system build'. System build used to create the root + directory before performing the root existance check, thus the + check was always failing in any case. The root directory is created + inside the RootInit class within the 'create' method. + + Fixes #349 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 24 17:51:08 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added fallback setup for grub secure boot + + The current implementation is based on the presence of the + shim-install tool. This tool does not exist on all distributions. + In case shim-install is not present a kiwi fallback solution + applies. Fixes #337 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 24 13:18:43 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Extend --signing-key to Apt package manager + + This commit extends support for --siging-key to the Apt package + manager. However it has only been included for the chrooted + operations, as current implementation of the bootstrap procedure does + not provide signature check capabilities. + + Related to #342 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 24 13:15:19 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Extend --signing-key option to Yum and Dnf + + This commit extends the --signing-key options support to Yum and Dnf + package managers. In addition, signature check for repositories + had to be disabled for Yum and Dnf, as kiwi unrelated issues were + found while testing. Nevertheless, package signature checks are + fully functional. + + Related to #342 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 24 13:11:15 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Add --signing-key option + + This commit adds --signing-key option which sets a key file to import + into the package manager trusted keys database. This commit adds this + flag support only for zypper. + + Fixes #342 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 23 16:55:45 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't print warning report + + The auto generated xml_parse.py uses the python warnings module + The unit tests uses the coverage module in py.test to create + a report. The latest py.test update now also creates a warnings + report which is unwanted because some of the unit tests + intentionally causes the creation of a warning as the expected + result but we don't want to see that in a py.test warnings + report. Therfore this patch switches off the creation of that + warnings report + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 23 16:35:06 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update manual page of build command + + Add information for --allow-existing-root option + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 23 16:29:53 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup default behavior of build command + + The build command automatically used an existing root tree + from a former build attempt. However this could cause an + inconsistent image if the former build root was not based on + the same image type setup. Thus it is better to allow this + only if the --allow-existing-root option is specified along + with the build command call + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 23 16:29:11 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed alpha sorting of options + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 23 11:04:50 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Complete zypper cache cleanup + + also the raw and solv cache needs to be deleted + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 22 17:59:58 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update manual pages + + Add information and use case for --clear-cache option + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 22 17:57:57 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added --clear-cache option + + The system prepare and build commands now provides the + option --clear-cache which deletes all cache data + associated with the repositories to build the image. + This Fixes #341 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 22 11:59:24 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Let dracut create a compressed initrd + + dracut was called in a way to create an uncompressed initrd archive + and kiwi later runs the xz compression on it. That way the default + compression parameters used by dracut get lost. Fixes #335 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 19 16:52:28 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Improve rpm-check-signatures support + + This commit ensures the signatures are checked for both: the + repository and the rpm package. It applies for zypper, dnf and + yum package managers. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 19 15:49:54 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup boot-load-size for efi loader in iso + + Pass the real boot-load-size of the used loader as number + of 512byte blocks to the iso creation call. Related to + (bsc#939456) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 19 10:48:10 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update documentation to meet review results + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 18 16:36:49 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added GCE image primary setup information + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 18 16:13:22 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added Azure image primary setup information + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 18 15:31:19 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added EC2 image primary setup information + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 18 14:42:14 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Map partition ID's from sgdisk to lowercase + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 18 09:22:25 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- rework building virtual disk image chapter + + Adapt to style as used in the live iso chapter and add + references to low level topics regarding the setup of + the image to work in the public cloud. Related to #323 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 17 17:44:51 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Get the first two characters of the gdisk partition code output + + According to the gdisk documentation the gdisk maps the partitions IDs + to the MBR codes, but they are multiplied by 0x0100 in hexa. Meaning + 0x8300 code is equivalent to 0x83 in MBR. This commit only considers + the first two characters of the sgdisk partition code output. With this + change the partition types are comparable, regardless of using MBR or + GPT. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 17 15:15:12 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Fixes OEM deployments on a free partition, bnc#1039469 + + This commit updates the boot code for oem images. In case + oem-partition-install flag was set, the boot code was not capable + to find an appropriate partition due to not attaching properly the + raw image as a loopback device. KIWI was calling 'losetup' command + with wrong arguments. + + Fixes bnc#1039469 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 17 10:52:18 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.6.1 → 9.6.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 16 16:37:52 CEST 2017 - Neal Gompa + +- Use 'yum-deprecated' if it exists when using Yum + + On Fedora and Mageia systems, the Yum package manager binary is named + 'yum-deprecated', and 'yum' redirects to DNF. This is a problem for + being able to build images of Linux systems that use Yum as its package + manager, like RHEL/CentOS 7. + + So, in order to ensure we use the right package manager, we check for + the 'yum-deprecated' binary and use it if it exists. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 16 09:47:52 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Restructure low level topic (iso_to_usb) + + The low level topic references information from the base + topic. In this case the name of the previously built image. + I think we should provide information on each low level + topic which references information from a base topic. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 15 19:38:53 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Handle rpm-check-signatures flag for each package manager + + This commit adds support for the rpm-check-signatures flag, which + sets the package manager to verify or not each package signature. + By default KIWI assumes no gpg checks are done. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 15 16:02:45 CEST 2017 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Separate low-level topics (dumping) + + * Separate the high-level (building) from the low-level part (dumping) + * Introduce a subsection ("Working with Images"); not sure, if this is + useful under "Building Images" + * Enhance with some (general) advise about booting from USB + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 15 13:42:26 CEST 2017 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Provide missing _hybrid_iso label + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 15 11:27:02 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup check_target_directory_not_in_shared_cache + + The runtime check compared the given target path if it starts + with the cache directory /var/cache/kiwi. This however also + matches for e.g /var/cache/kiwi-foo which would be a valid + target directory. This patch changes the matcher in a way to + really check if the target directory points to the same cache + directory structure. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 12 15:29:50 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Set default dracut output format to match upstream + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 12 12:53:19 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added dracut output file format detection + + Unfortunately the dracut initrd output file format varies between + the different Linux distributions. Tools like lsinitrd, and also + grub2 rely on the initrd output file to be in that format. + Thus when kiwi uses dracut the same file format should be used + all over the place in order to stay compatible with what the + distribution does. Fixes #325 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 12 11:42:55 CEST 2017 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Revised example for issue #323 + + * Add abstract (use `.. sidebar`, not sure if we should use it) + * Collect all concept oriented text in the beginning + * Introduce procedure and create steps + * Remove lonely subsection and combine it with the procedure + + TODO: + * Review + * Decide, if `.. sidebar` is ok (or should we better use `.. topic`?) + * Add additional, related information? + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 11 15:58:52 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.6.0 → 9.6.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 11 12:51:55 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Update build docker images documentation + + This commit includes steps to install umoci and skopeo, descriptions + for the configurable metadata in KIWI and some simple style fixes. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 09 17:34:01 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed tox.ini doc target + + location of schema docs has changed, and we better disable + the spell check as long as not all unknown technical terms + are added to the wordlist.txt + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 08 14:20:17 CEST 2017 - Jellyfrog + +- Use correct service name variable + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun May 07 20:27:16 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor documentation layout and structure + + The current design of the documentation does not allow for + continous improvement and development. It's missing a basic + structure and concept for documenting step-by-step workflows + and generic explanations. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat May 06 01:12:34 CEST 2017 - Neal Gompa + +- Remove erroneous statement in request_package_exclusion() for Yum+DNF + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 05 09:04:42 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed markup in contributing chapter + + The headline of a subsection wrongly indicates a toplevel entry + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 28 12:33:12 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Evaluate UNIONFS_CONFIG filesystem + + This commit makes sure the filesystem is parsed from the + UNIONFS_CONFIG configuration variable when the PXE image is + loaded to a block device. + + This commit fixes #316 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 28 12:13:30 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed GPL license text to match headers and spec + + source headers and spec file is pointing to GPL v3 but the + license file was still at version 2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 27 23:21:26 CEST 2017 - Neal Gompa + +- Add support for excluding packages when using DNF + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 27 23:19:13 CEST 2017 - Neal Gompa + +- Add support for excluding packages when using Yum + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 27 22:21:46 CEST 2017 - Neal Gompa + +- Fix comment about Zypper locks to reflect reality + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 26 17:29:31 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.5.0 → 9.6.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 26 14:12:33 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Additional container commandline options + + Added --set-container-derived-from and --set-container-tag + commandline options which allows to overwrite the data set + in the XML configuration + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 25 17:41:01 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Implement obsrepositories source on derived_from + + The following reference to a derived container: + + obsrepositories:/container#latest + + Will be translated into the following buildservice + local path: + + /usr/src/packages/SOURCES/containers/_obsrepositories/container#latest + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 25 15:28:38 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Implement obs source on derived_from + + The following reference to a derived container: + + obs:/project/repo/container#tag + + Will be translated into the following buildservice + local path: + + /usr/src/packages/SOURCES/containers/project/repo/container#tag + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 25 15:25:04 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use urlparse to detect uri scheme + + The source location postfix can contain several different + formats e.g :/, or :// or even just :, python's urlparse + is able to cope with all that which allows to work with + the url scheme base name and thus makes handling this + code more robust + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 24 13:22:03 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.4.11 → 9.5.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 24 12:29:44 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Include '--delete' in OCI images DataSync + + This commit includes #310 patch for OCI images. + + It also corrects the end of line format for kiwi/container/docker.py + and test/unit/container_image_docker_test.py, so flake tests are all + green. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 20 12:55:24 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Include --delete flag in DataSync for docker images + + This commit includes the --delete flag in order to synchronize the + docker images. This is relevant for derived images where the new + layer might not only add files, but also remove something from the + base image. + + Fixes #309 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 14 04:05:46 CEST 2017 - Neal Gompa + +- Define correct default locations for sources-dir and preferences-dir + + In order to ensure that the defined repositories in the KIWI configuration + are set to the correct places for installing into the image, the + sources-dir and preferences-dir need to be redefined to point to the + in-image location, as it is done for the other package managers. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 14 03:59:36 CEST 2017 - Neal Gompa + +- Do not purge the repositories before inserting them + + There are no good reasons to be purging the repo directories, especially + when it is common for some distributions (Red Hat/CentOS/Fedora, for example) + to ship repository configuration as packages. Deleting them puts the package + manager in the system into a weird state, so we want to avoid this. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 14 00:18:20 CEST 2017 - Neal Gompa + +- Fix default reposdir path for Yum + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 13 13:35:33 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Add support for OCI images + + This commit adds support for OCI images. Most of the docker related + code is reused for OCI classes and Docker classes have been refactored + so now they are a splecialization of the OCI classes. It is done this + way since KIWI internally only uses OCI format to operate with + containers, therefore docker images just differ from OCI images by + the way they are packaged or unpackaged. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 12 14:46:52 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Add clear attribute for entrypoint and subcommand sections + + This commit adds the possibility of clearing asny subcommand or + entrypoint. This is relevant for docker derived images, as they + inherit the configuration and it might lead to some bad behavior. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 12 14:09:43 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.4.10 → 9.4.11 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 12 12:06:43 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Add require/recommend installation support for yum + + This commit adds support to install required only or required plus + recommended packages using yum as the package manager. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 12 10:04:36 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Add support for required/recommended packages + + This commit enables support to install only required packages + or install required plus recommended packages. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 11 17:45:39 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Include 'plusRecommended' management for dnf + + Add support to enable/disable installation of recommended packages + for dnf package manager. With this commit 'plusRecommended' + patternType triggers on installation of recommended packages, which + is turned off by default. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 11 16:12:11 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Make sure debian repositories database is populated before install + + This commit includes an 'apt-get update' call before any 'apt-get + install' command. This way the packages database is always ready, + even if no bootstrap procedure has been executed. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 10 19:16:57 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.4.9 → 9.4.10 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 10 17:21:00 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Add warning logs for unkown base image URIs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 10 16:05:53 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Update spec template for SLE13->SLE15 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 10 15:46:05 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Rename SLE13 to SLE15 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 10 15:04:33 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Follow up fix for grub2 setup in live builder + + The live iso builder still used a fixed boot/grub2 path + but due to the refactoring this path is now distro dependant + and should be obtained dynamically + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 10 15:03:04 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup use of bootloader path in boot code + + Instead of repeating the bootloader path only specify it + once per setup path + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 10 14:33:25 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Add method to setup installation of recommended packages + + With this commit package manager are always set to include only + required packages or set to include required and recommended + packages. + + This commit fixes #285 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 06 15:51:32 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.4.8 → 9.4.9 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 06 15:16:31 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update development and contribution chapter + + Fix some minor inconsistencies due to latest code changes + with regards to py2 and py3 compatibility and also change + the style of the chapter to be more straight forward for + people who would like to contribute from scratch + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 05 14:31:49 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Bypass bootstrap procedure if no bootstrap packages section + + This commit updates kiwi to bypass bootstrap procedure in case + there is no bootstrap packages section. + + It also adds extra validation in root_bind. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 05 11:34:40 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.4.7 → 9.4.8 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 05 11:33:26 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup grub2 template parameters + + The boot_directory_name parameters was missing for live and + install image builds + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 05 11:21:59 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.4.6 → 9.4.7 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 05 11:21:06 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup grub2 bios module setup + + Only copy grub2 bios modules if the architecture supports it + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 05 10:22:53 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.4.5 → 9.4.6 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 04 16:52:03 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Avoid GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR setup in etc/default/grub + + The GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR information can't be provided in a generic + way for all distributions. The information should be either placed + by a package post script (as done by most of the distributions) + or by a custom kiwi config.sh or images.sh script. Fixes #286 + Fixes (bsc#1032119) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 04 16:08:43 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Added support for unknown uri types for base image references + + This commits bypasses any URI check if the uri schema is unknown in + RootImport class. This way the URI is bypassed to skopeo if it couldn't + be translated to any known type. That enables referencing images with + any URI supported by skopeo, i.e. DockerHub images. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 04 12:43:18 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Keep imported image in OCI format instead of docker + + Kiwi always uses OCI format for container manipulations, so it is + easier to assume the image kept between prepare and create step + is also in OCI format, this way less format convertions are needed. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 04 11:18:01 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup bootloader menu title setup + + If the menu title is setup via the displayname attribute in + the XML configuration, kiwi should not change this text by + a prefix or any other style adaptions. Fixes #287 + Fixes (bsc#1032118) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 04 11:00:27 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup copy of array in boot code + + The filtered nic interface names are stored in an array + and copied back into the original array. The copy of the + array was semantically wrong + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 03 18:54:54 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup grub2 setup and tool calls + + Depending on the distribution the grub tools are either named + grub2-tool or grub-tool. Additionally the grub configuration + data is expected to live in boot/grub2 or boot/grub. This commit + handles the tool calls and also the grub boot directory setup + in a generic way + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 30 16:10:46 CEST 2017 - David Cassany + +- Include SLE13 boot descriptions for x86_64 and arm + + This commit includes boot descriptions for SLE13, the descriptions + are based on leap 42.3. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 30 11:17:19 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete obsolete ec2 disk format + + The ec2 value in the format attribute is deprecated and no + longer supported It remained in the schema for a while and + has now reached EOL + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 30 10:30:35 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.4.4 → 9.4.5 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 28 14:23:05 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup theme setup in boot + + Make sure grub theme data is populated in the boot directory. + Checking only for the presence of the theme directory is not + enough. If the theme directory in boot does not contain the + requested theme it must be provided including a warning if + the theme data could not be found in the system + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 28 10:41:52 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Do not change the API in an incompatible way + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 28 10:29:31 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use request_package_exclusion method in prepare + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 27 15:19:14 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor method name of package manager interface + + The request_package_lock was renamed into request_package_exclusion + because that is the goal, to actually exclude(skip) a package. From + an implementation point of view this is done to set a lock in the + zypper case. However other package managers might do it differently. + The interface should stay consistent with regards to the user goal + and not with the package manager specific implementation. This + Fixes #248 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 27 14:22:27 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added element + + Allow network interface names to be filtered by the given + regular expression. The expression is handled by the bash + regexp operator. Interface names matching the rule will be + filtered out, all others stay. It is also possible to pass + the variable kiwi_oemnicfilter as kernel command line in a + PXE deployment. Fixes #245 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 27 10:34:27 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.4.3 → 9.4.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 27 10:28:12 CEST 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete no longer needed btrfs bootpath setup + + The adaption of the bootpath in the grub.cfg file with regards + to the btrfs toplevel volume named '@' was the wrong solution. + The fixes in the btrfs filesystem setup and the config files + etc/default/grub and sysconfig/bootloader caused the grub + toolchain to work properly. This Fixes (bsc#1030038) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 24 16:27:38 CET 2017 - David Cassany + +- Convert user input to absolute paths + + This commit converts the paths provided by the user with the + command line to absolute paths. The effected arguments are: + * --root + * --target-dir + * --bundle-dir + + This supersedes and fixes #271 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 24 11:09:54 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support editbootconfig also for the iso type + + This Fixes #274 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 23 18:16:07 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- ensure grub.cfg exists in EFI path for iso images + + For live and install iso image boot configurations the + bootloader configuration must also exist in the EFI boot + path + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 22 15:34:08 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Throw a proper msg on missing filesystem reference + + Don't set a filesystem factor if no filesystem reference is set + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 22 15:00:32 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Throw a proper exception on missing boot reference + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 22 13:00:35 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update schema documentation + + Add explanation for attributes with no documentation + Fixup explanation for hybrid attribute + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 22 12:37:39 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Recommend jing + + in case of XML validation errors, jing is used to provide + good error messages. jing as a requirement will pull in all + of java which is unwanted, but a Recommends seems appropriate + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 22 12:03:49 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update flags attribute and its documentation + + Delete the seed and compressed value as it is not implemented + and won't be supported in the future. Properly document the + existing overlay methods + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 22 11:27:45 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added doc info for kiwinoswapsearch boot parameter + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 21 18:13:09 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.4.2 → 9.4.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 21 17:31:05 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed checksum file creation + + If the checksum should be created from a compressed file + it is expected that the checksum of the uncompressed file + is added to the checksum file. This is because in a pxe + deployment the uncompressed version of the file is put + on disk and compared with the reference information in + the checksum file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 21 11:10:50 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor ip link detection + + There is no reliable way to check if a link is unplugged, thus + the code has changed into the following workflow + + 1. use interfaces which returns success on ip link set up + 2. wait for the UP state on all of these interfaces and return + if one of them enters the UP state + 3. call a fixed wait state to allow to kernel network drivers + to settle + 4. run through all remaining interfaces, discover the link + state and call a DHCP discovery + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 20 12:55:25 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.4.1 → 9.4.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 20 12:53:58 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup pxe builder + + filesystem image rootfs was not in toplevel + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 20 11:36:07 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.4.0 → 9.4.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 20 11:32:30 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup pxe builder + + Generate a tarball containing all relevant pxe boot result + files instead of a bunch of extra files. This also turns + the pxe builder to be compatible again with the legacy + kiwi pxe bundler + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 17 16:09:41 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't create shasum over an md5 file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 16 09:45:14 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.3.3 → 9.4.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 15 17:27:38 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow https location as repository source + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 15 09:47:35 CET 2017 - David Cassany + +- Refactor RootImport to keep images with a default name + + RootImport has been refactored so the image is kept with a known + name that can be obtained with the Defaults class. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 14 16:14:52 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added SLE13 distribution matcher + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 14 16:14:17 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update distribution matcher in spec file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 14 10:22:59 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor ContainerBuilder + + Use Checksum instance to run a checksum match + Check for existence of base image at earliest opportunity + when constructing a ContainerBuilder + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 14 10:22:06 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added checksum matcher method to Checksum class + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 14 10:20:44 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete unused code + + Also fixed corresponding unit test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 13 16:37:21 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure LICENSE and README got installed + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 13 15:45:32 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Handle derived image as Uri instance + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 13 14:33:47 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add completion for versioned binaries + + when installing kiwi via pip, no alternatives setup done + when installing via rpm will be performed. In order to + allow the bash completion to work also the versioned + binaries needs to be added in the completion script + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 13 14:00:10 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.3.2 → 9.3.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 10 17:08:11 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add documentation hint for multipython package + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 09 17:21:54 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Setup package for multipython build + + Build package for both python2 and python3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 09 13:46:05 CET 2017 - David Cassany + +- Refactored RootImport and included checksum validation + + First, commit refactors RootImport in order to also copy + the imported image after sychronizing the import. + + Second, it includes a checksum of the copied image which is + validated in later steps. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 08 17:24:18 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added Leap42.3 boot descriptions + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 08 17:23:43 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Deleted openSUSE 13.2 boot descriptions + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 08 16:06:09 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor Uri constructor + + Make repo_type an optional parameter, which is only + required if the specified uri leaves a type choice + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 08 12:33:13 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup PyPI entry registry + + The wrong project url was referenced + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 08 09:32:02 CET 2017 - David Cassany + +- Support for layered docker images + + This commit includes support for building layered docker. A new + layer is added on top of the base image referenced by `derived_from` + attribute. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 07 17:40:07 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.3.1 → 9.3.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 07 17:35:11 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed MANIFEST.in + + kiwi.solver code was not included into source archive + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 07 16:45:41 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.3.0 → 9.3.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 07 16:45:06 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed doc api build for renamed source file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 07 16:31:45 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.2.4 → 9.3.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 07 16:22:04 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Flake8 fixes for unit tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 07 15:33:55 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Apply code quality checks for unit tests too + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 07 13:15:44 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed import of solv module + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 07 12:40:25 CET 2017 - David Cassany + +- Import root system from a given image + + This commit includes the root import feature. A `derived_from` + attribute has been included with the section to make + reference to the image file to import. The image format to import + is assumed to be the same as the build type to import. + + The current format supported is docker + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 07 12:35:20 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Flake cleanup for unit tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 06 17:23:30 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Prevent use of project relative import statements + + For details on the motivation of this change please visit: + https://wiki.python.org/moin/FutureProofPython + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 06 15:34:41 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow activation/deactivation of sysV services + + systemd is still legacy sysV init compatible, thus the kiwi + helper scripts to activate/deactivate services should not + only be limited to systemd services. Fixes #256 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 06 12:03:03 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support package capabilities in sat solver + + A solver operation can receive a package or pattern name but + a capability name was considered a package name and failed + to resolve. This commit fixes the solver operation with + regards to package capabilities + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 06 10:57:28 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add runtime check for kernel match + + If a kiwi initrd is used, the kernel used to build the kiwi + initrd and the kernel used in the system image must be the + same in order to avoid an inconsistent boot setup. This is + related to (bsc#1027610) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 03 16:22:29 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added runtime check for boot image reference + + If an initrd_system different from kiwi is selected for a + vmx (simple disk) image, it does not make sense to setup a reference + to a kiwi boot image description, because no kiwi boot image will be + built. Despite that it does not hurt it's still an inconsistent + setup. This is related to (bsc#1027610) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 03 12:11:34 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.2.3 → 9.2.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 03 12:10:47 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update documentation + + the docker build container is now build with the correct + namespace. Thus no image tagging is required anymore + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 03 11:32:47 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.2.2 → 9.2.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 02 17:14:52 CET 2017 - David Cassany Viladomat + +- Support container names with slashes (#254) + + Umoci tool doesn't require any other parameter than a tag to + identify the container. So container_name value is not used in + umoci. + + This Fixes#253 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 01 15:02:31 CET 2017 - David Cassany + +- Use default command only if no entrypoit and subcommand aren't set + + Fixes #251 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 01 12:51:01 CET 2017 - David Cassany + +- Fix tagging for OCI images + + This commit fixes the tagging schema for umoci. An OCI image + name is path[:tag], this commit rearranges some variable names to + avoid confusions between names and tags. + + Fixes #249 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 28 16:29:09 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add support for repository credentials + + The package and solver repository classes did not provide an + interface to deal with repository credentials. This commit + add support for the zypper package manager and the generic + urlopen based download method of the solver class. This + Fixes #246 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 28 13:52:25 CET 2017 - Neal Gompa + +- Fix default reposdir path for DNF + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 28 13:08:54 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.2.1 → 9.2.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 28 13:07:38 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update documentation + + Add detailed information how to update the docker Build Container + on the official dockerhub registry. This is needed to use custom + or newer versions of the currently published Build Container + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 28 12:43:11 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.2.0 → 9.2.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 28 12:42:12 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update documentation + + The changes in building docker images now allows for using + the docker load command to import the dice container + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 27 15:45:14 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.1.0 → 9.2.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 27 11:35:06 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added support for exclude docs for dnf + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 27 10:19:56 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup default cache and plugin dir for dnf + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 24 15:08:09 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update distribution support status + + Add information that Fedora systems are now supported as well + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 24 14:29:55 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure bootenv can be initialized + + An existing grub bootenv file should be deleted prior to calling + grub2-install in order to allow grub2 to create a new correct + bootenv file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 23 15:37:26 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added DNF package management implementation + + DNF is the package manager used on Fedora systems and will also most + likely replace yum for the next generation of RHEL. Along with the + implementation here an example JeOS image description for Fedora can + be found on: https://github.com/SUSE/kiwi-descriptions. + This Fixes #36 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 21 09:20:45 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Follow up fix for network driver delay + + Each network interface will be switched off for a short + moment when the kernel network driver is loaded. During + that time the link status information would be misleading. + Thus we wait a short time before the link status check + is started + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 20 17:38:24 CET 2017 - David Cassany + +- Include compression optimization flags for mksquashfs command + + This commit includes some flags for mksquashfs command in other to + achieve higher compression rates. Also note that those flags were + already present in KIWI former versions, thus they have been + included again for compatibility reasons. + + This commit fixes #242 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 20 16:27:52 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow to convert GPT into MBR + + The type attribute force_mbr allows to convert a system selected + for use with a GPT to use an MBR (msdos table). The attribute + only takes effect on image configurations which would select the + GPT partitioner. This Fixes #236 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 20 11:34:13 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Wait for network drivers to pass init + + Before we check for the link status a waid period of 3 seconds + should guarantee that the network drivers have passed the init + routines + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 16 15:37:34 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor waitForLinkUp + + Put code which does not belong into the loop outside of + the loop. Also maintain sleep timeout and retry count + in variables + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 16 15:24:27 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed waitForLinkUp and setIPLinkUp + + The setIPLinkUp method did not handle the return value of the + waitForLinkUp call and always returned success even if + waitForLinkUp ran into a timeout + + The waitForLinkUp method was improved in a way that it does + not wait if the link detection discovered the interface is + unplugged. The detection if a cable is connected or not only + works if the ifplugstatus tool was found in the initrd + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 10 09:52:55 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.0.2 → 9.1.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 09 17:02:38 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Implement handling for efipartsize + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 09 16:48:38 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Decrease default EFI partition size to 20MB + + The former default of 200MB was way too large and is a + waste of space. Related to Issue #237 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 09 16:47:48 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added efipartsize attribute in type setup + + The attribute allows to specify a custom size for the + EFI partition. Fixes #237 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 09 15:34:48 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow bootloader="custom" for bootloader attribute + + If specified as such the bootloader configuration and + installation will be skipped. However the editbootinstall + and editbootconfig scripts will still be called. This + Fixes #235 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 09 11:37:38 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed create_repository_solvable + + If the solvable already exists, the method should return it + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 08 17:19:37 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added handling for spare_part attribute + + Add a spare partition right before the root partition of + the configured size. Fixes #234 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 08 16:27:37 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added new type attribute spare_part + + spare_part receives a size value with an optional unit (M|G) + and is used for disk images to allow the creaton of a spare + partition of the configured size. Issue #234 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 08 15:53:10 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete all traces of vboot firmware + + The vboot firmware setup was a workaround on arm for the + chromebook platform several years ago. From a todays + perspective the setup and the way to boot would be different + and obsoletes the special case implementation. Thus this + is gone now. Related to Issue #234 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 08 10:56:06 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Prevent quoted domain name in dhclientImportInfo + + We're getting domain name by parsion a lease file. Unfortunately in + lease file domain name is quoted, which breaks linux resolver. + This commit gets domainname unquoted + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 07 11:01:18 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add manual page for image info command + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 06 17:38:53 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added kiwi image info command + + Allow to list information about the image description. + In a first implementation one can show the image name + as well as run a dependency resolution for the packages + listed in the XML description + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 03 15:18:57 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.0.1 → 9.0.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 03 15:17:27 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added uri translation for SUSE factory + + The obs uri 'obs://openSUSE:Factory/standard' does not follow + the standard http url translation schema and needed a special + handling in order to resolve correctly + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 02 15:56:42 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Eliminate instsource element and requirements + + The schema defintions for kiwi v8 still contained the + product schema definitions aka instsource which is no + longer supported by this version of kiwi. Building + SUSE products is done with the kiwi v7 code base and + will most probably be handled by an extra product + builder tool in the future maintained and developed + by the buildservice team. We would be proud if the api + of the kiwi v8 code base can be helpful for the product + builder in the future + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 01 15:56:36 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 9.0.0 → 9.0.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 01 15:30:06 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added arch attribute for ignore section + + The packages subsection only accepted a package + name to become ignored. However a subsection + to install a package allows for an arch selection. The + same should apply to ignore a package. In addition the + allowed content for the arch attribute has been changed + from simple text to a regular expression. Allowed is a + comma seperated list of reserved architecture words like + they are displayed by uname -m + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 01 11:25:00 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- User format method to form the message + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 01 11:14:32 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added support for package locking for zypper + + Zypper supports the al (add lock) command which allows to ignore + a package in the dependecny resolution process. This is useful + to prevent installation of a package which was pulled in by e.g + a recommendation flag from the spec file. Packages marked to be + ignored are not handled for apt and yum right now. Using this + feature together with an unsupported package manager backend + results in a warning to the user + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 01 10:44:07 CET 2017 - David Cassany + +- Included some file naming convetions + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 30 18:12:06 CET 2017 - David Cassany + +- Components of an Image Description section + + This commit extends the doc/sources/workflow.rst documentation + by including details about config.sh and images.sh files. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 27 14:21:48 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.29.6 → 9.0.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 26 15:42:20 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update documentation + + Add information about new hook: handleMachineID + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 26 15:17:26 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.29.5 → 8.29.6 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 26 14:38:37 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup isolinux timeout configuration + + isolinux counts the timeout in units of 1/10 seconds. + Thus the value provided in the image description needs + to be adapted correctly. This Fixes #228 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 26 11:37:28 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.29.4 → 8.29.5 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 26 11:35:13 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup setupMachineID + + Cleaning up existing machine id files by deleting them + causes an interactive session to be started by systemd + This is something we don't want. As the consequences + of touching the machine id files seems to be too critical + the method has been turned into a hook caller. This + allows the user to make use of it on their own purpose + and by default doesn't mess with the machine id files + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 24 09:47:48 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.29.3 → 8.29.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 24 09:46:13 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Change processing of setupMachineID + + Instead of creating new machine ids for systemd and dbus + the method now cleans up all existing machine ids and + leave it up to systemd to initialize and create new ids. + This allows to make use of the native way how systemd + retrieves and handles machine ids + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 24 09:40:58 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup typo in ReST style + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 24 09:17:49 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.29.2 → 8.29.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 23 17:25:39 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add utils.sysconfig to api documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 23 11:20:05 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Completion for grub bootloader configuration + + The configuration files /etc/sysconfig/bootloader and + /etc/default/grub needs to be created/updated with the + relevant values regarding the bootloader setup done by + kiwi. This Fixes #226 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 20 16:00:59 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Apply volume attributes for btrfs and lvm + + The chattr utility is used to apply file attributes + So far only the no-copy-on-write attribute can be + specified in a volume setup. If further attributes + are needed they will be added on demand + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 20 10:22:00 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added attributes element in volume type + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 19 15:53:48 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added volume attribute copy_on_write + + The copy_on_write attribute allows to activate or deactivate + the copy on write functionality for the desired volume. + This Fixes #218 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 19 14:47:27 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure there is a storage default setup on s390 + + Storage disks on s390 requires an information about the + type and the blocksize. In case these information is not + provided in the kiwi XML configuration, None was set as + value in the zipl configuration which lead to an error. + This commit provides default values for those parameters + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 18 14:40:29 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.29.1 → 8.29.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 17 16:21:15 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow unix device names in oem-unattended-id setup + + In order to allow a raw device name in oem-unattended-id + the /dev tree has been added to search list. This is useful + if e.g a ramdisk device which is not part of any /dev/disk/... + or /dev/mapper device map should be used as target disk for + the deployment. Thus a setup to stick the deployment to + e.g /dev/ram1 would look like this + + ram1 + + This Fixes #221 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 17 16:05:45 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't delete ip tools from oemboot + + network tools are needed for oem disk deployment via pxe + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 17 12:08:41 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added .coveragerc + + Clearly indicate which source files are excluded from the + coverage report + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 17 11:27:33 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure setupMachineID also cares for dbus + + Systemd and dbus should use the same machine-id. Therefore + a symlink /var/lib/dbus/machine-id pointing to /etc/machine-id + is created right after systemd-machine-id-setup. Fixes #219 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 16 10:34:06 CET 2017 - David Cassany + +- Fixup duplication of btrfs toplevel volume + + If using root btrfs snapshot, the default toplevel subvolume is set to + /@/.snapshots/1/snapshot, thus all defined subvolumes are mounted + under that cusomized default subvolume. For the first time + subvolumes are mounted it is fine to include /@/.snapshots/1/snapshot + prefix as root is not yet set to that specific path, however in any + future mount this path prefix is not needed any more, as the root + get mounted in /@/.snapshots/1/snapshot by default. Fixes (bsc#1015549) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 13 16:30:32 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add check_docker_tool_chain_installed + + Runtime check to check for required docker tools umoci and + skopeo. As long as tools tools are not available in the + core distro of all distributions we avoid spec file requirements + and check at runtime if they can be found + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 10 14:19:22 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.29.0 → 8.29.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 10 14:14:17 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Rebuild schema documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 10 13:51:47 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.28.3 → 8.29.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 09 18:33:38 CET 2017 - David Cassany + +- Running config.sh after including the image repositories + + This commit rearranges some code lines in order to run the config.sh + script after the repositories of the image have been included, this + way repositories can be trusted and refreshed in config.sh script. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 09 17:03:07 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor docker container creation + + Instead of creating a simple tarball the tools umoci and skopeo + from the docker tool chain are used to create official docker + images. Along with those tools more information to describe a + container has been added to the schema. A complete container + setup now consists of the following elements + + + + + + ... + + + + ... + + + + ... + + + + ... + + + + ... + + + + + + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 09 11:30:01 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update container builder code to new schema layout + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 09 11:04:10 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Auto update image descriptions to schema v6.5 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 09 10:52:41 CET 2017 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update schema for container setup + + In preparation to support creation of native docker containers the + way docker likes it, the kiwi schema has to be adapted. So far there + was no way to specify additional metadata information for containers. + With this commit a new section called is provided. + containerconfig is a subsection of the type and only allowed for + the docker image type. This constraint is checked via a schematron + rule. In addition an xslt stylesheet moves the currently existing + container attribute, which was used to set a name for the container, + into the new containerconfig section as name attribute + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 20 10:58:04 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.28.2 → 8.28.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 20 10:53:31 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed quadruple_token tokenizer + + Information not provided should end up as a None type in the + list in any case. If an empty string was provided via e.g + --add-repo source,type,, the tokenizer puts in an empty string. + If the information was provided as --add-repo source,type a + None type was used. The code handling the information expected + a None type for not provided information, with an empty string + we end up in validation code which e,g complains that an empty + string can't be converted into an integer base repo priority + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Dec 18 19:57:43 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.28.1 → 8.28.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Dec 18 19:56:32 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update documentation + + Default provider must be set in the caller environment if + different from the default docker provider + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 16 17:11:33 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.28.0 → 8.28.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 16 17:10:35 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update container builder documentation + + Add information about the now available kiwi build box + and the use of it as part of libvirt provider setup for + vagrant + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 15 12:09:49 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.27.5 → 8.28.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 13 14:36:23 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.27.4 → 8.27.5 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 13 14:35:48 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup spec file build requires + + shadow tools are needed for %pre tasks using + groupadd/useradd tools + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 13 12:17:37 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.27.3 → 8.27.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 12 11:05:10 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup spec file tftp group/user setup + + Let %pre fail if groupadd/useradd failed and show the error + to the user + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 08 17:16:23 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added DiskFormatVagrantLibVirt class + + Allow to build vagrant boxes for the libvirt provider + This Fixes #15 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 08 15:15:13 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update vagrantconfig schema setup + + Delete the virtualbox provider, As long as there is no + opensource variant for the ovf creation available we won't + support that provider + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 07 16:55:40 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.27.2 → 8.27.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 06 18:55:59 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Adapt documentation to rtd schema + + replace topic node used for abstract by a hint. This results + in a color box for the abstract which looks better than what + rtd does with simple topics + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 06 18:55:37 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Adapt schema generator to rtd doc schema + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 06 18:54:56 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move to rtd sphinx schema + + The read-the-docs schema fits better into the mainstream + of online documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 05 12:35:40 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.27.1 → 8.27.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 05 12:24:57 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added check_volume_setup_has_no_root_definition + + The root volume in a systemdisk setup is handled in a special + way. It is not allowed to setup a custom name or mountpoint for + the root volume. Therefore the size of the root volume can be + setup via the @root volume name. This check looks up the volume + setup and searches if there is a configuration for the '/' + mountpoint which would cause the image build to fail + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 05 11:54:27 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Prevent warning about unknown opt in workflow doc + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 05 11:48:14 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.27.0 → 8.27.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 05 11:46:20 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Rebuild schema documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 05 11:45:45 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add a docstring for the extension section + + Short description what the extension section is good for + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 05 11:43:20 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Prevent any type from attribute recursion + + The schema parser to create the documentation run into + an endless recursion for the new k.any type. As any could + be anything there is not much do document for this type. + Thus it is now skipped from the traversal + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 05 11:26:04 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.26.1 → 8.27.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 02 10:28:01 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update documentation per review + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 01 14:13:18 CET 2016 - David Cassany + +- Including minimum volume size offset in disk size calculation + + This commit adds Defaults:get_min_volume_mbytes() to the disk size + calculation algorithm. This should be sufficient to hold fdisk + default offset when creating the first partition and also to hold + the LVM metadata. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 01 11:58:38 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added extension documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 01 10:41:13 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure to catch exceptions from xsltproc + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 30 17:33:27 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add extension validation and data access + + If an extension section exists the xml data in this section + is validated against the RelaxNG schema which must be part + of the xmlcatalog for the used extension namespace. If the + data validates the method get_extension_xml_data can be used + to access the etree parse result for each of the extension + configurations + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 30 15:21:54 CET 2016 - David Cassany + +- LVM volumes management during grub2 install + + During the grub2 install process volumes were not mounted properly, + a proper mount order was not taken into consideration and LV device + information was not given by the method get_volumes in VolumeManger. + This commit forces the mount (and umount) operations to be done in + coherent order and also modifies the get_volumes method in order + to return the device associated to each volume. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 28 17:16:41 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow section for custom plugins + + For the use case to add additional image description information + an extension section exists which allows to add custom section + and attributes. Custom XML information must be connected to a + namespace in order to avoid conflicts with the existing + structure. The following example shows how to place additional + XML information: + + + + + + + + + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 25 11:22:31 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed expansion of msdos disks + + If the target disk size is beyond 2TB it can't be expanded to + the full size if the msdos partition table layout is in use. + Because of this the disk expansion will be limited to the + allowed maximum for the msdos partition table type which is + at 2TB. This fixes bnc#1010966 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 24 13:55:30 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.26.0 → 8.26.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 24 13:38:27 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup of string + operator vs. join use + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 24 13:29:08 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed setup_disk_image_config in bootloader setup + + The parameter for the uuid is not enough to handle all + supported disk geometries. If the disk has an extra boot + partition the bootloader setup must read the boot data + from the boot partition but must set the root for the + kernel cmdline to the root partition. Therefore the + interface needs to change and must provide both the + boot_uuid and the root_uuid in oder to allow the method + to setup the correct values + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 24 12:26:04 CET 2016 - David Cassany + +- Parse arch attribute as a comma separated list + + This commit ensure that the arch attribute of each package section + is parsed as a comma separated list. This way, as in previous kiwi + versions, each package might be suitable for one or more specified + architectures. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 24 10:39:10 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup kernel name setup in disk builder + + The Kernel instance is the only correct place to ask + for the kernel name. This class has the responsibility + to know information about the selected kernel. The + additional arch based assumption on the kernel name + in the disk builder were wrong. This fixes bnc#1011936 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 22 10:36:29 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed typo in solver api documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 22 09:54:07 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.25.5 → 8.26.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 21 18:40:25 CET 2016 - David Cassany + +- No more hard links in result bundle + + This commit changes the copy command of the result bundle task. Now + instead of creating hardlinks a relugar copy is performed. This way + we ensure that the bundled files will not be modified by + overwritting a linked file. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 21 18:32:51 CET 2016 - David Cassany + +- Documentation workflow review + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 21 16:08:55 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- The Sat solver class - an example + + The Sat solver class can be used to run a solver operation + over a list of packages and/or patterns in order to receive + a dependency solved list of all required packages according + to the request. In order to do that a set of repositories + is required which provides the package metadata and their + requirements. The following is an example how to use the + Sat class in your application: + + ```python + + from kiwi.solver.sat import Sat + from kiwi.system.uri import Uri + from kiwi.solver.repository import SolverRepository + + solver = Sat() + solver.add_repository( + SolverRepository(Uri('obs://leap/42.2/repo/oss', 'yast2')) + ) + print(solver.solve(['vim'])) + ``` + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 21 08:55:32 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup code smell for kernel name list + + Iterating over only one list item doesn't need a loop + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 21 08:36:26 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup style to be more pythonic + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 18 16:24:43 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed release network using ip tool + + Apply the cidr fix from setupNic and introduce a new method + called deleteNic which replaces the wrong ip call from the + releaseNetwork method. Fixes bnc#1003091 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 18 16:17:19 CET 2016 - David Cassany + +- KIWI workflow documentation + + This commit ports the workflow documentation from previous KIWI + version and also adds a sections for listing the boot parameters + configurable in the Kernel command line. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 18 16:01:13 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed kernel name lookup + + Complete the list of kernel names for the lookup. Normally + the kernel package provides a symlink to the actual kernel + image file. However if the link does not exist we extend the + search to a collection of names for possible kernel images. + The new list now also covers kernel names as used for arm + + Along with the change this patch also provides an option to + raise an exception if the kernel lookup did not find any + kernel, which is used for the get_kernel() request in the + dracut initrd system setup where it is mandatory to find + a kernel image. + + This fixes bnc#1010874 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 17 16:51:17 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added Sat solver class + + Added implementation for Solver class based on the SUSE + libsolv C library and the solv python binding + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 17 11:04:07 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.25.4 → 8.25.5 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 17 10:57:55 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup lease time in setupNetworkWicked + + The default lease time with 300s used by wicked is relatively + short and different from the default lease time of the former + dhcpcd. This change causes wicked to use a lease time of 3600s + This is related to bnc#1003091 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 17 10:49:00 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup default behavior of releaseNetwork + + If no tool was found to communicate with the dhcp server + in order to free the lease the method did nothing. However + it should at least bring down the network. This is + related to bnc#1003091 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 16 17:02:30 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.25.3 → 8.25.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 16 16:51:44 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup get_volumes for lvm manager + + The method also returned the root volume in the list of + volumes but it should only return a list of volumes + excluding root volume + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 16 15:57:00 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup setupNic for address information in cidr + + Ignore netmask if address is already in cidr format + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 16 11:32:48 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.25.2 → 8.25.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 15 21:58:51 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup btrfs property setup + + The readonly property is set on the filesystem toplevel. + kiwi has set the toplevel before any property is set. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 15 18:54:55 CET 2016 - David Cassany + +- vhdfixed images result compression + + This commit adds compression to the Result instance of the vhdfixed + disk. This concrete format is not compressed or dynamic, so that, + it makes sense compress them. Also this was the behavior in previous + kiwi versions. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 15 15:31:38 CET 2016 - Thorsten Kukuk + +- Replace tabs with spaces + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 15 12:27:23 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup handling for root_is_readonly_snapshot + + The information was not passed to the VolumeManager instance + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 15 12:25:59 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup mount_volumes in VolumeManagerBtrfs + + It is required to mount the toplevel btrfs filesystem if + not already mounted, prior to mounting the subvolumes + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 15 12:16:51 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed busy mount state + + Make sure subvolumes are umounted first. This prevents a + busy state in a partition setup with an extra boot + partition + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 14 14:38:13 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.25.1 → 8.25.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 14 14:16:05 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup creation of etc/default/grub config file + + Only create the file if the base directory structure + in etc/default exists. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Nov 13 11:15:04 CET 2016 - Thorsten Kukuk + +- Remove empty line too much + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Nov 13 11:08:03 CET 2016 - Thorsten Kukuk + +- Implement loading of snapshots and fix snapshot menu layout. + + If you want to boot an old snapshot, but not to do a rollback, + we need to tell the kernel which snapshot to use. This patch + also fixes the broken layout of the grub snapshot menu. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Nov 12 18:24:38 CET 2016 - Thorsten Kukuk + +- Move source of grub-snapshot.cfg to the right position + + grub-snapshot.cfg should not be sourced at the begining, but + at the end of grub.cfg. Else with creating the first snapshot + this entry is getting the default boot target and the system + does not boot automatically anymore. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 11 16:13:57 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup netboot code for multipath boot device + + If the root disk in a netboot deployment is a multipath device + we have to make sure the multipathd is started and the boot + device is mapped to the wwn + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 10 15:53:17 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.25.0 → 8.25.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 10 15:45:24 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update doc string for download_from_repository + + The doc string for this method contained a mime string + which is spuriously validated by the sphinx url checker. + This commit rewords the text in a way that the checker + is happy again + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 10 15:36:29 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.24.10 → 8.25.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 10 15:22:53 CET 2016 - David Cassany Viladomat + +- Do not delete all repositories if there aren't repositories to import (#191) + + This commit adds a tester method to check if there is any + repository marked as imageinclude. The method is used to + execute import_repositories_marked_as_imageinclude + method only when it is actually needed. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 09 17:15:56 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- grub.cfg: Fixes for btrfs as rootfs + + This addresses the following issues + + * An image based on btrfs using the entire boot as a subvolume + causes grub to be unable to find its config file. Thus kiwi + now raises an exception in this situation + + * Don't prefix the bootpath with the snapshot path if the + btrfs root is placed in a snapshot. Instead the file + etc/default/grub must be written/updated with the + SUSE_BTRFS_SNAPSHOT_BOOTING variable set to true. Once + this is done the bootpath is consistently set to /boot + no matter which snapshot is active + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 09 17:13:56 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- grub.cfg: Source grub-snapshot.cfg if present + + Add a lookup for /.snapshots/grub-snapshot.cfg to the generated + grub.cfg. The file is shell sourced if it exists + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 09 11:17:33 CET 2016 - David Cassany + +- No need to mock Path.which + + There is no need to mock Path.which as isoinfo binary from the + platform is needed to run the test, so better let the system look + for it, note that the binray can be located in the alternate + location (/usr/lib/genisoimage/) which is not part of the PATH. + In that particular case the iso_test would fail if we mock + Path.which. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 08 18:46:38 CET 2016 - David Cassany + +- Updated system size calculations test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 08 18:40:51 CET 2016 - David Cassany + +- Updated test for vhd-fixed subformat type + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 08 18:26:58 CET 2016 - David Cassany + +- Increase the default image size for XFS filesystems + + When no size is specified in type section the resulting image size + is calculated using the size of the whole build-root increased by + an empiric factor. Some tests revealed that this factor was not + enough for XFS filesystems. The empiric factor has been increased. + + This commit fixes #186 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 08 18:12:16 CET 2016 - David Cassany + +- vhd-fixed name corrected in subformat init class + + This commit reverts the previous one and it applies the name change + to the subformat class initializer. This way the schema is not + altered and we keep compatibility with previous description files. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 08 17:37:23 CET 2016 - David Cassany + +- vhdfixed format naming inconsistency + + vhdfixed storage format name was not updated according its real + name in the kiwi schema, making it impossible to build any vhdfixed + image. The schema used to expect 'vhd-fixed', however, internally, + the code was expecting 'vhdfixed'. The schema has been updated. + + This commit fixes #184 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 08 17:19:25 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Implemented SolverRepositoryRpmDir + + Add support for local rpm-dir repositories + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 08 12:23:35 CET 2016 - David Cassany + +- ActivateImage links correction + + Loading the iso image into a read-only ramdisk caused some issues + due to the activatImage method cp commands. With this commit the + symlinks are consistent during the preinit phase and also before + running the cp command it is tested we are not in a read-only + filesystem. + + This commit is a port form openSUSE/kiwi#613 PR + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 08 11:02:24 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Implemented SolverRepositoryRpmMd + + Add support for rpm-md repository types + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 07 15:49:44 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup ip setup in setupNic + + The invocation of ip in setupNic was invalid. The way this + was done causes the netmask to be set as broadcast address + Related to bnc#1003091 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 07 15:48:03 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Implemented SolverRepositorySUSE + + Add support for SUSE online and media repository types + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Nov 07 11:03:18 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add repo_type info to Uri class + + This allows to eliminate the repo_type from the paramter list + of the SolverRepository class, which then only needs an instance + of Uri + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Nov 06 14:40:02 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Implement SolverRepositoryBase + + Base class and interface for building a SAT solvable from + a given repository + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 04 12:01:19 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added API doc hook for solver path + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 04 10:31:32 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.24.9 → 8.24.10 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 04 10:23:22 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete sphinxcontrib-programoutput setup + + Deleted it from virtualenv development requirements and + from the sphinx configuration file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 04 10:20:38 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete use of sphinxcontrib-programoutput + + The developers of this sphinx extension decided to delete the + module on pip and also the source from git... it's dead. Thus + I replaced the dynamic usage output in the manual pages with + the static version + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Nov 04 10:10:04 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Initial structure to support SAT solvables + + A SAT solvable can be used together with python-solv to implement + performant package solving tasks. This is the initial structure + to allow the creation of such solvable files from specified + repositories. We will support the repo types yast2, rpm-md and + rpm-dir in the first place. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Nov 03 17:05:10 CET 2016 - David Cassany + +- updateOtherDeviceFstab did not get the fstab location parameter + + This is port from the kiwi v7 code base openSUSE/kiwi#610 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 02 22:30:19 CET 2016 - David Cassany + +- Load the default unicode font in grub2 + + This commit fixes #179. The default font was never loaded, + the loadfont call for the default was missing. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 02 17:31:45 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.24.8 → 8.24.9 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 02 17:31:06 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed waitForStorageDevice + + Value for storage_size was not really used + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 02 16:16:32 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.24.7 → 8.24.8 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 02 12:04:44 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure kiwiserver/kiwiservertype is used + + If kiwiserver and/or kiwiservertype is specified on the + kernel commandline they should take over precedence for + up- and download of image files compared to the host + setup in the IMAGE variable. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Nov 02 11:44:29 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't mix python module requirements + + The tox setup mixes the deps modules depending on the + tox target with either virtualenv.dev-requirements.txt + or fixed deps lists in tox.ini. This change clean up + the module dependencies for development targets to + be taken from virtualenv.dev-requirements.txt exclusively + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 01 21:21:27 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update travis runtime requirements + + Installing python modules from source via pip requires git + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 01 21:07:21 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.24.6 → 8.24.7 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Nov 01 21:05:54 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- sphinxcontrib-programoutput no longer on pypi + + Use the version from git directly to build the documentation + In the long we should find an alternative for this sphinx + extension + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 31 15:18:28 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup root init with existing host cache + + Creating a new root init with a shared location which already + provides directories of the system failed on init of those + directories. Only create the not yet existing directories + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 31 14:56:30 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup the wicked thing again + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 31 11:16:54 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Put setupNetworkWicked in line with former dhcpcd + + The way setupNetworkWicked implements the dhcp discovery was + incomplete. This Fixes bnc#1003091 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 28 11:46:54 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup assembling of mdraid array + + when udev discovers an mdraid array it partially starts the array. + That is interfering with the mdadm --assemble call by kiwi which + leads to a busy state and an array in inactive state. Therefore + the method should wait until the raid array really exists no + matter if the assembling is started by udev or kiwi's mdadm call. + + In addition if the array got assembled but is incomplete because + devices are missing or the timout is fired, an additional call to + start any array that has been partially assembled is required. + + pxeRaidAssemble will throw an exception if after this call no + md device with a size > 0 will show up after a timeout. This + Fixes bnc#1000742 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 28 11:46:14 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup waitForStorageDevice + + The function will return success if the size of the storage + device can be obtained and is greater than zero. The pure + success on reading from the block layer is not enough. In + order to actually work with the device it must provide a + size > 0. Related to bnc#1000742 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 27 16:45:18 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.24.5 → 8.24.6 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 27 12:02:47 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup initial directory creation for new root + + During testing of alternative cache locations an init + problem with the var/ directory was observed + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 27 11:33:35 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Do not allow imageinclude for images build in obs + + Fixes #178 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 26 17:25:07 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- SystemPrepare instance delete before runnig SystemSetup + + This commit fixes#175, now multiple profiles in OBS are possible using + kiwi boot initrd. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 25 21:59:51 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use docopt's default value feature for cache dir + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 25 17:51:02 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup unit tests using sys.argv + + The tests should restore to the default argv option set + as provided by the test_helper + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 25 17:49:43 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update manual page + + Include information for new --shared-cache-dir option + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 25 17:48:08 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added global option --shared-cache-dir + + The option allows to specify an alternative shared host_to_image + cache directory. The default location is /var/cache/kiwi. + Fixes #92 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 25 15:52:13 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Fixed a couple of constraints + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 25 15:22:22 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Redo of xml_parse.py with updated generateDS + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 25 12:02:27 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Initialize the systemd machine ID on first boot + + The systemd machine id is considered to be a unique information + Thus it is required to initialize it on first boot of the image. + If the image uses the kiwi boot code (initrd) this action is + performed and and Fixes #169 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 24 14:57:56 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.24.4 → 8.24.5 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 24 14:35:09 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Some tests slightly modified in order to improve coverage + + This commit improves some example kiwi files and tests in order + to achieve a 100% code coverage. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 24 13:07:06 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Corrections on test kiwi description files + + Some attributes needed to be changed in the test xmls. With this + commit all the description files are consistent with the new co- + occurrence constraints. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 21 18:08:04 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Co-occurrence constraints included in the schema + + Constraints for pxe, iso, vmx, oem and docker image types have + been included. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 21 16:54:35 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- config.partids only required for kiwi initrd + + If dracut is used as initrd system an unused config.partids + file is generated. The partition id information is only used + by kiwi boot code not by dracut boot code. Related to + bnc#1005246 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 20 16:31:29 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.24.3 → 8.24.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 20 16:30:49 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure dracut initrd is copied correctly + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 20 16:01:43 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Fixed a rounding error in partedMBToCylinder method + + bc truncates number of cylinders to zero decimal places, which results + in a partition that is slightly smaller than the requested size. Add one + cylinder to compensate. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 20 12:32:29 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Integrating Schematron syntax in schema + + Using Schematron syntax in schema co-occurrence constraints can + be easily defined. This commit provides the schematron integration. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 19 22:14:12 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.24.2 → 8.24.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 19 22:12:51 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Write fstab to kiwi boot image only + + For the dracut initrd system the call happens in the system + root tree which already provides the fstab data + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 19 21:17:48 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.24.1 → 8.24.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 19 21:17:27 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Dereference boot arch symlinks + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 19 20:46:30 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.24.0 → 8.24.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 19 20:35:51 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed typo in build Makefile target + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 19 20:24:05 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.23.0 → 8.24.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 19 11:34:05 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use format method for messages in image_resize + + There are more places where this cleanup from %x format + attributes to the format() method is required. Here it is + done in the scope of the image resize task + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 19 10:24:26 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.22.0 → 8.23.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 19 09:24:29 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed setup.py custom install target + + Make install method aware of --single-version-externally-managed + This option is passed to the call by pip if not installed as + egg + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 19 00:11:42 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added setuptools to development requirements + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 18 23:50:28 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete travis pypi deployment + + After weeks of try and error, this simply does not work for me + Manual deployment via make pypi and a local account works fine + Maybe this can be solved in the future but for now I can live + with a manual step + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 18 23:11:09 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Package kiwi/boot/arch into sub archive + + The sdist target runs into an infinite loop if installed via + pip. It seems the symlink files below boot/arch confuses + distutils + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 18 21:27:53 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.21.1 → 8.22.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 18 19:02:13 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Revert "pycparser 2.15 does not play well with xattr" + + This reverts commit 428436988d1db1017adfb6e92dbc3235d54e06b3. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 18 17:47:18 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Only resize disk format if required + + Only resize the disk format if the raw disk has been changed + If the size of the raw disk is the same as the requested size + just print a message to the user + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 18 17:35:11 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Simplify help call + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 18 17:28:52 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Smarter way to calculate bytes from a size unit + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 18 17:20:00 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Explicitly bool check for the service name option + + From docopt we expect a True/False value for the selected + service name positional parameter. Thus the code should + also make it clear what we expect + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 18 17:10:03 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use format method instead of printf like style + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 18 17:01:58 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update resize_raw_disk method + + Do not resize the disk if an attempt to resize to the same + size was made. Do not fail in this situation but indicate + via a bool return value if an action has happened(True) + or not(False) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 18 16:50:32 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use latest version of pip for tox setup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 18 16:23:18 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Revert "Fixup travis setup" + + This reverts commit ee9e633d78833d02a535e6f4d2ce775425082872. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 18 16:23:06 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Revert "Fixup travis.yml" + + This reverts commit 1c80841e8c264ba1957e2ae6b53d2af2929479b0. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 18 16:18:44 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup travis.yml + + Make sure python-tox gets installed + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 18 16:14:29 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup travis setup + + No need to install requirements, this is all done by tox + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 18 16:02:30 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- pycparser 2.15 does not play well with xattr + + Use pycparser 2.14 in setup.py and virtual env requirements + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 18 15:28:11 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed setup.py install target + + pip calls the install target but not the build target. + For kiwi's tools this means they need to run the tools + compilation if not already done prior to the installation + of the tools + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 18 12:13:57 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Call dracut in system root tree + + Change BootImageDracut class to call dracut in the specified + system root directory and not in a self prepared new root environment. + dracut reads scripts and dracut module configurations from the + installed system components, e.g kdump. Therefore calling it + from an isolated runtime environment creates an initrd which is + not matching the system components. Fixes bnc#1005246 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 17 19:26:15 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added kiwi image resize command + + The image resize command allows to resize a disk image + and its optional disk format to a new disk geometry + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 17 19:18:09 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added manual page for image resize command + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 17 11:42:33 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add raw format to subformat factory + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 17 11:27:55 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow ftp:// uri style for package repositories + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 17 11:26:16 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add grub2-efi-modules in rhel boot descriptions + + This package provides the efi modules which are needed if + a custom efi module is build by kiwi via grub2-mkimage + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 17 09:11:06 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup doc string for target_removable attribute + + The default behaviour was not explained clear enough + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Oct 15 00:04:36 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added resize_raw_disk method in DiskFormatBase + + Allow to increase the disk geometry of a disk image file + in order to create free space on this disk + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 13 16:06:16 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Handle target_removable in kiwi disk builder + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 13 15:45:51 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Handle target_removable in kiwi boot code + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 13 15:41:17 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Store kiwi_target_removable in profile env + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 13 15:14:40 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added target_removable attribute + + Indicate if the target disk for oem images is deployed to a + removable device e.g a USB stick or not. This only affects + the EFI setup if requested and in the end avoids the creation + of a custom boot menu entry in the firmware of the target + machine on first boot. This is related to bnc#993130 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 13 14:18:42 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use XML parser to test XML output for info.xml + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 13 11:04:56 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- parenthesis in imports only for multi-line imports + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 13 10:48:39 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete unused textwrap import + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 13 10:47:24 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move info.xml test data into its own file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 13 10:39:58 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup code smells per review + + Only import what is needed, concat strings by a join + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 13 09:59:08 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Create info.xml file for btrfs snapshot + + If the system is installed into a btrfs snapshot a metadata + file called info.xml is created which is used by tools like + snapper. Fixes bnc#1000117 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 12 11:28:58 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup use of cache location + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 11 17:29:39 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Updated hideSplash method + + hideSplash method now hides the splash image regardless of an active + console is detected or not. + + This commit is port from openSUSE/kiwi#601 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 11 17:26:53 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Fixing wrong spaces + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 11 17:13:50 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Updated fetchFile method + + Now it makes sure the splash is hidden before showing any progress + dialog. + + This commit is port from openSUSE/kiwi#601 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Oct 11 10:49:38 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.21.0 → 8.21.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 10 17:30:08 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup wicked DNS data validation + + wicked provides DNS info in DNSSERVERS with a space as + separator and not with a ',' as it was the case in dhcpcd + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 10 12:25:57 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Do not bundle the raw disk if a format is setup + + Only bundle the compressed version of the .raw disk image + if no disk format like qcow2, vmdk, etc... is specified. + Fixes #159 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 10 09:05:32 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Do not compress disk formats + + Stay compatible with the former version of kiwi and do not + compress disk formats like qcow2, vmdk, etc... It also does + not make much sense since the disk formats itself are using + a compression algorithm. Fixes #159 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Oct 10 08:47:33 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support yum repository priorities + + yum normally installs the latest version of a package, regardless of + which repository provides it. The yum-plugin-priorities provides a + method to prefer a package from a repository with a higher priority. + Fixes #153 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 07 15:52:45 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.20.22 → 8.21.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Oct 07 11:45:15 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix attributes_not_used helper script + + The script is used to check which parts of the XML schema + are not used by the new (kiwi v8) version. The information + is helpful to find missing or obsolete attribute handling + in v8 vs. v7 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 06 16:24:46 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Modified few code lines to match landscape's quality standards + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Oct 06 10:41:26 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use tmpfs for write overlay in netboot via nbd/aoe + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 05 18:44:54 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Added support for multiple `--add-profile` options + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 05 18:27:35 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Added '--add-profile' option in compat mode + + This commit fixes #154. With this, the compatiblity mode accepts + the `--add-profile` option which was present in previous kiwi + versions and that is translated to `--profile` in the current + version. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 05 13:34:59 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add set_property_readonly_root for volume manager + + The custom option root_is_readonly_snapshot is evaluated + for the method set_property_readonly_root(). If set and + the root filesystem has been installed into a btrfs snapshot + the filesystem is turned into read-only mode + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 05 13:18:11 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Evaluate root_is_readonly_snapshot in disk builder + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Oct 05 11:32:42 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added btrfs_root_is_readonly_snapshot attribute + + The attribute allows to specify if the root filesystem should + be set to read-only if it is created as a btrfs snapshot. + The option only has an effect if a btrfs snapshot is used as + root filesystem. Fixes bnc#1000080 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Oct 01 21:18:45 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.20.21 → 8.20.22 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 30 17:40:34 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Added test for -udf flag for genisoimage/mkisofs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 30 17:35:41 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Added forcing UDF filesystem for large images + + Included -udf flag to force UDF filesystem usage + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 30 15:00:22 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed secure boot setup for iso media + + Provide the shim loader and the shim signed grub loader in the + required boot path. Normally this task is done by the shim-install + tool. However, shim-install does not exist on all distributions + and the script does not operate well in CD environments from which + we generate live and/or install media. Thus shim-install is used + if possible at install time of the bootloader because it requires + access to the target block device. In any other case the kiwi + fallback code applies + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 30 12:11:03 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Added support for mkisofs + + genisoimage and mkisofs tools are slightly different so this commit + makes sure all flags are supported in both tools. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 30 10:26:11 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed hybrid setup for large ISO images + + The isohybrid tool uses fseek() to locate the bootloader files. + That's unfortunately not 64-bit safe. In case of an ISO image + bigger than 4G this leads to 32-bit offset issues. kiwi can + workaround this problem by putting the bootloader files near + the top of the iso image, which is done by a change in the + sortfile of this commit + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 29 09:53:43 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added rpm_excludedocs handling for yum + + rpm supports the --excludepath option. However, yum can not be + configured to pass along options to rpm or the python interface + it uses. Thus only a warning about excludedocs not being + supported by kiwi for yum is issued. Fixes #133 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 29 09:28:49 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added rpm_excludedocs handling for apt + + Setup the appropriate dpkg options to avoid the installation + of manual pages and package documentation if rpm_excludedocs + is set in the kiwi XML description. Related to #133 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 27 16:48:37 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure netboot code populates kiwi_RootPart + + For disk based images the file config.partids is written and + imported. However, for netboot stations a disk is optional + and no partids information exists. In order to provide at + least the partition number for the root partition on netboot + stations with a disk, the kiwi_RootPart is exported from + the provided client configuration file. Fixes bnc#1000194 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 27 16:17:02 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.20.20 → 8.20.21 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 27 15:40:04 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Call grub2-install as chroot operation + + In addition to the chrooted call make sure all volumes from + the volume manager (if used) are mounted at call time + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 27 14:59:44 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup grub default module list + + The test module is a required module in any case + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 27 11:56:26 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure fstab exists in initrd creation system + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 27 11:26:27 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Umount volumes prior to bootloader installation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 26 19:02:13 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.20.19 → 8.20.20 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 26 18:45:51 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Respect setup of devicepersistency for swap part + + If a swap boot partition is requested it should be added + to the fstab file according to the device persistency + setup or its uuid default + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 26 18:45:08 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update schema documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 26 18:34:46 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.20.18 → 8.20.19 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 26 18:24:49 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Respect setup of devicepersistency for boot part + + If an extra boot partition is requested it should be added + to the fstab file according to the device persistency setup + or the default uuid persistency type + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 26 17:03:22 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Only sync .mod grub2 module files + + When syncing the grub2 modules to the boot directory only the + .mod version of the module needs to be present + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 26 16:53:11 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Mount boot volumes on grub install + + If there are volumes below /boot they need to be mounted before + grub2-install / shim-install is called in order to make sure all + data is available in the volume + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 23 22:36:23 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.20.17 → 8.20.18 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 23 22:13:00 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure boot image dump is cleaned up + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 23 21:46:39 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor DiskBuilder class + + The DiskBuilder class is able to build a disk its corresponding + format and the installation image to install this disk by using + the InstallImageBuilder. However all three tasks were handled + in a row which lead to the problem that resources like active + mount processes were still open when e.g the disk format is + created. The race conditions produced here lead to an undefined + state of the resulting disk format and/or install image. In + order to avoid this the DiskBuilder class has been refactored + in a way that each tasks is an atomic operation which is + freeing its resources after success + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 22 17:06:16 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete root, boot, efi fstab setup from kiwi boot + + The kiwi boot code was responsible for setting up the contents + of the fstab file on first boot. However the build process now + provides an fstab with the generic label or uuid based fstab + entries which allows to remove that part from the kiwi boot + code + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 22 15:19:29 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add root, boot and efi partitions to fstab + + Make sure the above partitions are added to the generic fstab + with their label or uuid at build time + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 22 15:18:42 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added BlockID class + + Class to provide support for retrieving block device metadata + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 22 15:00:11 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use BlockID class for block operations + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 22 13:33:11 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed fstab entries for btrfs subvolumes + + mount options must be part of the subvol information which + itself is also a mount option + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 22 10:38:02 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Corrected DEVICE_TIMEOUT variable validation + + Now it uses regex in order to validate the variable is an integer + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 21 19:20:51 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.20.16 → 8.20.17 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 21 19:09:23 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Normalize mount path in get_fstab for lvm volumes + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 21 19:03:47 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed get_fstab parameter order for lvm + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 21 18:03:10 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.20.15 → 8.20.16 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 21 17:09:26 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete fstab setup for volumes from kiwi boot code + + For persistent devices like LVM volumes or btrfs sub volumes + the fstab setup can be done at build time. Fixes #142 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 21 12:51:04 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Custom device timeout variable added + + This commit patches the issue bnc#992992. Now DEVICE_TIMEOUT + variable can be used in order to set the device waiting timeout + in watForStorageDevice function. Must be a numeric value expressed + in seconds. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 21 12:00:11 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Implement get_fstab for btrfs volume management + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 21 11:57:59 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed btrfs mount_volumes if root is snapshot + + The provided subvolume name contained the snapshot path which + is invalid. In addition nested volumes e.g /var/cache were + reduced to /cache which is wrong + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 21 10:19:50 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup unit test + + Use only one instance of context manager for all tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 20 21:29:46 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Create fstab entries for persistent devices + + Instead of creating the fstab at boot time, those entries which + are generic and not depending on an unknown device name can be + created as part of the image building process. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 20 21:29:11 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Implement get_fstab for LVM volume management + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 20 21:28:25 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added get_fstab to volume manager interface + + The volume manager interface should allow to provide + fstab entries for the volumes it manages + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 20 17:05:37 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.20.14 → 8.20.15 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 20 16:51:32 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed evaluation of Dialog return value + + The return code from the Dialog boot code was evaluated after + other shell code was executed. Thus the return code from the + call in question was lost and misinterpreted + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 20 16:17:50 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure volumes are mounted prior to install + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 20 16:17:04 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup invalid character in bash source + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 20 15:09:01 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.20.13 → 8.20.14 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 19 17:41:19 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup chroot adaption for caller environment + + The ZYPP_CONF path is provided as part of the caller environment + and not as a zypper caller parameter. However the path adaptions + when calls happens chrooted was only done for the commandline + arguments but not for the command environment. This patch also + adapts the environment, related to Issue #133 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 19 10:48:19 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make ifplugstatus available in boot images + + Added ifplugd to kiwi oem|netboot images for leap and tumbleweed + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 19 10:42:22 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Prefer ifplugstatus for link up check + + Use ifplugstatus if present to check if the network link + is up. Fallback is the old ip based method + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Sep 16 11:21:25 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup theme setup in grub2 config template + + Only set the theme if the .txt file describing it exists + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 15 17:34:05 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup yum group install + + yum groups can contain spaces, thus quoting is required + Fixes #138 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 15 14:16:22 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.20.12 → 8.20.13 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Sep 15 10:55:07 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Follow up fix for setupNetworkWicked + + IP address information from wicked is imported twice. + However the plain IPv4 address validation happened only + on the first import. Fixes bnc#992989 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 13 12:01:30 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed pxe install archive md5 file + + The md5 sum must be created from the uncompressed version + of the disk image + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Sep 13 10:53:52 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added missing trigger file for oem pxe install + + The config.vmxsystem trigger file was missing in the oem + install initrd used when deploying a disk image over pxe + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 12 16:47:05 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.20.11 → 8.20.12 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 12 16:24:08 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Integrate schema documentation into doc process + + The schema documentation is auto generated via the schema_parser + helper tool. The tox doc target now also generates schema docs + Fixes #53 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 12 16:18:57 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Schema docs generation helper + + A simple script to parse the RelaxNG schema that grabs relevant + information in order to produce autogenerated documentation from + the schema inline comments. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Sep 12 15:58:13 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added handling for rpm-excludedocs for zypper + + In zypper zypp.conf can be setup to prevent the installation + of %doc marked items from rpm packages. The + section in the kiwi XML description is used to provide this + functionality. So far this feature is only implemented for + zypper. References #133 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Sep 11 22:20:17 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure EFI modules are provided in uefi mode + + For EFI secure boot (uefi) the grub2 efi modules were not + copied to the target directory. shim-install normally does + that by invoking grub2-install. However shim-install does + not allow to call grub2-install with the required parameters + as needed for loop (image) based targets. Thus kiwi calls + shim-install but skips grub2-install and takes care to + provide the needed EFI modules. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Sep 11 21:19:36 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Revert WaitForStorageDevice patch + + The logic to setup a wait timeout by asking a device property + from a device which does not yet exist raises a chicken and egg + problem + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Sep 11 21:07:44 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed message typo (bnc#996255) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Sep 07 17:49:23 CEST 2016 - Thomas Bechtold + +- travis: Update pypi password + + Next try to get the automatic deployment on pypi fixed. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 25 16:05:57 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move to tar.gz as sdist target + + PyPI is planning to support only .tar.gz in the near future. + See https://www.python.org/dev/peps/pep-0527. This Fixes #132 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 25 15:39:24 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Activate partition using parted instead of sfdisk + + sfdisk changes their caller semantics incompatible. Therefore + we move to a tool which is still stable in the caller options + Fixes #129 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 25 14:27:48 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update baseStripRPM + + Method is a noop and only exists for compatibility + kiwi handles the deletion of packages in the core + builder code + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 25 14:09:39 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.20.10 → 8.20.11 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 25 14:08:35 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Revert "Update doc string for kiwi_compat.py" + + docopt strings are not allowed to be interrupted by a newline + This reverts commit b1b92ed830820530bfd7bdc5256525f3dfc01a4a. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 25 12:43:43 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.20.9 → 8.20.10 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 25 12:32:33 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use os.linesep + + Python's os module provides a portable version for the line + separator which should be used whenever possible. Fixes #130 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 25 12:25:34 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.20.8 → 8.20.9 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 25 12:24:07 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed custom entries in vmdk machine config + + Each custom entry must be written in a separate line + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 24 17:04:15 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update API documentation + + Recall sphinx-apidoc and update the generated result markup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 24 16:56:05 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update doc string for kiwi_compat.py + + Make sphinx happy + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 24 11:40:50 CEST 2016 - Thomas Bechtold + +- travis: Update pypi password + + Next try to get the automatic deployment on pypi fixed. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 24 11:08:02 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.20.7 → 8.20.8 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 23 16:38:19 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup get_build_type_vmconfig_entries + + Make sure we can rely on a list return even if no + machine section exists at all. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 23 12:03:18 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add evaluation of machine's vmconfig_entry + + As part of the machine section it is possible to setup a custom + entry which is stored in the machine configuration file. The + evaluation of such an entry for the vmdk (.vmx) config file + was still missing. This Fixes #122 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 23 08:06:11 CEST 2016 - Thomas Bechtold + +- travis: Next try to fix automatic pypi deployment + + Also the travis command which added the pypi deployment part formatted + the yaml file. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 22 20:42:21 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed bootloader configuration + + custom kernel parameters should be added to + GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX and not GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT + Fixes bnc#994910 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 19 17:34:16 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Use str.format for int to string convertion + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 19 17:16:42 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Setup tests corrected #124 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 19 17:02:07 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Fixes #124 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 19 14:53:07 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Rearranged waitForStorageDevice code comments + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 19 11:33:16 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Added a case statement for transport types + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 19 09:20:22 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Removed some backquotes in favour of $() + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 18 15:34:54 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.20.6 → 8.20.7 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 18 15:30:04 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make repository an optional element + + So far one repository was mandatory in the XML description. + However, this is not required because all repositories can + be specified on the commandline + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 18 15:16:41 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Added quotes to protect against spaces + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 18 15:07:48 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Added getDeviceTransportType method + + The method gets the transport type of the given device. + WaitForStorageDevice reacts according to the transport type + by having a shorter timeout in case the device is a usb. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 18 14:00:53 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- WaitForStorageDevice patch + + The function has been modified in order to distinguish a shorter + timeout if the device is a usb. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 17 16:47:20 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.20.5 → 8.20.6 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 17 16:44:37 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update compat options for create step + + The --ignore-repos, --set-repo and --add-repo options are allowed to + be specified for compatibility reasons if --create is specified in + the compat commandline. However, they are not used in the next + generation kiwi create step because the repo information is persistently + stored after the prepare step has finished, which is not the case for + the legacy kiwi version + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 17 16:38:34 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support --ignore-repos in compat mode + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 17 16:26:35 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added --ignore-repos for build and prepare tasks + + The option allows to ignore all repos configured in the + XML description. This allows to specify a complete set + of repositories via the commandline + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 16 10:59:11 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.20.4 → 8.20.5 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 16 10:22:09 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Preserve timestamp on grub2-install copy + + In order to workaround the bug in shim-install which + unnecessarily calls grub2-install we replace the binary + by a noop before calling shim-install. However all file + attributes of the grub2-install binary, timestamp, modes, + etc should stay untouched (bnc#993825) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 15 11:41:37 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update documentation + + Move information about legacy kiwi in its own chapter + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 12 23:16:01 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.20.3 → 8.20.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 12 23:11:03 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update documentation + + Prevent to use non public url references + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 12 23:01:10 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.20.2 → 8.20.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 12 22:59:56 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup vmdk header update + + due to the wrong file open mode the result image was + truncated on update of the vm tools version + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 12 12:23:47 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.20.1 → 8.20.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 12 12:22:59 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update documentation + + delete broken links to online ssh key blogs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 12 12:14:55 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.20.0 → 8.20.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 12 12:11:05 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Binary opened file should receive bytes + + Avoids TypeError: 'str' does not support the buffer interface + for the vmdk header update + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 11 16:15:44 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed setupNetworkWicked + + IP address information from wicked dhcp reply consists out of + two parts but we are only interested in the plain IPv4 address + information at this point. Fixes bnc#992989 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 11 16:06:42 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure DHCPCHADDR is upercase + + Fixes bnc#992988 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 11 10:56:03 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete obsolete section + + The section was formerly used as part of the + section. kiwi no longer supports static split images in favour + of overlay systems based on e.g overlayfs. Fixes #120 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 11 10:43:54 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Better logging if Path.which doesn't find the file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 10 21:38:20 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added docstring for KiwiDescriptionConflict + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 10 21:25:04 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup Command.run if called with raise_on_error set to False + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 10 18:21:37 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- indentation fix + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 10 16:41:41 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Updated logging message + + Updated logging formating in a way that landscape does not complain + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 10 16:38:33 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Updated Command to use Path.which + + Command.run and Command.call now make use of Path.which in order + to test if the command is available or not. Also Path.which has + been extended in order to support custom environments and to be + able to test file permissions (read. write, execute) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 09 18:50:44 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- protect systemd-detect-virt + + Protect systemd-detect-virt from being deleted in the kiwi initrd + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 05 18:38:27 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Command validation + + This commit includes a validation in Command.run and Command.call + in order to verify the existance of the command before running it. + It case it is not found in the specified environment it raises a + KiwiCommandNotFound Exception. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Aug 05 09:29:11 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Detailed schema validation report + + This commit adds the execution of a jing process if the validation + fails, that way the user has more information about what is + actually failing during the validation process. If jing command + is not found, it just produces an info message to warn the user + and kiwi finalizes as expected. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Aug 04 11:56:14 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Workaround Fix for pypi travis deployment + + Use all_branches: true, as we do only tag with bumpversion for + a release this workaround works for us. For reference see + https://github.com/travis-ci/travis-ci/issues/1675 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 03 18:40:14 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.19.6 → 8.20.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 03 16:19:56 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed suseSetupProduct + + Avoid shell complaining about binary operator + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 03 15:57:22 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed baseUpdateSysConfig + + Check if referenced config file exists + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 03 15:37:02 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete obsolete use of SuSEconfig + + SuSEconfig was a tool long time ago and does not exist anymore + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 03 15:27:27 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete obsolete sysV init boot code + + Traces of chkconfig, inittab, etc/init.d are gone now + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 03 15:14:56 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed suseSetupProduct + + Fixed shell variable evaluation syntax + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 03 12:59:47 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Less complex user, group traversal + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 03 09:41:24 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Simplified example config file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Aug 03 09:25:32 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Updated get_users and get_user_groups methods + + Get_users method has been updated in order to be able to append the + groups attribute when a user is defined in multiple sections in + the description file. Appart from groups, all other user attributes + are ignored if the user was already processed when parsing the description + file. + + Get_users_groups method has been also updated so it returns a list of + groups with unique values, keeping the description file order. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Aug 02 17:20:50 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Updated xml_state + + The changes here modify the method get_users in xml_state in order + to provide a simple list of users instead of nested lists. Also a new + method to get the groups for a given user has been included in + xml_state. This is done in order to slim down and facilitate the + code in kiwi/system/setup.py. This way users and groups can be handled + in more natural way. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 01 11:15:52 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Rebuild RNG schema and parser for 6.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 01 11:03:56 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Auto validate XML descriptions for schema 6.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 01 11:00:30 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added schema conversion convert63to64.xsl + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 01 11:00:07 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump kiwi schema version 6.3 -> 6.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Aug 01 10:39:38 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed 6.2 to 6.3 XSL conversion + + Deletion of attributes of the same section must be + handled in one iteration + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 27 12:26:50 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Updated the user schema layout + + Now each user item may or may not have a groups attribute. The + groups attribute is a comma separated list of group names. If + present the first group name will be the login or primary group, + if not present, the underlying toolchain will assign the default + login group for that user. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 26 18:04:11 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- New generated schema and parser + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 26 17:59:25 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Some corrections needed after rebuilding schema and parser + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 26 17:01:38 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update true/false handling of text nodes + + The latest version of generateDS handles
true|false
+ text values in a way that it returns a boolean python type instead + of the text string. With this change the kiwi code has to be adapted + at the level of writing the shell profile which needs the string + value of boolean information + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 26 16:58:27 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Regenerate data structures + + Regenerate xml_parse with latest version of generateDS. + The call works in the python2.7 tox virtual environment + as part of the following make target: + + $ make kiwi/schema/kiwi.rng + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 26 16:56:36 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Switch to latest version of generateDS + + Data Structures are auto generated from the XML schema. + So far the development environment has requested an older + version of generateDS which will go out of service soon + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 26 16:22:33 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- fixing user schema layout + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 26 13:47:05 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed typo in boot headers OpenSuSE vs. openSUSE + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 26 13:41:32 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed typo in translation OpenSUSE vs. openSUSE + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 25 17:52:21 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure awk is available in oemboot + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 25 10:52:20 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Explain why bytes type is redefined + + In python2 bytes is string which is different from the bytes + type in python3. The bytes type from the builtins generalizes + this type to be bytes always. However the redefinition of the + bytes type is marked as Smell in landscape. Thus the code + should at least inform why this is done + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 25 10:43:23 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use six.Iterator instead of global object builtin + + The use of six.Iterator as base class for the CommandIterator + seems more clear and explicit compared to the global object + type overwritten by the builtins import. Fixes Smell reported + by landscape + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 22 17:34:03 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Added kiwi/archive/tar class description + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 22 17:11:52 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- extending kiwi/archive/tar + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 21 15:22:50 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixing gce format build + + The patch is two fold, first it fixes the name of the raw disk + when it is copied as disk.raw. Second it fixes the content list + of the tarball to be dynamicly build instead of a static allocation. + Reason for this change is that the list of files depends on the + XML description whether or not a gce disk tag is configured. + Fixes #113 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 20 17:51:37 CEST 2016 - David Cassany + +- Fixes #111: Included support for vdi format + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 18 12:32:47 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.19.5 → 8.19.6 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 18 12:12:30 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed changelog generator + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 18 11:14:37 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't ask to start recovery in unattended mode + + If oem-recovery is setup in the XML description along with + oem-unattended set to true as well we don't ask for confirmation + to run the recovery when the recovery menu entry is selected + at boot time + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 18 07:14:53 CEST 2016 - Thomas Bechtold + +- Release automatically on pypi (2nd try) + + Last try from 142ca22d8e was not working. Update the secure hash + and also set explcitly the master branch when looking for tags. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 13 14:31:56 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added integration build test link to doc index + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 12 18:44:11 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.19.4 → 8.19.5 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 12 18:39:17 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't require an iso creation toolkit + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 12 09:11:57 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.19.3 → 8.19.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 11 13:48:06 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- prefer newer overlayfs mount method + + mount succeeds in compat mode but this mode should only + be used on older overlayfs implementations + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 08 14:17:05 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.19.2 → 8.19.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 08 10:13:35 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Message commit for bug reference + + Fixup of VMware disk tag references (bnc#988086) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 08 09:40:23 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Prevent duplication of context manager in test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 07 19:12:21 CEST 2016 - James Mason + +- Conditionally prefix encoding to vmware disk tag + + Prior code was always adding the encoding statement to vmware disk tag; + in the event it is already present there's no need to add it a second time. + + See also https://github.com/openSUSE/kiwi/pull/586/commits/af1fed77af862dc44bd4322680425299ef5ad654 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 07 18:59:51 CEST 2016 - James Mason + +- Remove null padding on the vmware disk tag + + The block of data read via dd is null padded; adding the tools data after + the padding breaks detection of the data. We need to remove the nulls (0x0) + so appends can occur adjacent to the block of strings. + + See also https://github.com/openSUSE/kiwi/pull/586/commits/ee8931c76c17c79d30a128c05cc6f839a1de7156 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 07 15:31:08 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.19.1 → 8.19.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 07 11:37:05 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Complete doc string for Path.which method + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 07 11:32:47 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Implement Path.which + + Python provides methods to do this but we can't rely on them + to be available in all python versions + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 07 09:57:36 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update documentation + + Cleanup structure of contribution guide + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jul 07 09:17:23 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update documentation + + Complete documentation about required C libraries which + needs to be installed prior to setting up the python + virtual development environment + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 06 16:51:33 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup dependency on genisoimage + + Only for SLE12 the package requires genisoimage for + any other distribution mkisofs is required. The community + variant with genisoimage seems to be quite outdated. + However, on SLE12 only genisoimage exists. Fixes #106 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 06 16:37:58 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Lookup tool name by path lookup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 06 16:13:21 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update import statement + + parenthesis only needed for multi-line multi-import + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 06 15:58:42 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor block depth on get_volumes + + return early if the condition makes it clear that there + is nothing more to do in this method + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jul 06 11:11:13 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Lookup iso creation tool + + Instead of strictly using genisoimage allow for using + either the community variant or mkisofs as provided by + J.Schilling + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 05 15:03:47 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor reading of volume variables in boot code + + Use new style profile variables without name limitations + Related to #39 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 05 13:02:36 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor profile for volume setup + + Don't use volume names in bash variables. In addition that + removes the name limitations we had for volume names + Related to #39 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 05 12:06:19 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete obsolete volume condition checks + + No need to check for LVSwap or LVComp in volume setup. + If at all those volumes are created at boot time. + Related to #39 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jul 05 11:11:31 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor use of kiwi_allFreeVolume_ + + Do not expect the value to come from an exported variable + Instead a method to provide the information is implemented + Related to #39 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jul 04 10:11:52 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.19.0 → 8.19.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jul 01 11:26:15 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup cleanup of intermediate config files + + kiwi uses e.g etc/hosts from the host system for proper name + resolution during the build. The temporary variant of that + file will be deleted by kiwi at the end of the installation + process. However depending on the package manager and the + distribution it could happen that the intermediate config + file added by kiwi is treated as existing config variant. + In case of rpm a .rpmnew file variant of the config file + is created and that needs to be handled by kiwi. Therefore + this patch adds a private restore method for the .rpmnew + case. It might be needed to add other restore methods to + deal with this issue depending on how other (non rpm) based + package managers handles the situation. Fixes #104 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 30 10:52:07 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.18.9 → 8.19.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 30 09:19:44 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure mtab link exists in kiwi initrd + + On Debian systems the filesystem tools requires the + presence of the mtab file, thus we make sure this file + exists and links to proc/self/mounts + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 29 21:17:14 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor use of dialog program in boot code + + Cleanup the mess, provide only one method to run a dialog + Prevent use of subshells for running the dialog program + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 29 14:50:18 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed use of shutil.copytree + + The target dir must not exist. However in order to force copy + a potentially existing target is deleted before + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 29 14:47:04 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- udev console init requires kbd_mode on Ubuntu + + keep kbd_mode in initrd + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 29 14:45:54 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added oemboot description for ubuntu-xenial + + Also add kiwi linuxrc/preinit links for vmxboot + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 29 14:45:02 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow alternative location for udev console init + + yet another name and location for the console init utility + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 29 11:16:09 CEST 2016 - Christian Bruckmayer + +- Remove lxc configuration from docker images + + Docker does not use LXC execdriver anymore. + Fixes #40 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 27 20:15:55 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.18.8 → 8.18.9 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 27 20:14:25 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix linkcheck in container_builder.rst + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 27 20:07:37 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix linkcheck in container_builder.rst + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 27 20:03:20 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.18.7 → 8.18.8 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 27 17:28:44 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update Documentation + + Update state of supported distributions + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 27 16:10:21 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Apply editorial review changes + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 27 12:20:24 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Apply editorial review changes + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 27 12:19:18 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Apply editorial review changes + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 27 11:34:27 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete traces of obsolete code + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 27 11:31:16 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Prevent unconditional deletion of toplevel data + + The kiwi initrd descriptions calls suseStripInitrd() as part + of the images.sh script. This function unconditionally removes + toplevel directories like /home. Instead of deleting the data + it is better to exclude them when the cpio archive is created + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 24 15:17:22 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.18.6 → 8.18.7 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 24 14:30:26 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added serial console support for isolinux loader + + Generate a serial line setup for the isolinux.cfg file + according to the bootloader_console attribute from the + XML description. In addition delete the use of the obsolete + vga kernel parameter and work with the MENU RESOLUTION + ui configuration parameter instead + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 24 11:32:52 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.18.5 → 8.18.6 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 24 11:16:39 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed setup of default install menu entry + + The attribute installboot allows to specify the default boot + menu entry in an install image. It can be set to harddisk, + install or failsafe install. The setup of that information + in the bootloader configuration was not properly processed + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 23 17:11:46 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix landscape Smells + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 23 15:14:58 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update location of build container + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 23 15:10:05 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update dice source link + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 23 11:53:35 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update Dice project location + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 23 10:51:31 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Apply editorial review changes + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 22 17:35:13 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.18.4 → 8.18.5 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 22 17:00:53 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed building of install image + + If dracut is requested as initrd_system in combination with + building an installiso we have to overrule the initrd_system + setup for building the install image. The code to install + an image is kiwi's oem install code and unknown to dracut. + The process will end up using dracut as initrd in the system + image but kiwi's initrd on the install image + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 22 16:12:29 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete kiwi-tools from rhel boot descriptions + + kiwi-tools is no longer a requirement but an optional package + It contains tools like utimer or dcounter which provides + nice boot timer or progress dialogs for showing data transfer + progress. In the Virtualization:Appliances:CommonBoot repo + we provide mandatory and optional packages used by kiwi if + they don't exist for the target distribution + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 22 15:59:03 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Better warning message for root cmdline setup + + Under certain circumstance the root=UUID= parameter must be + setup in the cmdline of the image. If the required uuid value + is not provided a warning message is shown to the user. This + commit makes the warning message more meaningful + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 22 15:56:59 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Extend unit tests for boot image setup + + Expect kiwi_initrdname to be set in the profile of + the boot image root system + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 22 15:54:44 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Call plymouth only when installed + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 22 15:53:54 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add delete method for profile variables + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 21 16:30:22 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added article about self contained building + + The article describes how to make use of the dice + project to control and maintain image build processes + in a contained environment + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 21 14:26:42 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix grub bootloader template + + Keep gfxpayload + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 21 11:58:39 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update bootloader console setup in boot code + + Use the variable kiwi_bootloader_console which represents the + setup of the bootloader console from the XML description and + setup the GRUB_TERMINAL configuration option to allow + grub2-mkconfig to pick up the value. If no console setup + exists in the XML description, gfxterm is used by default + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 21 11:54:11 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make bootloader_console availabe in profile + + The variable kiwi_bootloader_console is exposed into the + profile environment + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 21 11:22:20 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete obsolete code + + All traces of lilo and elilo are gone now + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 21 11:16:10 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed grub2 bootloader config template + + Load fonts only when they exist, do not duplicate font + setup in template + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 21 10:39:19 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed bootloader theme check + + The check for the theme was not always called, but this + is required since the theme check will reset the bootloader + console if no graphics theme could be found + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 20 22:41:06 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.18.3 → 8.18.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 20 22:21:10 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Apply back openSUSE 13.2 support + + Until Leap42.2 is not yet released we should keep the + support for 13.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 20 18:13:33 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added support for setting the bootloader console + + Some bootloader e.g grub supports graphics, text and also + serial consoles to hand over the output of the bootloader + menu. With this patch we allow to customize the console + used by the bootloader. So far only grub makes use of the + new attribute + + + + This references Trello: + + https://trello.com/c/q9EhNKKV/155-support-for-grub2-serial-console + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 20 09:34:11 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.18.2 → 8.18.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 20 08:52:59 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed typo in message text + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 20 08:47:41 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed vmxboot/ubuntu-xenial boot description + + dracut should be installed to support initrd_system="dracut" + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 20 00:35:09 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update iso|vmxboot debian boot descriptions + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 20 00:09:38 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup ldd check for unused libraries + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Jun 19 22:46:49 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update vmxboot/ubuntu-xenial boot description + + Complete description to be usable with kiwi initrd boot code too + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Jun 19 22:42:58 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added baseCreateCommonKernelFile + + The stripKernel functions return early if the dracut initrd + system is requested. However it is required in any case to + lookup the kernel and provide a common name kiwi expects + to be present + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Jun 19 22:41:59 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Set logger mode to append + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jun 18 21:44:16 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.18.1 → 8.18.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jun 18 21:43:42 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add distro flag match for Leap42.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jun 18 20:58:39 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.18.0 → 8.18.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jun 18 20:55:37 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Preserve zypper package cache + + zypper deletes the package cache if a repo is removed. + For the purpose of image building this should not happen + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jun 18 16:28:46 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Pass initrd_system to profile + + The common functions baseStripInitrd and baseStripKernel need + to be skipped if the initrd system is set to dracut. They + read that information from the exported kiwi_initrd_system + profile environment variable + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jun 18 10:06:43 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't delete dracut from boot image environment + + If the dracut initrd system is requested we need dracut + to stay in the environment from which it is called + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 17 16:23:06 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup copy_boot_delete_packages + + if no section exists in the target + the code does not add the packages to become deleted. This + patch changes the behavior in a way that a new section is + created + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 16 17:35:03 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add isoboot support for Ubuntu system + + Next step to allow creation of Debian based live systems + Related to Issue #37 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 16 13:57:33 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added suse-leap42.2 descriptions + + Obsolete suse-13.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 16 13:47:13 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update hyper links in project README + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 16 12:03:46 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Rename kiwi boot code files + + Maintain them as common code base for all distributions + During the years of development it has turned out that + differences in the boot process between the distros + can be handled in one code base. There is no need to + maintain a basically identical copy for the different + distributions + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 16 10:33:54 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Style fixes: E275 missing whitespace after keyword + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 16 10:30:14 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete obsolete C tools + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 16 10:25:30 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Prevent use of setctsid + + setctsid is a suse extension to start a program on a new + controlling terminal. While it is very useful it does not + exist on other distributions which causes a problem in + kiwi's common initrd code. This patch replaces the use of + setctsid with setsid and sulogin + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 16 10:12:41 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Open log file in mode 'w' and in utf-8 locale + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 16 09:11:09 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete obsolete mkinitrd code + + This version of kiwi supports only distros using dracut + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 16 09:06:38 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete obsolete sysV init console setup code + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 16 09:01:57 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make use of utimer in kiwi initrd optional + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 15 16:44:28 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.17.0 → 8.18.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 15 16:27:45 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Adapt to common python style + + Private methods should start with _f() not __f() + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 15 16:20:10 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Prevent temporary files to be synced to image + + The package manager instances created temporary package + manager configuration files. The instance destructor and + thus the cleanup of the instance should be called prior + to the sync of the root filesystem data in order to + prevent temporary configuration files to be present in + the image + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 15 13:01:27 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Grammar fixes for doc strings + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 15 12:57:00 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Syntax change for Importing one module + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 15 11:01:16 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update test_load_schema_from_xml_content test + + Read schemaversion from RelaxNG instead of using + a fixed value + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 15 10:18:27 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- debootstrap errors deserve their own exception + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 14 17:27:24 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Avoid glob imports + + This could start a series of further changes in the + unit test as we have allowed for glob imports there. + So treat this one as a start + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 14 17:22:37 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add documentation for Exceptions + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 14 16:09:12 CEST 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Support Tox with interactively positional arguments + + Use posargs for py.test, see + http://tox.readthedocs.io/en/latest/example/general.html + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 14 15:51:17 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Format message with named format parameters + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 14 15:46:40 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Avoid re-assigning variable + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 14 12:12:47 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed unit test for profile variables + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 14 11:53:43 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Handle XML per content or file more explicit + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 14 09:34:24 CEST 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Differentiate between Python 2.7 and 3 in doc + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 14 09:27:41 CEST 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- State Python 2.7 in Trove category of setup.py + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 13 17:07:39 CEST 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Refactor RootInit class + + Instead of calling multiple subprocesses make use of + the os capabilities for directories, symlinks and + device nodes + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 10 11:03:02 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed use of shutil.copytree + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 10 11:00:50 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update ubuntu xenial vmxboot description + + Make sure all drivers exists when dracut is called to allow + inclusion of potentially all needed driver modules + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 09 20:08:42 CEST 2016 - Bo Maryniuk + +- Fix Lithuanian translation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 09 20:01:21 CEST 2016 - Bo Maryniuk + +- Fix Ukrainian translation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 09 17:50:07 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update grub2 config tempplate + + Load font collection + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 09 17:20:55 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor use of os.walk result + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 09 16:56:31 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Integrate python improvement suggestions + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 09 16:34:22 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Integrate python improvement suggestions + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 09 14:45:12 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- don't intermingle suse namespace with debian + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 09 14:38:09 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Deleted libxslt-tools from spec template + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 09 14:33:07 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup indentation of travis setup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 09 13:19:40 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed license setup in spec file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 09 12:30:31 CEST 2016 - Bo Maryniuk + +- Remove unused import (F401) and an extra line (W391) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 09 12:09:47 CEST 2016 - Bo Maryniuk + +- Fix tests for Python3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 09 11:52:33 CEST 2016 - Bo Maryniuk + +- Fix tests for the XPath processing + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 09 11:34:10 CEST 2016 - Bo Maryniuk + +- Allow XMLDescription to be loaded also from the XML string + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 09 11:33:49 CEST 2016 - Thomas Bechtold + +- Release automatically on pypi for new tags + + When a new tag gets created, automatically release it on pypi so + we don't have todo it manually. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 09 11:33:35 CEST 2016 - Bo Maryniuk + +- Reimplement XSLT processing using LXML instead of calling 3rd party tools + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 09 11:29:38 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added tox 2.7 target for travis + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jun 09 11:27:31 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed creation of password hashes + + kiwi uses the openssl command for this purpose but did + not strip the newline at the end of the hash output + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 08 20:47:44 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Apply python 2.x compatibility decorators + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 08 20:38:07 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added tox target for python 2.7 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 08 20:27:54 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- python 2.x compatibility added new requirements + + six and future modules are needed for the compat layer + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 08 20:08:39 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup grub2 theme setup + + We can't expect that specific fonts to exist for all theme packages + in all distributions. The code here should rely only on theme.txt + In addition we check if any theme or font related data is found + in the legacy grub location boot/grub which imho should not be + used for grub2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 08 12:11:34 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update ubuntu-xenial boot description + + No need for a drivers setup here, vmxboot is only the container + to run dracut + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 08 11:46:36 CEST 2016 - Bo Maryniuk + +- Bring byte strings to Py2 compatibility in ISO + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 07 23:44:33 CEST 2016 - Bo Maryniuk + +- Make iterators Py2 comptible + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 07 21:52:08 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added boot image description vmxboot/ubuntu-xenial + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 07 17:54:24 CEST 2016 - Bo Maryniuk + +- Replace 'builtins.open' with patch_open decorator + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 07 17:35:06 CEST 2016 - Bo Maryniuk + +- Add mock_open and patch_open helpers + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 07 17:13:03 CEST 2016 - Bo Maryniuk + +- Remove double requirement + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 07 16:04:46 CEST 2016 - Bo Maryniuk + +- Use ConfigParser from six + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 07 16:04:23 CEST 2016 - Bo Maryniuk + +- Move urlparse to the Six package + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 07 16:04:01 CEST 2016 - Bo Maryniuk + +- Remove duplicate key + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 07 16:03:46 CEST 2016 - Bo Maryniuk + +- Add print function for Python 2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 07 16:03:27 CEST 2016 - Bo Maryniuk + +- Add missing init file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jun 07 15:30:30 CEST 2016 - Bo Maryniuk + +- Add Python2 compatibilitiy requirements + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 06 14:46:44 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- debootstrap installs apt-get + + Don't add the specified package manager to the list of + bootstrap packages for apt-get, because that is covered by + debootstrap + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jun 06 14:15:05 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow additional bootstrap packages for apt-get + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Jun 05 23:09:15 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't run apt-get with mounted /dev + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Jun 05 22:48:36 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed force-yes option for apt-get + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jun 04 18:31:29 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow unattended installation of debian packages + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 03 22:15:10 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added PackageManagerApt class + + Support installation/removal of deb packages + Related to #37 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jun 03 12:02:55 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support for apt-get package manager + + Starting to support Debian based distributions also means to support + the deb repository types. This commit adds the RepositoryApt class + to handle deb repositories for image building. Related to #37 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 01 15:33:47 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.16.5 → 8.17.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 01 15:32:14 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added pypi make target for upload + + Please note an appropirate ~/.pypirc file and registered + user is required to upload + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 01 14:38:50 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- switch_root / pivot_root quiet call + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 01 14:38:25 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Increase default boot partition size to be 300M + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 01 12:24:48 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete obsolete isFSTypeReadOnly from boot code + + The check was used to detect if a read-only root filesystem + is in use, which can be done by checking if kiwi_ROPart + is defined + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jun 01 12:05:41 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor use of global FSTYPE variable + + The kiwi boot code populates a global FSTYPE variable which was + used at several places. However there was no clarity for which + storage device this filesystem value was detected for. Thus + the entire handling has been refactored and there is no global + FSTYPE variable anymore + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 31 17:25:19 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add attribute + + Allow to activate the overlay root setup for disk images + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 31 16:15:16 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.16.4 → 8.16.5 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 31 16:14:42 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update development status + + Status :: 5 - Production/Stable + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 31 15:43:35 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't search for kiwicompat in fixed absolute path + + Allow alternative locations from search PATH + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 31 13:02:41 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Integrate git attribute setup to sdist command + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 31 10:46:48 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add C tools binaries to git ignore list + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 31 10:42:56 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed command class name for distutils + + The overwritten build and install commands should not change + their name in order to stay consistent on e.g --help + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 31 10:32:28 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed kiwicompat binary lookup + + The test for os.path.exists on just the binary name + without a path specification always fails if not + present in current directory. Let execvp do the job + for us + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 31 10:11:58 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed entry point for kiwicompat + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 31 10:00:51 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use path lookup for kiwi-ng in kiwi_compat + + Instead of a fixed path use the PATH lookup. This would + allow to install kiwi at alternative places as long as + the path is part of the shell search PATH + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 31 09:38:28 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Create completion data at build time + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 30 19:07:49 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move all build and install tasks to setup.py + + In an effort to distribute kiwi on pypi it should not be + required to call make targets for a complete installation. + Therefore the compilation of the C tools as well as the + installation of the man pages and the bash completion + has been added to setup.py. The spec file to build an rpm + package has been changed to use setup.py exclusively + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 27 15:17:12 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete obsolete .releasetags from MANIFEST.in + + This avoids a warning on setup.py build + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 27 15:16:38 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed warnings in C written tools + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 27 10:50:42 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.16.3 → 8.16.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 27 10:50:10 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed spec file + + update-alternatives is used, thus needs to be required + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 27 10:45:31 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support for overlay disk images + + overlay disk images uses a readonly root partition and are + overlayed using overlayfs to hook in a cow based read-write + space. This commit implements the basic disk setup. + Implementation to boot such a disk in the kiwi boot code + is still missing, as well as the investigation if dracut + is able to boot such a disk too. References #65 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 26 00:35:46 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.16.2 → 8.16.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 26 00:33:13 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed completion generator + + In addition cleanup the main docopt definition + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 25 23:39:51 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed completion conflict with legacy kiwi + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 24 15:26:07 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.16.1 → 8.16.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 24 15:23:43 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed spec file + + rpmlintrc file must be mentioned as source + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 24 10:50:22 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.16.0 → 8.16.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 24 10:49:09 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update quickstart documentation + + kiwi can also be used as a module in other python3 projects. + An example how to do that has been added to the quickstart + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 23 12:01:36 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.15.5 → 8.16.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 23 11:33:46 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added support for grub2 console switch entry + + An additional hidden entry allows the user to switch between the + graphics and the serial console by pressing the 't' key. The kiwi + grub2 template adds this switch if the terminal mode is set to + graphics. The additional entries are only effective of the + grub_platform is set to efi. Fixes #80 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 23 09:58:40 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed add_repo for zypper repositories + + Always run zypper addrepo in order to make any change in the + repository definition to become effective + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 23 09:40:07 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed add_repo for yum repositories + + Always create the repo file from scratch in order to make + any change in the repository definition to become effective + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat May 21 21:45:57 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.15.4 → 8.15.5 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat May 21 21:45:08 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Split quickstart into two parts + + Split the quickstart information into a development and + a user part + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat May 14 21:19:05 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.15.3 → 8.15.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 13 18:47:18 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added readonly check for persistent data + + When creating a partition for persistent data, check + if the device class has the readonly flag set before + trying to write anything there. Fixes #74 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 13 10:48:23 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.15.2 → 8.15.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 13 10:27:17 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed removal of a package in XMLState + + If a was unwanted in a section the former + code sets the name of the package to a python None type. This + causes the rest of the code to operate on potential None types + which causes unexpected TypeError's under certain conditions. + Instead of leaving an inconsistent package section the entire + package section reference should be deleted from the packages + instance holding it. Fixes #76 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 12 21:10:15 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Exit code for --version call should be zero + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 12 09:56:35 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.15.1 → 8.15.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 12 09:55:29 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Set config.sh and images.sh scripts as optional + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 12 09:20:14 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.15.0 → 8.15.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 11 23:01:30 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed landscape smell + + Unused variable 'key' + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 11 22:57:50 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed landscape smell + + Redefining built-in 'help' + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 11 22:53:58 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed landscape error + + Dangerous default value [] as argument + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 11 22:42:41 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor import_description + + split code into more readable parts + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 11 21:33:00 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure mandatory vmdk settings exists + + Even without a machine section configuration the minimum + required information must be presented to the settings + template + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 11 19:42:04 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added store_to_result for vmdk format + + The vmdk format provides more than the standard result + store. for vmdk we need to store the vmdk and the + settings file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 11 19:30:01 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Reduce amount of mountpoint check calls + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 11 19:18:22 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor subformat classes + + Add a generic store_to_result method which allows to store + the format result files into an instance of Result. This + allows to customize result handling per format when needed + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 11 18:46:02 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Create VMware settings file for vmdk subformat + + In order to run or convert the vmdk with VMware products a + settings file is required. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 10 16:17:31 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added dropped features information for lxc + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 10 14:23:10 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.14.2 → 8.15.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue May 10 13:02:52 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed script/archive lookup + + If a script or archive is specified with an absolute path + in the image description, kiwi should not assume this path + to exist below the image description directory but just take + the absolute path as it is. Fixes #70 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun May 08 19:04:41 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Load logging at runtime for MountManager + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun May 08 19:03:52 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Runtime checker message fixes + + Start with an empty line to improve readability + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun May 08 18:52:32 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Integrate runtime checks for tasks + + Call appropriate runtime checks for prepare, create + and build tasks. Fixes #20 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun May 08 18:32:01 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Create instance of runtime_checker for any CliTask + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri May 06 15:12:55 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed building documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 05 13:39:31 CEST 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Reuse env in tox.ini + + Reuse virtualenv directory with envdir. Should speed up things + a bit. + + Taken from + https://blog.ionelmc.ro/2015/04/14/tox-tricks-and-patterns/#partial-environment-reuse + https://blog.ionelmc.ro/2015/04/14/tox-tricks-and-patterns/#environment-reuse + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 05 13:36:37 CEST 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Use more compact config for tox.ini + + Rewrite basepython to make it more compact + Taken from + https://blog.ionelmc.ro/2015/04/14/tox-tricks-and-patterns/#compact-configuration + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu May 05 13:19:25 CEST 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Add requirements section in Quick Start + + * Describe what KIWI needs to run, further requirements, and for development + * Introduce 'ghkiwi' as prefix in "extlinks" to shorten external links and + to make linking to KIWI's GitHub repository more intuitive and consistent. + For example, the string :ghkiwi:`tox.ini` is replaced with + https://github.com/SUSE/kiwi/blob/master/tox.ini + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 04 18:24:11 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added check_target_directory_not_in_shared_cache + + Runtime checker method to check if the target directory + was set to - or below the shared cache directory + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 04 11:47:50 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.14.1 → 8.14.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 04 11:33:57 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move creation of mountpoint dir to setup method + + The volume management classes should create the temporary + mountpoint directory when it is needed and not when an + instance of the class is created + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed May 04 10:30:17 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup use of temporary directories + + All mkdtemp created directories are created with the 'kiwi_' + prefix. In addition all code parts which leaves tmpdirs in + the system after kiwi is done were fixed + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 02 16:15:12 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.14.0 → 8.14.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 02 11:18:28 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added python3-xattr dependency + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 02 11:16:10 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added xattr checker for DataSync class + + The method target_supports_extended_attributes() checks if the + sync target directory supports extended filesystem attributes. + The method is called on sync_data() and will remove the -X / -A + options if provided. A warning message is issued to the caller + if the rsync option list has changed because of the underlaying + filesystem limitations + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon May 02 09:52:07 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed subformat creation + + The option -c makes only sense for the qcow2 subformat, whereas + on all other format it cause qemu-img convert to fail + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun May 01 19:18:51 CEST 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Use iterator protocol instead of StopIteration + + CommandIterator contains already the __iter__ magic method. We don't + need to manually use while and next() in order to advance to the next + element. + + => Code refactored to "for line in self.command" which does exactly the + same job, but is better readable. Plus we avoid the nasty try...except + block. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Apr 30 12:05:27 CEST 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Remove kiwi.logger.init() function + + The init function is mostly unneccessary and can be directly created + in the kiwi.logger module. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Apr 30 11:53:47 CEST 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Remove useless __init__.py + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 29 21:16:49 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup usage messages + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 29 16:49:19 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.13.4 → 8.14.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 29 16:26:20 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added support for custom rootfs label + + A new attribute has been added + This Fixes #66 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 29 15:49:10 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update grub2 bootloader template menuentries + + Mark all menuentries as --unrestricted. Fixes #64 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 29 09:26:05 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.13.3 → 8.13.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 29 09:24:58 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed shared local repository mounts + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 28 18:04:42 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.13.2 → 8.13.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 28 15:14:39 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added evaluation of imageincluded repositories + + repositories marked as imageinclude needs to be added + permanently to the image. Fixes #56 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 28 14:30:10 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make xz the default compressor for squashfs + + When creating squashfs compressed files use xz as compressor + if not other compressor is specified. Fixes #63 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 28 14:21:57 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added --add|delete package for prepare command + + Allow additional packages to be installed/deleted when + calling system prepare. Fixes #62 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 28 14:14:16 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Alpha sort option documentation + + Alpha sort options in usage and man pages + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 28 14:04:51 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added --add|delete package for build command + + Allow additional packages to be installed/deleted when + calling system build. Related to Issue #62 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 28 11:36:06 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed completion generator + + complete for kiwi and kiwi-ng + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 28 10:16:27 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Prevent double render on usage + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 27 17:01:29 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add check_image_include_repos_http_resolvable + + Runtime checker method to check if repositories marked + with the imageinclude attribute are using a publicly + available protocol + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 27 16:58:42 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add shared cache location to Defaults + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 27 11:39:52 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.13.1 → 8.13.2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 27 11:08:13 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow alternative if isolinux-config failed + + If the setup of the base directory failed because + isolinux-config was not able to identify the isolinux.bin + signature, we create a compat /isolinux directory and + hardlink all loader files + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 27 11:02:16 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed typo in message + + Fix condition to show the grub module info message + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 27 08:48:39 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use program output for synopsis in documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 26 18:02:54 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Provide custom usage message + + Instead of the docopt way to show the usage information we + provide a kiwi specific usage information. The usage + data now always consists of: + + 1. the generic call + kiwi [global options] service [] + + 2. the command specific usage defined by the docopt string + short form by default, long form with -h | --help + + 3. the global options + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 26 14:58:01 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed loadSELinuxPolicy + + enforce policy is located in /sys/fs/selinux + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 26 14:56:12 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- No authconfig on RHEL >= 7 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 26 14:41:44 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Activate SELinux for RHEL systems + + Added new boot method loadSELinuxPolicy and call it as part + of the rhel-preinit phase. This put SELinux in enforcing + mode also from the kiwi initrd + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 26 12:40:23 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Handle fsmountoptions attribute in all builders + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 26 11:53:19 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor custom_args handling for VolumeManager class + + Allow for two elements fs_create_options and fs_mount_options + in a VolumeManager instance and pass along the information + to the FileSystem and MountManager instances + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 26 11:02:28 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor custom_args handling for FileSystem class + + Any FileSystem class can receive a custom_args dictionary + which by defaults ensures the presence of an empty list + for create_options and mount_options. The create_options + are used in the subclasses when the filesystem is being + created and the mount_options are passed to the MountManager + when the filesystem is mounted for e.g data_sync + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 26 09:20:42 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make kiwicompat understand --version | -v option + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 26 09:17:04 CEST 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Small spelling corrections + + Apply title style: + * package -> Package + * module -> Module + * Use backticks for kiwi.* modules to avoid spelling problems + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 26 09:12:59 CEST 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Update spell-checking wordlist + + GitHub, JeOS, KIWI, LXC, squashfs, stderr, stdin, stdout, Submodules, + Subpackages, zypper + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 26 08:47:07 CEST 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Add "spell" rule in Makefile + + Also included in the help target + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 26 08:45:33 CEST 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Enable Acronyms, importable modules, and builtins + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 25 18:34:17 CEST 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- First draft to "beautify" HTML appearance + + * Add GitHub button and "Fork me" widgets + * Add Travis button + * Remove obsolete code + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 25 18:05:36 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.13.0 → 8.13.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 25 12:40:49 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added support for SELinux file security contexts + + Systems using SELinux require the filesystem data to be labeled + according to a security context configuration. kiwi now checks + for the presence of /etc/selinux/targeted/contexts/files/file_contexts + and labels accordingly if it exists. This Fixes #52 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 25 12:39:28 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make grub2 installation path lookup dynamic + + Not all linux systems installs grub2 below /usr/lib/grub2 + For example RHEL7 packages it below /usr/lib/grub. Therefore + kiwi needs to be flexible with this path + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 22 16:25:58 CEST 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Used :returncode: for sphinxcontrib-programoutput + + Fix a warning when calling "kiwi-ng". As the script returns 1, + it is considered to have failed by the program-output directive. + The returncode line fixes that. + + See more info here: + https://pythonhosted.org/sphinxcontrib-programoutput/#error-handling + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 22 13:30:45 CEST 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Integrate version string from placeholder + + Use |version| placeholder, no bumpversion etc. is needed. + Actually, it's taken from conf.py + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 22 10:30:26 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added RuntimeChecker class + + An instance of RuntimeChecker allows to semantically check for + error conditions according to the provided image description + and build options. Related to #20 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 22 09:52:49 CEST 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Spell checking doc and extended word list + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 21 18:52:06 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add filesystem requires in kiwi-boot-requires + + In order to have all filesystem creation tools available + when building in the buildservice we need to require them + in kiwi-boot-requires + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 21 16:27:36 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.12.0 → 8.13.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 21 15:50:17 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Set ident export-subst git attribute on version.py + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 21 12:16:26 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.11.0 → 8.12.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 21 12:07:09 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed documentation link references + + Use redirected target and fix broken targets according to + link check on make build + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 21 11:51:36 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed typo in documentation + + Missing question mark at end of sentence + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 21 11:46:53 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.10.1 → 8.11.0 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 21 11:46:18 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed typo + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 21 11:32:21 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added Legacy KIWI vs. Next Generation chapter + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 21 08:48:33 CEST 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- md -> rst, radically shortend README + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 20 17:01:36 CEST 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- More substantial changes of the doc + + * Overall: try to be more consistent + * index.rst + * Move "Supported Distributions" and "Dropped Features" sections + * Quick Start: + * Add abstract + * Add note about automatic link creation + * Move "example appliance description" sections and subsections + further down + * Streamlined "Contributing" section + * Corrected titles and distinguish more between descriptive and + procedural + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 20 15:22:15 CEST 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Remove useless substitutions (placeholders) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 20 15:21:16 CEST 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Add KIWI logo + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 20 15:17:54 CEST 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Move Motivation section from quickstart to index + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 20 12:39:55 CEST 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Correct heading and remove build status + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 20 11:27:59 CEST 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Add QuickStart Guide and improve documentation + + * Added Quick Start Guide, taken from README.md + * Improve index/main file: + * Shortend main entry page + * Make more headings + * Add feature highlights to draw attention + * Add sidebar with important KIWI links + * Use ordered list of KIWI concept (prep and creation step) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 20 10:37:20 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add package manager requirements in spec file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 19 12:24:03 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update README + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 19 12:23:10 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update README + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 19 12:21:55 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update README + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 19 11:02:43 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move program name from kiwi-py3 to kiwi-ng + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 19 10:09:20 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added genisoimage requirement to kiwi spec file + + On SLE12 we only have genisoimage, on Leap and Tumbleweed we + have both genisoimage and mkisofs. For the moment both toolkits + produces working iso images with kiwi, thus I chose the save + default with genisoimage + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 19 10:07:21 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Be more flexible for isoinfo lookup + + isoinfo can either be provided by the community package in + /usr/lib/genisoimage/isoinfo or by the mkisofs package from + J. Schilling in /usr/bin/isoinfo. kiwi should be smart enough + to lookup which tool is installed. /usr/bin/isoinfo will be + preferred + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 19 08:44:51 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update README + + Added link to documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 18 20:30:06 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Try with latest version of travis-sphinx + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 18 19:01:31 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- ghp-import required for travis-sphinx deploy + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 18 18:29:49 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure enchant library is present for travis + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 18 18:23:36 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update tox setup + + Update TOXENV targets + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 18 17:59:07 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move travis-sphinx build tox target to script section + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 18 17:46:59 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use tox target for travis-sphinx + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 18 17:31:12 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Put travis-sphinx build into script section + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 18 17:23:03 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make travis-sphinx deploy work + + It's required to call travis-sphinx build in order to be able + to run the deploy command + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 18 17:12:39 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed documentation linkcheck results + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 18 17:06:17 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure shared mount directories exists + + Create shared directory path on the host _and_ in the + new root directory to make sure the bind mount works + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 18 16:57:17 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update documentation entry page + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 18 12:20:00 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use travis-sphinx to deploy doc to github + + https://suse.github.io/kiwi + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 18 10:05:27 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed package requirements + + libxslt-tools provides required xsltproc + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 18 09:59:18 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update README for style and markup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 18 09:58:18 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed README, wrong markup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 18 09:57:08 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update README + + Add information how to build with dice + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 18 09:36:44 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add part_msdos module for self build EFI image + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 15 14:45:23 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update tox.ini + + Documentation building requires sphinx_rtd_theme and + sphinxcontrib-programoutput + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 15 14:41:16 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update volume_manager inline API documentation + + References #49 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 15 11:58:44 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update utils inline API documentation + + References #49 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 15 11:43:17 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update tasks inline API documentation + + References #49 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 15 11:24:51 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Complete system inline API documentation + + References #49 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 15 10:35:19 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use Path.wipe instead of directly calling rm + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 15 10:34:00 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update system inline API documentation + + References #49 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 15 09:34:12 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update storage inline API documentation + + References #49 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 14 16:34:39 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed typo + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 14 15:38:31 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cleanup use of partition id maps + + For the partition setup the Disk class uses dictionaries + to map the partition name to the partition number. However + there are public partition names such as 'kiwi_BootPart' + and kiwi internal partition names such as 'boot'. The code + should make it more clear which mapping table is used + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 14 14:57:11 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update repository inline API documentation + + References #49 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 14 14:26:19 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update partitioner inline API documentation + + References #49 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 14 14:25:49 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Complete bootloader inline API documentation + + References #49 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 14 11:53:35 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update README + + Add chapter about signing commits + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 14 11:41:17 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update README + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 14 11:36:27 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update README + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 13 17:52:12 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update package_manager inline API documentation + + References #49 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 13 17:16:39 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update filesystem inline API documentation + + References #49 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 13 16:53:53 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update container inline API documentation + + References #49 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 13 12:52:25 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update builder inline API documentation + + References #49 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 13 11:50:14 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update bootloader/template inline API documentation + + References #49 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 13 11:42:28 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Complete bootloader install interface + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 13 11:40:25 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update bootloader/install inline API documentation + + References #49 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 13 11:22:46 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move get_failsafe_kernel_options to Defaults + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 13 11:15:56 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update bootloader/config inline API documentation + + References #49 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 12 15:24:20 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update boot/image inline API documentation + + References #49 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 12 15:12:33 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update archive inline API documentation + + References #49 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 12 11:12:18 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete traces of zfs support + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Apr 12 11:10:01 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update inline API documentation + + References #49 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 11 16:11:48 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update inline API documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 11 16:02:29 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update inline API documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 11 15:42:13 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update inline API documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 11 15:09:26 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update inline API documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Apr 10 22:47:52 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Ignore auto generated code for API docs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Apr 10 22:43:15 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update inline API documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 08 16:09:15 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update api documentation setup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 08 11:48:05 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- package kiwi-pxeboot must not be noarch + + We want to specify for which arch we provide it. Thus + it's not allowed to specify it as noarch even though + it provides only noarch data + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 07 12:04:53 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Create Initial autodoc structure + + Called 'sphinx-apidoc -o source/api ../kiwi' + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 07 12:04:24 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixup docstring for kiwi/command.py + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 07 11:03:06 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move manual page documentation in subdirectory + + Separate api documentation from manual pages + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Apr 07 10:16:40 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update virtualenv development setup + + make sure we can build the docu in the development + environment + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 06 16:16:48 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add docstrings for Cli class + + References Issue #49 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Apr 06 11:02:59 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed ppc setup of etc/default/grub_installdevice + + On power grub must be installed into the Prep partition into + the master boot record of the disk + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Apr 04 10:47:21 CEST 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Add Python 3.5 to be consistent with Travis + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Apr 02 23:27:14 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed logger unit test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Apr 01 22:50:00 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make color output an option + + By default no color output is used + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 30 17:41:07 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added missing kiwi-packagemanager provides + + The buildservice looks up for a package manager capability + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 30 15:28:55 CEST 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed spec file + + syslinux is not a requirement for the base package + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 24 16:57:38 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Check for derived description path in prepare too + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 24 16:41:47 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor SystemSetup class + + the information about the description_dir is part of the + provided xml_state instance. There is no need to pass that + information along twice + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 24 16:29:28 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed use of derived_description_dir + + Only in import_description we need to check for both locations + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 24 16:00:48 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure import_description preserves archives + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 24 11:14:14 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor InstallBootLoaderGrub2 constructor + + architecture dependant device setup belongs to the install + method where it is actually needed. That prevents the + construction of the instance to be architecture specific + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 23 17:41:13 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make list of efi grub modules arch dependant + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 23 17:37:57 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Revert "Delete efi_uga module from list" + + This reverts commit 191d423eb571d3cc08f34b5e4ef15eb6296a6563. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 23 17:03:31 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete efi_uga module from list + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 23 16:52:34 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- add multiboot grub module only on demand + + multiboot is only needed for self build grub images in Xen + guest mode + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 23 15:56:39 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't raise if kversion exits with error + + In this case a default value applies + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 23 15:19:31 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Activate partitioner support for arm + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 23 15:00:39 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add optional derived_from param to XMLDescription + + An instance of XMLDescription can now optionally become + constructed with a path to an image description this + instance was derived from. This is currently used for + building the kiwi boot image to tell the boot image + XML description instance from which system image instance + it was derived from + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 23 12:41:42 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Evaluate default video mode for iso images + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 23 12:13:04 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added custom profile for arm/oemboot/suse-tumbleweed + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 23 12:08:32 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update firmware types for arm architectures + + Add efi and uefi as allowed types, complete architecture name list + set efi as default firmware for arm + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 23 11:08:38 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added pre/post hooks for bootloader setup/install + + preInstallBootLoader, postInstallBootLoader + preSetupBootLoader, postSetupBootLoader + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 23 09:23:56 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed architecture dependant tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 22 16:15:47 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added support for virtual boot partition on arm + + Triggered by the firmware="vboot" setup an EFI setup plus a + raw partition without filesystem is created as first partition. + The size of the partition can be controlled by the vbootsize + attribute. The vboot feature is used by the arm architecture + to provide a space in the partition table for custom code as + required by e.g the chromebook. The final customization of the + vboot space is board specific and can't be implemented in a + generic way in kiwi. For finalizing the vboot space the script + hooks editbootconfig and editbootinstall can be used + This is related to Issue #17 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 22 11:28:11 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Rename partition id kiwi_JumpPart to kiwi_EfiPart + + This makes it explicit for what purpose the partition + is really used. EFI is not configured the same for all + architectures but what is consistent is that on this + partition an efi image is located to become loaded by + some firmware + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 22 10:17:07 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Activate boot partition only for msdos tables + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 22 09:55:28 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- have tar preserve all xattrs + + By default tar will only preserve a subset of the capabilities + with --xattrs. Adding --xattrs-include=* should preserve all + capabilities (e.g. user.*, security.capability etc.). + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 22 09:18:14 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Preserve hybrid GPT status on boot + + Added createHybridGPT method and setup the hybrid GPT/MBR + table if requested by the XML configuration. In addition + move the partition activation call also into the partition + table finalize method. This is related to Issue #17 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 21 17:16:45 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor partition table setup code + + Added two methods preparePartitionTable and finalizePartitionTable + which are used to prepare the partition table to allow resizing + and to finalize for partition flags after resizing. This replaces + the updatePartitionTable method + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 21 11:39:46 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete obsolete GPT fixup code + + Related to bnc#825221 code was added to recreate the disk with + a new GPT label. The reason was that parted created a gpt_sync_mbr + partition table when kiwi repartitioned the disk to use the full + geometry. This was an unwanted behavior by parted and causes the + additional code in kiwi. The current parted version behaves + correctly and thus makes this additional code obsolete + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 18 15:46:56 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added support for hybrid GPT + + Embedding an MBR into a GPT is required for a collection of + boards, e.g arm rapberry PI. The kiwi configuration provides + a new attribute called + + + +- Update all XML descriptions to schema v6.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 18 11:15:58 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added make valid target to Makefile + + make valid applies the latest XSLT processing to the boot + and test image descriptions + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 18 11:03:15 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added XSL stylesheet convert62to63.xsl + + auto convert from schema v6.2 to v6.3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 18 11:01:49 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update schema to version 6.3 + + - Deleted obsolete split section + - Deleted zfsoptions, fsreadwrite and fsreadonly attributes + - Updated allowed values for bootloader and filesystems + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 18 10:28:47 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete obsolete support for syslinux(extlinux) + + grub2 or the architecture specific loader requirement is + supported but the alternative x86 loaders syslinux/extlinux + were not really used + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 18 10:23:07 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete obsolete support for uboot + + arm boot is using grub2 efi images loaded by a firmware. The + firmware could be uboot but due to the non generic way to + setup the board that it loads the firmware all of these tasks + are handled by custom scripts called via the kiwi + editbootconfig / editbootinstall script hooks. Therefore kiwi + itself does not have to setup or install uboot + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 18 10:20:27 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete obsolete support for yaboot + + grub2 is used for ppc64 platforms, so far no older ppc + platform is supported + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 18 10:15:08 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete obsolete kernelCheck method + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 18 10:12:13 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete obsolete support for legacy grub + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 18 09:59:45 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete obsolete support for split(combined) image + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 18 09:30:55 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete obsolete support for reiserfs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 18 09:27:53 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete support for ZFS filesystem + + btrfs is the way to go these days and zfs still has some + proprietary bits in it + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 18 09:23:15 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Avoid the copy of the kiwi initrd to /run + + the kiwi initrd copies itself to /run/initramfs in order + to have a way to jump into the initrd system from the later + system. However the kiwi initrd is unpacked pretty big + and exists also only for the very first boot. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 18 08:58:40 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Execute haveged in udevStart if fips is enabled + + This ensure there is at least a source of entropy for /dev/random + when the fips mode is enabled. Without it, VMware virtual machines + hang at boot (bnc#964204) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 17 16:31:53 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed use of dracut initrd system for arm platform + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 17 16:07:55 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added EFI images name for 32bit arm architectures + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 17 10:42:08 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor data subpackage + + Move from data to utils, data is generally considered + as text data and not code + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 16 17:31:46 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed 32bit x86 builds + + Put it all under the ix86 namespace + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 16 12:57:25 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor grub2 EFI support + + EFI support was target specific to the x86_64 architecture + This commit changes the structure to allow more architectures + supporting EFI. Thus the arm64 EFI support has been added + as a plus + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 14 12:57:01 CET 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Add {toxinidir} variable for check target + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 14 12:35:16 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete nose reference from virtualenv setup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 14 11:04:34 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Prevent file duplicate badness in spec file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 14 10:28:12 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Revert "Added pv kernel profile" + + There is no kernel-pv + This reverts commit f0c37709e941e18a1f9b963811a85bd772ee96ac. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 14 09:55:29 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move from nose to pytest + + nose is no longer maintained, thus we have to move to another + testing system. This commit updates the tox setup and all tests + to use pytest instead of nose. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 11 16:23:24 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed boot mount path at grub2 install + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 11 16:11:57 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Revert "Revert "Call shim-install with --removable"" + + Try again using --removable for shim-install + This reverts commit e3d7d0239d58e901e7d61e215317b93cf0ee1bfb. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 11 16:09:54 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed normalizing paths between host and image + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 11 15:30:00 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Revert "Call shim-install with --removable" + + With --removable shim-install does not work for image building + This reverts commit d03baa9ee1d0ff44c76afadfc388791b1c5d29fa. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 11 15:12:21 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added pv kernel profile + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 10 15:01:30 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add handling for OPAL firmware setup on ppc64 + + This adds a capability of creating an image for Bare metal POWER + platform, where firmware parses grub2.cfg and simply kexecs into + an image kernel + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 10 14:36:35 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor FirmWare class + + provide a default firmware for each supported architecture + Avoid special sauce in the FirmWare constructor + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 10 14:23:55 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Adding opal firmware type for ppc64 architectures + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 10 13:33:50 CET 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- First draft of issue#43 + + Add templates for contributing, issue, and pull requests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 10 11:29:28 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Call shim-install with --removable + + The --removable is to prevent shim-install from writing host's + uefi boot entry by pretending itself as removable disk + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 09 18:33:16 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete obsolete shim setup code from kiwi + + Due to the use of shim-install the code in kiwi to setup + for secure boot is no longer needed + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 09 18:11:34 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use shim-install to setup EFI secure boot + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 09 12:16:04 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed completion generator + + Some global options were missing + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 09 10:29:13 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update README + + Fixed pyvenv call to use python3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 09 10:26:58 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update README + + style fixes + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 09 10:25:33 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update README + + Fixed url to packages on the buildservice + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 09 10:13:52 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update README + + Be more clear about semantic versioning as documented here: + http://semver.org/ + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 09 10:04:44 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Continue Refactor into subpackage + + Move container_setup from toplevel into container.setup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 08 16:40:06 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed completion generator + + The generated completion code was confused by the -py3 in the + program name if used with kiwi-py3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 08 16:21:00 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Continue Refactor into subpackage + + Move task classes into tasks namespace + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 08 15:20:23 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move storage and subformat tests to match namespace + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 08 15:15:08 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move builder test cases to match namespace + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 08 15:09:54 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Continue Refactor into subpackage + + Move DataSync, Checksum and Compress into the data namespace + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 08 14:53:56 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Continue Refactor into subpackage + + Move Kernel class to system namespace + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 07 17:35:32 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Package new system namespace + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 07 17:33:39 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Continue Refactor into subpackage + + system install, update, size, users, result should have their own namespace + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Mar 07 12:04:56 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Consolidate all rsync calls into DataSync class + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Mar 06 14:38:39 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Release mount after data sync for volume managers + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 04 17:20:48 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed LVM volume setup for oem image type + + For the oem image type the requested volume sizes are applied + on first boot of the appliance. Therefore inside of the image + the volumes only needs to be created with their minimum required + size + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 04 16:38:21 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor use of kiwi_LVM_ profile variables + + Reduce code duplication and encapsulate the reading of the + data from the profile into a readVolumeSetup function. + This is related to Issue #39 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Mar 04 10:01:53 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Preserve extended attributes in tar archives + + tar doesn't preserve extended attributes by default, causing Docker + images to not have any correct set-capabilities bits set on binaries + such as ping. This is fixed by adding the --xattrs flag to the tar + command + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 03 11:20:15 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Sort output from helper/kiwi-boot-packages + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Mar 03 11:05:42 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed gce disk format + + The order of the files in the tarball is important. The first + entry must be the manifest.json followed by disk.raw. In addition + the style of the manifest.json has been adapted too. A space after + colon seems to be required for gce to accept the data + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 02 21:38:02 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed kernel names for dracut initrd system + + If dracut is used as initrd system we should not use the + kiwi one shot names linux.vmx, initrd.vmx but stick with + the official naming convention for kernel and initrd which + is kernel-, initrd- + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Mar 02 21:35:14 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Skip local repos if they don't exist + + Instead of raising an exception if a local repository does + not exist, we will continue with a warning message. This is + needed for a flawless integration with the buildservice. + Inside of a buildservice environment only those repos are + setup from which packages were taken. Thus it can happen that + a configured repository does not exist in the buildservice + build environment if the resolver would not take any package + from this repository. kiwi should not fail to build such an + image + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 01 12:09:29 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Avoid lvcreate to ask for wiping swap signature + + When kiwi creates the logical volume for the swap space + and there is already a swap signature at the place on + disk, lvm stops and asks what to do with it. This should + be generally avoided at that stage in the boot process + Fixes (bnc#968601) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Mar 01 11:34:03 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Calculate checksum in chunks + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 29 21:36:55 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't prevent an oem image from a custom disk size + + An oem disk ist a self expandable disk and thus it normally + doesn't make sense to specify a disk size for it. However there + are filesystems like btrfs which are very hard to precalculate + a minimum required disk space for X bytes of data. In this + situation a user should have the opportunity to specify a + size + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 29 21:23:31 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't call dracut in background from kiwi initrd + + This was useful to speedup the boot but opens a potential + race condition if a reboot happens while dracut is still + processing. With the last extension to use dracut as initrd + system people now have the choice what fits their needs + better and this allows us to revert the background call + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 29 20:52:25 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added support for using dracut initrd + + As of today only the kiwi initrd could be used with an image + build. This commit adds a new initrd_system attribute and + allows to select between kiwi and dracut as initrd system. + Please note the dracut initrd does not support all features + of the kiwi initrd. This fixes #25 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 29 15:03:28 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add a feature drop list to the README + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 29 14:47:35 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- update MANIFEST.in due to structure changes + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 29 11:57:55 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update README + + Use the real executable name for the documentation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 29 11:37:27 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Continue Refactor into subpackage + + storage operations should have their own namespace + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 29 11:02:58 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Continue Refactor into subpackage + + container and container_setup should have their own namespace + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 29 10:43:28 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Continue Refactor into subpackage + + disk namespace init is not a factory, thus the Disk class should + have its own namespace. We choose disk.storage + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 29 10:38:08 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Continue Refactor into subpackage + + rename dformat to subformat + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 29 10:32:01 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Continue Refactor into subpackage + + The builder classes should have their own namespace + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 29 09:29:20 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed update alternative setup for kiwi completion + + kiwi itself is provided as update alternative for kiwi-py3 + Thus the completion should be based on kiwi-py3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 26 20:40:12 CET 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Refactor into subpackage to fix #23 + + Codecoverage are 100% and tests are green + + Changes: + * Refactor archive_*.py -> archive subpackage + * Refactor partitioner_*.py -> partitioner subpackage + * Refactor package_manager_*.py -> package_manager/ subpackage + * Refactor bootloader_config*.py -> bootloader/config/ subpackage + * Refactor bootloader_template*.py -> bootloader/template/ subpackage + * Refactor bootloader_install*.py -> bootloader/install/ subpackage + * Refactor repository*.py -> repository/ subpackage + * Refactor filesystem*.py -> filesystem/ subpackage + * Refactor dist_*.py -> dist/dformat subpackage + The name `dformat` as package name is needed to avoid any name + conflicts with the built-in function `format`. + * Refactor volume_manager*.py -> volume_manager/ subpackage + * Refactor boot_image*.py -> boot/image/ subpackage + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 26 20:00:40 CET 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Remove unecessary Travis requirements + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 26 19:58:30 CET 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Fix check target + + Didn't have a basepython line, fixed strange tox error + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 26 19:49:06 CET 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Enhanced Contributing, add new Developing section + + * Create a procedure in section Contributing + * Add new Developing section to describe how to use tox + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 26 17:13:37 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed device map for VolumeManagerBtrfs + + The return value from get_device must be a map containing + an instance of a DeviceProvider, not only the DeviceProvider + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 26 16:39:24 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor use of mount/umount calls + + Provide a MountManager class and handle all mount/umount + calls in instances of MountManager + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 26 09:31:26 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't write grub.cfg to EFI directory + + Originally the file was written there as reference, but nothing + will ever update that file if the real grub configuration changes. + Thus it doesn't make sense to provide this information (bnc#968270) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 25 23:48:33 CET 2016 - Dinar Valeev + +- Add support for POWER architecture + + Implements requirements for the partition and bootloader setup + in order to build images for ppc64 architectures. Fixes #18 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 25 17:18:31 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor grub2 bootloader installation + + Make use of grub2-install to install the bootloader + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 25 10:12:39 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Changed debug log in case of failed command + + Also log the stdout data from a failed command. So far we + expected error data on stderr but there are also commands + which print error messages on stdout. It should us at least + worth a debug message with this information + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 24 13:13:21 CET 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Use tox in .travis.yml, remove .travis.script + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 24 12:09:09 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed helper/kiwi-boot-packages + + Take care for packages marked for a specific architecture + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 24 11:49:31 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete unused helper/run-pep8 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 24 11:47:21 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Adapt make flake target to changed tox target + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 24 11:38:31 CET 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Add --cover-min-percentage=100 and helper script + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 24 11:28:02 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed spec file for kiwi-boot-requires + + The meta package for the buildservice has to require + the new python3-kiwi package + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 24 11:22:58 CET 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Use --cover-min-percentage=100 instead of coverage + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 24 11:11:34 CET 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Replace helper/coverage-check with coverage + + Use --fail-under=99 option which fails for tests under 100% + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 24 10:59:52 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- keep packages in yum cache + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 24 10:53:29 CET 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Rename flake -> check, move spell + + * Move spell target/step to doc.spell + * Call doc.spell in the doc target/step + * Rename flake to check (to make it independant of any tool) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 24 10:37:00 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Spelling fixes + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 24 10:20:36 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Tox setup updates + + Integrate with Makefile, delete pep8 target from Makefile, + use flake8, update travis script, delete coverage reference, + we want 100% anywhere + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 24 10:13:43 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed raid_device_test + + The test did not mock os.path.exists and thus could fail + on systems which uses a raid system + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 24 08:24:32 CET 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Update word list + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 23 20:58:34 CET 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Remove empty line to avoid error message + + Avoid following error message: + CRITICAL **: enchant_is_title_case: assertion `word && *word' failed + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 23 20:58:12 CET 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Activate personal spellchecking dictionary + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 23 16:53:02 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Open travis check for all branches + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 23 16:29:35 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added kiwi-filesystem provides to spec template + + The main python3-kiwi package provides support for these + filesystem image types + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 23 15:42:02 CET 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Integrated Tox + + * First incarnation of tox.ini + * Extend MANIFEST.in + * Add doc/requirements.txt + * Extend conf.py with 'sphinxcontrib.spelling' extension + * Add wordlist to doc/source/spelling_wordlist.txt + * Add flake8 section in setup.cfg + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 23 14:38:31 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed cmdline lookup + + Only check contents of cmdline if it is not None + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 23 12:38:27 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- No fdupes checking required anymore + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 23 12:25:37 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't track root/usr/share/locale in boot images + + The data there is now generated by the make po target + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 23 12:01:03 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed fuzzy i18n for en_US/LC_MESSAGES/kiwi.po + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 23 11:32:36 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added kiwi-image provides to spec template + + The main python3-kiwi package provides support for these + image types. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 23 09:50:55 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Prevent any output if quiet is set + + If exec >/dev/null is run before setterm clears the screen, + then "Failed to find cpu0 device node" is displayed even if + quiet is set. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 23 08:55:13 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed shell syntax in grub2 template + + Fixes (bnc#961334) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 22 17:47:16 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor suseStripKernel + + The way the method downsizes the kernel tree is wrong in + several places and very hard to read. Therefore the code + has been refactored and splitted into task methods which + can run independently from each other. As one result the + kernel tree is not missing any metadata and/or update + weak-updates paths anymore. Fixes (bnc#965830) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 22 09:54:21 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Remove flush before resize filesystem + + According to the manpage, -F is flushing the fileystem buffer + caches. which is only really useful for doing resize2fs time + trials. With current Tumbleweed installed on MMC, -F triggers + a Inappropriate ioctl for device while trying to flush error, + and then fails to resize. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 22 09:50:30 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update arm boot image descriptions + + Grub2 adds 35MB to the initrd for no reason on armv6/v7, as + those images use u-boot scripts for booting. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 22 09:47:46 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed checkFileSystem call + + In the refactoring fc363cc, the parameters of checkFileSystem got + changed to expect the device name, but one of the invocations didn't + pass down the device name due to a typo. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Feb 21 23:29:10 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Ignore fdasd errors + + Like fdisk, fdasd also reports an error when re-reading the + partition table. But the table was written correctly so we + continue for the moment and add a debug message + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Feb 21 22:40:50 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed boot image result filename + + Has to follow the naming convention + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Feb 21 22:40:08 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed pxe builder kernel/hypervisor target path + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Feb 21 22:20:12 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use bytes type with hashlib + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Feb 21 19:28:48 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor result bundler + + instead of being clever in the result bundler we should be + more explicit when adding a result to the result instance. + Therefore the result.add method now also allows to specify + if this result should be part of a result bundle and whether + it should be placed compressed or uncompressed in this bundle + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Feb 21 15:14:57 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added metadata rpm files to all builders + + rpm packages and verification information is now added to + all builder results. Fixes #13 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Feb 21 14:39:30 CET 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Fixing code smells from Landscape.io + + https://landscape.io/github/SUSE/kiwi/161/messages/smell + + Fixed issues: + * Unused imports + * Unused variables + * Specify string format arguments as logging function parameters + (log.warning("%s bla" % x) -> log.warning("%s bla", x) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Feb 21 14:38:57 CET 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Ignore backup files + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Feb 21 13:53:32 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added the following system setup methods + + export_rpm_package_list and export_rpm_package_verification + Used to provide rpm package metadata and verification information + for rpm based image builds + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 19 19:57:37 CET 2016 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Improve doc + + * Consistently use KIWI + * Fixed punctuation + * Added zypper ar for adding KIWI's OBS repo + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 19 11:52:12 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed unit test read return result + + Unit test mocking read should return a bytes array and not + a string because that's what python3 would do in reality + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 19 11:34:51 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed path location in disk_format_image result + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 19 11:31:45 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed disk format builder + + This one was missing the output image name adaptions + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 19 11:04:18 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Regenerate xml_parse data structures for python3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 19 10:23:50 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Better error response in debug output + + If a Command.run fails with an error code != 0 but not data was + produced on the stderr channel, we provide this as information + to the caller + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 19 10:11:29 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Port kiwicompat to python 3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 18 11:40:51 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Port helper tools to python3 + + Also fixes completion to correctly parse the toplevel --compat option + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 18 11:09:12 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Do not activate dmraid paritions + + Only activate the device itself, not the partitions, + that may also exist. If partitions exist, the UDEV rules + will create the corresponding "_partX" symlinks for each + partition within "/dev/mapper, which is totally sufficient. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 18 10:09:34 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed cut and paste error in spec template + + correct the project Url + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 18 09:01:48 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update README + + add install information for python3-devel + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 18 09:00:23 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed README + + wrong reference to env2 where it should be env3 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 18 08:58:47 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update README + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 17 22:40:47 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update travis env to python 3.4 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 17 19:20:55 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Port application from python 2.7 to 3.4 + + For new applications like this kiwi version and its use cases + it is better to base it on a more recent python version + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 17 13:49:44 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed bundling container results + + Container images are already compressed, there is no need + for the bundler to do that again + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 17 10:58:02 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use pinch_system with force in any case + + Deletion of packages should be done with the force flag set. + Otherwise the package manager computes a resolved list for + the deletion targets which causes other packages to be + deleted which is unwanted + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 17 10:56:40 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed host to image root data setup + + On bind mounts check if the origin path exists on the host. + On copy check if the origin file exists on the host + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 17 10:54:58 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed deactivate_systemd_service + + Check if the service file exists, if not there is no need + to deactivate an non existing service. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 16 17:05:26 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use alternatives mechanism for completion file + + This avoids the package conflict with the legacs kiwi version + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 16 08:49:41 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Weaken kiwi-tools requirement + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 15 12:59:54 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Handle 32bit Intel arch as ix86 in boot code + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 15 12:46:07 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow building 32bit bios images + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 15 10:57:07 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete %post from kiwi-pxeboot + + We do not provide a default config file for the pxe setup anymore. + There is no good default file we can provide here because we don't + know how the user has configured a pxe image. The documentation + should explain how to setup the pxe config and infrastructure with + the help of the static data provided by the kiwi-pxeboot package + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 15 10:50:26 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't require python-Sphinx at build time + + Sphinx is not available on all platforms and required only to + build the manual pages. Thus the make build target can build + the man pages and pack the result into the source tarball + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 15 10:08:36 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't strip ctc_configure from initrd + + ctc_configure is used on s390 images + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 15 00:14:22 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added man page for result bundle command + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Feb 15 00:08:55 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added result bundler + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 12 21:17:06 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added kiwi-boot-requires buildservice meta package + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 17:27:33 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete unused .releasetags helper + + Fixes #9 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 17:24:18 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update README + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 17:22:16 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update README + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 17:08:30 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added system update manual page + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 16:24:09 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Create manual pages + + Create man pages for result list, system build, prepare and create + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 11:31:45 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added pv xen drivers to boot descriptions + + Beginning with SLE12 SP2 the default kernel is a pvops + capable kernel. This means it can be used in a Xen HVM full + virtual machine as well as in a PV - paravirtual machine. + However it's required to keep the paravirtual net, block + modules in the initrd. As their location also has move + an update of the boot image descriptions was necessary + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 11:25:49 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed wait message in waitFor boot functions + + Better indicate for what we are waiting + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 11:24:50 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Load xen modules by alias only + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 10:49:28 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed validation of custom root cmdline variable + + A variable of the format root=LABEL=x was not correctly validated + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 10:24:57 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Change default ec2 root_cmdline_parameter + + For ec2 based firmware the value root=UUID=x is provided + instead of a static device node + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 11 10:09:15 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor internal boot image task + + Make a factory out of the task and allow to have e.g + a dracut boot image task at a later point in time. + The BootImageBase class creates an interface for this + implementation. So far only BootImageKiwi is implemented + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 10 16:26:35 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added export_modprobe_setup method to SystemSetup + + export_modprobe_setup copies the contents of etc/modprobe.d + to a specified target root directory. The method is used to + transfer the modprobe configuration from the system image + to the boot image + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 10 11:41:45 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed archive_builder_test + + Mock platform value + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 10 11:19:34 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added compatibility information to main man page + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 10 10:33:11 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Put arch and version to output image file name + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 10 09:07:44 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added quick start example to main kiwi manual page + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 09 22:37:52 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fill master manual page with content + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 09 21:12:03 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added git like command completion + + Provide a 'Did you mean' log message for unclear task names + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 09 17:54:07 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update README + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 09 17:47:51 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed non-executable-script rpmlint warning + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 09 17:41:52 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Man pages are below level 2 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 09 17:40:25 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed rpm-buildroot-usage rpmlint warning + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 09 17:36:53 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed non-executable-script rpmlint warning + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 09 17:22:35 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete unused .md5 script + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 09 16:57:54 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed rpm package build + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 09 16:23:50 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed dracut call + + Always create a generic initrd, don't pass -H + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 09 15:43:15 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed custom args setup for vmdk format + + custom args is a hash with option/value pairs. For vmdk the option + could be e.g adapter_type=value and the value is None. This is by + intention because qemu which receives those type of options allows + only the syntax "-o option=value". The kiwi code setting up the + options did not check correctly if there really is a value for + e.g adapter_type + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 09 15:28:06 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow alternative locations for grub installation + + Different distributions install grub2 to different places. + Therefore kiwi should not use a fixed location but allow + to lookup grub data at several places + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 09 11:22:27 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed unit test for fix_boot_catalog on big endian + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 09 11:16:33 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed unit test for fix_boot_catalog on big endian + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Feb 07 19:47:56 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure to cleanup yum requests after processing + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Feb 07 18:12:31 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed CommandIterator + + check for output before sending an iteration stop + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Feb 07 17:36:49 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed stateful copy of repository section + + Profiles are not copied because they might not exist in + the target description + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Feb 07 15:45:15 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed host to root path patcher + + Don't be confused by multiple /'es + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Feb 07 14:50:59 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added support for yum package manager + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Feb 07 14:48:03 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed use of iso mounted repositories + + When using an iso as repo, kiwi mounts it to a temporary + location. The location is different for each build and + therefore the zypper repo file needs to be recreated for + any new build in this situation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Feb 07 00:54:07 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Check if config file exists + + Before updating a config file, check if it exists. If + it is not present skip the configuration and print a + warning message + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Feb 06 21:26:48 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added yum repository support + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Feb 06 14:16:39 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make man install target more stable + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Feb 06 14:13:51 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update source manifest + + include only doc Makefile and source, the pages are + build at build time + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Feb 06 14:10:04 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Include installation of man pages to spec file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Feb 06 13:55:10 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added man page templates for all commands + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 05 12:06:40 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added man page templates + + Added template for master page and result_list + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 05 11:08:03 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added initial sphinx documentation structure + + The documentation will cover kiwi manual pages. more detailed + documentation will be written and maintained in colaboration + with the documentation department + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Feb 05 09:44:11 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed use of noglob shell option + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Feb 04 15:06:56 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added support for kiwi --compat + + The --compat call will trigger the call of the kiwicompat + tool written to support legacy kiwi commandlines. An example + could look like the following call: + + sudo kiwi --compat -- --build /my/description --type vmx -d /my/dest + + Please be aware the -- is required to tell docopt to treat all + options as parameters + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 03 22:32:33 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Prevent duplicate error logging + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 03 22:14:52 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor CommandProcess class + + Use an iterator class to run through the process. implement + poll variants explicit and clear structured + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 03 15:57:24 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed updateRootDeviceFstab + + Support by-label mount entries for btrfs subvolumes + This fixes bnc#964474 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Feb 03 15:49:30 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add kiwicompat to Makefile build and install target + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 02 23:45:23 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update README + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 02 23:41:42 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update README + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 02 23:12:00 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Bump version: 8.10.0 → 8.10.1 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 02 22:21:20 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Prepare for package building + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 02 15:52:34 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Follow up fix for fstab setup + + Use the system installed fstab as default if present + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 02 15:01:02 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Support building in buildservice worker + + The repo setup inside of a buildservice worker uses a static + path below /usr/src/packages/SOURCES/repos/. We need to adapt + the provided obs uri type to match this criteria + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Feb 02 10:27:20 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't add kernel filesystems to fstab + + Systems with systemd which this kiwi version aims for, doesn't + need proc, sysfs, debugfs and friends to be part of the fstab + This fixes bnc#964472 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 29 21:07:03 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed btrfs build with snapshots + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 29 16:21:02 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow system to be installed on btrfs snapshot + + This fixes (bnc#946648) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 29 14:43:47 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Put kiwi_btrfs_root_is_snapshot to boot profile + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 29 14:38:29 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Recompile schema and data structures + + New attribute btrfs_root_is_snapshot and methods + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 27 14:57:07 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Evaluate kiwi_btrfs_root_is_snapshot in boot code + + If set it's required to mount the subvolumes like it is + done with lvm volumes. In addition this patch fixes the + update of the fstab file which has to contain an entry + for each subvolume excluding snapshots and the toplevel + This is related to (bnc#946648) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 27 14:40:42 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added btrfs_root_is_snapshot attribute + + This is related to (bnc#946648) + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 27 12:36:44 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added fix_boot_catalog and relocate_boot_catalog + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 26 09:50:51 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Prevent duplicate validation of cmdline + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 26 09:33:41 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed grub2 xen guest bootloader config + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 25 22:05:07 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- More modules not present for grub2/x86_64-xen + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 25 21:57:08 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- There is no multiboot module for grub2/x86_64-xen + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 25 21:44:19 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure get_partition_table_type returns a value + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 25 21:35:06 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use bash to call config scripts + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 25 18:25:20 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed regular expression pattern + + use re.escape to make sure the search string has special regular + expression characters quoted correctly + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 25 17:09:19 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added support for using internal build service + + An option --obs-repo-internal was added + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 25 16:24:23 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add support for alternative config file *.kiwi + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 25 16:13:16 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow to build directly from buildservice checkout + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 25 12:07:36 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fix misleading variable name + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 25 12:05:18 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move default boot timeout to Defaults class + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 25 12:01:58 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed boot exclude for zipl case + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 25 11:47:41 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed zipl bootloader setup and install + + quote special characters in title for menu. refactor the + zipl bootloader install class to know about the boot partition + device node + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 25 11:47:15 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added title quoting method for older loaders + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 25 10:34:07 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Move VTOC creation into Disk class + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 25 10:18:28 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed missing setup_disk_boot_images for zipl + + The interface class implements this with a raise condition + by default. For zipl no bootloader images needs to be created + Thus implement the method and pass + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 25 10:17:39 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed typo in list assignment + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 25 10:16:37 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed LoopDevice class + + custom blocksize value must be passed as string to the + command level not as integer + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 25 09:49:27 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Platform fixes for XML tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 25 09:42:00 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Platform endian fix for vhd tag test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 25 09:26:52 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Platform fixes for unit tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 25 09:12:24 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Platform mock for grub2 bootloader tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 25 09:09:09 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Platform mock for grub2 bootloader tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Jan 24 21:29:06 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added BootLoaderInstallZipl class + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Jan 24 12:26:41 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Activate zipl bootloader config in factory class + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 22 15:48:02 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Finished BootLoaderConfigZipl class and tests + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 22 10:49:14 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete unused patch statement from test + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 21 17:06:19 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added BootLoaderConfigZipl class + + The implementation is still unfinished + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 21 16:29:12 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Pass the disk device to the bootloader config + + As a custom option the BootLoaderConfig instance now + receives the target disk device node. So far this is only + used in the zipl case where it is needed which is the + reason why it is kept as a custom argument + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 21 15:37:44 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow custom options for bootloader config classes + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 21 11:38:20 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added zipl bootloader template + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 20 17:50:12 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added partitioner_dasd for s390 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 20 17:06:09 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor Firmware class + + more information from the XML description is needed in order + to make e.g decisions about the partition table type to use + according to the firmware setup in combination with e.g the + target loader type on s390. Thus the class now receives an + instance of the XML state and not only the firmware attribute + value + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 20 16:02:09 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Disable setup of hwclock + + hwclock seems not exist on all supported architectures. In addition + the build process should not fiddle with the build host hardware + clock + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 20 11:12:18 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- No need for a condition if there is no alternative + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 20 11:02:57 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- No need for a condition if there is no alternative + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 20 10:59:20 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use 800x600 default for grub2 gfxmode + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 20 10:58:42 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Close progress line with CR when finished + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 20 10:34:15 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added ImageBuilder factory + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 19 17:04:29 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added system build command + + Allows to combine prepare and create into one big task + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 19 15:21:50 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Better error message for pickle exceptions + + There is no meaningfull error message for pickle.load + exceptions. Thus only provide the exception type and our + own message + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 19 15:02:06 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use pickle instead of marshal + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 19 14:39:21 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixes for the container builder + + in the setup if the files to update do not exist the process + failed. This patch adds a check prior to changing the file + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 19 14:38:58 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure the create task creates the target dir + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 19 14:38:17 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed result object dump + + marshal.dump requires an open file object not a filename + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 19 12:45:43 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added ContainerBuilder + + currently supports building of docker containers + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 19 11:53:34 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added ContainerImage class + + Factory plus implementation for docker + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 19 11:08:08 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor variable name for root directory + + If it is clear the source directory is the root directory of + the image the variable should be named root_dir not source_dir + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 18 17:30:38 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixing landscape issues + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 18 16:59:58 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added ContainerSetup classes + + Base and Factory plus implementation for docker + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 15 15:48:52 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor user/groups setup + + Provide an easier to travers data type in xml_state for the + user and groups. The get_users() method returns a list of + tuples which assigns each user list the group name and id + it belongs to + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 15 11:45:29 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use normpath to avoid double slash in output + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 15 11:38:08 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added kiwi result task + + Implementing 'kiwi result list' which marshal loads the + serialized result instance from a previous build and shows + the build results + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 15 10:44:35 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Dump the result instance as a marshal dump + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 14 15:59:57 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add clic as supported live media build target + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Jan 14 13:59:11 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added FileSystemClicFs class + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 13 21:52:05 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed contents of header_end block + + off by one bug + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 13 16:56:37 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Finished LiveImageBuilder for overlay iso type + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 13 16:04:20 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added check if UDF extension is needed or not + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 13 12:39:55 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Put supported live image iso types into defaults + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Jan 13 12:04:09 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added live ISO grub2 efi template and setup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 12 23:08:51 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- pep8 fixes + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 12 22:50:29 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Rebuild schema and data structures + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 12 22:47:20 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow xfs as hybrid RW file system + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 12 16:32:35 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Continue with LiveImageBuilder class + + Added isolinux bootloader setup, finished live build procedure + Live metadata injection still missing. grub2 efi boot for live + image still missing + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 12 15:39:39 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Don't use filesystem specific mount option + + When mounting the read write filesystem, prevent using + filesystem specific options like barrier + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 12 15:38:08 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use HYBRID_EXT4_OPTS in fat container filesystem + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 12 15:34:40 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Check read write filesystem prior to mounting + + If a filesystem type could be identified on the read write + partition check it before mounting to eliminate a potential + dirty state + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 12 15:26:55 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Cascade exfat mount + + try normal mount first, if this does not work try fuse mount + Normally this is done automatically by the mount program but + if not we will give the direct fuse mount a chance + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 12 10:38:53 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed Makefile target to build data structures + + A change in kiwi/schema/kiwi.rnc triggers the build of the + schema rng version as well as an auto update of the data + structures via python's generateDS. The intermediate xsd + schema format is only relevant for the data structure + creation process + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 11 19:11:12 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make createFileSystem more robust + + When passing in a loop file instead of a device name, the method + should be smart enough to handle the name without shell evaluation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 11 16:30:09 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added support for exfat as hybrid filesystem + + In addition to fat also exfat is now supported as persistent + write filesystem. Because of the limitations of a fat filesystem + fat and exfat are only used as a container filesystem providing + an ext4 linux filesystem as a cowfile. The algorithm to create + the size of the cow file has also been changed to use half of + the size of the write partition or on fat a max size of 4G. + The size of the cowfile is also prepared to become overwritten. + However the XML definition and implementation to do this + is still missing + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 11 16:08:17 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Reread partition table after hybrid setup + + The hybrid write partition is created via fdisk. Some version + of fdisk does not send the ioctl to let the kernel reread the + table or fdisk itself holds it busy. Thus we actively initiate + a reread via blockdev + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 11 16:05:28 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Optimize ext4 hybrid write filesystem options + + Optimized for 512kB erase block size + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 11 12:54:57 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use mount options to increase overlay performace + + For overlay filesystems not writing into a tmpfs performance is + more important than safety. We use this combination of options + for now, if you encounter stability problems please let us know + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 11 12:32:43 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Use -f force option for extX filesystem checker + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 11 12:25:15 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor and cleanup setupReadWrite + + Fix misleading error message and refactor the code to be less + complex and more clear in the processing of tasks + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 11 11:38:59 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Allow custom cowfile name for persistent data + + Instead of a fixed name 'cowfile' we allow a custom name which is + predefined in HYBRID_PERSISTENT_FILENAME and prepared to become + overwritten by an XML defintion whose implementation will follow + later. Reason for the change is that a cowfile is visible as + plain data file to the operating system if e.g used on a live + stick. It should be more clear to the user what this file is + good for + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 11 11:29:23 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Protect mkfs.exfat from being deleted + + Added to the strip tools section in order to keep it in the initrd + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 11 11:26:23 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added support for exfat creation and probing + + In preparation to use exfat instead of vfat in a loop container + for persistent data it's required to provide support for mkfs.exfat + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 11 11:20:24 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make loop_setup and loop_delete more robust + + The methods did not cope well with filenames containing bash + characters with special meaning e.g spaces. For use with a + iso hybrid cowfile whose name is visible in the OS the methods + should be able to work with any given filename + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Jan 10 19:12:58 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Started with LiveImageBuilder class + + Added interface and required steps. tests and implementation + are missing and will follow + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Jan 10 14:42:46 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added archive builder + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jan 09 21:56:41 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added repo handling to compat caller + + Also added process execution with translated arguments + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 08 14:01:07 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add compat translation for prepare/create/upgrade + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 05 17:01:35 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added kiwicompat to support legacy commandline + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 05 15:40:40 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added install pxe archive support + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 05 12:24:03 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added warning message if pxedeploy section is used + + At the moment there is no class to build the pxe client config + file from information provided with the optional pxedeploy + section. However this is not fatal to the build because the file + could be created manually too. Thus a warning message is shown + which will go away when the pxe client config file creation + has been ported + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 05 11:46:43 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- cleanup test data to be consistent + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Jan 05 11:36:10 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added recovery setup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 04 12:19:27 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added DiskFormatGce class implementation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Jan 04 10:30:05 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed suffix name for compressed archives + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jan 02 19:17:00 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added creation of gnu and xz archives to tar class + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Jan 02 18:42:14 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor result collection + + Put the creation of a result object into the builder classes + and return them from there. The builder instances knows about + the results not the task instances + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 01 22:34:04 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed option handling for vmdk format + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 01 22:03:49 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Activate disk format building in disk builder + + If disk format and install media is configured together only + the install media will be built and a warning message for + skipping the disk format is shown + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 01 21:03:47 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added custom argument handling for disk formats + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 01 19:18:29 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added DiskFormat factory + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Jan 01 19:07:19 CET 2016 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added DiskFormatVmdk class implementation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 29 18:36:42 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- pep8 fixes + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 29 18:34:42 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added DiskFormatVhdFixed class implementation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 29 18:33:47 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete unused test data symlinks + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 23 16:38:40 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added DiskFormatVhd class implementation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 23 12:57:54 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added DiskFormat base class + + Also added implementation for DiskFormatQcow2. + More format classes will follow next + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 23 10:58:35 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed import of kernel parameters including spaces + + Kernel parameters like PRODUCT_TYPE=“PRODUCT BANANA” breaks + the code in includeKernelParameters. This patch allows spaces + for values in a way that it replaces the embedded whitespace + with \030 before parsing and then reverting after parsing. + Thanks to Jay Nitikman for providing the patch + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 22 19:44:49 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed LUKS setup for dracut + + The system image has to provide /etc/crypttab to allow dracut + to create a working initrd for reboot. In addition the name + of the luks map must be 'luks' to make dracut happy. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 22 18:34:56 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- luks setup triggers boot partition by default + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 22 11:30:54 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add LuksDevice class and implementation + + Also implemented luks support in DiskBuilder + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 22 09:39:36 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Handle /boot/vc files for Raspberry Pi + + openSUSE Tumbleweed raspberrypi-firmware[-branding-openSUSE] packages + have been updated to install files to /boot/vc rather than /boot. + Ensure that all files in /boot/vc are provided in image/loader for + further reference + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 22 09:37:00 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor file system check in boot code + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 21 16:50:53 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure VolumeManager instance updates root map + + An instance of volume manager could cause the creation of a new + device e.g in case of LVM. The master device map in the disk + builder has to be updated with this device + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 21 16:23:45 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed unconditional lookup of boot partition id + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 21 12:17:10 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Package check for packages marked for deletion + + If none of the packages to become deleted are installed we + will raise an error, basically to force people to fixup the + image description + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 21 11:57:53 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Better error message for call with unknown command + + If kiwi is called with an unknown command an error message + showing which commands actually exists should be shown + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 21 11:32:11 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed user group creation + + The command name is groupadd not addgroup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 21 10:19:37 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed label and UUID support for XFS creation + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 21 10:07:34 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Traverse dictionary in ordered mode + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 21 09:53:01 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Return sorted lists for packages/archives + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 21 09:43:53 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Traverse dictionary in ordered mode + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 21 09:17:46 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Traverse dictionary in ordered mode + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 21 09:12:03 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Traverse dictionary in ordered mode + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 18 16:18:22 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added __githash__ to version.py + + Any time the version.py is changed and committed the git ident + will be reset by git. After a checkout of version.py the ident + will be updated in version.py to the git commit id of version.py + Whenever we relase a new kiwi version the process is as follows: + + 1. run bumpversion to set the version for the release + 2. run tox to create the source tarball for the release + We have to make sure tox calls a git checkout of + version.py + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 17 15:46:58 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Consolidate use of Makefiles for schema conversion + + As we are going to switch to tox the Makefile setup should be + cleaned up. The make targets to build xsd and rng schemas has + been moved to the master Makefile + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 17 15:41:56 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Consolidate use of Makefiles for locale setup + + As we are going to switch to tox the Makefile setup should be + cleaned up. The make targets to handle po files and their + installation has now been moved to the master Makefile + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 17 15:29:37 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update translation po files with template + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 17 14:43:18 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Consolidate use of Makefiles for compiling tools + + As we are going to switch to tox the Makefile setup should be + cleaned up. I'm going to move the various places and its tasks + into one master Makefile to make it easier to move the targets + one after the other into a tox setup. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 17 11:26:49 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor source code structure + + All files referenced by kiwi should live below the kiwi + namespace and should be referenced by the resource_filename() + method from the pkg_resources + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 16 12:01:17 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update exclude list for boot image runtime data + + There are some directories needed during boot image creation + time, e.g grub2 modules to create grub images. But at boot + time this data is no longer required and would just waste + space in the initrd + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 16 11:59:39 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Delete dracut from boot images + + dracut is needed in the system and also called from there + by the kiwi boot image, but inside of the boot image it is + not needed and just wastes space + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 16 11:59:00 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add some paths not needed in the boot image + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 16 10:59:10 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added boot messages translations + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 16 10:41:14 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Exclude /image from boot images + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 16 10:38:29 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Change default boot image description path + + Let the default boot image description path point to boot/arch + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 16 10:30:58 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Make sure the boot image profile provides its name + + The variable kiwi_initrdname was added to the .profile + environment for boot image builds + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 16 10:30:16 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update boot image functions + + Delete a lot of legacy code from the bash boot code + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 16 10:29:19 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added boot image descriptions + + Provide boot(initrd) image descriptions for supported + architectures and distributions + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 15 15:40:22 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed unit tests, mock NamedTemporaryFile + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 15 15:05:32 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added coverage to developer requirements + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 15 14:01:07 CET 2015 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Use "next generation" string + + To distinguish it between old and new KIWI + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 15 13:17:19 CET 2015 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Review and add corrections + + * Consistent spelling: kiwi -> KIWI, python -> Python + * Add punctuation + * Use backticks for scripts and dirs + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 15 12:41:05 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update development status to be inline with setup.py + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 15 12:33:06 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Deleted no longer needed bin/kiwi script + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 15 12:32:32 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update README + + Added developer information how to contribute + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 15 12:19:31 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Minor changes in virtualenv setup file names + + Moved the requirements.txt setup files into a namespace + called .virtualenv in order to stay compatible with the + .travis requirement files + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Tue Dec 15 11:55:01 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update development status in setup.py + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 14 22:28:52 CET 2015 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Fix #5: Improve setup.py + + * setup.py: + - use setuptools always, no need to check for distutils + - include keywords 'include_package_data', 'zip_safe', and 'classifiers' + * setup.cfg: + - add bdist_wheel and sdist section + * Add missing MANIFEST.in (needed for setup.py dist) + * Remove executable bit for LICENSE and README.md + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 14 22:01:00 CET 2015 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Fix #3: Requirement for Virtual Envs + + * Add requirements.txt and dev-requirements.txt + The dev-requirements.txt installs requirements.txt automatically + * Ignore .env, .env2, and .env3 virtual env directories + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 14 21:16:41 CET 2015 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Fix #4: support bumpversion with .bumpversion.cfg + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 14 17:31:55 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added RaidDevice class + + implementation in disk_builder + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 11 18:15:37 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed hybrid call + + offset number should be passed as string to Command + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 11 16:42:50 CET 2015 - Thomas Schraitle + +- __VERSION__ -> __version__ + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 11 16:33:24 CET 2015 - Thomas Schraitle + +- Rename __VERSION__ -> __version__ + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 10 18:18:54 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added hybrid ISO setup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 10 17:43:04 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor creation of a PackageManager factory + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 10 17:41:14 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor creation of a Repository factory + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 10 17:39:06 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor creation of a BootLoaderInstall factory + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 10 17:36:40 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor creation of a VolumeManager factory + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 10 17:34:13 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor creation of a BootLoaderConfig factory + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 10 17:30:34 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor creation of a Partitioner factory + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 10 16:54:07 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor creation of a FileSystem factory + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 10 14:01:10 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed travis setup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 10 09:39:05 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor InstallImageBuilder + + no need to provide the name of the disk image, this + information can be created from the xml state + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Thu Dec 10 09:29:17 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed missing md5 file on install media + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 09 18:10:26 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Travis testing needs cdrtools for isoinfo + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 09 18:00:53 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added two pass ISO creation system + + The kiwi ISO's are prepared to be hybrid by adding an + end header block so that isohybrid can place its gpt + header at the correct offset address + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 09 17:59:59 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added user log messages for install media builder + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 09 17:59:17 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed grub bootloader template for install case + + Template was missing the cdinst option + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 09 17:06:22 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added create_header_end_block method in Iso class + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 09 12:53:00 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added isols method in Iso class + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 09 10:44:16 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Fixed ui theme setup in isolinux.cfg + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Wed Dec 09 10:39:21 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added isolinux bootloader support + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Mon Dec 07 12:00:54 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Prevent zypper failing on outdated system solvable + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Dec 06 20:48:57 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- landscape: fix unused imports + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sun Dec 06 20:43:38 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Refactor boot data extraction from boot image + + Allow data extraction multiple times, don't move files + away from their original location + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Dec 05 22:47:52 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- landscape: fix unused imports + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Dec 05 22:46:30 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- landscape: fix unused variables + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Dec 05 22:34:47 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Add debug message for repo cleanup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Dec 05 22:17:27 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- landscape: fix unused variables + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Dec 05 21:53:51 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- landscape: fix unused imports + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Dec 05 21:17:15 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- landscape: fix dangerous defaults + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Dec 05 21:15:43 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- landscape: fix dangerous defaults + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Dec 05 21:04:53 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Added landscap config file + + skip checking auto generated code + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Dec 05 19:37:22 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update README + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Dec 05 19:35:27 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Set naster branch for travis setup + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Dec 05 17:00:02 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update README + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Dec 05 16:53:01 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update README + + Travis and Landscape status + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Dec 05 16:51:08 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update README + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Sat Dec 05 16:46:24 CET 2015 - Marcus Schäfer + +- Update README + diff --git a/python-kiwi.spec b/python-kiwi.spec new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0ff9eda --- /dev/null +++ b/python-kiwi.spec @@ -0,0 +1,759 @@ +# +# spec file for package kiwi +# +# Copyright (c) 2023 SUSE LLC +# +# All modifications and additions to the file contributed by third parties +# remain the property of their copyright owners, unless otherwise agreed +# upon. The license for this file, and modifications and additions to the +# file, is the same license as for the pristine package itself (unless the +# license for the pristine package is not an Open Source License, in which +# case the license is the MIT License). An "Open Source License" is a +# license that conforms to the Open Source Definition (Version 1.9) +# published by the Open Source Initiative. +# +# Please submit bugfixes or comments via: +# +# https://github.com/OSInside/kiwi/issues +# + +# If they aren't provided by a system installed macro, define them +%{!?_defaultdocdir: %global _defaultdocdir %{_datadir}/doc} +%{!?__python3: %global __python3 /usr/bin/python3} + +%if %{undefined python3_sitelib} +%global python3_sitelib %(%{__python3} -c "from distutils.sysconfig import get_python_lib; print(get_python_lib())") +%endif + +%if 0%{?el7} +%global python3_pkgversion 36 +%else +%{!?python3_pkgversion:%global python3_pkgversion 3} +%endif + +%if 0%{?debian} || 0%{?ubuntu} +%global is_deb 1 +%global pygroup python +%global sysgroup admin +%global develsuffix dev +%else +%global pygroup Development/Languages/Python +%global sysgroup System/Management +%global develsuffix devel +%endif + +Name: python-kiwi +Version: 9.25.22 +Provides: kiwi-schema = 7.5 +Release: 0 +Url: https://github.com/OSInside/kiwi +Summary: KIWI - Appliance Builder Next Generation +License: GPL-3.0-or-later +%if "%{_vendor}" == "debbuild" +# Needed to set Maintainer in output debs +Packager: Marcus Schaefer +%endif +Group: %{pygroup} +Source: %{name}.tar.gz +Source1: %{name}-rpmlintrc +BuildRoot: %{_tmppath}/%{name}-%{version}-build +BuildRequires: gcc +BuildRequires: python%{python3_pkgversion}-%{develsuffix} >= 3.6 +BuildRequires: python%{python3_pkgversion}-setuptools +%if 0%{?fedora} || 0%{?suse_version} +BuildRequires: fdupes +%endif +%if 0%{?suse_version} +BuildRequires: shadow +%endif +%if 0%{?debian} || 0%{?ubuntu} +BuildRequires: passwd +%endif + +%description +The KIWI Image System provides an operating system image builder +for Linux supported hardware platforms as well as for virtualization +and cloud systems like Xen, KVM, VMware, EC2 and more. + +%package -n kiwi-systemdeps-core +Summary: KIWI - Core host system dependencies +Group: %{sysgroup} +Provides: kiwi-image-tbz-requires = %{version}-%{release} +Obsoletes: kiwi-image-tbz-requires < %{version}-%{release} +%if "%{_vendor}" != "debbuild" +Provides: kiwi-image:tbz +%endif +# tools conditionally used by kiwi +%if 0%{?fedora} || 0%{?rhel} >= 8 +Recommends: gnupg2 +Recommends: debootstrap +Recommends: dpkg +%endif +%if 0%{?suse_version} +Recommends: gpg2 +Recommends: debootstrap +Recommends: dpkg +%if 0%{?suse_version} >= 1650 +Recommends: dnf +%endif +%endif +# package managers required by distro +%if 0%{?fedora} || 0%{?rhel} >= 8 || 0%{?suse_version} >= 1650 +Provides: kiwi-packagemanager:microdnf +Requires: microdnf +%endif +%if 0%{?fedora} >= 41 +Requires: dnf5 +Requires: dnf5-plugins +Provides: kiwi-packagemanager:dnf5 +%else +%if 0%{?fedora} || 0%{?rhel} || 0%{?suse_version} >= 1650 +Requires: dnf +Provides: kiwi-packagemanager:dnf +Provides: kiwi-packagemanager:dnf4 +Provides: kiwi-packagemanager:yum +%endif +%endif +%if 0%{?fedora} >= 26 || 0%{?suse_version} +Requires: zypper +Provides: kiwi-packagemanager:zypper +%endif +%if 0%{?debian} || 0%{?ubuntu} +Requires: debootstrap +Requires: dpkg +Requires: gnupg +%endif +# tools required by kiwi +Requires: kiwi-tools +Requires: mtools +Requires: rsync +Requires: tar >= 1.2.7 +Requires: cpio +Requires: lsof +Requires: openssl + +%description -n kiwi-systemdeps-core +This metapackage installs the necessary system dependencies +to run KIWI. + +%package -n kiwi-systemdeps-containers +Summary: KIWI - host requirements for OCI container images +Group: %{sysgroup} +Provides: kiwi-image-docker-requires = %{version}-%{release} +Obsoletes: kiwi-image-docker-requires < %{version}-%{release} +%if "%{_vendor}" != "debbuild" +Provides: kiwi-image:docker +%endif +%if 0%{?suse_version} +Requires: umoci +%else +Requires: buildah +%endif +Requires: skopeo + +%description -n kiwi-systemdeps-containers +Host setup helper to pull in all packages required/useful on +the build host to build OCI container images + +%package -n kiwi-systemdeps-containers-wsl +Summary: KIWI - host requirements for WSL container images +Group: %{sysgroup} +Provides: kiwi-image-wsl-requires = %{version}-%{release} +Obsoletes: kiwi-image-wsl-requires < %{version}-%{release} +%if "%{_vendor}" != "debbuild" +Provides: kiwi-image:appx +%endif +%if 0%{?suse_version} +Requires: fb-util-for-appx +%endif +%if 0%{?fedora} || 0%{?rhel} +Requires: appx-util +%endif + +%description -n kiwi-systemdeps-containers-wsl +Host setup helper to pull in all packages required/useful on +the build host to build WSL container images + +%package -n kiwi-systemdeps-iso-media +Summary: KIWI - host requirements for live and install iso images +Group: %{sysgroup} +Provides: kiwi-image-iso-requires = %{version}-%{release} +Obsoletes: kiwi-image-iso-requires < %{version}-%{release} +%if "%{_vendor}" != "debbuild" +Provides: kiwi-image:iso +%endif +%if 0%{?suse_version} +Requires: checkmedia +%endif +Requires: xorriso +%ifarch %{ix86} x86_64 +Requires: syslinux +%endif +Requires: kiwi-systemdeps-core = %{version}-%{release} +Requires: kiwi-systemdeps-filesystems = %{version}-%{release} +Requires: kiwi-systemdeps-bootloaders = %{version}-%{release} + +%description -n kiwi-systemdeps-iso-media +Host setup helper to pull in all packages required/useful on +the build host to build live and install iso images. + +%package -n kiwi-systemdeps-bootloaders +Summary: KIWI - host requirements for configuring bootloaders +%if 0%{?suse_version} +%ifarch x86_64 +Requires: grub2-x86_64-efi +%endif +%ifarch %{ix86} x86_64 +Recommends: gfxboot +%endif +%endif +%if 0%{?fedora} || 0%{?rhel} +%ifarch x86_64 +Requires: grub2-efi-x64 +%endif +%endif +%if ! (0%{?debian} || 0%{?ubuntu}) +Requires: grub2 +%endif +%ifarch %arm aarch64 +%if 0%{?fedora} || 0%{?rhel} +Requires: uboot-tools +%endif +%if 0%{?suse_version} +Requires: u-boot-tools +%endif +%endif +%ifarch s390 s390x +Requires: s390-tools +%endif +Requires: kiwi-systemdeps-core = %{version}-%{release} + +%description -n kiwi-systemdeps-bootloaders +Host setup helper to pull in all packages required/useful on +the build host for configuring bootloaders on images. + +%package -n kiwi-systemdeps-filesystems +Summary: KIWI - host requirements for filesystems +Group: %{sysgroup} +Provides: kiwi-image-pxe-requires = %{version}-%{release} +Obsoletes: kiwi-image-pxe-requires < %{version}-%{release} +Provides: kiwi-filesystem-requires = %{version}-%{release} +Obsoletes: kiwi-filesystem-requires < %{version}-%{release} +%if "%{_vendor}" != "debbuild" +Provides: kiwi-image:pxe +Provides: kiwi-image:kis +%if ! (0%{?rhel} >= 8) +Provides: kiwi-filesystem:btrfs +%endif +Provides: kiwi-filesystem:ext2 +Provides: kiwi-filesystem:ext3 +Provides: kiwi-filesystem:ext4 +Provides: kiwi-filesystem:squashfs +Provides: kiwi-filesystem:xfs +%endif +Requires: dosfstools +Requires: e2fsprogs +Requires: xfsprogs +%if 0%{?suse_version} +Requires: btrfsprogs +%else +%if ! (0%{?rhel} >= 8) +Requires: btrfs-progs +%endif +%endif +%if 0%{?suse_version} +Requires: squashfs +%else +Requires: squashfs-tools +%endif +%if "%{_vendor}" == "debbuild" +Requires: qemu-utils +%else +%if 0%{?suse_version} +Requires: qemu-tools +%else +Requires: qemu-img +%endif +%endif +Requires: kiwi-systemdeps-core = %{version}-%{release} + +%description -n kiwi-systemdeps-filesystems +Host setup helper to pull in all packages required/useful on +the build host to build filesystem images + +%package -n kiwi-systemdeps-disk-images +Summary: KIWI - host requirements for disk images +Group: %{sysgroup} +Provides: kiwi-image-oem-requires = %{version}-%{release} +Obsoletes: kiwi-image-oem-requires < %{version}-%{release} +Provides: kiwi-image-vmx-requires = %{version}-%{release} +Obsoletes: kiwi-image-vmx-requires < %{version}-%{release} +%if "%{_vendor}" != "debbuild" +Provides: kiwi-image:oem +Provides: kiwi-image:vmx +%endif +Requires: kiwi-systemdeps-filesystems = %{version}-%{release} +Requires: kiwi-systemdeps-bootloaders = %{version}-%{release} +Requires: kiwi-systemdeps-iso-media = %{version}-%{release} +%if 0%{?suse_version} +Requires: gptfdisk +%else +Requires: gdisk +%endif +Requires: lvm2 +Requires: parted +Requires: kpartx +Requires: cryptsetup +Requires: mdadm +Requires: util-linux +# lsblk is part of util-linux-systemd on openSUSE +%if 0%{?suse_version} +Requires: util-linux-systemd +%endif + +%description -n kiwi-systemdeps-disk-images +Host setup helper to pull in all packages required/useful on +the build host to build disk images + +%package -n kiwi-systemdeps-image-validation +Summary: KIWI - host requirements for handling image descriptions better +Group: %{sysgroup} +%if 0%{?fedora} || 0%{?rhel} >= 8 || 0%{?suse_version} || 0%{?debian} || 0%{?ubuntu} +Recommends: jing +%endif +%if 0%{?fedora} || 0%{?rhel} >= 8 || 0%{?suse_version} +Requires: python%{python3_pkgversion}-solv +%endif +%if ! (0%{?rhel} && 0%{?rhel} < 8) +Recommends: python%{python3_pkgversion}-anymarkup-core +%endif + +%description -n kiwi-systemdeps-image-validation +Host setup helper to pull in all packages required/useful on +the build host to handling image descriptions better. This also +includes reading of image descriptions for different markup +languages + +%package -n kiwi-systemdeps +Summary: KIWI - Host system dependencies +Group: %{sysgroup} +Requires: kiwi-systemdeps-core = %{version}-%{release} +Requires: kiwi-systemdeps-bootloaders = %{version}-%{release} +%if 0%{?fedora} || 0%{?rhel} || 0%{?suse_version} +# None of the container build tools are available in Debian/Ubuntu +Requires: kiwi-systemdeps-containers = %{version}-%{release} +Requires: kiwi-systemdeps-containers-wsl = %{version}-%{release} +%endif +Requires: kiwi-systemdeps-filesystems = %{version}-%{release} +Requires: kiwi-systemdeps-disk-images = %{version}-%{release} +Requires: kiwi-systemdeps-iso-media = %{version}-%{release} +%if 0%{?fedora} || 0%{?suse_version} +Requires: kiwi-systemdeps-image-validation = %{version}-%{release} +%endif + +%description -n kiwi-systemdeps +Host setup helper to pull in all packages required/useful to +leverage all functionality in KIWI. + +# python3-kiwi +%package -n python%{python3_pkgversion}-kiwi +Summary: KIWI - Appliance Builder Next Generation +Group: %{pygroup} +Obsoletes: python2-kiwi +Conflicts: python2-kiwi +Conflicts: kiwi-man-pages < %{version} +Requires: screen +Requires: file +Requires: sed +Requires: python%{python3_pkgversion} >= 3.6 +%if 0%{?ubuntu} || 0%{?debian} +Requires: python%{python3_pkgversion}-yaml +Requires: python%{python3_pkgversion}-typing-extensions +%else +Requires: python%{python3_pkgversion}-PyYAML +%endif +Requires: python%{python3_pkgversion}-simplejson +Requires: python%{python3_pkgversion}-docopt +Requires: python%{python3_pkgversion}-lxml +Requires: python%{python3_pkgversion}-requests +Requires: python%{python3_pkgversion}-setuptools +%if 0%{?rhel} || 0%{?fedora} +Requires: (python%{python3_pkgversion}-typing-extensions if python%{python3_pkgversion} < 3.8) +%endif +%if 0%{?suse_version} +Requires: (python%{python3_pkgversion}-typing_extensions if python%{python3_pkgversion} < 3.8) +%endif +%if ! (0%{?rhel} && 0%{?rhel} < 8) +Recommends: kiwi-man-pages +%endif +%if "%{_vendor}" == "debbuild" +# Avoid issues with not being able to use magic Provides +Requires: kiwi-systemdeps = %{version}-%{release} +%else +# Only require core dependencies, and allow OBS to pull the rest through magic Provides +Requires: kiwi-systemdeps-core = %{version}-%{release} +%if ! 0%{?el7} +# Retain default expectation for local installations +Recommends: kiwi-systemdeps = %{version}-%{release} +%endif +%endif + +%description -n python%{python3_pkgversion}-kiwi +Python 3 library of the KIWI Image System. Provides an operating system +image builder for Linux supported hardware platforms as well as for +virtualization and cloud systems like Xen, KVM, VMware, EC2 and more. + +%package -n kiwi-tools +Summary: KIWI - Collection of Boot Helper Tools +License: GPL-3.0-or-later +Group: %{sysgroup} + +%description -n kiwi-tools +This package contains a small set of helper tools used for the +kiwi created initial ramdisk which is used to control the very +first boot of an appliance. The tools are not meant to be used +outside of the scope of kiwi appliance building. + +%if "%{_vendor}" != "debbuild" +%ifarch %{ix86} x86_64 +%package -n kiwi-pxeboot +Summary: KIWI - PXE boot structure +Requires: syslinux +%if 0%{?fedora} || 0%{?rhel} +Requires(pre): shadow-utils +%else +Requires(pre): shadow +%endif +%if 0%{?suse_version} >= 1550 +Requires(pre): user(tftp) +%endif +License: GPL-3.0-or-later +Group: %{sysgroup} + +%description -n kiwi-pxeboot +This package contains the basic PXE directory structure which is +needed to serve kiwi built images via PXE. +%endif +%endif + +%package -n dracut-kiwi-lib +Summary: KIWI - Dracut kiwi Library +%if 0%{?fedora} || 0%{?rhel} || 0%{?suse_version} || 0%{?debian} +# Ubuntu 16.04 OBS environments refuse to set up due to +# initramfs-tools / dracut conflict and initramfs-tools is required +# to set up the build environment... +BuildRequires: dracut +%endif +Requires: bc +Requires: cryptsetup +%if 0%{?fedora} || 0%{?rhel} || 0%{?ubuntu} >= 1804 || 0%{?debian} >= 9 +%if 0%{?rhel} && 0%{?rhel} < 8 +Requires: btrfs-progs +%else +Recommends: btrfs-progs +%endif +Requires: gdisk +Requires: dracut-network +%else +%if 0%{?debian} || 0%{?ubuntu} +Recommends: btrfs-tools +Requires: gdisk +%else +Requires: btrfsprogs +Requires: gptfdisk +%endif +%endif +Requires: coreutils +Requires: e2fsprogs +Requires: grep +Requires: lvm2 +Requires: mdadm +Requires: util-linux +# lsblk is part of util-linux-systemd on openSUSE +%if 0%{?suse_version} +Requires: util-linux-systemd +%endif +Requires: xfsprogs +Requires: dialog +Requires: pv +Requires: curl +%if 0%{?debian} || 0%{?ubuntu} +Requires: xz-utils +Requires: dmsetup +%else +Requires: xz +Requires: device-mapper +%endif +%ifarch s390 s390x +Requires: s390-tools +Requires: parted +%endif +License: GPL-3.0-or-later +Group: %{sysgroup} + +%description -n dracut-kiwi-lib +This package contains a collection of methods to provide a library +for tasks done in other kiwi dracut modules + +%package -n dracut-kiwi-oem-repart +Summary: KIWI - Dracut module for oem(repart) image type +%if 0%{?fedora} || 0%{?rhel} || 0%{?suse_version} || 0%{?debian} +# Ubuntu 16.04 OBS environments refuse to set up due to +# initramfs-tools / dracut conflict and initramfs-tools is required +# to set up the build environment... +BuildRequires: dracut +%endif +Requires: dracut-kiwi-lib = %{version}-%{release} +License: GPL-3.0-or-later +Group: %{sysgroup} + +%description -n dracut-kiwi-oem-repart +This package contains the kiwi-repart dracut module which is +used to repartition the oem disk image to the current disk +geometry according to the setup in the kiwi image configuration + +%package -n dracut-kiwi-oem-dump +Summary: KIWI - Dracut module for oem(install) image type +%if 0%{?fedora} || 0%{?rhel} || 0%{?suse_version} || 0%{?debian} +# Ubuntu 16.04 OBS environments refuse to set up due to +# initramfs-tools / dracut conflict and initramfs-tools is required +# to set up the build environment... +BuildRequires: dracut +%endif +Requires: dracut-kiwi-lib = %{version}-%{release} +Requires: kexec-tools +Requires: gawk +Requires: kpartx +License: GPL-3.0-or-later +Group: %{sysgroup} + +%description -n dracut-kiwi-oem-dump +This package contains the kiwi-dump and kiwi-dump-reboot dracut +modules which is used to install an oem image onto a target disk. +It implements a simple installer which allows for user selected +target disk or unattended installation to target. The source of +the image to install could be either from media(CD/DVD/USB) or +from remote + +%package -n dracut-kiwi-live +Summary: KIWI - Dracut module for iso(live) image type +%if 0%{?fedora} || 0%{?rhel} || 0%{?suse_version} || 0%{?debian} +# Ubuntu 16.04 OBS environments refuse to set up due to +# initramfs-tools / dracut conflict and initramfs-tools is required +# to set up the build environment... +BuildRequires: dracut +%endif +Requires: dialog +Requires: xfsprogs +Requires: e2fsprogs +Requires: util-linux +# lsblk is part of util-linux-systemd on openSUSE +%if 0%{?suse_version} +Requires: util-linux-systemd +%endif +%if 0%{?debian} || 0%{?ubuntu} +Requires: dmsetup +Requires: dracut-network +%endif +%if 0%{?fedora} || 0%{?rhel} +Requires: device-mapper +Requires: dracut-network +%endif +%if 0%{?suse_version} +Requires: device-mapper +%endif +Requires: dracut +License: GPL-3.0-or-later +Group: %{sysgroup} + +%description -n dracut-kiwi-live +This package contains the kiwi-live dracut module which is used +for booting iso(live) images built with KIWI + +%package -n dracut-kiwi-overlay +Summary: KIWI - Dracut module for vmx(+overlay) image type +%if 0%{?fedora} || 0%{?rhel} || 0%{?suse_version} || 0%{?debian} +# Ubuntu 16.04 OBS environments refuse to set up due to +# initramfs-tools / dracut conflict and initramfs-tools is required +# to set up the build environment... +BuildRequires: dracut +%endif +Requires: dracut-kiwi-lib = %{version}-%{release} +Requires: dracut +License: GPL-3.0-or-later +Group: %{sysgroup} + +%description -n dracut-kiwi-overlay +This package contains the kiwi-overlay dracut module which is used +for booting vmx images built with KIWI and configured to use an +overlay root filesystem + +%package -n dracut-kiwi-verity +Summary: KIWI - Dracut module for disk with embedded verity metadata +%if 0%{?fedora} || 0%{?rhel} || 0%{?suse_version} || 0%{?debian} +# Ubuntu 16.04 OBS environments refuse to set up due to +# initramfs-tools / dracut conflict and initramfs-tools is required +# to set up the build environment... +BuildRequires: dracut +%endif +Requires: dracut-kiwi-lib = %{version}-%{release} +Requires: dracut +BuildRequires: gcc +License: GPL-3.0-or-later +Group: %{sysgroup} + +%description -n dracut-kiwi-verity +This package contains the kiwi-verity dracut module which is used +for booting oem images built with KIWI and configured to use an +embedded verity metadata block via the embed_verity_metadata +type attribute + +%package -n kiwi-man-pages +Summary: KIWI - manual pages +License: GPL-3.0-or-later +Group: %{sysgroup} + +%description -n kiwi-man-pages +Provides manual pages to describe the kiwi commands + +%prep +%setup -q -n kiwi-%{version} + +# Drop shebang for kiwi/xml_parse.py, as we don't intend to use it +# as an independent script +sed -e "s|#!/usr/bin/env python||" -i kiwi/xml_parse.py + +%build +# Build C-Tools +make CFLAGS="${RPM_OPT_FLAGS}" tools + +%install +# Install Python 3 version +python3 setup.py install --prefix=%{_prefix} --root=%{buildroot} %{?is_deb:--install-layout=deb} + +# Install C-Tools, man-pages, completion and kiwi default configuration +make buildroot=%{buildroot}/ install + +# Install dracut modules +make buildroot=%{buildroot}/ install_dracut + +# Install documentation in PDF format +make buildroot=%{buildroot}/ docdir=%{_defaultdocdir}/ install_package_docs + +# Create symlinks for correct binaries +ln -sr %{buildroot}%{_bindir}/kiwi-ng %{buildroot}%{_bindir}/kiwi +ln -sr %{buildroot}%{_bindir}/kiwi-ng %{buildroot}%{_bindir}/kiwi-ng-3 +ln -sr %{buildroot}%{_bindir}/kiwicompat %{buildroot}%{_bindir}/kiwicompat-3 + +%if "%{_vendor}" != "debbuild" +# kiwi pxeboot directory structure to be packed in kiwi-pxeboot +%ifarch %{ix86} x86_64 +for i in KIWI pxelinux.cfg image upload boot; do \ + mkdir -p %{buildroot}/srv/tftpboot/$i ;\ +done +%endif +%endif + +%if 0%{?fedora} || 0%{?suse_version} +%fdupes %{buildroot}/srv/tftpboot +%endif + +%if "%{_vendor}" != "debbuild" && 0%{?suse_version} < 1550 +%ifarch %{ix86} x86_64 +%pre -n kiwi-pxeboot +#============================================================ +# create user and group tftp if they does not exist +if ! /usr/bin/getent group tftp >/dev/null; then + %{_sbindir}/groupadd -r tftp +fi +if ! /usr/bin/getent passwd tftp >/dev/null; then + %{_sbindir}/useradd -c "TFTP account" -d /srv/tftpboot -G tftp -g tftp \ + -r -s /bin/false tftp +fi +%endif +%endif + +%files -n kiwi-systemdeps-core +# Empty metapackage + +%files -n kiwi-systemdeps-bootloaders +# Empty metapackage + +%files -n kiwi-systemdeps-containers +# Empty metapackage + +%files -n kiwi-systemdeps-containers-wsl +# Empty metapackage + +%files -n kiwi-systemdeps-iso-media +# Empty metapackage + +%files -n kiwi-systemdeps-filesystems +# Empty metapackage + +%files -n kiwi-systemdeps-disk-images +# Empty metapackage + +%files -n kiwi-systemdeps-image-validation +# Empty metapackage + +%files -n kiwi-systemdeps +# Empty metapackage + +%files -n python%{python3_pkgversion}-kiwi +%dir %{_defaultdocdir}/python-kiwi +%{_bindir}/kiwi +%{_bindir}/kiwi-ng +%{_bindir}/kiwicompat +%{_bindir}/kiwi-ng-3* +%{_bindir}/kiwicompat-3* +%{python3_sitelib}/kiwi* +%{_usr}/share/bash-completion/completions/kiwi-ng +%{_defaultdocdir}/python-kiwi/LICENSE +%{_defaultdocdir}/python-kiwi/README + +%files -n kiwi-man-pages +%{_defaultdocdir}/python-kiwi/kiwi.pdf +%config %_sysconfdir/kiwi.yml +%doc %{_mandir}/man8/* + +%files -n kiwi-tools +%{_bindir}/dcounter +%{_bindir}/isconsole +%{_bindir}/utimer + +%files -n dracut-kiwi-lib +%{_usr}/lib/dracut/modules.d/99kiwi-lib + +%files -n dracut-kiwi-oem-repart +%{_usr}/lib/dracut/modules.d/90kiwi-repart + +%files -n dracut-kiwi-oem-dump +%{_usr}/lib/dracut/modules.d/90kiwi-dump +%{_usr}/lib/dracut/modules.d/99kiwi-dump-reboot + +%files -n dracut-kiwi-live +%{_usr}/lib/dracut/modules.d/90kiwi-live + +%files -n dracut-kiwi-overlay +%{_usr}/lib/dracut/modules.d/90kiwi-overlay + +%files -n dracut-kiwi-verity +%{_usr}/lib/dracut/modules.d/80kiwi-verity +%{_bindir}/kiwi-parse-verity + +%if "%{_vendor}" != "debbuild" +%ifarch %{ix86} x86_64 +%files -n kiwi-pxeboot +%if 0%{?suse_version} < 1550 +%dir %attr(0755,tftp,tftp) /srv/tftpboot +%endif +%dir /srv/tftpboot/KIWI +%dir /srv/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg +%dir /srv/tftpboot/image +%dir /srv/tftpboot/upload +%dir /srv/tftpboot/boot +%endif +%endif + +%changelog diff --git a/python-kiwi.tar.gz b/python-kiwi.tar.gz new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c46f39d --- /dev/null +++ b/python-kiwi.tar.gz @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +version https://git-lfs.github.com/spec/v1 +oid sha256:55aa1768ea5ff690a2b501fd0313b4e9d835fa118f5b944d371052ed1c98d105 +size 2299924